# SendSquared Documentation > SendSquared is a comprehensive communications and property management platform that includes phone call tracking, SMS marketing, email automation, CRM, and lead management. This file contains a concatenated, text-only version of all SendSquared documentation pages, optimized for Large Language Model consumption. --- ## Getting Started ### Introduction to SendSquared Get started with SendSquared - learn how to access the platform, set up your account, download mobile apps, and navigate the comprehensive communications and property management system. URL: /docs/intro Tags: introduction, getting started, overview, welcome # Introduction to SendSquared Welcome to SendSquared - your comprehensive communications and property management platform. This guide will help you get started with accessing and using the system. ## Accessing SendSquared ### Web Application The SendSquared web application is accessible through any modern web browser at: ``` https://app.sendsquared.com ``` **Browser Requirements:** - Google Chrome (required - only supported browser) ### Mobile Applications SendSquared offers companion mobile apps for both iOS and Android devices: - **iOS App**: Download from the [Apple App Store](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/sendsquared/id1600403445) - **Android App**: Download from the [Google Play Store](https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.sendsquared.sendsquared_flutter_android&hl=en_US) We recommend installing the mobile app on your smartphone for on-the-go access to communications and notifications. ## Getting Started ### Account Invitation To access SendSquared, you'll need an invitation from your organization's administrator. The invitation process works as follows: 1. Your manager or administrator will send you an email invitation to join SendSquared 2. The email will contain a link to set up your account 3. **Important**: Your invitation link is only valid for 24 hours 4. If you don't set up your account within 24 hours, your manager will need to resend the invitation ### Setting Up Your Account When you receive your invitation email: 1. Click the link in the email 2. Create a secure password that meets the following requirements: - At least 8 characters long - Contains at least one uppercase letter - Contains at least one lowercase letter - Contains at least one number - Contains at least one special character 3. Confirm your password 4. Review and accept the terms of service 5. Complete any additional profile information requested ### First-Time Login After setting up your password: 1. Go to [app.sendsquared.com](https://app.sendsquared.com) 2. Enter your email address 3. Enter your password 4. Click "Sign In" ### Mobile App Setup After your account is activated, we strongly recommend setting up the mobile app: 1. Download the appropriate app for your device using the links above 2. Open the app and enter your email address and password 3. Enable notifications when prompted to ensure you receive important alerts 4. (Optional) Set up biometric authentication (fingerprint or face recognition) for quicker access ## Password Recovery If you forget your password: 1. Visit the login page at [app.sendsquared.com](https://app.sendsquared.com) 2. Click "Forgot Password" 3. Enter your email address 4. Follow the instructions in the recovery email ## System Requirements ### Web Application - Google Chrome (required - only supported browser) - JavaScript enabled - Cookies enabled - Minimum screen resolution of 1280x720 ### Mobile Applications - iOS 13.0 or later - Android 8.0 (Oreo) or later - 50MB of free storage space ## Getting Help If you encounter any issues with logging in or accessing SendSquared: 1. Contact your organization's SendSquared administrator 2. Email support at support@sendsquared.com 3. Check the troubleshooting section of this documentation ## Next Steps Once you've successfully logged into SendSquared, explore the following guides to learn more: - [Update Profile Info](./user/update-profile-info) - [Inbox Overview](./inbox/inbox-overview) - [Contacts Overview](./contacts/contact-overview) --- ## User ### Changing Profile Information Learn how to update your personal profile information in SendSquared URL: /docs/user/update-profile-info # Changing Profile Information This guide explains how to update your personal information in your SendSquared account, including username, contact details, and password. ## Accessing Profile Settings To update your profile information: 1. Click on the profile icon in the upper right corner 2. Select **Global Settings** from the dropdown menu 3. Click on **Profile Settings** ## Available Profile Information In the Profile Settings section, you can update various personal details, including: - **Username**: Your display name in the system - **Email Address**: Your primary contact email - **First Name**: Your first name - **Last Name**: Your last name - **Address**: Your physical address - **Phone Number**: Your contact phone number - **Password**: Your account password ## Updating Your Information To change any of your profile details: 1. Locate the field you wish to update 2. Enter the new information in the appropriate field 3. Scroll to the bottom of the page 4. Click the **Update Profile** button to save your changes ## Changing Your Password For security reasons, changing your password requires additional steps: 1. In the Profile Settings page, locate the password section 2. Enter your current password 3. Enter your new password 4. Confirm your new password by entering it again 5. Click **Update Profile** to save all changes :::tip Password Requirements Your password should be: - At least 8 characters long - Include at least one uppercase letter - Include at least one lowercase letter - Include at least one number - Include at least one special character ## Profile Picture To update your profile picture: 1. Look for the profile image section (usually at the top of the Profile Settings page) 2. Click on the current image or the upload button 3. Select a new image from your computer 4. Crop or adjust the image if prompted 5. Click **Update Profile** to save the change ## Notification Preferences While in the Profile Settings, you may also have the option to update your notification preferences: 1. Look for the notification section 2. Select which notifications you want to receive 3. Choose your preferred notification methods (email, SMS, etc.) 4. Click **Update Profile** to save your preferences ## Viewing Your Changes After updating your profile: 1. Your changes will be applied immediately 2. You may need to refresh the page to see some updates 3. Your new information will be visible throughout the SendSquared platform ## Common Issues ### Changes Not Saving If your changes aren't being saved: - Ensure you've clicked the **Update Profile** button - Check that all required fields are filled out - Try refreshing the page and making the changes again ### Password Reset Required If you've forgotten your password: - Use the "Forgot Password" option on the login screen - Follow the instructions sent to your email - Create a new password that meets the security requirements ## Why Keep Your Profile Updated Maintaining current profile information is important for: - Ensuring you receive important notifications - Allowing colleagues to contact you - Maintaining accurate reporting and auditing - Providing accurate information for clients when needed ## Next Steps After updating your profile, consider: - [Updating your profile photo](./updating-profile-photo) - [Changing your password](./updating-your-password) - [Managing your inbox](../inbox/inbox-overview) --- ### Changing Your Password Learn how to update your password in SendSquared URL: /docs/user/updating-your-password # Changing Your Password This guide explains how to change your password in SendSquared. Regularly updating your password helps maintain the security of your account and your organization's data. ## Accessing Password Settings To change your password: 1. Click on the profile icon in the upper right corner 2. Select **Global Settings** from the dropdown menu 3. Click on **Profile Settings** 4. Scroll down to the password section ## Changing Your Password Once you've located the password section: 1. Enter your **Current Password** in the first field - This verifies your identity before allowing changes 2. Enter your **New Password** in the second field - Follow the password requirements listed below 3. Enter your new password again in the **Confirm New Password** field - This ensures you haven't made any typing errors 4. Click **Update Profile** at the bottom of the page to save your changes ## Password Requirements For security purposes, your password must meet the following requirements: - At least 8 characters in length - Include at least one uppercase letter (A-Z) - Include at least one lowercase letter (a-z) - Include at least one number (0-9) - Include at least one special character (!, @, #, $, etc.) Create a strong password that you don't use for other accounts. Consider using a password manager to generate and store complex, unique passwords. ## After Changing Your Password After successfully changing your password: 1. You'll see a confirmation message 2. You'll remain logged in to your current session 3. All other active sessions on other devices will be logged out 4. You'll need to use your new password for all future logins ## Password Best Practices To maintain account security: - Change your password regularly (every 60-90 days) - Don't reuse passwords from other websites or applications - Avoid using easily guessable information (birthdays, names, etc.) - Consider using a passphrase (a series of random words) for better security - Never share your password with others ## Troubleshooting ### Current Password Not Accepted If your current password is not being accepted: - Check if Caps Lock is enabled - Verify you're using the most recent password - If you continue to have issues, use the "Forgot Password" option ### New Password Requirements If your new password is not being accepted: - Ensure it meets all the requirements listed above - Try a different password that meets all criteria - Avoid using special characters that might not be supported ### Changes Not Saving If your password change isn't saving: - Ensure both the new password and confirmation match exactly - Check that your current password was entered correctly - Verify that you've clicked the Update Profile button - Try refreshing the page and attempting the change again ## Next Steps After changing your password: - [Update your profile information](./update-profile-info) - [Update your profile photo](./updating-profile-photo) - [Recover a lost password](./lost-password) if you forget your new password --- ### Recovering a Lost Password Learn how to reset your password if you've forgotten it URL: /docs/user/lost-password # Recovering a Lost Password If you've forgotten your SendSquared password, this guide will walk you through the process of resetting it and regaining access to your account. ## Accessing the Password Recovery Option If you can't log in to your SendSquared account due to a forgotten password: 1. Navigate to the SendSquared login page at [app.sendsquared.com](https://app.sendsquared.com) 2. Click the **Forgot Password?** link below the login form 3. You'll be directed to the password recovery page ## Requesting a Password Reset On the password recovery page: 1. Enter the **Email Address** associated with your SendSquared account 2. Click the **Reset Password** button 3. A confirmation message will appear indicating that reset instructions have been sent ## Checking Your Email After requesting a password reset: 1. Check the inbox of the email address you provided 2. Look for an email from SendSquared with the subject line "Password Reset Request" 3. If you don't see the email within a few minutes: - Check your spam or junk folder - Verify you entered the correct email address - Check other email folders where it might be filtered ## Using the Reset Link When you receive the password reset email: 1. Open the email and click the **Reset Password** button or link 2. The link will take you to a secure page where you can create a new password 3. **Important**: The reset link is typically valid for only 24 hours and can only be used once ## Creating a New Password On the password reset page: 1. Enter your new password in the **New Password** field 2. Enter it again in the **Confirm Password** field to verify 3. Ensure your new password meets the following requirements: - At least 8 characters long - Contains at least one uppercase letter - Contains at least one lowercase letter - Contains at least one number - Contains at least one special character 4. Click **Submit** or **Change Password** to save your new password ## After Resetting Your Password Once your password has been successfully reset: 1. You'll see a confirmation message 2. You'll be directed to the login page 3. Log in with your email address and your new password 4. You should now have full access to your SendSquared account ## If You Still Can't Access Your Account If you're still experiencing issues after attempting a password reset: 1. Ensure you're using the most recent reset link if you've requested multiple resets 2. Check that you're entering the new password correctly (watch for typos) 3. Verify that you're using the correct email address associated with your account 4. Contact your organization's SendSquared administrator for assistance 5. As a last resort, contact SendSquared support at [support@sendsquared.com](mailto:support@sendsquared.com) ## Password Security Tips After regaining access to your account: - Consider using a password manager to securely store your passwords - Create a strong, unique password that you don't use for other accounts - Set up a reminder to change your password periodically - Never share your password with others - Log out when using shared or public computers ## Preventing Future Password Issues To avoid future password recovery situations: 1. Update your password in any place you have it saved 2. Consider setting up alternative recovery methods if available 3. Keep your contact information up to date in your profile 4. Update any automated logins or integrations with your new password --- ### Updating Your Profile Image Learn how to change your profile picture in SendSquared URL: /docs/user/updating-profile-photo # Updating Your Profile Image Your profile image appears throughout the SendSquared platform and helps colleagues identify you. This guide explains how to update your profile picture to personalize your account. ## Accessing Profile Settings To update your profile image: 1. Click on the profile icon in the upper right corner 2. Select **Global Settings** from the dropdown menu 3. Click on **Profile Settings** ## Locating the Profile Image Section Once in the Profile Settings: 1. Look for the profile image section at the top of the page 2. You'll see your current profile picture (or a default avatar if none has been set) 3. Look for an edit icon, upload button, or "Change Picture" option ## Uploading a New Image To change your profile picture: 1. Click on the current image, edit icon, or upload button 2. A file browser will open 3. Navigate to and select the image file you want to use 4. Click **Open** or **Select** to upload the image ## Adjusting Your Image After selecting an image, you may be prompted to adjust it: 1. Use the cropping tool to select the portion of the image you want to use 2. Some systems allow zooming in or out to adjust the image size 3. Position the image so your face is centered in the frame 4. Click **Save**, **Apply**, or **Crop** to proceed ## Finalizing Your Profile Image After adjusting your image: 1. Review how your profile picture will appear 2. If satisfied, scroll down to the bottom of the Profile Settings page 3. Click **Update Profile** to save all changes, including your new profile image 4. Your new profile picture will be applied across the SendSquared platform ## Image Requirements and Best Practices For best results, your profile image should: - Be a clear, professional headshot - Have good lighting and focus - Be recently taken and accurately represent you - Have a neutral or professional background - Be in JPG, PNG, or GIF format - Ideally be square or have equal height and width - Be less than 5MB in file size A professional headshot against a neutral background works best for profile images in business settings. ## Removing or Changing Your Profile Image If you need to remove or replace your profile image: 1. Follow the same steps to access the profile image section 2. Look for a "Remove" option if you want to delete the current image 3. To replace the image, simply upload a new one following the steps above 4. Always remember to click **Update Profile** to save your changes ## When Your Profile Image Appears Your profile image will be visible in several places throughout SendSquared: - In the upper right corner of your screen - In chat or communication threads - Next to your comments or activities - In team member lists - In reports that include user information ## Troubleshooting ### Image Not Uploading If you're having trouble uploading your image: - Check that the file is in a supported format (JPG, PNG, GIF) - Verify the file size is below the maximum limit (typically 5MB) - Try a different browser or clear your browser cache - Resize the image to a smaller dimension before uploading ### Image Not Displaying Correctly If your image appears distorted or cropped incorrectly: - Try re-uploading with a square image - Use the cropping tool to select just the portion you want visible - Ensure you've clicked **Update Profile** to save your changes ## Next Steps After updating your profile image: - [Complete your profile information](./update-profile-info) - [Change your password](./updating-your-password) - [Recover a lost password](./lost-password) --- ## Administration ### Adding New Users Learn how to add new users to your SendSquared account and set their permissions URL: /docs/administration/adding-new-user Tags: administration, users, permissions, team management # Adding New Users This guide explains how to add new users to your SendSquared account and set appropriate permissions. Adding team members allows you to delegate responsibilities and manage communication tasks more efficiently. ## Accessing User Settings To begin adding a new user: 1. Click on the profile icon in the upper right corner 2. Select **Global Settings** from the dropdown menu 3. Click on **User/Agent Settings** If you don't see the **Add User** button at the top of the page, you aren't currently set up as an Agent Admin. You'll need to contact your internal Admin or SendSquared support to get the proper permissions. ## Adding a New User Once you're in the User/Agent Settings: 1. Click the **Add New User** button at the top of the page 2. You'll be directed to the user creation page ## Entering User Information On the user creation page: 1. Enter the new user's **First Name** 2. Enter the new user's **Last Name** 3. Enter the new user's **Email Address** 4. Click **Send Invite** An invitation email will be sent to the provided email address with a link to verify and create a password. ## Setting User Permissions After creating the user, you'll need to set their permissions: 1. Find the newly created user in the list 2. Click the **Edit** button next to their name 3. Select the permissions you want to assign 4. Click **Update & Save** to apply the changes ## Understanding Permission Types SendSquared uses an Access Control List (ACL) system with permissions organized into logical groups. For a complete list of all available permissions and their descriptions, see the [ACL Permissions Reference](/docs/reference-guides/acl-permissions). ### Quick Permission Management Tips - Use the **Select All** button to grant all permissions to administrators - Use the **Deselect All** button to start fresh when setting up limited access users - Click on permission group headers to toggle all permissions within that group - Permissions are organized into these main categories: - **Communication Permissions** - Control sending capabilities - **Agent Permissions** - Manage call center and agent features - **Inbox Management** - Control access to various communication channels - **System Management** - Administrative and system-level features - **Verification Permissions** - Guest verification features (if enabled) ## Best Practices for User Management ### Permission Assignment - Assign only the permissions necessary for each user's role - Create consistent permission sets for similar roles in your organization - Regularly review and update permissions as responsibilities change ### Onboarding New Users - Send the invitation when the user is ready to set up their account - Note that invitation links expire after 24 hours - Provide new users with basic training on the features they'll be using ### Security Considerations - Limit Agent Admin permissions to trusted team leaders - Regularly audit user accounts and remove inactive users - Consider implementing a process for reviewing permission changes ## Troubleshooting ### Invitation Not Received If a user doesn't receive their invitation email: 1. Check that the email address was entered correctly 2. Check their spam or junk folders 3. Resend the invitation by deleting the user and adding them again ### Expired Invitation If the 24-hour invitation period expires: 1. Delete the user from the User/Agent Settings 2. Add the user again with the same information 3. A new invitation will be sent ### Permission Changes Not Taking Effect If permission changes don't seem to be working: 1. Ensure you clicked **Update & Save** after making changes 2. Ask the user to log out and log back in to refresh their permissions 3. Clear browser cache if problems persist --- ### Changing Company Settings Learn how to update your company profile information and logo in SendSquared URL: /docs/administration/company-settings Tags: administration, company settings, branding, profile # Changing Company Settings This guide explains how to update your company's information and branding within the SendSquared platform. Company settings affect how your business appears to your contacts and within the system. ## Accessing Company Settings To update your company settings: 1. Click on the profile icon in the upper right corner 2. Select **Global Settings** from the dropdown menu 3. Click on **Company Settings** ## Available Company Information In the Company Settings section, you can update various organization details, including: - **Company Name**: The official name of your business - **Address**: Your business's physical address - **Phone Number**: Your primary business contact number - **Website**: Your company website URL - **Industry**: Your business's primary industry - **Company Size**: Number of employees in your organization - **Time Zone**: Default time zone for your account - **Company Logo**: Your business logo that appears in the platform and can be used in communications ## Updating Company Information To change any of your company details: 1. Locate the field you wish to update 2. Enter the new information in the appropriate field 3. Scroll to the bottom of the page 4. Click the **Update** button to save your changes ## Changing Your Company Logo To update your company logo: 1. In the Company Settings page, locate the logo section 2. Click on the current logo or the **Upload Logo** button 3. A file browser will open 4. Navigate to and select the image file you want to use 5. Click **Open** or **Select** to upload the image 6. After the image uploads, click **Update** at the bottom of the page to save changes ## Logo Requirements and Best Practices For optimal display of your company logo: - Use a PNG or JPG file format - Upload a logo with transparent background (PNG) if possible - Recommended dimensions: 250px x 100px - Maximum file size: 5MB - Use a high-resolution image for best appearance - Ensure the logo is clearly visible when scaled down Square logos tend to display better throughout the SendSquared interface than very wide or tall logos. ## How Company Settings Are Used Your company settings affect multiple areas within SendSquared: - **Branding**: Your logo appears in the SendSquared dashboard - **Communications**: Company details can be used in email templates and communications - **Reporting**: Company information appears on reports - **Contact Management**: Used to identify your organization to contacts ## Importance of Accurate Company Information Maintaining up-to-date company information is important for: - Professional appearance in communications - Accurate contact details for your clients - Consistent branding across all touchpoints - Compliance with communication regulations ## Troubleshooting ### Changes Not Saving If your changes aren't being saved: - Ensure you've clicked the **Update** button at the bottom of the page - Check that all required fields are filled out correctly - Try refreshing the page and making the changes again ### Logo Not Uploading If you're having trouble uploading your logo: - Check that the file is in a supported format (JPG, PNG) - Verify the file size is below the maximum limit - Try a different browser or clear your browser cache - Resize the image to recommended dimensions before uploading ## Next Steps After updating your company settings, consider: - [Setting up email templates with your new branding](../editor-email/email-editor-overview) - [Configuring your email signature](../user/update-profile-info) - [Updating user permissions](./permissions) --- ### Adding Individual Emails Learn how to add and validate email addresses for sending emails in SendSquared URL: /docs/administration/adding-new-emails Tags: administration, email, validation, settings # Validating Individual Emails In SendSquared, you can have multiple sending email addresses for different purposes. This guide explains how to add and validate email addresses to ensure your emails can be sent successfully. ## Understanding Email Validation Email validation is an essential step that: - Verifies you own the email address - Improves deliverability of your emails - Reduces the chance of your emails being marked as spam - Allows you to use multiple sending addresses for different purposes ## Accessing Email Settings To begin adding and validating email addresses: 1. Click on the profile icon in the upper right corner 2. Select **Global Settings** from the dropdown menu 3. Click on **Email Settings** ## Adding a New Email Address Once you're in the Email Settings section: 1. Click the **Add Email** button 2. Fill out the following information: - **Email Address**: The email address you want to use for sending - **Display Name**: The name recipients will see in their inbox (e.g., "Company Support" or "Reservation Team") - **Primary Email**: Toggle this on if this will be your most commonly used sending address 3. Click **Add Email** to submit ## Validating Your Email Address After adding your email address, you'll need to validate it: 1. Check the inbox of the email address you just added 2. Look for an email from SendSquared with validation instructions - If you don't see it, check your spam or junk folder 3. Open the email and click on the validation link provided 4. The link will open in your browser and confirm the validation ## Verifying Validation Status To confirm your email has been properly validated: 1. After clicking the validation link, perform a hard refresh of your browser: - Windows/Linux: Press **Ctrl + F5** - Mac: Press **Command + Shift + R** 2. Navigate back to **Global Settings → Email Settings** if needed 3. Look for a verified timestamp next to the email address 4. The verified timestamp indicates the email is now ready to use for sending ## Managing Multiple Email Addresses SendSquared allows you to manage multiple sending addresses for different purposes: ### Setting a Primary Address - The primary email address will be selected by default when sending emails - Only one address can be set as primary - You can change your primary address at any time ### Use Cases for Multiple Addresses - Department-specific emails (support@company.com, reservations@company.com) - Role-specific emails (manager@company.com, concierge@company.com) - Brand-specific emails for companies managing multiple properties ## Troubleshooting Validation Issues ### Validation Email Not Received If you don't receive the validation email: 1. Check your spam/junk folders 2. Verify you entered the correct email address 3. Try adding the email address again 4. Add noreply@sendsquared.com to your safe senders list ### Validation Link Expired If the validation link has expired: 1. Return to **Global Settings → Email Settings** 2. Delete the unvalidated email address 3. Add the email address again 4. A new validation email will be sent ### Email Shows Unverified After Clicking Link If your email remains unverified after clicking the validation link: 1. Perform a hard refresh of your browser 2. Clear your browser cache 3. Log out and log back into SendSquared 4. Check if the email shows as verified now ## Best Practices for Email Validation ### Use Professional Email Addresses - Use email addresses that match your domain (e.g., name@yourcompany.com) - Avoid free email services for business communications - Consider creating specific addresses for different departments ### Display Name Guidelines - Use clear, recognizable display names - Include your company name for better recognition - Be consistent with your branding ### Email Management - Regularly review your validated emails - Remove any outdated or unused email addresses - Ensure access to all validated email inboxes is maintained ## Next Steps After validating your email addresses: 1. [Create email templates](../editor-email/email-editor-overview) 2. [Set up email automations](../automations/automation-overview) 3. [Configure email campaigns](../campaigns/send-email-campaign) --- ### User Permissions Guide Understanding and configuring user permissions in SendSquared URL: /docs/administration/permissions Tags: administration, permissions, users, access control, security # User Permissions This guide explains the various permission settings available when adding or managing users in SendSquared. User permissions control what actions team members can perform within the system. ## Understanding Permission Categories When adding a new user to your SendSquared account, you'll need to select their user permissions. These permissions are grouped into several functional categories: Communication, Agent, Conversation Management, Inbox Management, System Management, and Verification. ## Communication Permissions These permissions control the ability to send messages across different communication channels. - **Send Email**: Allows users to send emails from the inbox or contact profile - **Send SMS**: Allows users to send text messages from the inbox or contact profile - **Send Campaigns**: Allows users to send email or text marketing campaigns - **Send WhatsApp**: Allows users to send WhatsApp messages - **Send Airbnb**: Allows users to send messages through Airbnb integration ## Agent Permissions These permissions define agent roles and capabilities within the call center. ### Agent Roles - **Agent**: Allows the user to log in to the real-time dashboard to answer calls and see real-time notifications - **Mobile Agent**: Allows the user to act as an agent on mobile devices - **Agent Admin**: Top-level user that can edit permissions and set restrictions for other users ### Call Management - **Make Calls**: Allows users to make outbound calls - **Receive Calls**: Allows users to answer calls if in a queue ### Lead Management - **Assign Leads**: Allows users to assign leads to themselves in the wrap-up, lead page, contact profile, inbox, etc. - **Edit Closed Leads**: Allows users to edit closed leads to change statuses, agent assigned, etc. ### Queue Management - **Edit Queues**: Allows users to modify call queue settings - **Edit Menus**: Allows users to edit IVR menu configurations ## Conversation Management These permissions control the new unified conversation view functionality. - **View Conversations**: Allows users to view conversations in the unified inbox - **Assign Conversation**: Allows users to assign conversations to themselves - **Assign to Others**: Allows users to assign conversations to other agents - **Reassign Conversation**: Allows users to reassign conversations from one agent to another - **Complete Conversation**: Allows users to mark conversations as complete - **Close Conversation**: Allows users to close conversations - **Delete Conversation**: Allows users to delete conversations (permanent deletion) ## Inbox Management These permissions control channel-specific inbox functionality. ### Email - **View Emails**: Allows users to view emails in the inbox - **View Others' Emails**: Allows users to view emails assigned to other users - **Assign Email**: Allows users to assign emails to themselves - **Assign to Others**: Allows users to assign emails to different agents - **Reassign Email**: Allows users to reassign emails from one agent to another - **Delete Email**: Allows users to delete emails (permanent deletion) ### SMS - **Assign SMS**: Allows users to assign SMS to themselves - **Assign SMS to Others**: Allows users to assign SMS to different agents - **Reassign SMS**: Allows users to reassign SMS from one agent to another - **Change SMS Priority**: Allows users to modify SMS priority levels - **Complete All SMS**: Allows users to complete all SMS threads simultaneously ### Airbnb - **View Airbnb**: Allows users to view Airbnb messages - **Assign Airbnb**: Allows users to assign Airbnb messages to themselves - **Assign to Others**: Allows users to assign Airbnb messages to other agents - **Reassign Airbnb**: Allows users to reassign Airbnb messages - **Complete All Airbnb**: Allows users to complete all Airbnb threads simultaneously ### WhatsApp - **View WhatsApp**: Allows users to view WhatsApp messages - **Assign WhatsApp**: Allows users to assign WhatsApp messages to themselves - **Assign to Others**: Allows users to assign WhatsApp messages to other agents - **Reassign WhatsApp**: Allows users to reassign WhatsApp messages - **Complete All WhatsApp**: Allows users to complete all WhatsApp threads simultaneously ### Voicemail - **View Voicemail**: Allows users to view voicemails - **View Others' Voicemail**: Allows users to view voicemails assigned to other agents - **Assign Voicemail**: Allows users to assign voicemails to themselves - **Assign to Others**: Allows users to assign voicemails to other agents - **Reassign Voicemail**: Allows users to reassign voicemails ### Tasks - **View Tasks**: Allows users to view task assignments - **Assign Task**: Allows users to assign tasks to themselves - **Assign to Others**: Allows users to assign tasks to other agents - **Reassign Task**: Allows users to reassign tasks from one agent to another ## System Management These permissions control administrative functions and system configuration. - **Add Users**: Allows users to add other users to the account - **Edit Templates**: Allows users to edit email or SMS templates - **Edit Automations**: Allows users to edit or create automations - **Merge Contacts**: Allows users to merge two contacts together - **Edit Guidebooks**: Allows users to create and modify digital guidebooks (when enabled) - **Delete Recordings**: Allows users to delete call recordings (permanent deletion) - **Delete Voicemails**: Allows users to delete voicemail recordings (permanent deletion) - **Edit Custom Fields**: Allows users to create and modify custom fields - **Delete Custom Fields**: Allows users to delete custom fields ## Verification Permissions These permissions control identity verification features (when enabled). - **View Verification**: Allows users to view verification requests and status - **Agent Upload**: Allows agents to upload verification documents on behalf of guests - **Agent Verify**: Allows agents to mark verifications as complete - **Agent Un-verify**: Allows agents to reverse verification status - **Delete Images**: Allows users to delete uploaded verification images ## Best Practices for Permission Management ### For Small Teams - For small teams, consider creating just two permission levels: - Admin users with full permissions - Standard users with basic communication permissions ### For Larger Teams - Create role-based permission sets based on job functions: - Customer service agents - Marketing team members - Lead management specialists - System administrators ### Security Considerations - Only grant Agent Admin permissions to trusted team leaders - Limit delete permissions to prevent accidental data loss - Regularly review user permissions when team members change roles ### Permission Auditing - Periodically review who has access to what features - Remove permissions from inactive users - Ensure permissions align with current job responsibilities ## Modifying User Permissions To modify permissions for existing users: 1. Navigate to Global Settings → User/Agent Settings 2. Select the user whose permissions you want to modify 3. Update the permission checkboxes as needed 4. Save your changes 5. The user will need to log out and log back in for changes to take effect --- ### Setting Up New Agents Learn how to configure new agents in the SendSquared voice system URL: /docs/administration/setting-up-new-agents Tags: administration, agents, voice system, call center, team management # Setting Up New Agents Adding new agents to your SendSquared voice platform allows you to expand your team and distribute incoming calls effectively. This guide will walk you through the process of setting up new agents and configuring their access to queues and voicemail. ## Understanding Agent Configuration Agents are team members who can receive and handle calls within the SendSquared platform. Proper agent setup ensures: - Calls are routed to the right people - Agents have appropriate access to voicemail boxes - Your team can efficiently manage incoming communications ## Accessing Agent Settings To begin setting up new agents: 1. Click on the user icon in the upper right corner of the screen 2. Select **Global Settings** from the dropdown menu 3. Click on **Queue Settings** in the settings menu ## Creating a New Agent Queue Once you're in the Queue Settings section: 1. Click on the **Add New Queue** button in the upper right corner 2. Start by naming the queue (typically with the agent's name or role) ### Configuring Voicemail Association For each agent, you'll need to configure their voicemail settings: 1. Select the queue from the dropdown you want the voicemail to be associated with - This can be associated with standard queues or agent direct queues 2. If you want the voicemail to be accessible only to specific agents, select each one individually - **Note**: If no agents are selected, all agents will have access to that specific voicemail box Queues must be created prior to setting up the voicemail boxes for your agents. ### Completing Agent Setup After configuring the agent settings: 1. Review all settings to ensure they're correct 2. Click the **Save Mailbox** button to create the agent's voicemail inbox ## Agent Permission Levels When setting up new agents, consider what permissions they should have: ### Basic Agent Permissions - Answer incoming calls - Access their own voicemail - Make outbound calls ### Advanced Agent Permissions - Transfer calls to other agents - Access team voicemail boxes - View call analytics - Record calls ## Call Distribution Methods SendSquared offers several ways to distribute calls among your agents: ### Round Robin - Distributes calls sequentially among available agents - Ensures even workload distribution ### Simultaneous Ring - Rings all available agents at once - First agent to answer takes the call ### Skills-Based Routing - Routes calls based on agent expertise - Matches callers with the most qualified agent ## Agent Status Management Teach your new agents how to manage their status: 1. Available: Ready to receive calls 2. On Break: Temporarily unavailable 3. Do Not Disturb: Blocks incoming calls 4. After Hours: Outside of working hours ## Best Practices for Agent Setup - **Create standardized naming conventions**: Makes it easier to manage as your team grows - **Train agents thoroughly**: Ensure they understand how to use the system - **Start with limited permissions**: Add more as agents become comfortable with the system - **Regular review**: Periodically review agent settings and adjust as needed ## Troubleshooting If agents aren't receiving calls as expected: - Verify that they are properly configured in the queue settings - Check that their status is set to "Available" - Ensure they have the correct permissions enabled - Test routing by placing test calls to the system --- ### Email Authentication Setup Learn how to configure SPF, DKIM, and DMARC records for improved email deliverability URL: /docs/administration/dns-settings Tags: administration, email, DNS, authentication, SPF, DKIM, DMARC # Email Authentication: SPF, DKIM, and DMARC Setup Email authentication protocols help prevent email spoofing, improve deliverability, and protect your domain reputation. This guide explains how to set up SPF, DKIM, and DMARC records for use with SendSquared. ## Understanding Email Authentication Email authentication consists of three key protocols: - **SPF (Sender Policy Framework)**: Verifies the IP addresses authorized to send email on behalf of your domain - **DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)**: Adds a digital signature to verify emails haven't been tampered with - **DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting & Conformance)**: Tells receiving servers how to handle messages that fail authentication Setting up these protocols is essential for: - Improving email deliverability - Preventing your emails from being marked as spam - Protecting your domain from being spoofed by malicious actors - Building and maintaining your sender reputation ## SPF Records Explained The Sender Policy Framework (SPF) is an open standard aimed at preventing sender address forgery. ### How SPF Works SPF verifies that the IP address sending an email is authorized to send mail on behalf of the domain in the email's Envelope From or Return-Path: 1. The receiving email server retrieves the SPF record from the DNS records for your domain 2. The server checks if the sending IP address is listed in the SPF record 3. If the check passes, the email continues to processing 4. If the check fails, the email may be rejected or flagged as suspicious ### SendSquared's SPF Records To allow SendSquared to send emails on your behalf, you need to include SendSquared's SPF record in your domain's DNS settings: ``` include:_spf.sendsquared.com ``` ### Setting Up Your SPF Record If you don't have an existing SPF record, create a TXT record with: ``` v=spf1 include:_spf.sendsquared.com ~all ``` If you already have an SPF record, add SendSquared's include statement: ``` v=spf1 [your existing includes] include:_spf.sendsquared.com ~all ``` ## DKIM Configuration DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) adds a digital signature to your emails that verifies they haven't been modified in transit. ### How DKIM Works 1. SendSquared generates a pair of cryptographic keys for your domain 2. You add the public key to your DNS records 3. SendSquared uses the private key to sign outgoing emails 4. Receiving servers verify the signature using the public key in your DNS ### Setting Up DKIM with SendSquared When you complete Domain Authentication in SendSquared, automated security is enabled by default, which handles DKIM records for you: 1. Navigate to **Global Settings → Domain Authentication** 2. Select the domain you want to authenticate 3. SendSquared will provide CNAME records you need to add to your DNS 4. Add these CNAME records to your domain's DNS settings 5. Return to SendSquared and verify the configuration ## DMARC Implementation DMARC builds on SPF and DKIM by specifying what receiving servers should do with emails that fail authentication. ### How DMARC Works 1. You publish a DMARC policy in your DNS records 2. The policy tells receiving servers how to handle emails that fail SPF or DKIM checks 3. DMARC can also send you reports about emails using your domain ### Setting Up DMARC Add a TXT record with the following settings to your DNS: ``` Name: _dmarc.yourdomain.com Value: v=DMARC1; p=none; rua=mailto:dmarc-reports@yourdomain.com ``` This basic policy: - Monitors but doesn't take action on failing emails (`p=none`) - Sends aggregate reports to the specified email address As you become more comfortable with DMARC, you can strengthen your policy: ``` v=DMARC1; p=quarantine; pct=25; rua=mailto:dmarc-reports@yourdomain.com ``` This more aggressive policy: - Suggests that 25% of failing emails be sent to spam (`quarantine` at `pct=25`) - Continues to send reports for monitoring Eventually, you can move to a strict policy: ``` v=DMARC1; p=reject; rua=mailto:dmarc-reports@yourdomain.com ``` This policy rejects all emails that fail authentication. ## Custom MX Records for From Headers For optimal deliverability when using custom From addresses (e.g., noreply@yourdomain.com), you may need to set up custom MX records: 1. Navigate to **Global Settings → Domain Authentication → Advanced Settings** 2. Look for the "Custom From Headers" section 3. SendSquared will provide MX records specific to your domain 4. Add these records to your DNS settings ## Adding DNS Records with Common Providers Here's how to add these records with popular DNS providers: ### GoDaddy 1. Log in to your GoDaddy account 2. Click **My Products** 3. Select **DNS** for your domain 4. Click **Add** to add a new record 5. Select the record type (TXT for SPF/DMARC, CNAME for DKIM) 6. Enter the provided hostname and value 7. Save changes ### Namecheap 1. Log in to your Namecheap account 2. Go to **Domain List** and click **Manage** next to your domain 3. Select the **Advanced DNS** tab 4. Click **Add New Record** 5. Select the record type and enter the required information 6. Save changes ### Google Domains 1. Log in to Google Domains 2. Select your domain 3. Click **DNS** in the left menu 4. Scroll to "Custom records" 5. Click **Add** to create a new record 6. Enter the host, record type, and data 7. Save ### Amazon Route 53 1. Log in to AWS Console 2. Navigate to Route 53 3. Select **Hosted Zones** 4. Select your domain 5. Click **Create Record** 6. Choose record type and enter values 7. Click **Create Records** ### Cloudflare 1. Log in to Cloudflare 2. Select your domain 3. Go to the **DNS** tab 4. Click **Add Record** 5. Select the record type and fill in the required fields 6. Save ## Verifying Your Configuration After adding all required DNS records: 1. Return to SendSquared and navigate to **Global Settings → Domain Authentication** 2. Click **Verify Configuration** for your domain 3. SendSquared will check that all records have been properly added You can also use these external tools to verify your configuration: - [SPF Record Checker](https://mxtoolbox.com/spf.aspx) - [DKIM Validator](https://dmarcian.com/dkim-inspector/) - [DMARC Analyzer](https://mxtoolbox.com/dmarc.aspx) ## Troubleshooting Common Issues ### DNS Propagation Delays DNS changes can take 24-48 hours to fully propagate. If verification fails: - Wait at least 24 hours before troubleshooting - Verify records were entered exactly as provided - Check for typos or missing characters ### SPF Record Limitations SPF has a limit of 10 DNS lookups per record. If you have many email providers: - Consolidate lookups where possible - Consider using macro-expanded includes - Prioritize your most important email providers ### DKIM Key Rotation DKIM keys should be rotated periodically: - SendSquared handles key rotation automatically - Follow any notifications about key updates - Update your DNS records promptly when new keys are issued ## Next Steps After configuring email authentication: - [Test your email deliverability](../troubleshooting/email-delivery-issues) - [Set up email templates](../editor-email/email-editor-overview) - [Configure email campaigns](../campaigns/send-email-campaign) --- ### Assets Management Centralized digital asset library for storing and managing images, videos, PDFs, audio files, and documents with drag-and-drop upload support. URL: /docs/administration/assets-management Tags: administration, assets, media-library, digital-assets, file-management, images, videos, documents, pdf, audio # Assets Management The Assets Management system provides a centralized library for all your digital assets including images, videos, PDFs, audio files, and documents. Upload files through drag-and-drop and organize them for use across your campaigns. ## Overview Assets Management helps you: - Store and organize all digital files in one place - Quickly find and reuse assets across campaigns - Maintain brand consistency - Track asset usage and performance ## Accessing Assets Navigate to **Assets** in the main menu to access the asset library. The system provides: - **Grid View**: Visual thumbnail display with preview capabilities - **List View**: Searchable list with drag-and-drop upload support ## Asset Library Features ### Uploading Assets #### Drag and Drop Upload 1. Simply drag files from your computer onto the assets page 2. A drop zone appears when dragging files 3. Multiple files can be uploaded simultaneously 4. Upload progress is shown with a loading indicator #### File Upload Process - Files are automatically uploaded when dropped - Each file is processed individually - Success/failure messages appear for each file - Failed uploads show specific error messages ### Asset Organization #### Search and Filter - **Name Filter**: Search assets by file name - **Real-time Filtering**: Results update as you type - **Clear Filter**: Easy reset of search criteria #### Pagination - Adjustable page size (10, 20, 50, 100 items) - Navigate through pages of assets - Total asset count displayed ### Asset Management #### Asset Preview **Images**: - Click thumbnails to open full-size preview - Navigate through multiple images in preview mode - Automatic image reloading for private assets **PDFs**: - Click to open in modal dialog - Full PDF viewer in iframe - Scrollable document preview **Videos**: - Click to open video player modal - Full video controls (play, pause, seek) - Preload metadata for quick loading **Audio Files**: - Click to open audio player modal - Standard audio controls - Pause automatically when closing #### Asset Actions - **Delete**: Remove assets with confirmation dialog - Deletion shows specific error messages if asset is in use ### Asset Display #### Grid Layout Assets are displayed in a responsive grid showing: - **Images**: Thumbnail previews with file names - **PDFs**: Document icon with file name - **Videos**: Video thumbnail with play overlay - **Audio**: Audio icon with file name - **Other Files**: Generic document icon #### Visual Elements - Delete button appears on hover (if permitted) - File names displayed below thumbnails - Click actions open appropriate viewers - Loading states during asset operations ## Asset Types Supported ### Images - Standard image formats (JPEG, PNG, GIF, etc.) - Full-size preview on click - Gallery navigation for multiple images - Automatic URL refresh for private assets ### PDFs - PDF document support - Modal preview with scrollable viewer - Full document display in iframe ### Videos - Video file support - Modal player with controls - Thumbnail preview with play overlay - Metadata preloading ### Audio - Audio file support - Modal player with standard controls - Visual icon representation ### Other Files - Generic file type support - Document icon display - Name-based identification ## Contact Integration When viewing assets within a contact: - Assets automatically connect to the contact - Drag and drop files to upload and attach - Delete removes association with contact - All uploads are marked as private by default ## Best Practices ### File Management - Use descriptive file names for easy searching - Upload files in supported formats - Check file size limits before uploading - Regular cleanup of unused assets ### Performance - Large asset libraries may require pagination - Use search filters to find assets quickly - Allow time for large file uploads - Monitor failed uploads and retry if needed ## Troubleshooting ### Upload Issues - **Upload Failed**: Check file size and format - **Multiple Files**: Each file processed individually - **Network Errors**: Retry failed uploads ### Deletion Errors - **422 Error**: Asset is currently in use - **404 Error**: Asset already deleted - **403 Error**: Insufficient permissions - **400 Error**: Invalid request format ### Common Solutions - Refresh page if assets don't appear - Check browser console for errors - Ensure stable internet connection - Verify file permissions --- ### Custom Fields Create and manage custom fields to capture additional information on contacts, units, leads, and reservations with support for text, numeric, and select field types. URL: /docs/administration/custom-fields Tags: administration, custom-fields, data-management, personalization, contacts, units, leads, reservations # Custom Fields Custom Fields allow you to capture and store additional information beyond the standard fields on contacts, units, leads, and reservations. This feature enables you to tailor the system to your specific business needs. ## Overview Custom Fields help you: - Capture industry-specific information - Add fields to contacts, units, leads, and reservations - Create dropdown select fields with custom values - Use fields in email templates via tokens - Track additional data specific to your business ## Supported Object Types Custom fields can be added to: - **Contacts**: Additional contact information - **Units**: Property-specific data - **Leads**: Lead qualification fields - **Reservations**: Booking-specific information ## Field Data Types ### String Text input fields for capturing: - Names, codes, or identifiers - Short text responses - URLs or reference numbers ### Number Numeric fields for: - Quantities or counts - Measurements - Scores or ratings ### Select Dropdown selection fields: - Single selection from predefined options - Custom values you define - Useful for categorization ## Creating Custom Fields ### Accessing Custom Fields 1. Navigate to **Settings** > **Custom Fields** 2. Click **Add new Field** ### Field Configuration When creating a field, configure: 1. **Object Type**: Select Contact, Unit, Lead, or Reservation 2. **Label**: User-friendly display name (e.g., "Gas Grill") 3. **Field Name**: System identifier (e.g., "gas_grill") - used in tokens 4. **Data Type**: Choose String, Number, or Select 5. **Display Order**: Numeric value to control field ordering 6. **Profile Id**: Optional profile association 7. **Required**: For lead fields only - makes field mandatory ### Field Name Guidelines - Use lowercase letters and underscores - No spaces or special characters - Must be unique within the object type - Will be used in email tokens (e.g., `{{contact.custom_fields.gas_grill}}`) ## Managing Custom Fields ### Custom Field List View The main custom fields page displays: - **Label**: The display name - **Field Name**: System identifier - **Type**: Object type (Contact, Unit, etc.) - **Required**: Yes/No indicator - **Data Type**: String, Number, or Select - **Display Order**: Numeric ordering value - **Profile Id**: Associated profile if any ### Table Actions - **Edit**: Modify field properties - **Values**: For Select fields - manage dropdown options - **Delete**: Remove the custom field - **Expand Row**: View creation date and target path details ### Editing Fields 1. Click **Edit** next to the field 2. Modify properties as needed 3. Save changes **Note**: Be cautious when editing field names as it may affect existing email templates using the token. ## Using Custom Fields ### In Contact Forms - Custom fields appear automatically - Arranged according to display order - Grouped by categories/tabs - Validation runs on submission ### In List Views - Add custom field columns - Sort by custom fields - Filter using custom values - Save custom views ### In Search and Filters - Search by custom field values - Create complex filter combinations - Save frequently used filters - Share filters with team ### In Imports - Map CSV columns to custom fields - Set default values for missing data - Validate data during import - Handle errors gracefully ## Custom Field Values (Select Fields Only) ### Managing Select Field Values For fields with Data Type "Select": 1. Click **Values** button next to the field 2. Opens the Custom Field Values dialog ### Adding Values 1. Click **Add New Value** 2. Enter: - **Label**: Display text shown to users - **Value**: Internal value stored in database 3. Click **Save** ### Value Management - **Edit**: Modify existing label/value pairs - **Delete**: Remove values (may affect existing data) - Values display in a table showing Label and Value columns ### Best Practices for Values - Keep values consistent and clear - Use descriptive labels - Consider future needs when setting values - Avoid special characters in values ## Using Custom Fields in Templates ### Token Format Custom fields are accessed using the following token format: - Contacts: `{{contact.custom_fields.field_name}}` - Units: `{{unit.custom_fields.field_name}}` - Leads: `{{lead.custom_fields.field_name}}` - Reservations: `{{reservation.custom_fields.field_name}}` For example, if you create a custom field with field name "door_code" on reservations, use: `{{reservation.custom_fields.door_code}}` ### Common Use Cases - **Contacts**: Preferences, special requirements, VIP status - **Units**: Access codes, special features, amenities - **Leads**: Source tracking, qualification scores, interest level - **Reservations**: Check-in instructions, door codes, special requests ## Best Practices ### Planning Fields - Map out needs before creating - Use consistent naming conventions (lowercase_with_underscores) - Create fields only when standard fields don't suffice - Document field purposes for team members ### Naming Conventions - Use descriptive field names - Keep names short but meaningful - Use underscores instead of spaces - Maintain consistency across object types ### Display Order - Use incremental values (10, 20, 30) to allow insertions - Group related fields with similar order numbers - Lower numbers appear first ## Permissions Custom field management requires specific permissions: - **View Custom Fields**: See the custom fields section - **Edit Custom Fields**: Create and modify fields - **Delete Custom Fields**: Remove fields and values Users without these permissions won't see the Custom Fields menu option. ## Troubleshooting ### Common Issues - **Field Not Showing**: Check object type and display order - **Token Not Working**: Verify exact field name and token format - **Values Not Saving**: Ensure proper permissions - **Deleted Field Data**: Deleting a field removes all associated data ### Tips - Test custom fields in a few records before bulk updates - Document custom fields for team training - Regularly review and clean up unused fields - Consider using Select fields for standardized data entry --- ### Event System View and monitor system events including triggers, connectors, agents, and actions with filtering and pagination support. URL: /docs/administration/event-system Tags: administration, events, logging, monitoring, triggers, connectors, agents, actions # Event System The Event System provides a centralized view of system activities including triggers, connectors, agents, and actions. Access the event viewer to monitor, filter, and analyze various system events. ## Overview The Event System helps you: - Monitor trigger executions and their results - Track connector activities and sync operations - View agent activities and user actions - Debug system operations and errors - Filter events by type, date, and user ## Accessing the Event Viewer Navigate to **Global Settings** > **Event Log Viewer** to access the event monitoring system. ## Event Types The system tracks four main types of events: ### Triggers Monitor automation trigger events including: - Trigger execution details - Associated trigger task IDs - Contact relationships - Execution messages - Timestamps ### Connectors Track integration and connector activities: - Connector job executions - Success/failure status - Error messages - Job results (expandable details) - Execution timestamps ### Agents Monitor call center agent activities: - Agent actions by user - Date range filtering - User-specific filtering - Activity timestamps ### Actions Track system and user actions: - Action execution logs - System operations - User-initiated actions - Timestamp tracking ## Filtering Options ### Event Type Filter Use the dropdown selector to switch between: - Triggers - Connectors - Agents - Actions ### Date Range Filter Available for **Agents** and **Connectors** only: - Select start and end dates - Pre-defined ranges: - This month - This year - Past year - Custom date selection - Excludes future dates ### User Filter Available for **Agents** only: - Select specific user from dropdown - Filter agent activities by user - View individual user actions ## Event Tables ### Trigger Event Table Displays: - **ID**: Event identifier - **Date**: Creation timestamp - **Trigger Task**: Associated task ID - **Trigger**: Trigger ID - **Contact**: Linked contact (clickable to view profile) - **Message**: Event message or description ### Connector Event Table Shows: - **Expandable Row**: Click to view detailed job results - **ID**: Event identifier - **Date**: Creation timestamp - **Detail**: Error message or result summary - **Success**: Success status indicator ### Agent Event Table Includes: - **ID**: Event identifier - **Date**: Creation timestamp - **User**: Associated user (when filtered) - Additional agent-specific data ### Action Event Table Contains: - **ID**: Event identifier - **Date**: Creation timestamp - Action-specific details ## Pagination Navigate through large event lists using: - Page size selector: 10, 25, 50, or 100 items per page - Previous/Next page navigation - Current page indicator - Total event count display (up to 10,000+) ## Event Details ### Expandable Rows Connector events feature expandable rows to view: - Detailed job results - Execution summaries - Additional metadata ### Contact Links In trigger events, click contact names to: - Navigate directly to contact profile - View contact details - Access related information ## Best Practices ### Regular Monitoring - Check event logs regularly for errors - Monitor trigger executions for failures - Review connector sync status - Track agent activities ### Troubleshooting - Use date filters to isolate issues - Check error messages in connector events - Verify trigger executions for automation issues - Review user-specific actions for agents ### Performance Considerations - Use specific date ranges to reduce load - Filter by event type for focused analysis - Adjust page size based on needs - Export data for detailed analysis if needed ## Common Use Cases ### Debugging Automations 1. Select "Triggers" from event type 2. Look for failed executions 3. Check associated contacts and messages 4. Verify trigger configuration ### Monitoring Integrations 1. Select "Connectors" from event type 2. Use date filter for specific timeframe 3. Check success/failure status 4. Expand rows for detailed results ### Tracking User Activities 1. Select "Agents" from event type 2. Choose specific user from filter 3. Set appropriate date range 4. Review agent actions ### System Auditing 1. Review action events for system changes 2. Check timestamps for activity patterns 3. Monitor for unusual activities 4. Document findings for compliance ## Limitations - Maximum 10,000+ events displayed - Date filtering only available for Agents and Connectors - User filtering only available for Agents - No export functionality in current version - Real-time updates require manual refresh --- ### Export Functionality Export contact data via CSV downloads or Custom API for analysis, reporting, backup, and integration with external systems. URL: /docs/administration/export-functionality Tags: reports, export, data-export, csv, contacts, backup, api # Export Functionality Export contact data in CSV format for analysis in spreadsheet applications like Excel or Google Sheets, backup purposes, or integration with external systems. For programmatic access, use the Custom API to build automated export integrations. ## Overview Export functionality includes: - **CSV Export**: Export contact records to CSV format for spreadsheet applications - **Custom API**: Build custom integrations to export data programmatically - **Direct Download**: Immediate file download to your computer - **Filtered Exports**: Export based on current filters, segments, or selections ## Exporting Contacts ### How to Export Contacts **From Contact List:** 1. Navigate to **Contacts** in the main menu 2. Apply any filters or segments you want to export - Use filters to narrow down the contact list - Select a specific segment - Search for specific contacts 3. Click the **Export** button (typically in the top right) 4. Wait for the CSV file to generate 5. File will automatically download to your browser's download folder **From Segment View:** 1. Navigate to **Contacts** > **Segments** 2. Select the segment you want to export 3. Click **Export** 4. CSV file downloads with all contacts in that segment ### What Gets Exported When you export contacts, the CSV file includes: **Basic Contact Information:** - First Name - Last Name - Email Address - Phone Number - Mobile Phone - Company Name **Additional Fields:** - Contact Tags - Segment Memberships - Custom Fields (if configured) - Created Date - Last Modified Date - Contact Status - Source Information **Important Notes:** - All visible contacts based on your current filter will be exported - The export respects permissions - you can only export contacts you have access to - Character encoding is UTF-8 for international character support - Date fields are formatted in ISO 8601 format (YYYY-MM-DD) ## Working with CSV Files ### Opening CSV Files **In Microsoft Excel:** 1. Open Excel 2. Go to **File** > **Open** 3. Select the downloaded CSV file 4. Excel will automatically parse the columns 5. Save as .xlsx if you want to preserve Excel formatting **In Google Sheets:** 1. Go to Google Sheets 2. Click **File** > **Import** 3. Upload the CSV file 4. Choose **Replace spreadsheet** or **Insert new sheet** 5. Click **Import data** **Important for Excel Users:** - If you see all data in one column, use **Data** > **Text to Columns** - Select **Delimited** and choose **Comma** as the delimiter - Excel may auto-format phone numbers - use Import Wizard to prevent this ### CSV File Format **File Structure:** - First row contains column headers - Each subsequent row is one contact record - Columns are separated by commas - Text fields are enclosed in quotes if they contain commas - UTF-8 encoding for special characters **Example CSV Structure:** ``` "First Name","Last Name","Email","Phone","Mobile","Tags" "Sarah","Johnson","sarah@example.com","555-0100","555-0101","VIP,Repeat Guest" "Mike","Chen","mike@example.com","555-0200","555-0201","First Time" ``` ## Filtering Before Export To export specific contacts, apply filters before clicking Export: **By Segment:** - Navigate to specific segment - All contacts in that segment will be included in export **By Tags:** - Use tag filters in contact list - Only tagged contacts will be exported **By Date:** - Filter by creation date or last modified date - Export contacts added within specific timeframe **By Custom Criteria:** - Use advanced filters - Combine multiple filter conditions - Export only contacts matching all criteria **Pro Tip:** Always verify your filter results before exporting. The export will include exactly what you see in your filtered list. ## Best Practices ### Before Exporting **Verify Your Filters:** - Double-check that you're viewing the contacts you want to export - Review the contact count in the list - Test filters with a small sample first **Clean Your Data:** - Update any outdated contact information before export - Remove duplicate contacts - Verify tag assignments - Check for incomplete records **Plan Your Use:** - Determine what you need the export for (analysis, backup, import to another system) - Consider if you need all fields or just specific data - Document the export purpose and date for future reference ### Data Security **Protecting Exported Data:** - CSV files contain sensitive contact information - Store files securely (encrypted drives, secure cloud storage) - Delete files after use if no longer needed - Don't email CSV files unless encrypted - Follow your company's data protection policies **Compliance Considerations:** - Ensure you have proper authorization to export contact data - Follow GDPR and data privacy regulations - Only export data you have legal basis to process - Document exports for audit purposes ### After Exporting **Verify the Export:** - Open the file to confirm data exported correctly - Check row count matches expected number of contacts - Verify all columns are present - Look for any formatting issues **File Management:** - Rename file with descriptive name and date - Example: `Contacts_VIP_Segment_2024-01-15.csv` - Store in organized folder structure - Document export parameters for future reference ## Troubleshooting ### Common Issues **Export Button Not Visible:** - Check your user permissions - Verify you're on the Contacts page - Some users may not have export permissions - Contact your administrator **File Downloads to Wrong Location:** - Check your browser download settings - Look in Downloads folder - Some browsers ask where to save each time **Cannot Open CSV File:** - Ensure you have Excel, Google Sheets, or compatible software - Try right-clicking file and selecting "Open with..." - Verify file downloaded completely (check file size isn't 0 KB) **Data Appears Garbled:** - Open in Excel using Import Wizard to set UTF-8 encoding - In Google Sheets, ensure import encoding is set to UTF-8 - Special characters may require specific encoding settings **Wrong Number of Contacts:** - Verify your filters are correct - Check if you're viewing all contacts or just a page - Some contacts may be filtered out by permissions - Archived contacts are not included **Formatting Issues in Excel:** - Phone numbers showing in scientific notation: Pre-format column as Text - Leading zeros disappearing: Import as Text instead of opening directly - Dates showing incorrectly: Use Excel Import Wizard to set date format ### Export Limits **Current Limitations:** - Maximum contacts per export: Limited by browser memory (typically 50,000-100,000) - Very large exports may take several seconds to generate - If export fails, try filtering to smaller subset - Export operation may timeout after 60 seconds ## Common Use Cases ### Data Backup - **Regular Backups**: Export all contacts monthly for backup purposes - **Archive Creation**: Keep historical snapshots of contact data - **Disaster Recovery**: Maintain offline copies for emergency restoration **Best Practice:** - Schedule regular exports (monthly recommended) - Store in secure, redundant locations - Label with clear dates - Test restoration process periodically ### Analysis and Reporting **Spreadsheet Analysis:** - Import into Excel or Google Sheets - Create pivot tables and charts - Analyze contact demographics - Track contact growth over time - Generate custom reports **Examples:** - Count contacts by tag - Analyze acquisition sources - Track segment sizes over time - Identify duplicate emails ### Integration with Other Systems **Email Marketing Platforms:** - Export contacts for import to Mailchimp, Constant Contact, etc. - Sync contact lists between systems - Update external mailing lists **CRM Systems:** - Import contacts into other CRM platforms - Maintain contact records across multiple systems - Support migration to new platforms **Accounting Software:** - Export contact information for invoicing - Sync customer data with QuickBooks, Xero, etc. - Support financial reporting needs ### Compliance and Auditing **GDPR Requests:** - Export individual contact data for data portability requests - Provide contacts with copy of their information - Support right-to-access requests **Audit Requirements:** - Document contact database at specific points in time - Provide evidence of data handling - Support compliance reporting **Data Retention:** - Archive contacts before deletion - Maintain records for legal requirements - Document contact lifecycle ### List Cleaning and Maintenance **Duplicate Detection:** - Export to spreadsheet - Use Excel/Sheets tools to find duplicates - Identify contacts to merge or remove **Data Quality Review:** - Export and review contact completeness - Identify missing information (emails, phones) - Plan data enrichment projects - Find formatting inconsistencies ## Tips and Tricks ### Excel Tips **Prevent Phone Number Formatting:** 1. Before opening CSV, open blank Excel workbook 2. Go to **Data** > **From Text/CSV** 3. Select your CSV file 4. In preview, click column header for phone numbers 5. Change data type to **Text** 6. Click **Load** **Remove Duplicate Contacts:** 1. Open CSV in Excel 2. Select all data 3. Go to **Data** > **Remove Duplicates** 4. Choose "Email" column as unique identifier 5. Click OK **Split Full Names:** If names are in one column: 1. Select the name column 2. Go to **Data** > **Text to Columns** 3. Choose **Delimited** > **Space** 4. Creates separate first/last name columns ### Google Sheets Tips **Auto-Refresh Export:** 1. Export CSV to Google Drive 2. Open in Google Sheets 3. When you export again, it updates the sheet 4. Any charts/formulas auto-update **Share with Team:** 1. Import CSV to Google Sheets 2. Share the sheet (not the CSV) 3. Team can view/analyze without exporting 4. Maintains single source of truth ### Automation Ideas **Regular Backups:** - Set calendar reminder to export monthly - Save to cloud storage with automatic versioning - Name with consistent format: `Contacts_YYYY-MM-DD.csv` **Segment Analysis:** - Export each segment separately - Compare segment sizes over time - Track segment growth rates - Identify top-performing segments ## Custom API Export For advanced integrations, you can use the Custom API to export data programmatically. This allows you to: - Build automated data pipelines - Integrate with external systems - Create custom reporting solutions - Sync data with other platforms Contact your administrator or see the API documentation for details on setting up custom API integrations. ## Frequently Asked Questions **Q: What's the maximum number of contacts I can export?** A: The practical limit is around 50,000-100,000 contacts depending on browser memory. For larger exports, use filters to break into smaller segments, or use the Custom API for programmatic exports. **Q: Can I export to Excel format directly?** A: CSV is the supported export format. You can open the CSV in Excel and save as .xlsx to preserve Excel formatting. **Q: Is my exported data secure?** A: The export process is secure, but the downloaded CSV file is not encrypted. It's your responsibility to store it securely following your company's data protection policies. **Q: How do I export a single contact's data?** A: Use filters to show only that contact, then export. Alternatively, you can view their contact record for on-screen information. **Q: Why are some contacts missing from my export?** A: Check your filters and permissions. You can only export contacts you have permission to view, and archived contacts are excluded. **Q: Can I automate exports?** A: Yes, use the Custom API to build automated export integrations. Contact your administrator for API access. --- ### Folders Organize content, campaigns, and assets hierarchically with permission-controlled folders for efficient resource management and team collaboration. URL: /docs/administration/folders Tags: administration, folders, organization, file-management, permissions, hierarchy, collaboration # Folders The Folders system provides hierarchical organization for your content, campaigns, assets, and other resources, making it easy to manage and find items in your workspace. ## Overview Folders help you: - Organize content hierarchically - Control access with permissions - Share resources with teams - Maintain consistent structure - Find items quickly ## Creating Folders ### Getting Started 1. Navigate to the section where you want to create folders 2. Click the **New Folder** button 3. Enter folder details: - **Name**: Descriptive folder name - **Description**: Purpose or contents - **Parent Folder**: Location in hierarchy ### Folder Types Different sections support folders: - **Campaign Folders**: Organize marketing campaigns - **Group Folders**: Group lists of groups or segments - **Template Folders**: Categorize templates ## Folder Structure ### Hierarchy Levels - Create unlimited nested levels - Drag and drop to reorganize - Expand/collapse folder trees - Breadcrumb navigation - Quick jump to parent ### Naming Conventions Best practices for folder names: - Use clear, descriptive names - Include dates for time-based organization - Add prefixes for sorting (01_, 02_) - Avoid special characters - Keep names concise ### Example Structures **Marketing Campaigns**: ``` Campaigns/ ├── 2024/ │ ├── Q1/ │ │ ├── Product Launch │ │ └── Spring Sale │ └── Q2/ │ ├── Summer Campaign │ └── Back to School └── Evergreen/ ├── Welcome Series └── Nurture Campaigns ``` **Groups**: ``` Groups/ ├── Customer Segments/ │ ├── VIP Customers │ ├── New Customers │ └── Inactive Customers ├── Geographic/ │ ├── East Coast │ ├── West Coast │ └── International └── Property Owners/ ├── Active Owners ├── Prospective Owners └── Past Owners ``` ## Folder Management ### Folder Actions - **Rename**: Update folder names - **Move**: Relocate in hierarchy - **Copy**: Duplicate with contents - **Delete**: Remove folder - **Archive**: Hide without deleting ### Scalability - Plan for growth - Avoid too many levels - Balance depth vs breadth - Use consistent patterns --- ### Groups Management Organize contacts into logical groups for better organization and targeted communications, similar to groups in other Email Service Providers (ESP). URL: /docs/administration/groups-management Tags: administration, groups, contacts, organization, segmentation, email-groups, sms-groups # Groups Management Groups Management allows you to organize contacts into logical collections for better organization and targeted communications. Groups are similar to groups in other Email Service Providers (ESP) that allow you to bucketize sources of contacts. ## Overview Groups help you: - Organize contacts into logical collections - Send targeted email and SMS communications - Track engagement metrics by group - Maintain separate contact lists for different purposes ## Understanding Groups ### What are Groups? Groups are containers for organizing your contacts. Each group: - Has a unique name - Maintains contact counts and engagement metrics - Can be organized within folders - Has a unique UUID token for identification ### Group Metrics The system tracks the following metrics for each group: - **Total Contacts**: Total number of contacts in the group - **Verified**: Contacts with verified email addresses - **Can Be Emailed**: Contacts eligible for email communications - **Subscribed**: Contacts subscribed to email communications - **Can Receive SMS**: Contacts eligible for SMS - **Opted In SMS**: Contacts who opted in for SMS communications ## Creating Groups ### Adding a New Group 1. Navigate to **Contacts** > **Groups** 2. Click **Add new Group** 3. Enter the group name 4. Click **Create Group** The system will: - Create the group with the specified name - Generate a unique UUID token - Make the group available for contact assignment ## Managing Groups ### Groups List View The main groups page displays: - **Group Name**: The name of each group - **Total**: Total contacts in the group - **Email Metrics**: Verified, Can Be Emailed, Subscribed (toggle view) - **SMS Metrics**: Can Receive SMS, Opted In SMS (toggle view) - **Actions**: Edit, View, SMS options ### Viewing Options - **Show Email Counts**: Toggle to display email-related metrics - **Show SMS Counts**: Toggle to display SMS-related metrics ## Editing Groups ### To Edit a Group 1. Click **Edit** next to the group name 2. You can: - Update the group name - View the group's UUID token (read-only) 3. Click **Update Group Name** to save changes ### Group UUID Token Each group has a unique UUID token that: - Identifies the group in the system - Cannot be modified - Can be used for API integrations ## Working with Groups ### View Group Contacts Click **View** to see all contacts in a group: - Opens the contacts list filtered by the selected group - Shows all contacts assigned to that group - Allows standard contact management operations ### Send SMS to Group Click **SMS** to send messages to the group: - Opens the SMS sending interface - Pre-selects all contacts in the group - Allows bulk SMS communications ## Folder Organization ### Using Folders Groups can be organized into folders: - Create folders to categorize groups - Navigate through folder hierarchy - Move groups between folders - Maintain organized group structure ### Folder Operations - **Create Folder**: Add new folders for organization - **Change Folder**: Move groups to different folders - **Navigate Folders**: Browse through folder structure ## Group Types The system supports standard groups for contact organization. All groups: - Function the same way - Have identical features - Track the same metrics - Support both email and SMS communications ## Best Practices ### Naming Groups - Use descriptive names that indicate the group's purpose - Consider using prefixes for organization (e.g., "2024-Q1-Newsletter") - Keep names concise but meaningful - Avoid special characters that might cause issues ### Organizing Groups - Use folders to categorize similar groups - Regular review and cleanup of unused groups - Monitor group metrics to ensure data quality - Document group purposes for team clarity ### Managing Contacts - Regularly update group memberships - Monitor engagement metrics - Clean up inactive contacts periodically - Ensure contacts are in appropriate groups ## Integration with Other Features ### Email Campaigns - Select groups as recipients for email campaigns - Target specific segments based on group membership - Track campaign performance by group ### SMS Campaigns - Send bulk SMS to group members - Target SMS campaigns by group - Track SMS engagement metrics ### Contact Management - Assign contacts to multiple groups - Filter contacts by group membership - Bulk operations on group members ## Troubleshooting ### Common Issues - **Group not appearing**: Refresh the page or check folder location - **Cannot edit group**: Verify you have proper permissions - **Metrics not updating**: Allow time for system to recalculate - **SMS not sending**: Check that contacts have valid phone numbers and SMS opt-in ### Tips - Use the search and filter options to find groups quickly - Toggle metric displays based on your needs - Regularly review group metrics for data quality - Use folders to maintain organization as group count grows --- ### Interests Track and categorize contact interests for targeted marketing, personalized communications, and improved customer engagement through behavioral and preference data. URL: /docs/administration/interests Tags: administration, interests, personalization, segmentation, customer-preferences, targeting, engagement # Interests The Interests system allows you to track and categorize what your contacts are interested in, enabling more targeted marketing, better personalization, and improved engagement. ## Overview Interests help you: - Track customer preferences and hobbies - Segment audiences by interests - Personalize communications - Improve product recommendations - Enhance customer profiles ## Understanding Interests ### What Are Interests? Interests are tags or categories that indicate what a contact cares about: - Products or services they prefer - Topics they engage with - Activities they participate in - Content they consume - Problems they want to solve ### Interest vs. Other Data - **Interests**: What they care about - **Behaviors**: What they do - **Demographics**: Who they are - **Transactions**: What they buy - **Engagement**: How they interact ## Creating Interests ### Interest Setup 1. Navigate to **Settings** > **Interests** 2. Click **Create New Interest** 3. Configure interest details: - **Name**: Clear, descriptive title - **Category**: Group related interests - **Description**: Explain the interest - **Icon**: Visual representation - **Color**: For visual organization ### Interest Categories Organize interests into logical groups: - **Product Categories**: Specific products/services - **Content Topics**: Blog, video, podcast topics - **Activities**: Hobbies, sports, events - **Industries**: Professional interests - **Lifestyle**: Personal preferences ### Interest Hierarchy Create parent-child relationships: ``` Technology ├── Software │ ├── CRM Systems │ ├── Marketing Tools │ └── Analytics ├── Hardware │ ├── Computers │ ├── Mobile Devices │ └── IoT └── Services ├── Consulting ├── Training └── Support ``` ## Assigning Interests ### Manual Assignment Add interests to contacts manually: 1. Open contact profile 2. Click **Add Interests** 3. Search or browse interests 4. Select applicable interests 5. Save changes ### Bulk Assignment Apply interests to multiple contacts: 1. Select contacts in list view 2. Choose **Bulk Actions** > **Add Interests** 3. Select interests to apply 4. Confirm assignment 5. Review results ### Automatic Assignment #### Behavior-Based Automatically assign based on actions: - Page visits on website - Email link clicks - Content downloads - Event attendance - Form submissions #### Rule-Based Create rules for interest assignment: - If contact views product page 3 times - If downloads specific whitepaper - If attends webinar on topic - If opens emails about subject - If purchases related product #### Integration-Based Import interests from: - Social media profiles - Survey responses - Support tickets - Purchase history - Third-party data ## Interest Scoring ### Scoring System Rate interest strength: - **High Interest**: Strong engagement signals - **Medium Interest**: Moderate engagement - **Low Interest**: Initial interest shown - **Potential Interest**: Predictive scoring - **Negative Interest**: Explicit disinterest ### Scoring Factors - Frequency of related actions - Recency of engagement - Depth of interaction - Explicit preferences - Purchase behavior ### Score Calculation - Page views: +1 point - Email clicks: +2 points - Content download: +3 points - Event attendance: +5 points - Purchase: +10 points ## Using Interests ### Segmentation Create segments based on interests: - Single interest segments - Multiple interest combinations - Interest scoring thresholds - Interest + behavior combos - Exclusion segments ### Personalization #### Content Personalization - Show relevant blog posts - Recommend products - Customize homepage - Tailor email content - Dynamic landing pages #### Communication Personalization - Interest-based email campaigns - SMS messages about interests - Targeted social media ads - Personalized offers - Event invitations ### Campaign Targeting Use interests for: - Email campaign audiences - Ad targeting - Content recommendations - Product suggestions - Event promotions ## Interest Analytics ### Interest Reports - Most popular interests - Interest growth trends - Engagement by interest - Conversion by interest - Interest correlations ### Performance Metrics - Click rates by interest - Conversion rates - Revenue per interest - Engagement scores - Retention rates ### Interest Insights - Discover interest patterns - Identify new interests - Track interest evolution - Predict future interests - Find interest gaps ## Interest Display ### Contact Profile View See interests on contact records: - Interest tags - Interest scores - Interest history - Related content - Recommendations ### List Views Display interests in contact lists: - Interest columns - Filter by interests - Sort by interest score - Group by interest - Export with interests ### Interest Cards Visual representation showing: - Interest name and icon - Number of contacts - Engagement metrics - Related interests - Quick actions ## Interest Management ### Editing Interests Modify existing interests: - Update names - Change categories - Merge similar interests - Split broad interests - Archive unused ### Interest Cleanup Maintain clean interest data: - Remove duplicates - Standardize naming - Merge similar interests - Archive outdated - Review usage ### Interest Import/Export - Export interest list - Import new interests - Bulk update interests - Share between systems - Backup interest data ## Advanced Features ### Interest Prediction AI-powered interest discovery: - Analyze behavior patterns - Predict likely interests - Suggest new interests - Score predictions - Auto-assign when confident ### Interest Relationships Map connections between interests: - Related interests - Complementary interests - Progressive interests - Seasonal interests - Exclusive interests ### Interest Lifecycle Track interest evolution: - New interest adoption - Interest strengthening - Interest plateau - Interest decline - Interest revival ## Best Practices ### Interest Definition - Use clear, specific names - Avoid overlapping interests - Keep list manageable - Regular review and update - Document definitions ### Data Quality - Verify interest accuracy - Update regularly - Remove outdated interests - Validate assignments - Monitor quality metrics ### Privacy Considerations - Transparent data collection - Respect privacy preferences - Allow interest management - Secure storage - Compliance with regulations ## Integration Options ### Website Integration - Track page interests - Form field capture - Behavioral tracking - Cookie-based interests - Progressive profiling ### Email Integration - Click tracking - Content preferences - Topic engagement - Unsubscribe reasons - Preference centers ### Social Media - Social profile data - Engagement topics - Shared content - Group memberships - Ad interactions ## Troubleshooting ### Common Issues - **Interests not showing**: Check permissions - **Assignment not working**: Verify rules - **Duplicate interests**: Use merge tool - **Poor segmentation**: Review criteria - **Low engagement**: Validate accuracy ### Performance Optimization - Limit active interests - Archive unused interests - Optimize scoring rules - Index interest data - Monitor query performance ## Use Cases ### E-commerce - Product preferences - Brand affinities - Shopping behaviors - Price sensitivities - Category interests ### B2B Marketing - Industry interests - Solution needs - Technology stack - Business challenges - Role-based interests ### Content Marketing - Topic preferences - Content formats - Skill levels - Learning goals - Industry news ### Event Marketing - Event types - Topic preferences - Format preferences - Location interests - Speaker interests --- ### Owner System Comprehensive system for property management companies to find and onboard new property owners. Upgrade from guest system that adds unit management, owner acquisition tools, and Sales Rooms integration. URL: /docs/administration/owner-system Tags: administration, owners, units, acquisition, sales-rooms, property-listing, scouting, upgrade # Owner System :::warning Owner System Upgrade Required The Owner System is an upgrade from the standard guest system. When installed, it extends existing guest functionality to work with property owners while adding new dimensions for unit management, owner acquisition, and Sales Rooms integration. Contact your account manager to enable the Owner System. The Owner System provides comprehensive tools for property management companies to find, acquire, and onboard new property owners who want to list their rental units. It builds upon the guest system foundation while adding specialized features for owner relationships and property acquisition. ## Overview The Owner System extends your platform with: - **Owner Management**: Adapted guest features for property owners - **Unit Management**: Track and onboard rental properties - **Scout Tools**: Find and acquire new property owners - **Sales Rooms**: Marketing funnels for owner acquisition (Owner System only) - **Lead Tracking**: Manage owner acquisition pipeline ## System Components ### 1. Owner Management When the Owner System is enabled, your existing guest management features are extended to handle property owners: - Contact management adapted for owners - Communication tracking - Document storage - Owner-specific workflows - Relationship management ### 2. Units Management The core of the Owner System - managing rental properties from potential owners. ### 3. Scout Tools Geographic and list-based tools for finding new property owners. ### 4. Sales Rooms Integration Marketing funnels specifically designed for owner acquisition (requires Owner System). ## Units Management ### What is a Unit? A unit represents any rentable property in the system, regardless of size or type: - Individual houses and homes - Condo units - Apartment units - Hotel rooms - Vacation rentals - Estates and larger properties ### Unit Classification The system uses "unit" as a universal term to support all property types equally: - **Houses/Homes**: Standalone single-family properties - **Condos**: Individual units within condo buildings - **Hotels**: Individual rooms within hotel properties - **Apartments**: Individual units within apartment complexes - Each unit represents a complete rentable space with its own listing ### Creating Units The unit creation process is part of the owner acquisition workflow: 1. Navigate to **Owners** > **Scout List** or **Scout Map** 2. Identify potential property owners or respond to Sales Room leads 3. Add new properties and units from acquired owners: - **Unit Number/Name**: Unique identifier - **Property**: Owner's property details - **Unit Type**: Category of unit - **Floor**: Location within building - **Size**: Square footage/meters ## Scout Tools The owner acquisition system provides two primary interfaces accessible from the **Owners** icon in the navigation: ### Scout List View Displays potential and existing property owners in a list format: - Property owner contact information - Number of units available for listing - Current acquisition status - Owner engagement history - Quick actions for outreach and onboarding - Financial information (tax values, proforma values) - Lead tracking and status ### Scout Map View Interactive map interface for finding new owners: - Geographic distribution of potential properties - Visual clustering of acquisition opportunities - Property owner details on hover - Target area identification - Strategic acquisition planning by location - Color-coded markers based on tags ### Filtering and Search Both views support comprehensive filtering: - By owner status - By property type - By geographic area - By acquisition stage - By tags and groups - By address search - By financial metrics ## Lead Management ### Lead Status Types Track where potential owners are in your acquisition funnel. Your system can be customized with any number of lead statuses and types to match your workflow. Common examples include: - **New**: Fresh lead from Sales Rooms or other sources - **Contacted**: Initial outreach made - **Qualified**: Verified as a potential property owner - **Proposal**: Discussing partnership terms - **Negotiation**: Finalizing agreement details - **Closed**: Successfully onboarded as partner - **Lost**: Decided not to proceed For detailed information on configuring and managing lead statuses, see [Lead Statuses](/docs/leads/lead-statuses). ### Lead Tracking Features - Monitor lead source and conversion rates - Track communication history - Set follow-up reminders - Measure time-to-close metrics - Lead value tracking - ROI projections ## Financial Information ### Property Valuation Track key financial metrics for acquisition decisions: - **Tax Value**: Current property tax assessment - **Proforma Values**: Projected revenue ranges - Low estimate - High estimate - **Occupancy Rates**: Current rental performance - **Market Analysis**: Comparative property values ### Financial Tracking - Potential revenue per property - Portfolio value calculations - Commission structures - Market comparisons ## Property Features ### Property Details Capture comprehensive property information: - Square footage - Year built - Last sale date - Building type - Unit count - Condo building names - Unit numbers ### Location Data - Full property addresses - Geographic coordinates - Neighborhood information - Parcel numbers - Lot IDs - Map positioning ### Custom Fields - Tax record URLs - Additional property data - Owner preferences - Special requirements ## Contact Management ### Owner Information Comprehensive contact details for property owners: - Name and contact information - Email addresses - Phone numbers (mobile/home) - Mailing addresses - Property addresses - Unsubscribe tokens for Sales Room access ### Communication Tracking - Sales Room interactions - Email correspondence - Phone call logs - Meeting notes - Follow-up schedules ## Tags and Groups ### Tag Management Organize prospects with flexible tagging: - Create custom tags with colors - Filter by tags in Scout views - Bulk tag assignment to multiple contacts - Tag-based campaigns - Visual identification on map markers ### Group Organization - Segment owners by criteria - Create targeted outreach lists - Track group performance - Automate group assignments - Group-based reporting ## Sales Rooms Integration :::info Owner System Required Sales Rooms functionality is only available with the Owner System upgrade. This feature is specifically designed for property owner acquisition and will not function without the Owner System enabled. Unit Management works seamlessly with Sales Rooms to: - Generate property owner leads through targeted campaigns - Guide prospects through the partnership process - Automate owner acquisition workflows - Measure campaign effectiveness and ROI - Track conversion from lead to active owner For more information, see [Sales Rooms documentation](/docs/salesrooms/salesrooms-overview). ## Reporting and Analytics ### Lead Analytics - Lead source tracking - Conversion funnel metrics - Time-to-close analysis - Campaign effectiveness - Geographic distribution ### Financial Reports - Potential portfolio value - Revenue projections - Market analysis - ROI calculations - Commission tracking ### Performance Metrics - Sales Room conversion rates - Owner acquisition costs - Response time tracking - Team performance - Pipeline velocity ## Advanced Features ### Geographic Visualization - Interactive map interface - Property clustering - Area-based planning - Visual property distribution ### Lead Scoring - Automatic lead qualification - Engagement tracking - Priority scoring - Conversion probability - Follow-up recommendations ### Bulk Operations - Mass tag assignment - Group management - Bulk lead updates - Campaign targeting - Update multiple units - Batch status changes - Mass pricing updates ## Workflow Integration ### Acquisition Workflow 1. Lead capture from Sales Rooms 2. Owner verification process 3. Property documentation 4. Unit configuration 5. Go-live coordination ### Actions Available From both Scout views, users can: - View contact profiles - Open Sales Room landing pages - Edit proforma values - Create or edit leads - Manage tags and groups - View unit details ## Best Practices ### Owner Acquisition - Respond quickly to property owner inquiries from Sales Rooms - Provide clear value proposition to potential owners - Set realistic expectations for listing timeline - Maintain consistent follow-up with prospects - Monitor lead-to-owner conversion rates ### Unit Onboarding - Verify property documentation - Confirm unit specifications - Professional photography coordination - Accurate pricing guidance - Market positioning advice ### Owner Relationship Management - Regular performance updates - Transparent revenue reporting - Proactive issue resolution - Market insights sharing - Growth opportunity identification ## Troubleshooting ### Common Issues - **No map markers showing**: Check that filters aren't too restrictive - **Lead not appearing**: Ensure lead is properly associated with contact - **Tags not saving**: Check user permissions for tag management - **Proforma values not updating**: Verify numeric format and ranges - **Scout tools not visible**: Confirm Owner System is enabled ### Data Management - Regular owner data audits - Lead source tracking - Conversion funnel analysis - Data quality monitoring - Duplicate contact detection ## Related Features - [Sales Rooms](/docs/salesrooms/salesrooms-overview) - Marketing funnels for owner acquisition - [Lead Management](/docs/leads/lead-management) - Detailed lead tracking - [Tags Management](/docs/administration/tags-management) - Organizing contacts - [Groups Management](/docs/administration/groups-management) - Segmenting owners --- ### Tags Management Flexible labeling system for categorizing contacts, campaigns, and records with color-coded tags to improve organization, searchability, and automation. URL: /docs/administration/tags-management Tags: administration, tags, organization, categorization, labeling, automation, segmentation # Tags Management Tags provide a flexible way to categorize and organize contacts, campaigns, and other records. Use tags to create custom groupings, track attributes, and improve searchability across your system. ## Overview Tags help you: - Organize records with flexible labels - Create custom categorizations - Improve search and filtering - Track behaviors and attributes - Segment audiences effectively - Automate based on tag presence ## Understanding Tags ### What Are Tags? Tags are labels you can attach to records: - Simple text labels - No hierarchical structure - Multiple tags per record - Color-coded for visibility - Searchable and filterable ### Tags vs Other Organization Methods - **Tags**: Flexible, multiple labels - **Categories**: Single, hierarchical - **Custom Fields**: Structured data - **Groups**: Membership-based - **Segments**: Dynamic queries ## Creating Tags ### Adding New Tags 1. Navigate to **Settings** > **Tags** 2. Click **Create New Tag** 3. Enter tag details: - **Name**: Clear, descriptive label - **Color**: Visual identification - **Description**: Optional context - **Category**: Group related tags ### Tag Naming Best Practices - Use consistent naming conventions - Keep tags short and clear - Avoid special characters - Use lowercase for consistency - Create meaningful names ### Tag Categories Organize tags by type: - **Source Tags**: Lead origin - **Status Tags**: Current state - **Interest Tags**: Preferences - **Behavior Tags**: Actions taken - **Internal Tags**: Team use only ## Tag Management ### Tag List View The tag list displays: - Tag name and color - Usage count - Created date - Last used - Category - Actions ### Bulk Tag Operations - Merge similar tags - Delete unused tags - Export tag list - Import tags - Rename tags ### Tag Cleanup Regular maintenance tasks: - Remove duplicate tags - Standardize naming - Archive old tags - Merge similar tags - Update descriptions ## Applying Tags ### Manual Tagging #### Single Record 1. Open record (contact, deal, etc.) 2. Click **Add Tag** field 3. Type to search existing tags 4. Select or create new tag 5. Save changes #### Bulk Tagging 1. Select multiple records 2. Choose **Bulk Actions** > **Add Tags** 3. Select tags to apply 4. Confirm application 5. Review results ### Automatic Tagging #### Rule-Based Tagging Create rules to auto-apply tags: - Form submissions - Email interactions - Page visits - Purchase behavior - Score thresholds #### Workflow Tagging Add tags in automations: - Welcome series tags - Engagement level tags - Customer journey tags - Status update tags - Time-based tags ### Import Tagging Apply tags during import: - Map tag columns - Create tags on import - Apply to all imports - Conditional tagging - Validation rules ## Using Tags ### Search and Filter #### Quick Search - Type tag name in search - Auto-complete suggestions - Multiple tag search - Exclude tags - Save searches #### Advanced Filtering Filter records by tags: - Has any of these tags - Has all of these tags - Doesn't have tags - Tag combinations - Date tagged ### Segmentation Create segments using tags: - Single tag segments - Multiple tag logic - Tag + other criteria - Dynamic updates - Exclusion rules ### Campaign Targeting Use tags for: - Email list building - SMS campaigns - Audience selection - Content personalization - A/B test groups ## Tag Display ### Visual Indicators Tags appear as: - Colored badges - Inline labels - Tag clouds - List items - Filter chips ### Tag Colors - Custom color selection - Color significance - Consistency across system - Accessibility considerations - Color blindness support ### Tag Limits - Maximum tags per record - Character limits - Display limitations - Performance considerations - Best practices ## Tag Analytics ### Usage Reports Track tag effectiveness: - Most used tags - Tag growth over time - Tags by record type - User tagging patterns - Tag combinations ### Performance Analysis - Campaign performance by tag - Conversion rates by tag - Engagement by tag - Revenue by tag - Retention by tag ### Tag Insights - Discover tag patterns - Identify redundant tags - Find missing tags - Optimization opportunities - Trend analysis ## Advanced Tag Features ### Smart Tags Automatically applied based on: - Behavioral patterns - Calculated scores - Time-based rules - External data - AI predictions ### Tag Hierarchies While tags are flat, organize with: - Naming conventions - Color coding - Categories - Prefixes - Documentation ### Tag Inheritance - Parent-child relationships - Campaign to contact - Deal to contact - Company to contact - Custom inheritance ## Best Practices ### Tag Strategy - Plan tag structure - Document tag meanings - Train team members - Regular audits - Consistent application ### Tag Governance - Approval process - Naming standards - Usage guidelines - Access controls - Quality checks ### Performance - Limit active tags - Archive unused tags - Optimize tag queries - Index tag fields - Monitor impact ## Common Use Cases ### Lead Management - Lead source tracking - Lead quality scoring - Interest indicators - Engagement level - Sales stage ### Customer Service - Ticket categories - Priority levels - Issue types - Resolution status - Customer sentiment ### Marketing - Campaign participation - Content preferences - Channel preferences - Buyer personas - Lifecycle stage ### Sales - Deal stages - Opportunity size - Competition tracking - Win/loss reasons - Product interest ## Troubleshooting ### Common Issues - **Tags not showing**: Check permissions - **Duplicate tags**: Use merge tool - **Slow tag search**: Reduce tag count - **Tags not syncing**: Verify integration - **Missing tags**: Check filters --- ## Contacts ### Contacts Overview Learn how to navigate, search, organize, and manage your contacts in SendSquared URL: /docs/contacts/contact-overview Tags: contacts, overview, management, groups, segments, profiles, search, filter # Contacts Overview The Contacts section in SendSquared provides powerful tools for managing your customer relationships. This guide explores the main features of contact management, including contact listings, search functionality, groups, segments, and contact profiles. ## Accessing Contacts To access your contacts: 1. Navigate to **Audience** in the main menu 2. Select **All Contacts** from the submenu 3. The contacts listing page will load with your current contacts ## Contact Listing The contact listing provides a comprehensive view of all your contacts with powerful filtering and sorting capabilities. ### Understanding the Contact List The contact list displays key information for each contact: - Name - Email address - Phone number - Recent activity - Group membership - Communication status ### Filtering Contacts Use the filters at the top of the contact list to narrow down your view: 1. Click the **Filter** button to open the filter panel 2. Select from various filtering options: - **Contact Source**: Filter by how contacts were added (imported, manual, form submission, etc.) - **Group Membership**: Show only contacts in specific groups - **Tags**: Filter by applied tags - **Activity**: Filter by recent engagement or inactivity - **Custom Fields**: Filter by custom field values - **Opt-in Status**: Filter by communication preferences 3. Multiple filters can be combined for precise segmentation 4. Save frequently used filters for quick access ### Sorting Contacts Contacts can be sorted by various attributes: - Click any column header to sort by that field - Click again to toggle between ascending and descending order - Sort by name, email, last activity, or custom fields ## Contact Search The search functionality allows you to quickly find specific contacts: 1. Locate the search bar at the top of the contacts page 2. Enter search terms such as: - Name (full or partial) - Email address - Phone number - Company name - Custom field values ### Example Search For example, searching for "nicole@sendsquared.com" would immediately locate that contact's record. The search is intelligent enough to match partial information as well. ## Contact Groups Contact groups allow you to organize contacts into static collections, typically based on source or how they were added to your database. ### Accessing Groups 1. Navigate to **Audience → Groups** 2. View a list of all your current contact groups 3. See the number of contacts in each group ### Types of Groups Common group types include: - **Import Groups**: Automatically created when importing contacts - **Form Submission Groups**: Contacts who completed specific forms - **Manual Groups**: Contacts added directly to custom groups - **System Groups**: Default groups like "All Contacts" ### Creating a New Group To create a new contact group: 1. Click the **Add New Group** button 2. Enter a name and description for the group 3. Choose group settings, such as whether to auto-add new contacts 4. Click **Create Group** ### Managing Group Membership To add or remove contacts from a group: 1. Navigate to the group details page 2. Click **Add Contacts** to add new members 3. Select contacts from the list, or use search to find specific contacts 4. To remove contacts, select them and click **Remove from Group** ## Segments While groups are static collections, segments are dynamic, real-time filters that automatically update based on specific conditions. ### Accessing Segments 1. Navigate to **Audience → Segments** 2. View a list of all your current segments 3. See the number of contacts currently matching each segment ### Creating a Segment To create a new segment: 1. Click the **Create Segment** button 2. Name your segment 3. Add conditions that define the segment, such as: - **Contact Properties**: Email domain, location, custom fields - **Behavior**: Recent engagement, email opens, website visits - **Reservation Data**: Booking history, stay dates, property type - **Communication**: Email opt-in status, SMS subscriptions 4. Set the condition logic (AND/OR) between different criteria 5. Save your segment ### Segment Uses Segments are powerful for: - Targeted marketing campaigns - Personalized communication - Identifying high-value customer groups - Finding contacts who meet specific criteria for special offers ## Contact Profile The contact profile provides a comprehensive view of an individual contact and their relationship with your business. ### Accessing a Contact Profile 1. Click on a contact's name in the contact list 2. Search for a specific contact and click their result 3. The contact profile will open with detailed information ### Profile Overview The profile page is divided into several sections: #### Contact Information - Name, email, phone number - Address and location details - Communication preferences - Custom field values - Tags #### Activity Timeline - Chronological record of all contact interactions - Email opens and clicks - SMS messages sent and received - Website visits - Form submissions - Notes and manual activities #### Reservations - Complete booking history - Upcoming reservations - Past stays - Booking preferences - Revenue information #### Communication History - Email correspondence - SMS conversations - Phone call logs - Campaign participation #### Notes - Internal team notes about the contact - Conversation summaries - Important reminders - Customer preferences ### Tags and Custom Fields Two powerful features for organizing contact information: #### Tags - Labels that can be applied to contacts for quick filtering - Visible on the contact profile page - Add new tags directly from the profile - Click on existing tags to see all contacts with that tag #### Custom Fields - Additional data points specific to your business needs - Fully customizable field types (text, number, date, dropdown, etc.) - Can be required or optional - Searchable and filterable - Used in segments and automation rules ### Managing a Contact From the profile page, you can: - **Edit Contact Information**: Update basic details and custom fields - **Add Notes**: Document important information for your team - **Log Activities**: Record calls, meetings, or other interactions - **Apply Tags**: Add or remove organizational tags - **Change Group Membership**: Add to or remove from groups - **Set Preferences**: Update communication preferences - **View History**: See all past interactions in one place ## Best Practices for Contact Management ### Regular Database Cleaning - Periodically review and update contact information - Remove or merge duplicate contacts - Update inactive contacts - Verify email addresses and phone numbers ### Consistent Data Entry - Establish naming conventions for custom fields - Use standard formats for phone numbers and addresses - Create templates for common notes and activities - Train team members on proper data entry ### Strategic Grouping - Create logical, purpose-driven groups and segments - Avoid creating too many overlapping segments - Document the purpose of each group and segment - Regularly review group and segment effectiveness ### Privacy Compliance - Maintain accurate records of opt-ins and consent - Honor opt-out requests promptly - Store only necessary contact information - Follow data protection regulations for your region ## Next Steps After understanding the contacts overview, explore these related features: - [Importing contacts](./contact-import) - [Creating and managing segments](../segments/segment-overview) - [Contact Validation](./contact-validation) - [Contact Export](./contact-export) --- ### Adding Contacts Learn how to manually add individual contacts to your SendSquared account URL: /docs/contacts/contact-add Tags: contacts, add, manual, create, new contact, profile, groups # Adding Contacts This guide explains the two methods for manually adding individual contacts to your SendSquared account. ## Method 1: Using the Contact Profile Icon The quickest way to add a new contact is through the profile icon: 1. Look for the profile icon with a plus button (usually found in the top navigation or sidebar) 2. Click this icon to open a new contact profile page 3. Fill out the contact information in the form fields 4. **Important:** Select the group you want the contact to be added to - If you skip this step, the contact will be added to your overall contacts but not to a specific sending group 5. Click **Save Contact** to complete the process Remember to select a group for your new contact. Without assigning a group, you won't be able to include this contact in targeted campaigns. ## Method 2: Adding Through a Specific Group If you already know which group you want to add the contact to, you can: 1. Navigate to **Audience → Groups** 2. Select the specific group you want to add the contact to 3. Click the **Add Contact to This Group** button 4. Fill out the contact information in the form that appears 5. Click **Save Contact** to add the contact to the group ## Contact Information Fields When adding a contact manually, you may fill out any of the following information: - **Required fields:** - First Name - Last Name - Email or Phone Number (at least one is required) - **Optional fields:** - Address - City - State/Province - Postal Code - Country - Custom fields (if configured) ## Best Practices for Manually Adding Contacts ### When to Add Contacts Manually Manual contact addition is most appropriate when: - Adding a small number of contacts (1-5) - Adding VIP clients who require special attention - Adding contacts who approached you through non-digital channels ### Contact Validation - Verify email addresses and phone numbers for accuracy - Use standardized formats for consistency (e.g., +1 format for US phone numbers) - Check for existing duplicates before adding new contacts ### Group Organization - Create logical, well-named groups before adding contacts - Consider using a naming convention for your groups - Review group membership periodically to ensure contacts are properly categorized ### For Bulk Additions If you need to add multiple contacts at once, consider using the CSV import feature instead: 1. Navigate to **Audience → Import** 2. Follow the import wizard to upload your contacts spreadsheet ## Next Steps After Adding Contacts After manually adding contacts: 1. **Verify Opt-In Status**: Ensure contacts have opted in to receive communications 2. **Tag Appropriately**: Add relevant tags to help with future segmentation 3. **Send Welcome**: Consider sending a welcome message to newly added contacts 4. **Update Records**: Set a schedule to regularly review and update contact information --- ### Contact Merge Guide Learn how to merge duplicate contacts in SendSquared URL: /docs/contacts/contact-merge Tags: contacts, merge, duplicates, cleanup, combine, data management # Contact Merge This guide explains how to merge duplicate contacts in SendSquared, combining their information and communication history into a single profile. ## Setting Up Permissions Merging contacts is permission-based and requires specific access rights: 1. An agent admin must enable this permission in: ``` Global Settings → User/Agent Settings ``` 2. After permissions are set, you must log out and log back in for the changes to take effect. 3. Once permissions are active, you'll see the "Contact Merge" option under the Audience menu. ## The Merging Process ### Selecting Contacts to Merge 1. Navigate to **Audience → Contact Merge** 2. Find the first contact by clicking **Change Primary Contact** - This will be the main contact that remains after merging - Search for and select the desired contact 3. Find the second contact by clicking **Change Secondary Contact** - This contact's information will be merged into the primary contact - Search for and select the desired contact ### Selecting Fields to Merge 1. Review all available fields from both contacts: - First Name - Last Name - Email - Mobile Phone - Home Phone - Address - Address 2 - City - State - Postal Code 2. For each field, select which contact's information you want to keep - You must select values for all fields, including blank ones - Use the selection buttons to choose between primary and secondary contact information ### Completing the Merge 1. After selecting all fields, click the **Merge** button 2. The merging process may take several minutes, depending on how much communication history is associated with each profile 3. When complete, the two contacts will be combined into one profile ## What Gets Merged When contacts are merged, everything associated with both contacts is consolidated: - Contact information (name, email, phone, address) - Phone calls and voicemails - Notes - Reservations - Emails - Text messages (SMS) - Units - WhatsApp messages - Airbnb messages - Postcards - All phone numbers - All email addresses - Relationships - Leads - Tags - Communication history - Everything else associated with the contacts ## Important Notes - The merge process cannot be undone, so verify your selections before confirming - All communication history from both contacts will be preserved and linked to the merged contact - The secondary contact will no longer exist as a separate entry in your database - If both contacts have different email addresses or phone numbers, be sure to select which one should be the primary contact method ## Best Practices - Before merging, verify that the contacts are truly duplicates - Consider which contact has the most current and accurate information - When in doubt about which information to keep, prefer the most recently updated data - For contacts with extensive history, allow extra time for the merge to complete --- ### Importing Contacts Learn how to import contacts from a CSV file into SendSquared URL: /docs/contacts/contact-import Tags: contacts, import, CSV, upload, bulk, data # Importing Contacts This guide walks you through the process of importing contacts from a CSV file into SendSquared. ## Accessing Import Settings To begin importing contacts: 1. Click on the profile icon in the upper right corner 2. Select **Global Settings** from the dropdown menu 3. Scroll to the bottom of the page 4. Select **Import** ## Creating a Contact Group After accessing the import settings, you'll need to specify where your contacts will be stored: 1. Choose one of the following options: - **Create a new group**: Create a fresh contact group for the imported contacts - **Add to an existing group**: Add the imported contacts to a group you already have 2. If creating a new group, enter a name for the group in the field provided 3. Click **Next** to proceed ## Uploading Your CSV File Next, you'll upload your contact data: **Important**: SendSquared only accepts CSV (comma-separated values) files for contact imports. Other file formats such as Excel (.xlsx, .xls), text files (.txt), or database files are not supported. If your contacts are in another format, please convert them to CSV before attempting to import. 1. Click the upload area or drag your CSV file into the designated area 2. The system accepts comma-separated values (CSV) files 3. Ensure your file is under 50mb in size 4. Click **Next** after the file uploads successfully ## Mapping Contact Fields After uploading, you'll need to map the columns in your CSV file to SendSquared contact fields: 1. Review the data preview showing rows from your CSV file 2. For each column, select the appropriate SendSquared field from the dropdown menus 3. Common fields include: - First name - Last name - Email - Mobile phone - Address fields 4. Click **Next** when all fields are mapped ## Review and Configure Import Options Before finalizing your import, you'll have options to handle duplicate contacts: 1. Review the import details: - Number of records being imported - Target group for the imported contacts - Any header row settings 2. Configure duplicate handling: - **Add duplicate contacts to Groups**: Toggle on to allow contacts to exist in multiple groups - **Add duplicate contacts to Tags**: Toggle on to apply tags to existing contacts SendSquared automatically deduplicates contacts by email address. The duplicate options do not create duplicate contacts in the database but instead add existing contacts to groups or apply tags. 3. Click **Import List** to begin the import process ## Monitoring Import Status After starting the import: 1. Navigate to **Global Settings → Import Status** 2. You'll see a list of your imports with status indicators: - **Queued**: The import is waiting to be processed - **In Progress**: The import is currently being processed - **Finished**: The import has completed 3. For completed imports, expand the row using the drop-down arrow to see: - Number of records imported - Number of duplicates found - Any errors encountered - Records that couldn't be parsed ## Viewing Imported Contacts Once your import is complete: 1. Navigate to **Audience → Groups** 2. Locate your newly created or updated group 3. Click on the group name to view all contacts within that group ## Best Practices for Contact Imports ### Preparing Your CSV File - Include a header row with column names - Ensure email addresses are formatted correctly - Use consistent formatting for phone numbers - Separate first and last names into different columns ### Managing Duplicates - Use the "Add duplicate contacts to Groups" option when you want the same contact to appear in multiple groups - Remember that enabling this option will show contacts as "duplicates" in the import report, but they will still be added to the specified group ### Large Imports - Break very large contact lists into multiple smaller files - Process one file at a time to better track import progress - Allow sufficient time for large imports to complete --- ### Validating Contacts Learn how to check email validation status and manage contact verification in SendSquared URL: /docs/contacts/contact-validation Tags: contacts, validation, verification, email, deliverability, bounce # Validating Contacts SendSquared automatically validates all email addresses in your contact database to ensure deliverability and improve your sending reputation. This guide explains how to check validation status and manage your contact verification. ## Understanding Email Validation Email validation is an automated process that: - Verifies email addresses are properly formatted - Checks that domains exist and can receive email - Identifies potential delivery issues - Reduces bounce rates for your campaigns SendSquared performs this validation automatically whenever contacts are added to the system. ## Checking Verification Status To view the validation status of your contacts: 1. Click on the profile icon in the upper right corner 2. Select **Global Settings** from the dropdown menu 3. Scroll down and select **Contact Verification Status** ## Interpreting Verification Results The Contact Verification Service Overview provides three key metrics: ### Percent of Contacts Verified - This shows the overall percentage of your contacts that have completed the verification process - If this is below 100%, it means some contacts are still being verified ### Percent of Contacts Valid - This indicates the percentage of your contacts that are valid and able to receive emails from you - These are contacts with email addresses that passed verification ### Percent of Contacts Invalid - This shows the percentage of your contacts with email addresses that failed verification - These addresses are likely to bounce if you attempt to send to them ## Viewing Unverified Contacts To see which contacts have invalid email addresses: 1. From the Contact Verification Service Overview 2. Click the **View Unverified** button 3. Review the list of contacts with invalid email addresses This allows you to: - Identify contacts that need email address updates - Correct typographical errors in email addresses - Remove or update contacts with permanent delivery issues ## Waiting for Verification to Complete If your percent of contacts verified is less than 100%, it means the system is still validating newly added contacts. Wait until verification is complete before scheduling email campaigns to ensure all contacts are included. The verification process typically takes: - A few minutes for small imports (under 100 contacts) - Up to several hours for large imports (thousands of contacts) ## Improving Contact Validation Rates To maintain a high percentage of valid contacts: ### Regular Maintenance - Periodically review and correct invalid email addresses - Remove contacts with permanent delivery issues - Update contacts when you receive bounce notifications ### Import Practices - Ensure email addresses are correctly formatted in your CSV files - Validate email addresses at the point of collection (web forms, etc.) - Use double opt-in processes when collecting new subscribers ### Contact Cleanup - Remove obviously invalid email addresses before importing - Check for common typos in domain names (gmail.con, yaho.com, etc.) - Look for missing @ symbols or other formatting issues ## Importance of Email Validation Maintaining a clean, validated contact database has several benefits: - **Improved deliverability**: Fewer bounces lead to better sender reputation - **Higher engagement**: Your messages reach real, interested recipients - **Cost efficiency**: You're not paying to send to invalid addresses - **Better analytics**: Your campaign metrics reflect actual audience behavior ## Next Steps After ensuring your contacts are properly validated: 1. [Create segments](../segments/segment-overview) to target specific groups 2. [Design email templates](../editor-email/email-editor-overview) for your campaigns 3. [Send email campaigns](../campaigns/send-email-campaign) to engage with your validated contacts --- ### Exporting Contacts Learn how to export your contacts from SendSquared to a CSV file URL: /docs/contacts/contact-export Tags: contacts, export, CSV, download, backup, data # Exporting Contacts SendSquared allows you to export your contacts to a CSV file for backup purposes, data analysis, or transferring to other systems. This guide explains the simple process for exporting your contact database. ## Accessing the Export Feature To begin exporting contacts: 1. Click on the profile icon in the upper right corner 2. Select **Global Settings** from the dropdown menu 3. Scroll to the bottom of the page 4. Select **Export Contacts** ## Creating a New Export Once in the Export Contacts section: 1. Click the **Request New Export** button in the top right corner 2. Configure your export options ### Export Options When setting up your export, you can customize what data is included: - **Include All Groups**: Select whether to export contacts from all groups or just specific ones - **Include Tags**: Choose to include tags associated with contacts - **Delete Contacts**: Option to delete contacts after exporting (use with caution) If you select the option to delete contacts after export, the contacts will be permanently removed from your SendSquared account once the export is complete. This action cannot be undone. ## Processing the Export After configuring your export options: 1. Click **Save** to begin the export process 2. Your export will be queued for processing 3. Processing time varies depending on the number of contacts and server load ## Downloading Exported Contacts Once the export is complete: 1. Locate your export in the list of completed exports 2. Click the **Download Export** button 3. The CSV file will download directly to your computer ## Working with the Exported CSV The exported CSV file contains all contact information including: - Basic contact details (name, email, phone) - Address information - Custom fields - Group memberships - Tags (if selected in export options) You can open this file with: - Microsoft Excel - Google Sheets - LibreOffice Calc - Any spreadsheet software that supports CSV format ## Best Practices for Contact Exports ### Regular Backups - Schedule regular exports to maintain backups of your contact database - Store exported files securely as they contain potentially sensitive customer information ### Data Privacy Considerations - Ensure compliance with data protection regulations when exporting contact data - Implement appropriate security measures for stored export files - Consider anonymizing sensitive data if using exports for analysis purposes ### Export File Management - Use a consistent naming convention for export files - Document the date and purpose of each export - Delete old export files when they're no longer needed ## Troubleshooting If you encounter issues with your contact export: - **Export not starting**: Refresh the page and try requesting a new export - **Export taking too long**: Large contact databases may take extended time to process - **Download issues**: If the download fails, try again or contact support - **CSV formatting problems**: Ensure you're opening the file with appropriate spreadsheet software --- ### Exclude Contact from Email/SMS Learn how to exclude specific contacts from receiving automated emails and SMS messages URL: /docs/contacts/contact-disable-sending Tags: contacts, exclude, disable, opt-out, email, SMS, unsubscribe, communications, marketing, segments, tags # Excluding Contacts from Communications This guide explains how to exclude individual contacts from receiving automated communications in SendSquared, including emails and SMS messages. ## Overview Sometimes you may need to prevent a specific contact from receiving any further Emails or SMS messages. SendSquared provides an easy way to disable both email and SMS communications for individual contacts. ## How to Exclude a Contact ### Finding the Toggle Settings 1. Navigate to the contact you want to exclude 2. Look for **Send Settings** on the right-hand side of the contact page ### Disabling Email Communications 1. In the Send Settings section, you'll find the **Send Email** toggle 2. Click the toggle to disable emails for this contact The contact will no longer receive any automatic, manual or marketing emails. ### Disabling SMS Communications 1. Just below the email toggle, you'll find the **Send SMS** toggle 2. Click the toggle to disable SMS for this contact The contact will no longer receive any automated text messages ## How It Works - These toggles control whether messages (automations, campaigns, etc.) are sent to the contact - The settings are specific to each individual contact - You can toggle them on/off at any time - When disabled, the contact won't receive any automated messages of that type ## Important Notes - **Toggling off email communications blocks ALL emails** - including transactional, automated, and marketing emails - Manual sends will not be possible when toggled off - Changes take effect immediately - You can re-enable communications at any time by toggling them back on ### Alternative: Excluding from Marketing Only If you want to exclude a contact from marketing campaigns but still allow transactional or other emails, **using tags with segments is the preferred method**: 1. Add a tag like "No Marketing" or "Unsubscribed" to the contact 2. Create segments that exclude contacts with this tag 3. Use these segments when sending marketing campaigns This approach allows you to: - Continue sending important transactional emails - Honor marketing preferences without blocking all communication - Maintain flexibility in your communication strategy ## Use Cases Common situations where you might exclude a contact: - A guest has requested no further communications - Duplicate contacts that shouldn't receive messages - Contacts who have complained about message frequency - Do not rent, or other means for blocking a contact ## Visual Reference The Send Settings toggles appear on the right side of the contact page, with the email toggle above the SMS toggle. Simply click each toggle to enable or disable that communication channel for the specific contact. ## Related Documentation - [Contact Overview](./contact-overview) - [Adding Contacts](./contact-add) - [Contact Import](./contact-import) --- ## Leads ### Leads Overview A comprehensive guide to managing leads in SendSquared URL: /docs/leads/lead-overview # Lead Management Guide This guide explains how to effectively manage leads within the SendSquared platform. Understanding lead types, statuses, and workflows will help you organize and track potential business opportunities. ## Setting Up Lead Categories ### Lead Types Lead types identify what category a lead falls into. Your lead types are how you filter and organize your leads within the system. Examples of lead types include: - Reservation leads - Owner leads - Vendor leads To configure lead types, navigate to: ``` Global Settings → Lead Types ``` ### Lead Status Lead statuses represent the actions being taken on a lead. They should follow the workflow from open to closed. **Examples for reservation lead type:** - Follow-up - Booked - Not booked - Canceled **Examples for owner lead type:** - Engaged - Negotiation - Closed-won - Closed-lost Each lead type can have different lead statuses to match the workflow for that category. ### Lost Reasons If you're using a "lost lead" status (like "Not booked" or "Closed-lost"), we recommend creating lost reasons to track why leads don't convert. **Examples for reservation leads:** - Minimum night stay too long - Not pet friendly **Examples for owner leads:** - Chose another company - Price too high To configure lost reasons, navigate to: ``` Global Settings → Lost Reasons ``` These reasons help identify conversion blockers and may help improve future conversion rates. ## Creating and Managing Leads After determining your lead types and statuses, you can start creating leads. Leads can come from different sources: - Phone calls - Emails - Text messages - Web forms ### Creating a New Lead 1. Select your **lead type** (this will populate lead status options) 2. Choose the appropriate **lead status** 3. Enter a **lead subject** (a brief description) 4. Select the **contact** the lead is connected to - *Note: If creating a lead from a call, text, or email, this will be automatically filled* 5. Select the **source** (the form or channel where the lead originated) 6. Enter relevant details: - Arrival/departure dates - Number of adults/children/pets - Estimated value - Unit type 7. Assign an **agent** (defaults to creator but can be reassigned) 8. If the lead requires follow-up, set a **follow-up date** ## Follow-Up Process Follow-ups should never simply expire. They should progress to the next appropriate lead status: - If a contact needs more time, move the follow-up date forward - If they decide to book, change the status from "follow-up" to "booked" ### Booking Process When a contact makes a booking: 1. Enter the booking information into your PMS 2. Once complete, add the reservation number to the lead 3. Update the estimated value This process allows you to track conversion rates and revenue from won and lost leads. ## Viewing and Managing Leads ### Pipeline View The pipeline offers a visual way to view your leads: 1. Select your lead type 2. Filter by dates if needed 3. Drag and drop leads between columns to update statuses 4. View the total value of leads in each status ### Lead Reports #### Lead Revenue Report To view lead conversion data: ``` Reports → Lead Revenue Report ``` This report outlines: - Total leads by agent - Total time associated with leads - Won/lost status - Value of leads #### Lost Reasons Report To analyze why leads aren't converting: ``` Reports → Lead Lost Reasons ``` This report helps evaluate why potential guests are not booking and can inform process improvements. ## Best Practices - Always update lead statuses as they progress - Enter accurate estimated values for both won and lost leads - Use the pipeline view for a quick visual overview - Regularly review lost reason reports to identify improvement opportunities - Ensure all team members follow the same lead management process --- ### Lead Categories Learn how to create and manage lead categories to organize your different types of leads URL: /docs/leads/lead-categories # Lead Categories Lead categories in SendSquared provide a way to group similar lead types together for better organization and reporting. This guide explains how to set up and manage lead categories effectively. ## Understanding Lead Categories Lead categories are the highest level of organization in your lead management system. They allow you to: - Group related lead types together - Filter pipeline views by category - Create organizational hierarchies for your business opportunities - Generate reports based on category performance Think of lead categories as the broadest classification of your business opportunities. For example, a property management company might have categories like "Property Acquisition," "Guest Services," and "Vendor Management." ## Accessing Lead Category Settings To manage your lead categories: 1. Click on the profile icon in the upper right corner 2. Select **Global Settings** from the dropdown menu 3. Navigate to **Lead Settings** 4. Select the **Lead Categories** tab ## Creating a New Lead Category To add a new lead category: 1. Click the **Add Category** button 2. Enter a descriptive name for the category - Choose a name that clearly represents the group of lead types it will contain - Use consistent naming conventions for all categories 3. (Optional) Add a description to provide context 4. Select a color for visual identification in reports and pipelines 5. Click **Save** to create the category ## Managing Existing Categories From the Lead Categories screen, you can: ### Edit a Category 1. Find the category you want to modify 2. Click the **Edit** (pencil) icon 3. Update the name, description, or color as needed 4. Click **Save** to apply your changes ### Delete a Category 1. Find the category you want to remove 2. Click the **Delete** (trash) icon 3. Confirm the deletion when prompted Deleting a category that contains lead types will not delete the lead types themselves, but they will be left without a category. Consider reassigning lead types before deleting a category. ## Organizing Lead Types Within Categories After creating your categories, you'll assign lead types to them: 1. Navigate to **Lead Types** in the Lead Settings 2. When creating or editing a lead type, select the appropriate category from the dropdown 3. Save the lead type to associate it with the category This association allows you to: - Filter your pipeline view by category - Generate reports based on category performance - Quickly find related lead types ## Best Practices for Lead Categories ### Keep It Simple - Start with a small number of categories (3-5) and expand only if necessary - Use clear, concise naming that everyone in your organization understands ### Align with Business Structure - Consider structuring categories around your business units or departments - Align categories with how you report on business performance ### Consider the User Experience - Create categories that make sense from a user perspective - Think about how your team will filter and search for leads ### Review Periodically - Audit your categories every 6-12 months - Adjust categories as your business evolves or new opportunities emerge ## Example Lead Category Structure Here's an example category structure for a property management company: | Category | Description | Included Lead Types | |----------|-------------|---------------------| | Guest Services | Opportunities related to guests and their stays | Reservations, Guest Inquiries, Special Requests | | Property Acquisition | Opportunities to add new properties to portfolio | Owner Prospects, Property Listings, Partner Referrals | | Vendor Management | Opportunities with service providers | Maintenance, Cleaning, Amenities | | Marketing Partnerships | Promotional and cross-selling opportunities | Local Attractions, Event Venues, Activity Providers | ## Reporting on Lead Categories SendSquared provides several reports that utilize lead categories: 1. Navigate to **Reports → Lead Reports** 2. Select from available reports like: - Category Conversion Rates - Revenue by Category - Category Performance Trends These reports help you understand: - Which categories generate the most leads - Which categories have the highest conversion rates - The revenue impact of different categories - Performance trends over time by category ## Next Steps After setting up your lead categories, proceed to: - [Configure lead types](./lead-types) within each category - [Define lead statuses](./lead-statuses) for your lead workflow - [Set up your pipeline view](./pipeline-view) to visualize your leads --- ### Lead Types Learn how to create and manage lead types to track different categories of business opportunities URL: /docs/leads/lead-types # Lead Types Lead types in SendSquared allow you to categorize different kinds of business opportunities for tracking, filtering, and reporting. This guide explains how to set up and manage lead types effectively. ## Understanding Lead Types Lead types represent distinct business opportunity categories that your organization pursues. They allow you to: - Track different types of business opportunities separately - Apply specific statuses and workflows to each type - Generate targeted reports on performance by opportunity type - Filter and search leads based on their type Common examples of lead types include "Guest Reservations," "Owner Prospects," "Vendor Partnerships," or "Maintenance Requests." ## Accessing Lead Type Settings To manage your lead types: 1. Click on the profile icon in the upper right corner 2. Select **Global Settings** from the dropdown menu 3. Navigate to **Lead Settings** 4. Select the **Lead Types** tab ## Creating a New Lead Type To add a new lead type: 1. Click the **Add Lead Type** button 2. Fill out the following fields: - **Name**: A descriptive name for the lead type (e.g., "Owner Prospects") - **Category**: Select the lead category this type belongs to - **Description**: (Optional) Provide context for how this lead type is used - **Color**: Choose a color for visual identification in the pipeline 3. Click **Save** to create the lead type ## Configuring Lead Type Settings Each lead type can have specific settings that determine how it functions: ### Default Values You can set default values for various fields when this lead type is selected: - Default lead status - Default assignment - Default follow-up period - Default priority level ### Required Fields You can specify which fields are required for this lead type: - Contact information - Value fields - Custom fields - Follow-up settings ### Custom Fields You can create custom fields specific to this lead type: 1. Click **Add Custom Field** 2. Select the field type (text, number, date, dropdown, etc.) 3. Name the field 4. Set any default values 5. Specify if the field is required ## Managing Existing Lead Types From the Lead Types screen, you can: ### Edit a Lead Type 1. Find the lead type you want to modify 2. Click the **Edit** (pencil) icon 3. Update the settings as needed 4. Click **Save** to apply your changes ### Deactivate a Lead Type If you no longer need a lead type but don't want to delete it: 1. Find the lead type you want to deactivate 2. Toggle the **Active** switch to Off 2. Confirm the deactivation when prompted Deactivated lead types: - Won't appear in dropdown menus for new leads - Will still be visible in reports and on existing leads - Can be reactivated at any time ### Delete a Lead Type To permanently remove a lead type: 1. Find the lead type you want to remove 2. Click the **Delete** (trash) icon 3. Confirm the deletion when prompted Deleting a lead type that has existing leads will place those leads in an "Uncategorized" state. Consider deactivating instead of deleting if you have existing leads of this type. ## Lead Type Workflows Each lead type can have its own unique workflow: ### Associating Statuses with a Lead Type 1. Navigate to **Lead Statuses** in Lead Settings 2. When creating or editing a status, select which lead types it applies to 3. Arrange the order of statuses for each lead type to create a logical workflow This allows you to have different status sequences for different types of leads. For example: - A "Guest Reservation" might flow through: Inquiry → Quote Sent → Reserved → Stay Complete - An "Owner Prospect" might flow through: Initial Contact → Site Visit → Contract Negotiation → Signed ## Best Practices for Lead Types ### Tailor to Your Business Model - Create lead types that reflect your specific business operations - Consider the different customer journeys in your business ### Keep Naming Clear and Consistent - Use concise, descriptive names - Follow a consistent naming convention - Avoid acronyms that might confuse new users ### Limit the Number of Types - Start with only the essential lead types (3-7 typically) - Add more types only when clearly needed - Too many types can complicate reporting and confuse users ### Review and Refine - Periodically review the effectiveness of your lead types - Adjust based on user feedback and reporting needs - Archive outdated lead types rather than deleting them ## Example Lead Type Structure Here's an example lead type structure for a property management company: | Lead Type | Category | Description | Typical Workflow | |-----------|----------|-------------|------------------| | Guest Reservations | Guest Services | Inquiries about booking a stay | Inquiry → Quote → Booked → Checked-In → Completed | | Owner Prospects | Property Acquisition | Potential property owners interested in your management services | Lead In → Assessment → Proposal → Negotiation → Contract | | Maintenance Vendors | Vendor Management | Service providers for property maintenance | Screening → Selection → Contracted → Active → Review | | Local Partnerships | Marketing Partnerships | Local businesses for cross-promotion | Initial Contact → Meeting → Partnership Proposal → Agreement | ## Using Lead Types in Day-to-Day Operations ### Creating New Leads When creating a new lead: 1. Select the appropriate lead type from the dropdown 2. Notice how available statuses and fields change based on the type 3. Required fields will be marked for completion ### Filtering in Pipeline View In the pipeline view: 1. Use the lead type filter to focus on specific opportunity types 2. Switch between lead types to manage different aspects of your business 3. Save filtered views for quick access to common searches ### Reporting by Lead Type In the reports section: 1. Generate reports filtered by lead type 2. Compare performance across different lead types 3. Analyze conversion rates, cycle times, and value by lead type ## Next Steps After setting up your lead types, proceed to: - [Define lead statuses](./lead-statuses) for each type - [Configure lead categories](./lead-categories) to organize your lead types - [View the pipeline](./pipeline-view) to see your leads in action --- ### Lead Statuses Learn how to create and manage lead statuses to track the progression of leads through your sales pipeline URL: /docs/leads/lead-statuses # Lead Statuses Lead statuses in SendSquared define the stages that leads move through in your sales pipeline. They control the workflow of each lead and create the kanban board columns in your visual pipeline view. This guide explains how to set up and manage lead statuses effectively. ## Understanding Lead Statuses Lead statuses represent the current state of a lead in your sales process. They allow you to: - Track the progression of leads through your sales funnel - Visualize your pipeline with kanban boards - Create stage-appropriate tasks and follow-ups - Generate reports on pipeline health and conversion rates Lead statuses are specific to lead types, allowing you to create different workflows for different kinds of opportunities. ## Accessing Lead Status Settings To manage your lead statuses: 1. Click on the profile icon in the upper right corner 2. Select **Global Settings** from the dropdown menu 3. Navigate to **Lead Settings** 4. Select the **Lead Statuses** tab ## Creating a New Lead Status To add a new lead status: 1. Click the **Add Status** button 2. Fill out the following fields: - **Name**: A descriptive name for the status (e.g., "Initial Contact") - **Description**: (Optional) Provide context for when this status should be used - **Color**: Choose a color for visual identification in the pipeline - **Associated Lead Types**: Select which lead types can use this status - **Status Category**: Choose from: - **Open**: Lead is active and in progress - **Won**: Lead has successfully converted - **Lost**: Lead has been lost or abandoned - **Order**: Set the position of this status in the pipeline sequence 3. Click **Save** to create the status ## Status Categories Explained SendSquared uses three main status categories that affect how leads are handled: ### Open Statuses - Represent active leads still in progress - Appear in the active pipeline view - May require follow-up actions - Examples: "New Lead," "In Discussion," "Proposal Sent" ### Won Statuses - Represent successfully converted leads - Move leads to the "Won" section of reports - Typically trigger celebration or next steps - Examples: "Booked," "Contract Signed," "Deal Closed" ### Lost Statuses - Represent opportunities that didn't convert - When selected, prompt for a lost reason - Move leads to the "Lost" section of reports - Examples: "Declined," "No Response," "Chose Competitor" ## Configuring Status Workflows Every lead type can have its own sequence of statuses, creating a customized workflow: ### Setting Status Order 1. In the Lead Statuses screen, use the **Order** field to set the sequence 2. Lower numbers appear earlier in the pipeline 3. The same status can have different positions in different lead type workflows ### Creating a Logical Progression When designing your status sequence, consider: - The natural flow of your sales process - Key decision points and milestones - Handoff points between team members - When follow-ups should occur ## Managing Existing Statuses From the Lead Statuses screen, you can: ### Edit a Status 1. Find the status you want to modify 2. Click the **Edit** (pencil) icon 3. Update the settings as needed 4. Click **Save** to apply your changes ### Deactivate a Status If you no longer need a status but don't want to delete it: 1. Find the status you want to deactivate 2. Toggle the **Active** switch to Off 3. Confirm the deactivation when prompted Deactivated statuses: - Won't appear in dropdown menus for new leads - Will still be visible on existing leads and in reports - Can be reactivated at any time ### Delete a Status To permanently remove a status: 1. Find the status you want to remove 2. Click the **Delete** (trash) icon 3. Confirm the deletion when prompted Deleting a status that has existing leads will leave those leads without a status. You'll need to update those leads with a new status. Consider deactivating instead of deleting if you have existing leads with this status. ## Pipeline Visualization Lead statuses form the columns in your kanban board pipeline view: 1. Navigate to **Leads → Pipeline** 2. Select a lead type to view its pipeline 3. Each column represents a status in the sequence you defined 4. Leads move from left to right as they progress through your sales process 5. Use the drag-and-drop interface to move leads between statuses ## Automating Status Transitions You can set up automation rules based on status changes: ### Automatic Follow-ups 1. Navigate to **Automation → Lead Rules** 2. Create a rule triggered by a status change 3. Define the follow-up action (email, task, notification) ### Status-based Assignments 1. Configure rules to assign leads to specific team members based on status 2. Automatically notify the team when a lead reaches a critical status 3. Set SLA timers for response times at different statuses ## Best Practices for Lead Statuses ### Create a Clear Progression - Design statuses that follow a logical sequence - Make each status clearly distinct from others - Ensure the team understands when to move a lead to the next status ### Balance Detail and Usability - Include enough statuses to track key milestones - Avoid too many statuses that make the process cumbersome - Typically 5-8 statuses work well for most pipelines ### Use Consistent Naming - Create a naming convention for all statuses - Consider using action-oriented names ("Contacted" vs. "Contact") - Use similar status names across lead types where possible ### Regular Review and Optimization - Analyze which statuses have bottlenecks - Review conversion rates between statuses - Adjust based on team feedback and performance data ## Example Status Workflows Here are example status workflows for different lead types: ### Guest Reservation Lead Type 1. **New Inquiry** (Open) - Initial contact from potential guest 2. **Information Sent** (Open) - Rate information and availability shared 3. **Follow-up** (Open) - Actively engaging with the prospect 4. **Quote Sent** (Open) - Formal reservation quote has been sent 5. **Holding** (Open) - Tentative reservation, awaiting confirmation 6. **Booked** (Won) - Reservation confirmed and deposit received 7. **Cancelled** (Lost) - Reservation was booked but later cancelled 8. **Not Booked** (Lost) - Inquiry did not result in a booking ### Owner Prospect Lead Type 1. **New Lead** (Open) - Initial identification of potential property owner 2. **Initial Contact** (Open) - First outreach made 3. **Meeting Scheduled** (Open) - Property assessment planned 4. **Proposal Presented** (Open) - Management offer shared 5. **Negotiation** (Open) - Discussing terms and addressing concerns 6. **Contract Sent** (Open) - Final agreement sent for signature 7. **Signed** (Won) - Contract signed, property onboarding begins 8. **Lost** (Lost) - Owner decided not to proceed ## Reporting on Lead Statuses SendSquared provides several reports that utilize lead statuses: 1. Navigate to **Reports → Lead Reports** 2. Select from available reports like: - Conversion Rates by Status - Time in Status - Pipeline Value by Status - Status Transition Analysis These reports help you understand: - Where leads typically get stuck - How quickly leads move through each status - Which statuses have the highest drop-off rates - The value of your pipeline at each stage ## Next Steps After setting up your lead statuses, proceed to: - [Lead Types](./lead-types) to define different lead workflows - [Lead Categories](./lead-categories) to organize your lead types - [Pipeline View](./pipeline-view) to visualize your leads --- ### Pipeline Learn how to use the visual pipeline to track and manage your leads through their lifecycle URL: /docs/leads/pipeline-view # Understanding and Using the Pipeline The SendSquared Pipeline provides a visual kanban-style board to track leads through your sales process. This guide explains how to use the pipeline effectively to manage your opportunities. ## Accessing the Pipeline To access the pipeline view: 1. Navigate to **Sales** in the main menu 2. Select **Pipeline** from the submenu 3. The pipeline view will load with your current leads organized by status ## Pipeline Interface Overview The pipeline interface consists of several key elements: ### Filtering and Navigation At the top of the screen, you'll find filtering options: - **Select a Lead Category**: Filter by lead category - **Select a Lead Type**: Filter by lead type (e.g., Sales) - **Select Agents**: Filter by assigned agent - **Date Filters**: Filter by date range ### Status Columns The main board consists of columns representing each lead status: - Each column represents a status in your lead workflow - Status columns are arranged from left to right in the order you defined - Examples include: New Lead, Discovery Meeting Scheduled, Discovery Meeting Completed, etc. ### Lead Cards Within each column, you'll see cards representing individual leads: - Each card shows key information about the lead - Cards can be dragged between columns to update their status ## Understanding Lead Cards Each lead card in the pipeline displays important information at a glance: ### Card Elements - **Lead Name**: The name of the primary contact - **Company/Property**: The associated organization or property - **Value**: The estimated value of the opportunity - **Follow-up Date**: When the next follow-up is scheduled - **Assigned Agent**: Icon indicating who owns the lead - **Comments/Notes**: Indicator showing if there are notes attached - **Additional Fields**: Custom fields may appear depending on your setup ### Card Actions Hovering over a card reveals additional actions: - **Quick Edit**: Make changes without opening the full lead record - **View Details**: Open the complete lead record - **Add Note**: Quickly add a note to the lead - **Schedule Follow-up**: Set or update the follow-up date ## Working with the Pipeline ### Moving Leads Through Stages To update a lead's status: 1. Locate the lead card in its current status column 2. Click and drag the card to the appropriate new status column 3. Release to drop the card in the new column 4. The lead status will automatically update in the system This drag-and-drop functionality makes it easy to visually track a lead's progress through your sales process. ### Column Summaries At the top of each status column, you'll see summary information: - **Total Value**: The combined value of all leads in that status - **Total Leads**: The number of leads in that status This gives you a quick overview of your pipeline health and distribution. ### Sorting and Organizing Leads within each column can be organized: - By default, leads are sorted by follow-up date - You can manually arrange leads by dragging them up or down within a column - Prioritize your most important leads by moving them to the top ## Filtering the Pipeline The pipeline view can be filtered to focus on specific segments: ### Lead Category and Type Filters 1. Use the **Select a Lead Category** dropdown to filter by category 2. Use the **Select a Lead Type** dropdown to focus on specific types 3. The pipeline will update to show only leads matching your criteria ### Agent Filters 1. Click the **Select Agents** dropdown 2. Choose one or more agents to filter by 3. The pipeline will display only leads assigned to the selected agents ### Date Filters 1. Use the date range selectors to filter by: - Today (quick filter) - Start date to End date (custom range) 2. The pipeline will show leads with follow-up dates in the selected range ## Pipeline Best Practices ### Regular Pipeline Reviews - Schedule weekly pipeline reviews with your team - Discuss leads that haven't moved to the next stage - Identify bottlenecks in your sales process - Ensure all team members are updating lead statuses promptly ### Lead Prioritization - Focus on high-value leads first - Pay special attention to leads with upcoming follow-up dates - Identify and address stalled leads (those that haven't moved stages in a while) - Create a system for visual indicators (e.g., color coding for priority) ### Pipeline Management - Regularly clean up your pipeline by updating or archiving old leads - Set realistic follow-up dates to maintain an actionable pipeline - Use the summary values to track your pipeline health over time - Adjust your lead statuses if certain stages are consistently skipped or too crowded ## Example Pipeline Workflow Here's an example of how leads might flow through your pipeline: 1. **New Lead**: A new opportunity enters the pipeline 2. **Discovery Meeting Scheduled**: Initial consultation is set up 3. **Discovery Meeting Completed**: First meeting has occurred 4. **Full Demo Scheduled**: Product/service demonstration is planned 5. **Proposal Sent**: Formal offer has been provided 6. **Ownership**: Final negotiations and closing This workflow can be customized to match your specific sales process. ## Next Steps After becoming familiar with the pipeline view, explore these related features: - [Lead Overview](./lead-overview) - [Lead Statuses](./lead-statuses) - [Lead Types](./lead-types) --- ### Lead Management Comprehensive lead tracking system for managing sales pipeline, categorizing leads, tracking sources, visualizing pipeline progress, and optimizing conversion rates. URL: /docs/leads/lead-management Tags: leads, sales, pipeline, crm, lead-scoring, conversion, nurturing, sales-funnel # Lead Management The Lead Management system provides comprehensive tools for tracking, nurturing, and converting leads through your sales pipeline. It includes lead categorization, source tracking, status management, and pipeline visualization. ## Overview Lead Management enables you to: - Track leads through the entire sales cycle - Categorize and prioritize leads effectively - Monitor lead sources and ROI - Visualize pipeline progress - Automate lead nurturing - Analyze conversion metrics ## Lead Components ### Lead Categories Organize leads by type or business segment: - **Residential**: Home buyers/renters - **Commercial**: Business properties - **Investment**: Investment opportunities - **Referral**: Partner referrals - Custom categories based on your business #### Managing Categories 1. Navigate to **Settings** > **Lead Categories** 2. Click **Add Category** 3. Define: - Category name - Color coding - Default priority - Auto-assignment rules - Associated workflows ### Lead Sources Track where your leads originate: - **Online Sources**: - Website forms - Social media - PPC campaigns - Organic search - Email campaigns - **Offline Sources**: - Phone calls - Walk-ins - Events - Referrals - Print advertising #### Source Management 1. Go to **Settings** > **Lead Sources** 2. Create detailed source tracking: - Primary source - Sub-sources - Campaign attribution - Cost per source - Conversion tracking #### Source Analytics - ROI by source - Conversion rates - Lead quality scores - Time to conversion - Source trends over time ### Lead Status Management Track lead progress with customizable statuses: #### Default Statuses - **New**: Uncontacted leads - **Contacted**: Initial contact made - **Qualified**: Meets criteria - **Proposal**: Offer presented - **Negotiation**: Terms discussion - **Won**: Converted to customer - **Lost**: Did not convert #### Custom Status Configuration 1. Access **Settings** > **Lead Statuses** 2. Add custom statuses: - Status name and color - Position in pipeline - Automation triggers - Required fields - Time limits #### Status Workflows - Automatic status updates - Notification rules - Task creation - Follow-up scheduling - Escalation procedures ### Lead Types Classify leads by intention or product interest: - **Buyer**: Purchase intent - **Seller**: Listing interest - **Renter**: Rental inquiries - **Investor**: Investment opportunities - Custom types for your business #### Type Configuration - Set default workflows per type - Assign specialized teams - Create type-specific forms - Define conversion criteria - Track type performance ### Lost Reason Management Track why leads don't convert: #### Common Lost Reasons - **Price**: Budget constraints - **Timing**: Not ready to buy - **Competition**: Chose competitor - **No Response**: Unable to contact - **Not Qualified**: Doesn't meet criteria - **Location**: Geographic mismatch #### Lost Reason Analytics - Identify improvement areas - Track reason trends - Agent performance insights - Product/service feedback - Win-back opportunities ## Pipeline Management ### Pipeline Views Visualize your lead flow: #### Kanban Board - Drag-and-drop lead cards - Visual status progression - Quick actions per card - Filter by multiple criteria - Bulk actions #### List View - Detailed lead information - Sortable columns - Advanced filtering - Bulk operations - Export capabilities #### Calendar View - Follow-up scheduling - Activity timeline - Task deadlines - Appointment booking - Event tracking ### Pipeline Customization - Create multiple pipelines - Industry-specific stages - Probability percentages - Value calculations - Time-in-stage tracking ### Pipeline Automation - Auto-move based on actions - Stage-specific tasks - Email sequences - Notification rules - SLA monitoring ## Lead Scoring ### Automatic Scoring Points assigned based on: - Demographic fit - Behavioral actions - Engagement level - Source quality - Time factors ### Score Components - **Profile Completeness**: Data quality - **Engagement**: Email, call, web activity - **Intent Signals**: Form submissions, downloads - **Fit Score**: Ideal customer match - **Activity Recency**: Recent interactions ### Using Lead Scores - Prioritize follow-ups - Route to appropriate agents - Trigger automations - Segment campaigns - Forecast conversions ## Lead Assignment ### Assignment Rules Automatically distribute leads based on: - Geographic territory - Product expertise - Workload balance - Performance metrics - Round-robin - Lead score thresholds ### Manual Assignment - Reassign leads - Team collaboration - Temporary coverage - Escalation paths - Assignment history ## Lead Nurturing ### Automated Workflows Create sequences for: - Welcome series - Educational content - Product information - Event invitations - Re-engagement campaigns ### Personalization - Dynamic content - Behavioral triggers - Stage-specific messaging - Interest-based content - Timing optimization ### Multi-channel Nurturing - Email campaigns - SMS follow-ups - WhatsApp messages - Phone call scheduling - Direct mail integration ## Lead Conversion ### Conversion Process 1. **Qualification**: Verify lead quality 2. **Needs Analysis**: Understand requirements 3. **Solution Presentation**: Present offerings 4. **Objection Handling**: Address concerns 5. **Close**: Finalize agreement 6. **Handoff**: Transition to customer success ### Conversion Tracking - Conversion rates by: - Source - Type - Agent - Campaign - Time period - Revenue attribution - Cycle time analysis ## Analytics and Reporting ### Lead Reports - **Volume Reports**: Lead flow over time - **Source Analysis**: Performance by origin - **Conversion Funnel**: Stage-by-stage analysis - **Agent Performance**: Individual/team metrics - **ROI Reports**: Revenue vs. cost analysis ### Key Metrics - Lead velocity - Conversion rates - Average deal size - Sales cycle length - Cost per acquisition - Lifetime value ### Dashboards - Real-time metrics - Customizable widgets - Drill-down capabilities - Scheduled reports - Mobile access ## Best Practices ### Lead Capture - Optimize forms for conversion - Use progressive profiling - Implement lead magnets - A/B test landing pages - Track form analytics ### Response Time - Set SLA goals - Automate initial response - Route by urgency - Monitor response times - Alert on delays ### Data Quality - Required field validation - Duplicate prevention - Regular data cleaning - Enrichment services - Standardized formats ### Team Collaboration - Shared lead notes - Activity history - Task assignments - Internal messaging - Handoff protocols ## Integration Features ### CRM Integration - Bi-directional sync - Field mapping - Conflict resolution - Real-time updates - Historical data ### Marketing Tools - Campaign attribution - Lead scoring sync - Behavioral tracking - Form integration - Analytics sharing ### Communication Platforms - Email integration - Call system connection - SMS capabilities - Chat integration - Social media monitoring ## Mobile Lead Management ### Mobile App Features - Lead capture on-the-go - Quick actions - Offline capability - Push notifications - Voice notes ### Field Sales Support - Route planning - Check-in features - Document scanning - Signature capture - Real-time updates --- ### Reservations Management Complete booking system for managing reservations, tracking availability, identifying booking gaps, and optimizing occupancy rates across properties and services. URL: /docs/leads/reservations-management Tags: leads, reservations, bookings, availability, occupancy, gap-analysis, property-management, revenue-optimization # Reservations Management The Reservations Management system provides comprehensive tools for handling bookings, managing availability, tracking reservation gaps, and optimizing occupancy across your properties or services. ## Overview Reservations Management enables you to: - Handle bookings across multiple properties/services - Track availability in real-time - Identify and fill reservation gaps - Manage guest information - Process payments and deposits - Generate booking confirmations ## Reservation Types ### Accommodation Reservations - Hotel rooms - Vacation rentals - Short-term rentals - Corporate housing - Extended stays ### Service Reservations - Tours and activities - Equipment rentals - Meeting spaces - Amenities - Transportation ### Event Reservations - Venue bookings - Catering services - Event packages - Group bookings - Special occasions ## Creating Reservations ### New Reservation Process 1. Navigate to **Reservations** > **New Reservation** 2. Select property/service 3. Choose dates and times 4. Enter guest information 5. Add special requests 6. Process payment 7. Send confirmation ### Reservation Details #### Guest Information - **Primary Guest**: Name, contact details - **Additional Guests**: Names and ages - **Contact Methods**: Email, phone, address - **Preferences**: Special requirements - **History**: Previous stays #### Booking Information - Check-in/out dates - Number of nights - Room/unit type - Rate plan - Total cost - Payment status #### Special Requests - Early check-in - Late checkout - Bed preferences - Dietary restrictions - Accessibility needs ## Reservation List Management ### List View Features The reservation list provides: - All active reservations - Filter by status - Sort by date - Search functionality - Quick actions ### Reservation Statuses - **Pending**: Awaiting confirmation - **Confirmed**: Booking confirmed - **Checked In**: Guest arrived - **Checked Out**: Stay completed - **Cancelled**: Booking cancelled - **No Show**: Guest didn't arrive ### Quick Actions - View details - Modify reservation - Process payment - Send messages - Cancel booking - Check in/out ## Reservation Gap Management ### Understanding Gaps Reservation gaps are periods with no bookings that represent lost revenue opportunities. ### Gap List View The Reservation Gap List shows: - Unbooked periods - Gap duration - Lost revenue potential - Historical occupancy - Suggested actions ### Gap Analysis Features #### Identifying Gaps - Automatic gap detection - Visual calendar view - Gap size filters - Seasonal patterns - Trend analysis #### Gap Metrics - Number of gap nights - Average gap length - Revenue impact - Occupancy rate - Comparison periods ### Filling Gaps #### Strategies - **Dynamic Pricing**: Adjust rates for gaps - **Special Offers**: Create gap-filling promotions - **Last-Minute Deals**: Target spontaneous bookers - **Package Deals**: Bundle services - **Extended Stay Discounts**: Encourage longer bookings #### Automated Actions - Price adjustments - Marketing campaigns - Partner notifications - Social media posts - Email alerts ## Availability Management ### Calendar View Visual availability display: - Color-coded status - Drag-and-drop booking - Multi-property view - Rate variations - Minimum stay rules ### Availability Rules #### Booking Rules - Minimum/maximum stay - Arrival/departure days - Advance booking limits - Blackout dates - Seasonal restrictions #### Rate Management - Base rates - Seasonal pricing - Weekend rates - Dynamic pricing - Group rates ### Inventory Control - Room/unit allocation - Overbooking management - Maintenance blocks - Owner stays - Channel distribution ## Channel Management ### Distribution Channels - Direct bookings - OTA connections (Booking.com, Expedia) - Airbnb integration - Corporate accounts - Group bookings ### Channel Synchronization - Real-time availability updates - Rate parity management - Booking import - Inventory distribution - Commission tracking ## Payment Processing ### Payment Options - Credit/debit cards - Bank transfers - Payment plans - Deposits - Gift certificates ### Payment Workflow 1. **Deposit Collection**: Secure booking 2. **Balance Due**: Track remaining payment 3. **Payment Processing**: Charge cards 4. **Refunds**: Handle cancellations 5. **Reconciliation**: Match payments ### Financial Security - PCI compliance - Secure storage - Fraud detection - Chargeback handling - Payment verification ## Guest Communication ### Automated Messages - Booking confirmation - Pre-arrival information - Check-in instructions - During-stay follow-up - Post-stay feedback ### Communication Templates - Welcome messages - House rules - Local recommendations - Check-out procedures - Review requests ### Multi-channel Communication - Email - SMS - WhatsApp - In-app messaging - Phone integration ## Reporting and Analytics ### Occupancy Reports - Daily occupancy - Monthly trends - Year-over-year comparison - Forecast accuracy - Revenue per available room (RevPAR) ### Financial Reports - Revenue by period - Average daily rate (ADR) - Commission analysis - Payment reconciliation - Tax reports ### Guest Analytics - Source analysis - Repeat guest rate - Length of stay - Geographic distribution - Booking patterns ### Gap Analysis Reports - Gap frequency - Revenue loss - Fill rate success - Pricing effectiveness - Marketing ROI ## Mobile Management ### Mobile Features - View reservations - Process check-ins - Update availability - Communicate with guests - Access reports ### Field Operations - Mobile check-in - Digital signatures - Photo documentation - Issue reporting - Real-time updates ## Integration Features ### Property Management System (PMS) - Two-way sync - Unified inventory - Centralized rates - Guest profiles - Housekeeping status ### Revenue Management - Dynamic pricing engines - Competitor analysis - Demand forecasting - Rate optimization - Market data ### Accounting Integration - Automated invoicing - Revenue recognition - Tax calculation - Financial reporting - Accounts receivable ## Advanced Features ### Group Reservations - Room blocks - Group rates - Rooming lists - Master billing - Event coordination ### Corporate Accounts - Negotiated rates - Direct billing - Usage reports - Account management - Loyalty programs ### Package Management - Create packages - Bundle services - Promotional offers - Seasonal packages - Upsell opportunities ## Cancellation Management ### Cancellation Policies - Policy templates - Flexible options - Penalty calculations - Grace periods - Force majeure ### Cancellation Process - Policy enforcement - Refund calculations - Rebooking options - Waitlist management - Communication ## Best Practices ### Operational Efficiency - Streamline check-in/out - Automate communications - Optimize pricing - Monitor performance - Train staff regularly ### Guest Experience - Quick response times - Clear communication - Flexible policies - Personal touches - Issue resolution ### Revenue Optimization - Dynamic pricing - Channel diversification - Gap management - Upselling strategies - Direct booking incentives ## Troubleshooting ### Common Issues - **Double Bookings**: Check synchronization - **Payment Failures**: Verify card details - **Availability Errors**: Review channel settings - **Communication Gaps**: Check automation rules - **System Conflicts**: Audit integrations ### System Maintenance - Regular updates - Data cleanup - Performance monitoring - Backup procedures - Security patches --- ## Segments ### Quick SMS to a Segment Learn how to quickly send an SMS message to an entire group or segment of contacts directly from the Segments page. URL: /docs/segments/send-quick-sms # Send a Quick SMS to a Group or Segment Learn how to quickly send an SMS message to an entire group or segment of contacts directly from the Segments page. ## Overview The quick SMS feature allows you to instantly send a text message to all contacts within a specific segment or group without needing to create a full campaign. This is perfect for time-sensitive announcements, urgent updates, or simple communications to targeted audiences. ## Accessing Segments and Groups 1. Navigate to **Audience** from the left-hand sidebar 2. Select **Segments** or **Groups** from the submenu You'll see a list of all your segments and groups with the following information: - **Name** (on the left) - **Total** contacts - **Verified** contacts - **Subscribed** contacts - **Opted in SMS** contacts - **Subscribed SMS** contacts - **Sendable Email** contacts - **Sendable SMS** contacts :::tip Column Visibility You can toggle these columns on or off using the controls at the top of the list to customize your view. ## Sending a Quick SMS ### Step 1: Locate Your Target Segment or Group Find the segment or group you want to send an SMS to from the list. ### Step 2: Click the SMS Button On the far right of each row, you'll see several action buttons: - **Edit/View** - **SMS** - **Settings** cog Click the **SMS** button for your target segment or group. ### Step 3: Compose Your Message The **SMS Contact** modal will open with the following options: #### Text Message - Enter your message in the main text box - Keep in mind SMS character limits (160 characters for standard SMS) #### From Number - Select which phone number to send from using the dropdown - This will be one of your configured business phone numbers #### Media Attachments - **Upload Asset**: Attach Images or other media files from your asset library #### Content Blocks and Templates - **Content Block**: Select from pre-saved response messages (formerly called Quick Replies) - **SMS Template**: Choose from your saved SMS templates to populate the message ### Step 4: Send Your Message Once you've composed your message and configured all settings: 1. Review your message for accuracy 2. Confirm the recipient count shows the expected number of contacts 3. Click **Send Message** to deliver the SMS to your entire segment or group ## Best Practices ### Message Content - Keep messages concise and clear - Include a clear call-to-action if needed - Consider time zones when sending to large audiences ### Timing - Avoid sending during late night or early morning hours - Consider your audience's location and typical active hours - Be mindful of business hours for professional communications ### Compliance - Ensure recipients have opted in to receive SMS messages - Include opt-out instructions when required - Follow local SMS marketing regulations ## Troubleshooting ### SMS Button Not Available - Verify the segment/group has contacts with valid phone numbers - Check that contacts have opted in to receive SMS messages - Ensure your account has SMS sending capabilities enabled ### Message Not Sending - Confirm your from number is properly configured - Check that the message doesn't exceed character limits - Verify you have sufficient SMS credits in your account ## Related Topics - [Segment Overview](segment-overview.md) - Learn about creating and managing segments - [SMS Campaigns](../campaigns/send-sms-campaign.md) - Create more detailed SMS campaigns - [SMS Editor](../sms/sms-editor-overview.md) - Advanced SMS message creation --- ### Segments Overview Learn how to create and manage segments to target specific contacts URL: /docs/segments/segment-overview # Segments Overview This guide provides an overview of creating and using segments in SendSquared. Segments allow you to create targeted lists for email marketing, one-off communications, or internal CRM purposes. ## Getting Started with Segments To access segments, navigate to: ``` Audience → Segments ``` Segments allow you to set parameters to find specific categories of contacts. They reference **all contacts** in your SendSquared account, not just reservations. Segments can be simple or complex depending on your needs—from finding contacts with a specific reservation type to adding multiple conditions to target a very specific group. ## Planning Your Segments Before creating a segment, it's helpful to write down what you're trying to accomplish. For example: > "I want to find people arriving between April 1st-April 30th that have not canceled and have a reservation type of owner." This planning helps you determine which conditions to add and what logic type to use. ## Understanding Segment Types SendSquared offers various condition types for building segments. Below is an overview of the main categories. For a comprehensive list of all available conditions, operators, and value types, see the [Condition Model for Segments and Automations](../reference-guides/segment-model). ### Property Segments Property segments reference contact properties such as: - First name - Last name - Address - Email - Phone number **Example Use Case:** Drive-in marketing for last-minute openings, targeting people within a specific driving radius by postal code. ### Reservation Segments The most common segment type, referencing all reservations from your PMS system: - Arrival/departure dates - Number of nights - Occupants - Future reservations - Unit information - Reservation type - Cancellation status ### Segment Type This allows you to reference other segments you've already built. For example: - "Is in segment" conditions - "Is not in segment" conditions This helps you build on existing segments without duplicating conditions. ### SMS Type Identifies contacts based on SMS conversations or when texts were received. ### SMS Opt Finds contacts who have opted in or out of specific SMS numbers. ### Tag Type Locates contacts with specific tags that you've manually applied. ### Lead Type Helps categorize leads based on information in SendSquared: - Lead status (follow-up, closed, etc.) - Lost reasons - Lead types For detailed information on all available condition fields, operators, and value types for each segment category, refer to the [Condition Model Reference](../reference-guides/segment-model). ## Understanding Logic Types Logic types determine how conditions relate to each other: ### AND Logic - Used when contacts must meet ALL conditions - Example: "Find contacts arriving after April 1st AND before April 30th" ### OR Logic - Used when contacts can meet ANY of the conditions - Example: "Find contacts in postal code 12345 OR postal code 67890" ### Logic Blocks - Conditions in the same block are connected with the same logic type - Different blocks are connected with AND logic - Organize related conditions in the same block for clarity ## Building a Segment Example Let's build the example segment mentioned earlier: 1. **Block 1: Arrival Date Range** (using AND logic within the block) - Condition 1: Reservation arrival is greater than or equal to April 1st - Condition 2: Reservation arrival is less than or equal to April 30th 2. **Block 2: Not Canceled** - Condition: Reservation canceled is Null 3. **Block 3: Reservation Type** - Condition: Reservation type equals Owner Time (or whatever value your PMS uses) 4. **Save and Name Your Segment** - Use a descriptive name like "April 1-30 Owner Time" ## Segment Processing After saving a segment: 1. The system will show "Loading" while it scans all contacts 2. Processing time varies from seconds to 15 minutes depending on complexity 3. Refresh your screen to see the completed segment and contact count ## Common Segment Use Cases - **Return Stay Marketing:** Has future reservation equals false - **Unit-Specific Communication:** Reservation unit equals [specific unit] - **Lead Follow-up Management:** Lead status equals follow-up - **Drive Market Targeting:** Contact postal code is in [list of zip codes] - **Lost Lead Recovery:** Lead lost reason equals "too expensive" ## Important Notes - Segments are **dynamic** and refresh approximately every 15 minutes - Contacts automatically enter or leave segments as they meet or no longer meet conditions - Reference your PMS exactly as values appear there (e.g., "Owner Time" vs. "O") - If you change unit names in your PMS, update them in SendSquared as well ## Best Practices - Start simple and experiment with different segment types - Use clear, descriptive naming conventions - Build segments in advance of when you'll need them (allow processing time) - Regularly review your segments to ensure they're still relevant - Use segments as building blocks for more complex targeting For a complete reference of all available segment conditions, operators, and value types, see the [Condition Model for Segments and Automations](../reference-guides/segment-model). For additional help with segments, contact [support@sendsquared.com](mailto:support@sendsquared.com) --- ## Inbox ### Inbox Overview Learn how to use the multi-channel inbox and communication features of the SendSquared dashboard URL: /docs/inbox/inbox-overview # Inbox Overview The SendSquared Inbox is a unified communication hub that consolidates all guest interactions across multiple channels - SMS, Email, WhatsApp, and Airbnb - into a single, manageable interface. This guide covers how to effectively use each channel and manage conversations across your team. ## The Multi-Channel Inbox The inbox provides a centralized location for managing all guest communications, with dedicated sections for each communication channel. Each channel maintains its own queue while sharing common features like assignment, notifications, and completion tracking. *The SendSquared inbox showing multiple communication channels* ### Accessing the Inbox 1. Log in to SendSquared with your agent credentials 2. Navigate to **Inbox** on the left-hand side menu 3. Select your desired channel: **SMS**, **Email**, **WhatsApp**, or **Airbnb** 4. Use filters to view assigned conversations, unread messages, or completed items ## Channel-Specific Features ### SMS Channel The SMS channel handles all text message conversations with guests and leads. Key features include: *SMS conversation interface showing message threading and contact details* - **Real-time messaging**: Instant delivery and receipt of text messages - **Message threading**: All messages with a contact are grouped in a single conversation - **Quick replies**: Access to pre-configured response templates - **Contact context**: View guest information and reservation details alongside the conversation - **Delivery status**: Track sent, delivered, and read receipts - **MMS support**: Send and receive images and multimedia content ### Email Channel The Email channel manages all email communications: *Email inbox showing message list and preview pane* #### Viewing and Managing Emails When viewing the email inbox, you'll see all messages configured to come directly into SendSquared: - **New/unread emails** appear with a bold indicator - **Read emails** are automatically marked but can be toggled back to unread - **Subject lines** and sender information are prominently displayed - **Preview text** shows the first lines of each message - **Attachments** are indicated with a paperclip icon #### Responding to Emails To reply to an email: 1. Select the email you want to respond to 2. Click the **Reply** button 3. Choose your **From** email address (important if responding as a specific agent) 4. Optionally select a pre-configured template 5. Edit the content as needed 6. Modify the subject line if necessary 7. Click **Send Message** or schedule the email for later delivery ### WhatsApp Channel The WhatsApp integration provides business messaging capabilities: - **Business API integration**: Full WhatsApp Business Platform support - **Rich media**: Send images, documents, and location information - **Template messages**: Use pre-approved message templates for proactive outreach - **Quick replies**: Suggested response buttons for common questions - **Status indicators**: See when messages are sent, delivered, and read ### Airbnb Channel The Airbnb channel syncs messages from your Airbnb listings: - **Automatic sync**: Messages from Airbnb are automatically imported - **Guest context**: See reservation details alongside conversations - **Response time tracking**: Monitor your Airbnb response rate - **Unified inbox**: Manage Airbnb messages without leaving SendSquared ### Email Templates You can use pre-designed templates when replying to emails: - Choose a template from the dropdown menu - Edit the template content as needed for personalization - If you select multiple templates, they will stack in the body (remember to delete unwanted templates) Not all email templates are available for replies by default. Your implementation rep or customer success rep will need to change the email type to make templates available for replies. ## Core Inbox Features ### Assignment System The assignment feature helps distribute work across your team efficiently: *Assignment dropdown showing team member options* #### How Assignment Works 1. **Unassigned conversations** appear in the general inbox queue 2. **Assign to yourself** to take ownership of a conversation 3. **Assign to team members** to distribute workload 4. **Reassign** conversations as needed for coverage or expertise 5. **Filter by assignment** to see only your assigned items or those of specific team members #### Assignment Best Practices - Assign high-priority conversations immediately - Use round-robin assignment for even distribution - Reassign when specialized knowledge is needed - Check assigned but incomplete items regularly ### Notification System Stay informed about new messages and important updates: #### Types of Notifications - **New message alerts**: Desktop and mobile push notifications - **Assignment notifications**: When conversations are assigned to you - **Mention alerts**: When team members @mention you in internal notes - **Response reminders**: For messages requiring timely responses #### Managing Notifications 1. Configure notification preferences in your user settings 2. Set quiet hours to avoid after-hours alerts 3. Choose between email, SMS, or push notifications 4. Customize alerts by channel or priority level ### Marking Conversations Complete Properly closing conversations keeps your inbox organized: *Interface showing how to mark conversations as complete* #### When to Mark Complete - Guest inquiry has been fully resolved - Reservation-related questions have been answered - Follow-up tasks have been created if needed - No further action is required #### Completing Conversations 1. Click the **Complete** checkbox or button 2. Add an internal note if needed for context 3. The conversation moves to the completed view 4. Can be reopened if the guest responds again #### Viewing Completed Items - Toggle the "Show Completed" filter to see closed conversations - Search completed items for reference - Review completion rates for performance tracking ## Advanced Features ### Internal Notes and Collaboration - Add internal notes to conversations for team context - @mention team members for attention - Share important information without guest visibility - Track conversation history and agent actions ### Bulk Actions - Select multiple conversations for bulk assignment - Mark multiple items as complete simultaneously - Apply tags or labels to groups of conversations - Export conversation data for reporting ### Search and Filters Powerful search capabilities help you find conversations quickly: - **Search by contact**: Name, email, or phone number - **Search by content**: Keywords within messages - **Filter by date**: Specific date ranges - **Filter by status**: New, unread, assigned, completed - **Filter by channel**: Focus on specific communication types - **Filter by tags**: Custom labels and categories ## Contact Profiles From both email and SMS views, you can access detailed contact profiles: 1. Click on the contact's name to view their profile 2. From the profile, you can: - See all communication history - Reply to emails and texts - View the email log for reference - Update missing contact information ## Content Blocks Content Blocks (formerly called Quick Replies) are templated responses for frequently asked questions or common communications, available for both email and SMS. ### Creating Content Blocks 1. Go to **Global Settings → Content Blocks** 2. Click **Add New Content Block** 3. Label the block with a descriptive name 4. Add your text content (can include unit descriptions, website links, etc.) 5. Set the status to **Active** 6. Click **Save** 7. Refresh your SendSquared session for the content block to appear in the dropdown menu ### Using Content Blocks When responding to a message: 1. Click on the Content Blocks dropdown menu 2. Select the appropriate content block 3. Edit if necessary before sending ## Workflow Best Practices ### Daily Inbox Management 1. **Start with unassigned**: Check for new unassigned conversations first 2. **Review your assignments**: Focus on conversations assigned to you 3. **Clear unread messages**: Ensure all new messages are addressed 4. **Complete resolved items**: Mark conversations complete as you finish them 5. **Reassign if needed**: Transfer conversations requiring different expertise ### Response Time Management - **SMS**: Aim to respond within 5 minutes during business hours - **Email**: Respond within 1 hour for urgent matters, 4 hours for general inquiries - **WhatsApp**: Match SMS response times for active conversations - **Airbnb**: Maintain response times to preserve Superhost status ### Team Coordination - **Use assignments** to clearly define ownership - **Add internal notes** for context and handoffs - **Set up notifications** to stay informed about assignments - **Review completed items** to learn from team responses - **Create templates** from successful responses ### Quality Assurance - **Proofread before sending** all responses - **Use templates as starting points**, then personalize - **Include all necessary information** in first response when possible - **Follow brand voice guidelines** consistently - **Escalate complex issues** to supervisors when appropriate ## Integration with Other Features ### CRM Integration - **Contact profiles**: Access full guest history from conversations - **Lead creation**: Convert inquiries into leads directly from inbox - **Reservation context**: View booking details alongside conversations - **Activity tracking**: All communications logged to contact records ### Automation Integration - **Trigger automations**: Inbox events can trigger automated workflows - **Auto-assignment rules**: Route conversations based on criteria - **Auto-responses**: Set up out-of-office and initial response messages - **Escalation rules**: Automatically escalate unresponded messages ### Reporting and Analytics - **Response time metrics**: Track team performance - **Volume reports**: Monitor message volume by channel - **Assignment analytics**: Review workload distribution - **Completion rates**: Measure conversation resolution ## Related Resources - [Assignment Paradigms](../paradigms/overview#assignment) - Deep dive into assignment strategies - [Notification Setup](../paradigms/overview#notifications) - Configure your notification preferences - [Content Block Templates](./setting-up-quick-replies) - Create and manage response templates - [Automation Overview](../automations/automation-overview) - Set up automation workflows --- ### Setting Up and Using Content Blocks Learn how to create and use Content Blocks to send consistent responses to customers URL: /docs/inbox/setting-up-quick-replies # Setting Up and Using Content Blocks Content Blocks (formerly called Quick Replies) allow you to send consistent standard responses via email or SMS to customers. These pre-written messages can be customized using text, tokens, or links that you frequently send to prospective and current guests. ## What Are Content Blocks? Content Blocks are pre-formatted response templates that can be quickly inserted into emails or SMS messages. They help: - Maintain consistent messaging across your team - Save time when sending common responses - Ensure accurate information is shared with customers Common use cases include: - Website links - Unit descriptions - Frequently asked questions - Booking policies - Directions and check-in information ## Creating Content Blocks To set up Content Blocks: 1. Navigate to **Global Settings** 2. Click on **Content Blocks** 3. Click **Add New Content Block** ### Configuration Options When creating a new Content Block, you'll need to provide: - **Block Name**: Give your Content Block a descriptive name that clearly identifies its purpose and type - Use a consistent naming convention to make finding specific blocks easier - Example: "FAQ - Pet Policy" or "Link - Booking Page" - **Block Type**: Select the type of communication this block will be used for - Email - SMS - Both - **Block Content**: Enter the actual text of your content block in the text box - You can include formatting, links, and tokens as needed - Keep blocks concise and focused on a single topic ## Best Practices for Content Blocks ### Content Organization - **Group similar blocks**: Create categories of blocks (FAQs, Policies, Links, etc.) - **Use clear naming conventions**: Make names descriptive and searchable - **Keep content updated**: Regularly review and update Content Blocks to ensure information is current ### Effective Content - Include personalization tokens where appropriate (guest name, reservation dates, etc.) - Keep messages conversational but professional - For longer information, consider linking to a webpage rather than including all details ## Using Content Blocks After setting up your Content Blocks: 1. **Refresh your session** to make the new blocks available 2. When composing an email or SMS: - Place your cursor where you want to insert the Content Block - Click the Content Blocks dropdown - Select the desired block from the list ### Advanced Usage - **Multiple blocks**: You can use as many Content Blocks in a single message as needed - **Combined with templates**: Content Blocks can be used in conjunction with email templates - **Customization**: After inserting a Content Block, you can edit the text to personalize it further ## Example Content Blocks Here are some examples of useful Content Blocks to consider creating: ### Booking Information ``` You can check availability and make a reservation directly on our website at: [YOUR BOOKING URL]. This will show you real-time availability and our best rates. ``` ### Check-in Details ``` Check-in time is 4:00 PM. Our office is located at [ADDRESS]. If you'll be arriving after 6:00 PM, please let us know so we can arrange for after-hours check-in. ``` ### Pet Policy ``` We do allow pets at select properties for an additional fee of $[AMOUNT] per night. Please note there is a maximum of 2 pets per property, and weight restrictions may apply. ``` ## Troubleshooting If you don't see your Content Blocks in the dropdown: - Make sure you've refreshed your session after creating the blocks - Check that you have permission to use Content Blocks - Verify the Content Block is configured for the communication type you're using (email or SMS) --- ## Campaigns ### Sending an Email Campaign Learn how to create and send email campaigns using your existing templates URL: /docs/campaigns/send-email-campaign Tags: campaigns, email, marketing, send, templates, scheduling # Sending an Email Campaign Once you've created and finalized your email templates, you're ready to send your first email campaign. This guide walks you through the process step-by-step. ## Prerequisites Before starting your email campaign: - ✅ Ensure you have at least one verified sending email address - ✅ Create and save your email template(s) - ✅ Build your recipient segments or groups - ✅ Test your email content for mobile responsiveness - ✅ Verify all links and merge tags work correctly ## Starting a New Campaign To begin creating a new email campaign: 1. Navigate to **Campaigns** in the main menu 2. Click the **New Email Campaign** button :::tip Pro Tip Schedule your campaigns during business hours (9 AM - 5 PM) in your recipients' time zones for optimal open rates. ## Selecting Your Template The first step is choosing which template to use for your campaign: 1. Browse through your available email templates 2. Select the template you want to use for this campaign 3. Click **Next** to proceed ## Making Last-Minute Edits After selecting your template, you'll have one final opportunity to make edits: 1. Review your email content and design 2. Make any necessary last-minute changes to the template Any changes made at this stage will **only** apply to this specific campaign. The original template in your template library will not be affected. 3. When you're satisfied with how the email looks, click **Next** ## Setting Campaign Details Now you'll configure the core details of your campaign: **Subject Line Best Practices** 1. Enter a **Subject Line** for your email - Keep it under 50 characters for mobile optimization - Use personalization tokens like `{{first_name}}` when appropriate - Avoid spam triggers (ALL CAPS, excessive punctuation!!!, "FREE") - A/B test different subject lines for better performance **Preview Text Optimization** 2. Add a **Preview Text** that will appear in recipients' inboxes - Use 35-90 characters for optimal display - Complement your subject line, don't repeat it - Create urgency or curiosity to encourage opens - This text appears after the subject in most email clients **Sender Configuration** 3. Select your **Sending Email Address** from the dropdown menu - This is especially important if you have multiple validated sending addresses - Use a recognizable sender name and email - Avoid "no-reply" addresses when possible - Consider using a person's name for higher engagement 4. Click **Next** to continue ## Selecting Recipients Next, determine who will receive your campaign: 1. Choose the **Groups** or **Segments** you want to target - You can select multiple groups or segments - The estimated recipient count will update as you make selections 2. Review the estimated number of recipients 3. Click **Next** to proceed to scheduling ## Scheduling Your Campaign Now you'll decide when to send your campaign: 1. Select the **Date** and **Time** when you want your campaign to be sent 2. Choose your sending method: - **Standard Send**: Delivers your email to all recipients at the scheduled time - **Smart Send**: Begins at the scheduled time but optimizes delivery for each recipient within the next 120 hours 3. Click **Next** to continue **Choosing Between Standard and Smart Send** When deciding between sending options: **Use Standard Send when:** - Your content is time-sensitive (sales, events, holiday promotions) - Your message has an expiration date - You need everyone to receive the information simultaneously - You're promoting a limited-time offer (like Black Friday sales) **Use Smart Send when:** - Your content is not time-sensitive (monthly newsletters, general updates) - You prioritize engagement rates over immediate delivery - You're sending evergreen content - You want to optimize for open rates Smart Send analyzes when each recipient is most likely to be active in their inbox and delivers your email during that optimal time window. ## Finalizing Your Campaign The last step is to name your campaign and schedule it: 1. Enter a **Campaign Name** - This is for internal use only and won't be visible to recipients - Use a descriptive name that will help you identify this campaign later 2. Review all campaign details 3. Click **Send Campaign** to schedule your campaign ## Viewing Scheduled Campaigns After scheduling your campaign: 1. Navigate to **Campaigns → All Campaigns** 2. You'll see your newly scheduled campaign in the list 3. The status will show as "Scheduled" with the planned send date and time ## Monitoring Campaign Performance Once your campaign begins sending: 1. Go to **Campaigns → All Campaigns** 2. Click on your campaign name to view its performance 3. You'll see metrics such as: - **Open rate**: Percentage of recipients who opened your email - **Click rate**: Percentage who clicked any link in your email - **Bounce rate**: Emails that couldn't be delivered - **Unsubscribe rate**: Recipients who opted out - **Delivery status**: Real-time sending progress **Understanding Your Metrics** **Industry Benchmarks** - **Average Open Rate**: 15-25% (varies by industry) - **Good Open Rate**: 25-35% - **Excellent Open Rate**: 35%+ **Click-Through Rates** - **Average CTR**: 2-5% - **Good CTR**: 5-10% - **Excellent CTR**: 10%+ **Warning Signs** - **High Bounce Rate** (above 5%): Clean your email list - **High Unsubscribe Rate** (above 1%): Review content relevance - **Low Open Rate** (below 10%): Check subject lines and sender reputation ## Understanding Email Attachments in Campaigns ### Why PDF Attachments Are Not Supported for Mass Campaigns SendSquared does not support attaching PDFs or other files to mass email campaigns. This intentional limitation protects your sender reputation and ensures maximum deliverability for your campaigns. **The Problem with Mass Email Attachments** **1. Spam Filter Triggers** - Major email providers (Gmail, Outlook, Yahoo) automatically flag bulk emails with attachments as potential spam - PDF attachments in mass emails are one of the strongest spam indicators - Even legitimate campaigns with attachments often land in spam folders - Spam filters have learned that 70%+ of malicious emails contain PDF attachments **2. Security Concerns** - PDFs can contain embedded malware, phishing links, or malicious scripts - Email providers scan attachments aggressively, often blocking entire campaigns - Recipients are increasingly wary of opening attachments from marketing emails - Corporate firewalls frequently block all mass emails with attachments **3. Deliverability Impact** - Attachments dramatically increase email size, triggering size-based filters - Large campaigns with attachments can damage your entire domain's sender reputation - ISPs (Internet Service Providers) throttle or block senders who include attachments in bulk mail - Once flagged as a spam sender, it can take months to rebuild reputation **4. Performance Issues** - Attachments increase email size by 10-100x, slowing delivery - Recipients on mobile devices may not download large emails - Email clients often block automatic attachment downloads - Increased bandwidth costs for both sender and recipients **5. Compliance and Legal Risks** - GDPR and privacy laws require extra consent for sending attachments - Attachments can't be easily unsubscribed from or deleted - Document tracking becomes complex with downloaded attachments - Risk of accidentally sending wrong or outdated documents to thousands **The Individual Email Exception** While mass campaigns don't support attachments, **individual emails sent through SendSquared do allow PDF attachments**. This distinction exists because: **One-to-One Communication Is Different:** - Individual emails with attachments appear legitimate to spam filters - Personal context makes attachments expected and welcome - No risk of mass distribution damaging sender reputation - Recipients are more likely to trust attachments in personal correspondence **When to Use Individual Email Attachments:** - Sending contracts or proposals to specific clients - Sharing personalized reports or invoices - Providing requested documents to individual contacts - Following up with specific attachments after a conversation **Better Alternatives to PDF Attachments in Campaigns** Instead of attaching PDFs to your mass campaigns, consider these proven alternatives that maintain high deliverability: **1. Hosted Documents with Link Tracking** ```html Download Our Complete Guide (PDF) ``` **Benefits:** - Full tracking of who downloads your document - Ability to update the document without resending emails - No impact on email deliverability - Can gate content behind forms for lead capture **2. Landing Pages with Embedded Content** Convert your PDF content into a responsive landing page: - Better mobile experience than PDFs - SEO benefits from indexed content - Interactive elements and videos possible - Built-in analytics and conversion tracking **3. Cloud Storage Links** Use services like Google Drive, Dropbox, or your own cloud storage: - Documents always up-to-date - Access control and expiration dates - No email size limitations - Professional appearance **4. Content Blocks Within Email** Include key PDF content directly in your email: - Immediate visibility without downloads - Higher engagement than attachment clicks - Mobile-optimized presentation - Direct call-to-action buttons **5. Resource Centers** Create a dedicated resource section on your website: - Central location for all documents - Better user experience for browsing multiple resources - Opportunity for content discovery - Lead nurturing through gated content **Implementation Examples** **❌ What Not to Do:** ``` Subject: Monthly Newsletter Attachment: newsletter_march_2024.pdf (2.5MB) Body: Please see attached newsletter... Result: 65% spam folder placement, 12% open rate ``` **✅ Recommended Approach:** ```html Subject: Your March Newsletter - New Resources Inside

Hi {{first_name}},

Your March newsletter is ready with exclusive insights on...

Read Newsletter Online

Prefer PDF? Download PDF Version

Result: 98% inbox placement, 34% open rate, full download tracking ``` **Technical Considerations** **Email Size Limits Without Attachments** - **Gmail**: 25MB total, but flags anything over 102KB - **Outlook**: 20MB limit, warns at 10MB - **Yahoo**: 25MB limit, filters large emails aggressively - **Corporate**: Often 10MB or less, with attachment stripping **With SendSquared's Approach** - Average campaign email: 15-50KB - Fast delivery and rendering - No size-based filtering - Consistent cross-platform experience **Industry Statistics on Attachments** Research from major email service providers shows: - **Spam Classification**: Emails with PDF attachments are 5.6x more likely to be marked as spam - **Open Rates**: Campaigns without attachments have 23% higher open rates - **Click Rates**: Link-based resources get 42% more clicks than attachment downloads - **Mobile Impact**: 68% of mobile users won't download email attachments - **Security Concerns**: 91% of cyber attacks start with email attachments **FAQ About Email Attachments** **Q: But my competitors send PDFs in their email campaigns. Why can't I?** A: They're likely experiencing poor deliverability. Track their emails - you'll often find them in spam folders. Just because it's possible doesn't mean it's effective. **Q: What if my PDF is very small (under 100KB)?** A: Size isn't the primary issue - it's the presence of an attachment in bulk email that triggers filters. **Q: Can I send PDFs to a small list of 50 people?** A: Even small bulk sends with attachments risk spam classification. Use individual emails or hosted links instead. **Q: How do I track engagement without attachments?** A: Link tracking provides better analytics than attachments ever could, including download time, location, and repeat access. **Q: What about sending invoices or statements?** A: Transactional emails (invoices, statements) should be sent individually through your billing system or as one-to-one emails, not marketing campaigns. ## Best Practices for Email Campaigns **Timing Your Campaigns** - Consider your audience's time zone when scheduling - Business emails typically perform better on weekdays during business hours - Test different send times to find what works best for your audience **Subject Lines** - Keep subject lines under 50 characters - Avoid spam trigger words ("Free," "Act Now," excessive punctuation) - Create a sense of value or urgency - Consider personalizing with recipient's name or location **Campaign Testing** - Send test emails to yourself before scheduling - Preview your email on both desktop and mobile devices - Check all links to ensure they work properly - Verify that personalization tokens resolve correctly **Follow-Up** - Plan for follow-up campaigns based on engagement - Consider sending a targeted follow-up to non-openers - Analyze performance metrics to improve future campaigns ## Common Mistakes to Avoid **Before Sending** - ❌ **Not testing on mobile devices** - Over 50% of emails are opened on mobile - ❌ **Forgetting to proofread** - Typos damage credibility - ❌ **Missing unsubscribe link** - Required by law (CAN-SPAM, GDPR) - ❌ **Using purchased email lists** - High bounce rates, spam complaints - ❌ **Ignoring time zones** - Sending at 3 AM local time **Content Mistakes** - ❌ **Image-only emails** - Many email clients block images by default - ❌ **Broken links** - Always test every link before sending - ❌ **Generic messaging** - Personalize content for better engagement - ❌ **Too many CTAs** - Focus on one primary action - ❌ **Misleading subject lines** - Damages trust and increases unsubscribes **Technical Mistakes** - ❌ **Not authenticating domain** - Poor deliverability without SPF/DKIM - ❌ **Sending to entire list at once** - Segment for better results - ❌ **Ignoring bounces** - Clean your list regularly - ❌ **Not tracking results** - Can't improve what you don't measure - ❌ **Same sender name always** - Test personal vs. company names ## Quick Campaign Checklist Before hitting send, verify: - [ ] Subject line is compelling and under 50 characters - [ ] Preview text complements the subject line - [ ] All links tested and working - [ ] Images have alt text - [ ] Mobile preview looks good - [ ] Personalization tokens tested - [ ] Unsubscribe link present - [ ] Sending time is optimal for recipients - [ ] Target segment is correct - [ ] Test email sent to team - [ ] Grammar and spelling checked - [ ] Call-to-action is clear - [ ] From name and email are recognizable - [ ] Reply-to address is monitored --- ### Common Campaign Error Codes Understanding and resolving common error codes when sending campaigns URL: /docs/campaigns/common-error-codes Tags: campaigns, errors, troubleshooting, email, sms, postcard, debugging # Common Campaign Error Codes When sending email campaigns, you may occasionally encounter error messages. This guide explains the most common campaign errors, their causes, and how to resolve them. ## Contact-Related Errors ### No Contacts to Process **Error Message:** "Campaign has no contacts to process for any of its groups" **Cause:** This error occurs when you've created a campaign but the selected groups contain no valid contacts who can receive your message. **Resolution:** 1. Check that your selected groups contain contacts 2. Verify that contacts in these groups have valid contact information (email addresses for email campaigns, phone numbers for SMS campaigns) 3. Consider creating a new segment with valid contacts ### Invalid Contact Data **Error Message:** "Contact [ID] has no primary email address" **Cause:** The campaign includes contacts who don't have a primary email address assigned. **Resolution:** 1. Update contact records to include primary email addresses 2. Create a segment that filters for contacts with email addresses 3. Use contact validation tools to identify incomplete records ### Unvalidated Email Addresses **Error Message:** "Contact [ID] primary email is not validated" **Cause:** Contacts in your campaign have email addresses that haven't been validated yet. **Resolution:** 1. Run the email validation process on your contact list 2. Create a segment that only includes contacts with validated emails 3. Remove unvalidated emails from your campaign segments ### Contact Communication Preferences **Error Message:** "Contact [ID] is not allowed to receive email" **Cause:** Some contacts in your campaign have the "don't send email" flag enabled in their preferences. **Resolution:** 1. Respect these preferences and exclude these contacts from campaigns 2. Create segments that filter out contacts who have opted out of communications 3. Review your opt-in procedures to ensure clear consent ## Template-Related Errors ### Template Formatting Issues **Error Message:** "Template formatting issue" **Cause:** The selected template contains merge tags or formatting that cannot be properly compiled. **Resolution:** 1. Check your template for broken or incorrect merge tags 2. Test the template with a sample contact 3. Verify that all merge tags reference valid contact fields ### Missing Unsubscribe Link **Error Message:** "No unsubscribe link found. Force added one at the end of the template" **Cause:** Your email template doesn't include the required unsubscribe link. **Resolution:** 1. Add an unsubscribe link to your template using the following format: ```html Unsubscribe ``` 2. Place the unsubscribe link in your template footer 3. Check campaign preview to verify the unsubscribe link appears correctly ## Account Limit Errors ### Daily Sending Limit **Error Message:** "Daily send limit would be reached by this campaign" or "Max daily send limit reached" **Cause:** Your campaign would exceed your account's daily email sending limit. **Resolution:** 1. Reduce the size of your campaign 2. Split the campaign into smaller batches sent over multiple days 3. Upgrade your plan to increase your daily sending limits 4. Wait until the daily metrics reset (occurs automatically every 24 hours) ### Monthly Sending Limit **Error Message:** "Monthly send limit would be reached by this campaign" or "Max monthly send limit reached" **Cause:** Your campaign would exceed your account's monthly email sending limit. **Resolution:** 1. Reduce the size of your campaign 2. Delay some campaigns until the next billing cycle 3. Upgrade your subscription to increase monthly limits 4. Wait until the monthly metrics reset (occurs automatically each month) ### Email Quality Issues **Error Message:** "Max complaints reached" **Cause:** Your account has reached the maximum allowed complaint rate for email sends. This occurs when recipients mark your emails as spam. **Resolution:** 1. Review your email content for spam triggers 2. Ensure your contact list consists of people who have opted in 3. Implement a sunset policy for unengaged contacts 4. Wait until the daily complaint metric resets **Error Message:** "Max bounces reached" **Cause:** Your account has reached the maximum allowed bounce rate for email sends. This occurs when emails cannot be delivered due to invalid addresses. **Resolution:** 1. Clean your contact list to remove invalid email addresses 2. Implement regular email validation processes 3. Remove contacts with a history of bounces 4. Wait until the daily bounce metric resets ## Subscription-Related Errors ### Inactive Subscription **Error Message:** "Subscription is not active for this company" or "Company subscription is not active" **Cause:** Your account's subscription is not active, preventing campaign sending. **Resolution:** 1. Check your subscription status in billing settings 2. Update payment information if necessary 3. Contact customer support to resolve subscription issues ### Email Features Disabled **Error Message:** "Email is disabled for company" **Cause:** The email feature has been disabled for your company account. This can happen for several reasons: 1. **Manual Administrative Action**: An administrator may have disabled email sending for your account 2. **Automatic Disabling Due to Bounces**: The system automatically disables email when your account exceeds the maximum allowed bounce rate 3. **Automatic Disabling Due to Complaints**: The system automatically disables email when your account exceeds the maximum allowed complaint rate **How automatic disabling works:** - Each account has configurable thresholds for daily bounce and complaint rates - The system continuously monitors these metrics for all outgoing emails - When either metric exceeds your account's threshold, a safety mechanism is triggered - This safety feature automatically disables email sending for your account - The system records the reason for disabling (either "Bounce Limit Exceeded" or "Complaint Limit Exceeded") **Understanding bounce and complaint metrics:** - **Bounces**: Occur when emails cannot be delivered to the recipient's inbox - **Complaints**: Occur when recipients mark your emails as spam - The system tracks these metrics daily and resets them every 24 hours - When either metric exceeds your account's threshold, email sending is automatically disabled **Resolution:** 1. Review your bounce and complaint reports to identify problematic contacts or email content 2. Clean your contact lists to remove invalid email addresses 3. Improve email content to reduce the likelihood of spam complaints 4. Wait for the daily metrics to reset (happens automatically every 24 hours) 5. Contact support to request manual re-enabling of your email feature 6. Consider implementing better email validation practices to prevent future issues ### Missing Company Information **Error Message:** "Company is missing or no subscription or no metrics" **Cause:** The system cannot find necessary company information, subscription details, or metrics needed to process your campaign. **Resolution:** 1. Verify your company profile is complete 2. Confirm you have an active subscription 3. Contact support if you believe this is an error in the system ## Import-Related Errors ### Pending Imports **Error Message:** "At least one group had a pending import at action build time" **Cause:** You're trying to send a campaign to a group that still has contacts being imported. **Resolution:** 1. Wait for all imports to complete before sending the campaign 2. Check import status in the Groups section 3. The system will automatically retry this campaign once imports are complete ## Technical Errors ### Invalid Action Type **Error Message:** "Campaign tried to build action on a [Action Type]" **Cause:** The campaign is attempting to use an action type that isn't supported for campaigns. **Resolution:** 1. Select a valid campaign action type (Email, SMS, Postcard) 2. Contact support if you believe this is a system error ### Invalid Template Reference **Error Message:** "[Type] Template with id [ID] is not valid" **Cause:** The campaign references a template that doesn't exist or is invalid. **Resolution:** 1. Select a different template for your campaign 2. Verify that the template hasn't been deleted 3. Create a new template if needed ## Best Practices to Avoid Errors ### Pre-Campaign Checklist - Validate your contact list before sending - Test your template with a sample contact - Verify that all selected groups contain valid contacts - Check that you have sufficient sending capacity in your plan - Ensure all imports are completed before scheduling ### Regular Maintenance - Clean your contact database regularly - Remove invalid email addresses - Update contact preferences based on engagement - Archive old or unused templates - Monitor your sending reputation ### When to Contact Support If you encounter persistent errors not covered in this guide, contact support with: 1. The campaign ID (found in the campaign URL) 2. The specific error message 3. Steps you've already taken to resolve the issue 4. Screenshots of the error if available --- ### Sending a Postcard Campaign Learn how to create and send physical postcard campaigns to your contacts URL: /docs/campaigns/send-postcard-campaign Tags: campaigns, postcard, direct-mail, marketing, send, physical # Sending a Postcard Campaign SendSquared allows you to send physical postcards to your contacts, providing a tangible touchpoint that can complement your digital marketing efforts. This guide walks you through creating and sending postcard campaigns. ## Understanding Postcard Campaigns Postcard campaigns offer several unique benefits: - Higher engagement rates than digital-only communications - Tangible reminders of your business that remain in customers' homes - Ability to reach customers who are less digitally engaged - Stand out from the digital noise in customers' inboxes ## Starting a New Postcard Campaign To begin creating a new postcard campaign: 1. Navigate to **Campaigns** in the main menu 2. Click the dropdown next to "New Campaign" 3. Select **New Postcard Campaign** ## Selecting a Template Choose a template for your postcard: 1. Browse the available postcard templates 2. Select the template that best fits your campaign goals 3. Click **Next** to proceed *If you haven't created postcard templates yet, you can do so under **Templates → Postcard Templates*** ## Designing Your Postcard After selecting a template, you'll enter the design editor: 1. Customize the template with your images and text 2. Design both the front and back of the postcard - Front: Usually features an eye-catching image with minimal text - Back: Contains your main message, contact information, and recipient address area 3. Use the preview tool to see how your postcard will look when printed 4. Click **Next** when you're satisfied with the design Remember to leave space for the recipient's address and postage on the back of the postcard. The editor will indicate these reserved areas with outlined boxes. ## Setting Campaign Details Configure the core details of your campaign: 1. Enter a **Campaign Name** (internal use only) 2. Select your **Return Address** from the dropdown menu 3. Add any special instructions for printing or mailing 4. Click **Next** to continue ## Selecting Recipients Determine who will receive your postcard campaign: 1. Choose the **Groups** or **Segments** you want to target - Ensure selected contacts have valid mailing addresses - The system will flag contacts with incomplete address information 2. Review the estimated number of recipients 3. Click **Next** to proceed to scheduling Only contacts with complete mailing addresses will receive postcards. Before sending, verify that your target audience has valid, complete address information. ## Scheduling Your Campaign Now you'll decide when to send your campaign: 1. Select the **Date** when you want your campaign to be sent - This is when the postcards will be processed and sent to the printer - Allow 5-7 business days for printing and delivery 2. Choose a **Priority** level (if available): - Standard: Normal processing time - Rush: Expedited printing and mailing (additional fees apply) 3. Click **Next** to continue ## Reviewing and Confirming Before finalizing your campaign: 1. Review all aspects of your postcard campaign: - Design preview - Recipient count - Estimated cost - Scheduled send date 2. Make any necessary adjustments by going back to previous steps 3. Click **Confirm and Send** to schedule your campaign ## Monitoring Campaign Status After scheduling your campaign: 1. Navigate to **Campaigns → All Campaigns** 2. Filter by "Postcard" to see your postcard campaigns 3. The status will update as your campaign progresses: - Scheduled - Processing - Printing - Mailed - Completed ## Tracking Delivery and Performance SendSquared provides tracking information for your postcard campaigns: 1. Click on your campaign name in the All Campaigns list 2. View the campaign dashboard to see: - Number of postcards successfully mailed - Delivery timeline - Any address issues or returned mail - Campaign cost breakdown ## Best Practices for Postcard Campaigns ### Design Considerations - Use high-resolution images (at least 300 DPI) - Limit text to key messages—postcards are visual media - Ensure text is large enough to read easily - Include a clear call to action - Maintain brand consistency with your other marketing materials ### Timing Your Campaigns - Allow sufficient time for printing and delivery - Consider seasonal factors that might affect mail delivery - Coordinate postcard campaigns with your digital marketing efforts for maximum impact ### Address Verification - Regularly update contact addresses in your database - Run address verification before major campaigns - Consider using NCOA (National Change of Address) updates for your database ### Measuring Success - Create unique tracking URLs or QR codes for your postcards - Use specific phone extensions or landing pages to track responses - Send follow-up surveys to gauge campaign impact - Track increases in website traffic or phone calls following delivery --- ### Sending a SMS Campaign Learn how to create and send SMS campaigns to engage with your contacts via text message URL: /docs/campaigns/send-sms-campaign Tags: campaigns, sms, text-messaging, marketing, send, mobile # Sending an SMS Campaign SMS campaigns can achieve significantly higher open and engagement rates than email, making them perfect for time-sensitive communications. This guide walks you through creating and sending SMS campaigns in SendSquared. ## Understanding SMS Campaigns SMS (text message) campaigns have several advantages: - 98% open rates, typically within minutes of receipt - Direct delivery to your contacts' most personal device - Brief, concise messaging that demands attention - Ideal for time-sensitive information and urgent updates ## Starting a New SMS Campaign To begin creating a new SMS campaign: 1. Navigate to **Campaigns** in the main menu 2. Click the dropdown next to "New Campaign" 3. Select **New SMS Campaign** ## Selecting a Template or Creating a Message You have two options for your SMS campaign: ### Using a Template 1. Select the **Use Template** option 2. Browse available SMS templates 3. Choose the template you want to use 4. Click **Next** ### Creating a Custom Message 1. Select the **Create Custom** option 2. Enter your message in the text field 3. Use the personalization tokens if needed (e.g., {'{first_name}'}) 4. Click **Next** ## Setting Campaign Details Configure the core details of your campaign: 1. Enter a **Campaign Name** (for internal reference only) 2. Select your **Sending Phone Number** from the dropdown menu - This must be a validated number in your SendSquared account 3. If applicable, customize the **Opt-out Message** - The default is typically "Reply STOP to unsubscribe" - This is required by regulations in most countries 4. Click **Next** to continue SMS campaigns are subject to strict regulations. Ensure your message includes required opt-out instructions and that all recipients have explicitly opted in to receive SMS communications. ## Selecting Recipients Determine who will receive your SMS campaign: 1. Choose the **Groups** or **Segments** you want to target - Ensure selected contacts have valid mobile phone numbers - Verify that contacts have opted in to receive SMS communications 2. Review the estimated number of recipients 3. Click **Next** to proceed to scheduling ## Scheduling Your Campaign Now you'll decide when to send your campaign: 1. Select the **Date** and **Time** when you want your SMS campaign to be sent 2. Choose your sending method: - **Standard Send**: Delivers your message to all recipients at the scheduled time - **Staggered Send**: Delivers messages in batches over a specified period to prevent overwhelming your team with responses 3. If choosing Staggered Send, specify: - The duration over which to send (e.g., 2 hours) - The batch size (e.g., 50 messages per batch) 4. Click **Next** to continue ### When to Use Staggered Send Staggered Send is particularly useful when: - You expect recipients to respond or take action - You have limited staff to handle incoming responses - You want to spread out the load on your customer service team - You're sending to a very large audience ## Reviewing and Confirming Before finalizing your campaign: 1. Review all aspects of your SMS campaign: - Message content - Sending number - Recipient count - Scheduled send time - Estimated cost (based on message length and recipient count) 2. Make any necessary adjustments by going back to previous steps 3. Click **Confirm and Send** to schedule your campaign ## Monitoring Campaign Status After scheduling your campaign: 1. Navigate to **Campaigns → All Campaigns** 2. Filter by "SMS" to see your text message campaigns 3. The status will show as "Scheduled" with the planned send date and time ## Tracking Responses One of the advantages of SMS campaigns is the ability to receive direct responses: 1. Navigate to **Inbox → SMS** 2. Responses to your campaign will appear here 3. You can reply directly to individual responses 4. Set up notifications to alert your team when responses come in ## Best Practices for SMS Campaigns ### Message Content - Keep messages under 160 characters when possible to avoid splitting - Be clear and concise—get to the point immediately - Include a clear call to action - Personalize when appropriate (e.g., include recipient's name) - Always identify your business—never send anonymous texts ### Timing Considerations - Send during appropriate hours (typically 8am-8pm in recipient's time zone) - Avoid early mornings, late evenings, and major holidays - Consider the urgency of your message when selecting send time - Leave adequate time between SMS campaigns to avoid message fatigue ### Compliance Requirements - Only send to contacts who have explicitly opted in to receive SMS - Always include opt-out instructions - Honor opt-out requests immediately - Maintain records of opt-ins and opt-outs - Be aware of frequency limitations in your jurisdiction ### Response Management - Have team members ready to respond to incoming messages - Create templated responses for common questions - Set expectations for response times - Use conversation history to provide personalized service ## SMS Campaign Use Cases - **Appointment Reminders**: Reduce no-shows with timely reminders - **Flash Sales**: Drive immediate action for limited-time offers - **Event Updates**: Send last-minute changes or important information - **Delivery Notifications**: Update customers on order status - **Service Outage Alerts**: Quickly notify affected customers - **Reservation Confirmations**: Provide peace of mind for guests - **Payment Reminders**: Reduce late payments with gentle nudges --- ### Using the View in Browser Feature Learn how the View in Browser feature works and how to use it effectively in your email campaigns URL: /docs/campaigns/view-in-browser Tags: campaigns, email, view-in-browser, features, troubleshooting # Using the View in Browser Feature The "View in Browser" feature allows recipients to see your email content in their web browser instead of their email client. This guide explains how this feature works and how to use it effectively. ## Understanding View in Browser The "View in Browser" feature serves several important purposes: 1. Provides a way for recipients to view your email if it doesn't display correctly in their email client 2. Creates a web-accessible version of your personalized email 3. Allows recipients to view the email content even after deleting the email ## How View in Browser Works ### In Campaign Reports vs. Recipient Experience There's an important distinction between how emails appear in different contexts: 1. **Campaign Report View**: When you click "View in Browser" from a campaign report, you'll see the original template without personalization tokens replaced. This is because this view isn't connected to a specific contact. 2. **Recipient Experience**: When a recipient clicks "View in Browser" in their email, they see a fully personalized version with all tokens replaced with their specific information, including proper footer branding. To see exactly what a specific recipient received, navigate to their contact record, find the email in their email log, and view it there. ## Adding View in Browser to Your Templates To include a "View in Browser" link in your email templates: 1. Open your email template in the editor 2. Place your cursor where you want the link to appear (typically near the top of the email) 3. Click the "Special Links" dropdown in the editor toolbar 4. Select "View in Browser" 5. Customize the link text if desired (default is "View in Browser") ## Best Practices for View in Browser ### Placement - Position the link near the top of your email (typically in the preheader area) - Use clear, recognizable text like "View in Browser," "View as Webpage," or "View Online" - Consider adding brief context such as "Having trouble viewing this email? View in Browser" ### Design Considerations - Make the link noticeable but not distracting - Ensure the link appears in a similar location across all your templates for consistency - Test the link on both desktop and mobile devices ### When to Emphasize This Feature Emphasize the "View in Browser" link more prominently when: - Your email contains complex formatting or interactive elements - You're sending to an audience that may use older email clients - Your email includes important visual elements like charts or product images ## Troubleshooting View in Browser ### Common Issues #### Issue: The browser view doesn't show personalization **Solution**: When viewing from the campaign report, personalization won't display. View from a specific contact's email log instead. #### Issue: The browser view shows different branding than the email **Solution**: Verify that your template includes the correct branding elements. The browser view from a contact's perspective will match what they received in their email. #### Issue: Recipients report that the link doesn't work **Solution**: Ensure your campaign was sent from a properly configured sending domain and that the link wasn't modified or broken during editing. ## Monitoring Browser Views You can track how many recipients are using the "View in Browser" feature: 1. Go to **Campaigns → All Campaigns** 2. Click on your campaign name to view its performance 3. Look for the "Browser Views" metric in the engagement section This data can help you understand how many recipients are relying on the browser version versus viewing directly in their email client. ## View in Browser vs. Landing Pages It's important to understand the difference between these two features: - **View in Browser**: Creates a web version of your email exactly as it was sent, including all personalization - **Landing Pages**: Custom web pages that can be linked from your email but offer different content and functionality For many campaigns, you may want to use both: the "View in Browser" option for those who have display issues, and landing pages for additional content or conversion opportunities. ## Frequently Asked Questions ### Why does the View in Browser from the campaign report look different? When viewing from the campaign report, you're seeing the original template without personalization. This is because this view isn't connected to a specific contact. ### Will recipients see our company branding in the browser view? Yes, recipients will see the exact same content, including your company branding and footer, that they received in their email when they use the View in Browser link. ### Is the browser view tracked in our analytics? Yes, browser views are tracked and reported in your campaign analytics alongside opens, clicks, and other engagement metrics. --- ## Sms ### 10DLC Registration Guide Step-by-step guide to registering your brand and campaign for 10DLC SMS messaging with The Campaign Registry URL: /docs/sms/10dlc-registration # 10DLC Registration Guide 10DLC (10-Digit Long Code) registration is required for all businesses sending A2P (Application-to-Person) SMS messages in the United States. This guide walks you through the complete registration process with The Campaign Registry (TCR) and carrier approval. :::info What is 10DLC? 10DLC uses standard 10-digit phone numbers for business messaging with higher throughput than regular numbers but at a lower cost than short codes. Registration is mandatory for compliance and deliverability. ## Before You Begin: Required Information Gather all necessary information before starting your 10DLC registration: ### Contact Information - ✅ First name and last name - ✅ Email address (must be able to receive verification emails) - ✅ Phone number - ✅ Job title ### Company Information - ✅ Company name (must match tax documents exactly) - ✅ Company website URL - ✅ Company address (must match tax documents) - ✅ Employer Identification Number (EIN) or Tax ID Number (TIN) - ✅ Alternate business ID type (DUNS, GIIN, LEI, or none) - ✅ Business entity type: - Private profit - Public profit - Non-profit - ✅ Business industry (select closest match) ### Messaging Information - ✅ Description of SMS use case - ✅ Opt-in consent gathering method - ✅ Auto-reply messages for keywords - ✅ Privacy policy link (must be active) - ✅ Terms of service link (must be active) - ✅ Five sample messages :::warning Important Ensure your privacy policy and terms of service are published and accessible before starting registration. See our [SMS Opt-in Requirements](sms-opt-in-requirements.md) guide for compliance details. ## Step 1: Start the Registration Form ### Access Your Registration Link 1. Use the unique 10DLC registration link provided by SendSquared 2. Contact support@sendsquared.com if you haven't received your link 3. Have all required information ready before starting ### Initial Setup - Enter your contact information - Verify your email address - Set up authentication if required ## Step 2: Enter Business Information ### Company Details 1. **Legal Business Name** - Enter exactly as it appears on tax documents - Include any legal designations (Inc., LLC, etc.) - Avoid abbreviations unless they're in your legal name 2. **Business Address** - Provide complete street address - Must match tax document address - Include suite/unit numbers if applicable 3. **Website URL** - Must be active and accessible - Should display your business name - Include privacy policy and terms links ### Tax Information 1. **EIN/TIN Entry** - Enter without dashes or spaces - Double-check for accuracy - Must match IRS records 2. **Alternate Business IDs** - DUNS Number (if available) - GIIN (for financial institutions) - LEI (for legal entities) - Select "None" if not applicable 3. **Business Entity Type** - **Private Profit**: Most businesses - **Public Profit**: Publicly traded companies - **Non-Profit**: 501(c) organizations ### Industry Selection - Choose the closest matching industry - If no exact match, select the most similar option - Use "Other" only as last resort (requires detailed description) ## Step 3: Describe Your Use Case Provide a clear, detailed description of how you'll use SMS: ### Good Description Example: > "We send transactional messages for vacation rental bookings including booking confirmations, check-in instructions, and checkout reminders. We also send promotional messages about special offers and last-minute availability to guests who have explicitly opted in to marketing communications." ### Poor Description Example: > "We send text messages to customers." ## Step 4: Configure Auto-Reply Messages Each auto-reply MUST include your brand/program name: ### START/Opt-in Response ``` You have successfully opted in to receive messages from [Your Brand Name]. Message frequency varies. Message and data rates may apply. Reply STOP to opt out or HELP for assistance. ``` ### STOP/Opt-out Response ``` You have been unsubscribed from [Your Brand Name] SMS messages. No further messages will be sent. Reply START to resubscribe. ``` ### HELP Response ``` [Your Brand Name] SMS Help: For support, call [phone] or email [email]. Message frequency varies. Msg & data rates may apply. Reply STOP to cancel. ``` ## Step 5: Create Sample Messages Provide five sample messages that accurately represent your use case: ### Tips for Writing Sample Messages 1. **Match Your Actual Use Case** - Don't use generic templates - Reflect real messages you'll send - Include variety of message types 2. **Use Variables Correctly** ``` Format: [variable_name] Examples: [first_name], [appointment_date], [order_number] ``` 3. **Include Required Elements** - Brand identification in each message - Opt-out instructions in at least 2 samples - Clear, professional language ### Sample Messages for Hospitality Industry #### Vacation Rental/Property Management ``` Sample 1 (Booking Confirmation): [Your Brand]: Booking confirmed for [property_name] from [check_in] to [check_out]. Check-in instructions will be sent 24hrs before arrival. Questions? Reply or call [phone]. Sample 2 (Check-in Reminder): Hi [first_name], your check-in at [property_name] is tomorrow at [time]. Door code: [code]. WiFi: [network]/[password]. Text STOP to opt out. Sample 3 (During Stay): [Your Brand]: How's your stay at [property_name]? Need anything? Our team is here to help. Reply with requests or call [phone]. Sample 4 (Checkout Reminder): Reminder: Checkout from [property_name] is tomorrow at [time]. Please leave keys [location]. Thanks for staying with [Your Brand]! Reply STOP to unsubscribe. Sample 5 (Marketing): [Your Brand] Special: Save [discount]% on [location] properties for [dates]. Book at [website] with code [promo_code]. Limited availability. Text STOP to opt out. ``` #### Hotel ``` Sample 1 (Reservation Confirmation): [Your Brand] Hotel: Reservation confirmed for [check_in] to [check_out]. Confirmation #[number]. Check-in after [time]. Reply or call [phone] for assistance. Sample 2 (Pre-Arrival): Welcome [first_name]! Your room at [Your Brand] Hotel is being prepared for tomorrow's arrival. Check-in: [time]. Parking info at [link]. Text STOP to opt out. Sample 3 (Welcome Message): [Your Brand]: Welcome! Your room [room_number] is ready. WiFi: [network]/[password]. Dial 0 for front desk. Spa bookings: [phone]. Enjoy your stay! Sample 4 (Checkout Reminder): [Your Brand] Hotel: Checkout is tomorrow at [time]. Express checkout available via TV or app. Thank you for staying with us! Reply STOP to unsubscribe. Sample 5 (Loyalty Program): [Your Brand] Rewards: You've earned [points] points! Book your next stay by [date] for double points. Reserve at [website] or call [phone]. Text STOP to opt out. ``` #### Waterpark/Resort ``` Sample 1 (Ticket Confirmation): [Your Brand] Waterpark: Tickets confirmed for [date]! [quantity] passes. Order #[number]. Gates open [time]. Show this text for entry. Reply STOP to opt out. Sample 2 (Visit Reminder): Hi [first_name]! See you tomorrow at [Your Brand] Waterpark! Arrive early for parking. Weather looks great! Cabana rentals still available: [link]. Text STOP to unsubscribe. Sample 3 (Park Updates): [Your Brand]: Welcome! Download our app for wait times and mobile food ordering. Locker rental at Guest Services. Today's events at [link]. Have a splashing day! Sample 4 (Weather/Operations): [Your Brand] Alert: Due to weather, [attraction] is temporarily closed. All other attractions open. Rain checks available at Guest Services. Updates: [website]. Sample 5 (Season Pass Offer): [Your Brand]: Thanks for visiting! Upgrade to a Season Pass today and save [discount]%! Valid rest of season. Purchase by [date] at [link]. Text STOP to opt out. ``` ## Step 6: Submit Your Registration ### Final Review Checklist - [ ] Company name matches tax documents exactly - [ ] Address matches tax documents - [ ] EIN/TIN is correct - [ ] Website is active and accessible - [ ] Privacy policy is published and linked - [ ] Terms of service is published and linked - [ ] Sample messages reflect actual use case - [ ] Auto-replies include brand name - [ ] Opt-out instructions are included ### Submission Process 1. Click **Submit** button 2. Note your registration ID for reference 3. Check email for any verification requests ### Email Verification :::note For Public Companies Public profit entities require email verification. Check your inbox for a verification email that's valid for 10 days. ## Post-Submission Process ### Approval Timeline - **Standard approval**: 2-7 business days - **Complex use cases**: Up to 2 weeks - **With information requests**: Add 2-3 days per round ### Status Monitoring 1. Check dashboard for updates 2. Respond promptly to information requests 3. Keep documentation ready ### Common Follow-up Requests - Additional sample messages - Use case clarification - Updated privacy policy - Business verification documents - Website updates ### After Approval 1. **Campaign ID Issued**: Save for your records 2. **Phone Numbers Provisioned**: Numbers activated for messaging 3. **Test Messaging**: Send test messages to verify 4. **Gradual Rollout**: Start with small volume, then scale ## Troubleshooting Registration Issues ### Common Rejection Reasons #### Business Verification Issues - **Problem**: Company name doesn't match records - **Solution**: Use exact legal name from tax documents #### Invalid Website - **Problem**: Website not accessible or missing information - **Solution**: Ensure site is live with company info visible #### Insufficient Use Case Description - **Problem**: Description too vague - **Solution**: Provide specific, detailed explanation #### Non-Compliant Sample Messages - **Problem**: Messages don't match use case - **Solution**: Create realistic samples that reflect actual usage ### Resubmission Process 1. Review rejection feedback carefully 2. Address all identified issues 3. Update registration information 4. Add clarification notes 5. Resubmit with changes documented ## Best Practices for Approval ### Do's ✅ - Use your legal business name exactly - Provide working website with business info - Write detailed use case descriptions - Create realistic sample messages - Include opt-out in sample messages - Respond to requests quickly ### Don'ts ❌ - Don't use abbreviations unless legal - Don't submit with broken website links - Don't use generic sample messages - Don't skip required fields - Don't ignore follow-up requests - Don't change use case after approval ## Frequently Asked Questions **Q: How long does 10DLC registration take?** A: Typically 2-7 business days for standard cases, up to 2 weeks for complex use cases. **Q: Can I edit my registration after submission?** A: Yes, but it may reset the review process. Contact support for guidance. **Q: What if my business doesn't have an EIN?** A: Sole proprietors can use SSN, but EIN is strongly recommended for privacy. **Q: Can I register multiple brands?** A: Yes, each legal entity needs separate registration. **Q: What happens if my registration is rejected?** A: You'll receive specific feedback and can resubmit after addressing issues. **Q: Do I need separate registration for different use cases?** A: Yes, each distinct use case requires its own campaign registration. **Q: Can I start sending immediately after approval?** A: Yes, but start with low volume and gradually increase. ## Related Resources - [SMS Opt-in Requirements](sms-opt-in-requirements.md) - Compliance and consent requirements - [SMS Editor Overview](sms-editor-overview.md) - Creating and sending SMS messages - [SMS Campaign Setup](sms-campaign-setup.md) - Campaign configuration ## Getting Help For assistance with your 10DLC registration: - Email: support@sendsquared.com - Include your registration ID if available - Provide screenshots of any errors - Share your use case details for guidance --- ### SMS Opt-In API Integration Complete guide for implementing SMS opt-in via the SendSquared API URL: /docs/sms/sms-opt-in-api # SMS Opt-In API Integration ## Overview The SMS Opt-In API allows you to programmatically opt-in users to receive SMS notifications through SendSquared. This integration is essential for maintaining compliance while keeping your customers informed throughout their journey. ## Why Use SMS Opt-In API? Integrating the SMS opt-in feature into your workflow significantly improves user engagement and satisfaction by: - Keeping customers informed at every step - Enabling real-time notifications - Providing automated communication touchpoints - Ensuring regulatory compliance ## API Endpoint ``` PUT https://app-api.sendsquared.com/v1/public/opt-in/ ``` ## Authentication All requests must include an API key in the headers: ```http x-api: YOUR_API_KEY_UUID ``` Your API key can be found in your SendSquared dashboard under **Settings → API Keys**. Keep this key secure and never expose it in client-side code. ## Request Format ### Required Headers ```http Content-Type: application/json x-api: YOUR_API_KEY_UUID ``` ### Request Payload The payload must include the following fields: | Field | Type | Required | Description | |-------|------|----------|-------------| | `mobile_phone` | string | Yes | Mobile phone number in E164 format (e.g., `+11234567890`) | | `ip_address` | string | Yes | User's IP address for compliance tracking | | `user_agent` | string | Yes | User's browser user agent string | | `opt_in_number_id` | string | Yes | The specific opt-in number ID from your campaign | ### Example Payload ```json { "mobile_phone": "+11234567890", "ip_address": "192.168.1.1", "user_agent": "Mozilla/5.0 (Windows NT 10.0; Win64; x64) AppleWebKit/537.36", "opt_in_number_id": "num_1234567890abcdef" } ``` ## Code Examples ### cURL ```bash curl -X PUT https://app-api.sendsquared.com/v1/public/opt-in/ \ -H "Content-Type: application/json" \ -H "x-api: YOUR_API_KEY_UUID" \ -d '{ "mobile_phone": "+11234567890", "ip_address": "192.168.1.1", "user_agent": "Mozilla/5.0 (Windows NT 10.0; Win64; x64) AppleWebKit/537.36", "opt_in_number_id": "num_1234567890abcdef" }' ``` ### JavaScript (Fetch API) ```javascript const optInUser = async (userData) => { const response = await fetch('https://app-api.sendsquared.com/v1/public/opt-in/', { method: 'PUT', headers: { 'Content-Type': 'application/json', 'x-api': 'YOUR_API_KEY_UUID' }, body: JSON.stringify({ mobile_phone: userData.phone, ip_address: userData.ipAddress, user_agent: navigator.userAgent, opt_in_number_id: 'num_1234567890abcdef' }) }); if (!response.ok) { throw new Error(`HTTP error! status: ${response.status}`); } return await response.json(); }; ``` ### Python ```python def opt_in_user(phone, ip_address, user_agent, opt_in_number_id): url = "https://app-api.sendsquared.com/v1/public/opt-in/" headers = { "Content-Type": "application/json", "x-api": "YOUR_API_KEY_UUID" } payload = { "mobile_phone": phone, "ip_address": ip_address, "user_agent": user_agent, "opt_in_number_id": opt_in_number_id } response = requests.put(url, headers=headers, data=json.dumps(payload)) if response.status_code == 200: return response.json() else: raise Exception(f"API request failed with status {response.status_code}") ``` ### PHP ```php $phone, 'ip_address' => $ipAddress, 'user_agent' => $userAgent, 'opt_in_number_id' => $optInNumberId ); $options = array( 'http' => array( 'header' => "Content-Type: application/json\r\n" . "x-api: YOUR_API_KEY_UUID\r\n", 'method' => 'PUT', 'content' => json_encode($data) ) ); $context = stream_context_create($options); $result = file_get_contents($url, false, $context); if ($result === FALSE) { throw new Exception('API request failed'); } return json_decode($result, true); } ?> ``` ### Node.js (Axios) ```javascript const axios = require('axios'); const optInUser = async (phoneNumber, ipAddress, userAgent, optInNumberId) => { try { const response = await axios.put( 'https://app-api.sendsquared.com/v1/public/opt-in/', { mobile_phone: phoneNumber, ip_address: ipAddress, user_agent: userAgent, opt_in_number_id: optInNumberId }, { headers: { 'Content-Type': 'application/json', 'x-api': 'YOUR_API_KEY_UUID' } } ); return response.data; } catch (error) { console.error('Opt-in failed:', error.response?.data || error.message); throw error; } }; ``` ## Response Format ### Success Response (200 OK) ```json { "success": true, "message": "User successfully opted in", "data": { "contact_id": "con_1234567890abcdef", "phone_number": "+11234567890", "opt_in_status": "active", "opted_in_at": "2024-03-28T12:00:00Z" } } ``` ### Error Responses #### 400 Bad Request ```json { "success": false, "error": "Invalid phone number format", "error_code": "INVALID_PHONE_FORMAT" } ``` #### 401 Unauthorized ```json { "success": false, "error": "Invalid API key", "error_code": "INVALID_API_KEY" } ``` #### 409 Conflict ```json { "success": false, "error": "Contact already opted in", "error_code": "ALREADY_OPTED_IN" } ``` #### 422 Unprocessable Entity ```json { "success": false, "error": "Missing required field: opt_in_number_id", "error_code": "MISSING_REQUIRED_FIELD" } ``` ## Phone Number Formatting Phone numbers must be in E164 format, which includes: - The `+` prefix - Country code - No spaces, dashes, or parentheses ### Examples | Country | Format | Example | |---------|--------|---------| | United States | +1XXXXXXXXXX | +11234567890 | | United Kingdom | +44XXXXXXXXXX | +447911123456 | | Canada | +1XXXXXXXXXX | +14165550123 | | Australia | +61XXXXXXXXX | +61412345678 | ### JavaScript E164 Formatter ```javascript function formatToE164(phoneNumber, countryCode = '1') { // Remove all non-numeric characters const cleaned = phoneNumber.replace(/\D/g, ''); // Add country code if not present const withCountryCode = cleaned.startsWith(countryCode) ? cleaned : countryCode + cleaned; // Add + prefix return '+' + withCountryCode; } // Examples formatToE164('(123) 456-7890'); // Returns: +11234567890 formatToE164('07911 123456', '44'); // Returns: +447911123456 ``` ## Best Practices for Integration ### Recommended Opt-In Locations Integrate the opt-in API at strategic points in your user journey: 1. **Booking Process** - After reservation confirmation - During guest information collection 2. **Checkout Flow** - On the payment confirmation page - After successful transaction 3. **Contact Forms** - When users provide their mobile number - During account registration 4. **Profile Management** - In user account settings - During profile updates ### Implementation Checklist - [ ] Store API key securely (environment variables) - [ ] Validate phone numbers before sending - [ ] Capture accurate IP address and user agent - [ ] Handle all possible error responses - [ ] Implement retry logic for network failures - [ ] Log opt-in attempts for compliance - [ ] Display clear opt-in language to users - [ ] Provide opt-out instructions ### User Consent Language Always display clear consent language before opt-in: ```html ``` ## Getting IP Address and User Agent ### Server-Side (Recommended) #### Node.js/Express ```javascript app.post('/opt-in', (req, res) => { const ipAddress = req.headers['x-forwarded-for'] || req.connection.remoteAddress; const userAgent = req.headers['user-agent']; // Process opt-in with these values }); ``` #### PHP ```php $ipAddress = $_SERVER['HTTP_X_FORWARDED_FOR'] ?? $_SERVER['REMOTE_ADDR']; $userAgent = $_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']; ``` #### Python/Flask ```python from flask import request @app.route('/opt-in', methods=['POST']) def opt_in(): ip_address = request.headers.get('X-Forwarded-For', request.remote_addr) user_agent = request.headers.get('User-Agent') # Process opt-in ``` ### Client-Side (Less Secure) ```javascript // Get user agent const userAgent = navigator.userAgent; // Get IP address (requires external service) fetch('https://api.ipify.org?format=json') .then(response => response.json()) .then(data => { const ipAddress = data.ip; // Use for opt-in }); ``` :::warning Security Note Never expose your API key in client-side code. Always make opt-in requests from your backend server. ## Testing Your Integration ### Test Phone Numbers SendSquared provides test phone numbers for different scenarios: | Number | Scenario | Response | |--------|----------|----------| | +15555550100 | Successful opt-in | 200 OK | | +15555550101 | Already opted in | 409 Conflict | | +15555550102 | Invalid format | 400 Bad Request | | +15555550103 | Blocked number | 422 Unprocessable | ### Using Postman 1. Create a new PUT request 2. Set URL to `https://app-api.sendsquared.com/v1/public/opt-in/` 3. Add headers: - `Content-Type: application/json` - `x-api: YOUR_API_KEY_UUID` 4. Add body (raw JSON): ```json { "mobile_phone": "+15555550100", "ip_address": "192.168.1.1", "user_agent": "PostmanRuntime/7.28.4", "opt_in_number_id": "num_test" } ``` ## Webhook Integration SendSquared can notify your system when opt-in status changes: ### Webhook Events - `sms.opted_in` - User successfully opted in - `sms.opted_out` - User opted out (via STOP text) - `sms.opt_in_failed` - Opt-in attempt failed ### Webhook Payload Example ```json { "event": "sms.opted_in", "timestamp": "2024-03-28T12:00:00Z", "data": { "contact_id": "con_1234567890abcdef", "phone_number": "+11234567890", "opt_in_number_id": "num_1234567890abcdef", "campaign_id": "cam_1234567890abcdef" } } ``` ## Error Handling Best Practices ### Retry Logic ```javascript const optInWithRetry = async (userData, maxRetries = 3) => { let lastError; for (let attempt = 1; attempt <= maxRetries; attempt++) { try { return await optInUser(userData); } catch (error) { lastError = error; // Don't retry on client errors (4xx) if (error.response && error.response.status < 500) { throw error; } // Wait before retrying (exponential backoff) const waitTime = Math.min(1000 * Math.pow(2, attempt - 1), 10000); await new Promise(resolve => setTimeout(resolve, waitTime)); } } throw lastError; }; ``` ### User-Friendly Error Messages ```javascript const getErrorMessage = (errorCode) => { const messages = { 'INVALID_PHONE_FORMAT': 'Please enter a valid phone number with country code', 'ALREADY_OPTED_IN': 'You are already subscribed to SMS notifications', 'INVALID_API_KEY': 'Configuration error. Please contact support.', 'MISSING_REQUIRED_FIELD': 'Please fill in all required fields', 'BLOCKED_NUMBER': 'This phone number cannot receive SMS messages' }; return messages[errorCode] || 'An unexpected error occurred. Please try again.'; }; ``` ## Compliance and Regulations ### TCPA Compliance Ensure your opt-in process complies with TCPA requirements: 1. **Clear and Conspicuous Disclosure**: Clearly state that users are opting in to receive SMS messages 2. **Express Written Consent**: Obtain affirmative consent (checkbox, button click) 3. **Message Frequency**: Disclose how often messages will be sent 4. **Charges**: Include "Message and data rates may apply" 5. **Opt-Out Instructions**: Provide clear unsubscribe instructions ### GDPR Considerations For EU users: - Obtain explicit consent - Provide clear information about data processing - Allow users to withdraw consent easily - Document consent timestamp and method ## Troubleshooting ### Common Issues and Solutions | Issue | Possible Cause | Solution | |-------|---------------|----------| | 401 Unauthorized | Invalid API key | Verify API key in dashboard | | 400 Bad Request | Incorrect phone format | Ensure E164 format with + prefix | | Network timeout | Slow connection | Implement retry logic | | No SMS received | Number not verified | Check number status in dashboard | | Duplicate opt-ins | Missing deduplication | Check before sending request | ### Debug Logging ```javascript const debugOptIn = async (userData) => { console.log('Opt-in attempt:', { phone: userData.phone, timestamp: new Date().toISOString() }); try { const result = await optInUser(userData); console.log('Opt-in successful:', result); return result; } catch (error) { console.error('Opt-in failed:', { status: error.response?.status, error: error.response?.data, message: error.message }); throw error; } }; ``` ## Support If you encounter issues with the SMS Opt-In API: 1. Check the [API Status Page](https://status.sendsquared.com) 2. Review your API logs in the dashboard 3. Contact support at support@sendsquared.com 4. Include your request ID and timestamp for faster resolution --- ### SMS Opt-in Requirements & Compliance Complete guide to SMS opt-in consent methods, web form requirements, privacy policies, TCPA compliance, and CTIA guidelines URL: /docs/sms/sms-opt-in-requirements # SMS Opt-in Requirements & Compliance ## Why SMS Opt-in Requirements Matter for Hospitality ### The Business Challenge In the hospitality industry, businesses naturally want to communicate with three distinct groups: #### For Guest Communications: - **Current Guests**: Actively staying at your property - **Past Guests**: Previous visitors who may book again - **Future Guests**: Potential customers considering your property #### For Vacation Rental Owner Communications: - **Current Owners**: Properties actively in your management portfolio - **Past Owners**: Former clients who may return - **Future Owners**: Prospects considering your management services ### The Critical Problem: Future Relationships The biggest compliance challenge comes with that third group - **future guests and future owners**. Here's why: **You cannot legally text people you have no relationship with.** This is where many hospitality businesses unknowingly violate federal law. Common illegal practices include: - ❌ Purchasing phone lists and texting "hot leads" - ❌ Texting people who filled out a general inquiry form - ❌ Sending promotional texts to numbers from business cards - ❌ Texting attendees from a trade show or open house - ❌ Using phone numbers given for one purpose (like maintenance) for marketing ### Why the Law is So Strict The Telephone Consumer Protection Act (TCPA) was created because: 1. **Privacy Protection**: Cell phone numbers are considered private 2. **Cost to Recipients**: Historically, recipients paid for incoming texts 3. **Intrusive Nature**: Texts are more intrusive than email 4. **Spam Prevention**: Without strict rules, phones would be overwhelmed with spam #### The Real-World Impact - **Federal Law (TCPA)**: Violations result in $500-$1,500 per message in statutory damages - **Carrier Enforcement**: Non-compliance leads to message filtering, blocking, or account termination - **State Laws**: Additional penalties and private rights of action in many states - **Class Actions**: SMS violations frequently result in class action lawsuits with multi-million dollar settlements ### The Solution: Proper Opt-in Procedures The good news is that gaining legitimate consent is straightforward when you follow the proper procedures. This guide will show you exactly how to: - ✅ Create compliant web forms that convert visitors into opted-in contacts - ✅ Set up keyword campaigns for easy mobile opt-ins - ✅ Train staff on verbal consent procedures - ✅ Document consent properly to protect your business - ✅ Build a legally compliant SMS database that drives bookings :::danger Critical Legal Requirement SMS messaging without proper opt-in consent can result in TCPA violations with fines up to $1,500 per message. Always obtain and document explicit consent before sending any SMS messages. ## Legal Framework ### Key Laws & Regulations #### TCPA - Telephone Consumer Protection Act (47 U.S.C. § 227) **Synopsis**: Federal law requiring prior express written consent for automated marketing texts and prior express consent for non-marketing texts to cell phones. - [Full Text](https://www.law.cornell.edu/uscode/text/47/227) - [FCC TCPA Rules](https://www.fcc.gov/sites/default/files/tcpa-rules.pdf) (47 CFR § 64.1200) - **Key Section**: § 227(b)(1)(A) - Prohibits automated calls/texts without consent - **Penalties**: $500-$1,500 per violation #### CTIA Messaging Principles and Best Practices **Synopsis**: Industry guidelines that carriers enforce through The Campaign Registry for A2P messaging compliance. - [CTIA Guidelines](https://www.ctia.org/the-wireless-industry/industry-commitments/messaging-principles-and-best-practices) - Requires clear opt-in, easy opt-out, and transparent messaging practices - Violation results in carrier filtering or blocking #### CAN-SPAM Act (15 U.S.C. § 7701) **Synopsis**: While primarily for email, applies to commercial SMS requiring accurate sender info and opt-out mechanisms. - [Full Text](https://www.law.cornell.edu/uscode/text/15/chapter-103) - **Key Section**: § 7704(b) - Applies to "commercial electronic mail messages" to wireless devices #### State Laws Many states have additional requirements: - **California**: [CA Business & Professions Code § 17529.5](https://leginfo.legislature.ca.gov/faces/codes_displaySection.xhtml?lawCode=BPC§ionNum=17529.5) - **Florida**: [Florida Statutes § 501.059](http://www.leg.state.fl.us/statutes/index.cfm?App_mode=Display_Statute&Search_String=&URL=0500-0599/0501/Sections/0501.059.html) - **Washington**: [RCW 19.190](https://app.leg.wa.gov/rcw/default.aspx?cite=19.190) ## Key Compliance Principles Based on the legal framework above, here are the five core principles you must follow: 1. **Prior Express Written Consent**: Required for all marketing messages (TCPA § 64.1200(a)(2)) 2. **Clear Disclosures**: All fees, frequency, and terms must be conspicuous (CTIA § 2.1) 3. **Easy Opt-Out**: STOP must work at all times (TCPA § 64.1200(a)(3)) 4. **No Pre-Checked Boxes**: Consent must be affirmative action (FCC 2015 Order) 5. **Documentation**: Keep consent records minimum 4 years (FCC guidance) ## Opt-in Consent Methods The Campaign Registry and carriers recognize five primary methods for collecting opt-in consent. Each has specific requirements that must be met for compliance. ### 1. Web Form Opt-ins Online forms with explicit SMS consent checkboxes ### 2. Mobile/Keyword Opt-ins Text-to-join using keywords like "START" or "JOIN" ### 3. Point-of-Sale Opt-ins In-person consent at physical locations ### 4. Paper Form Opt-ins Physical forms with written consent ### 5. Phone Call Opt-ins Verbal consent via phone or IVR systems ## Web Form Opt-in Requirements Web forms are the most common opt-in method and must include **ALL** of the following elements per [47 CFR § 64.1200(a)(2)](https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-47/chapter-I/subchapter-B/part-64/subpart-L/section-64.1200): ### Required Elements Checklist #### ✅ Program Information - **Program Name**: Your organization/brand name (TCPA § 64.1200(a)(2)) - **Message Description**: Clear explanation of message types - Example: "Receive booking confirmations, check-in instructions, and special offers" #### ✅ Required Disclosures - **Fee Disclosure**: "Message and data rates may apply" (CTIA requirement) - **Frequency Disclosure**: (TCPA § 64.1200(a)(2)) - "Message frequency varies" OR - "Up to [X] messages per [time period]" - Example: "Up to 4 messages per month" #### ✅ Opt-out Instructions - **STOP Command**: "Text STOP to cancel" (CTIA Messaging Principles § 4.2) - **HELP Command**: "Text HELP for help" (CTIA Messaging Principles § 4.3) - Must be clearly visible, not hidden in fine print #### ✅ Legal Documents - **Privacy Policy Link**: Active, accessible link (TCPA § 64.1200(a)(2)) - **Terms of Service Link**: Active, accessible link - Both must be functional and lead to actual policies #### ✅ Consent Checkbox Critical requirements per [FCC 2015 TCPA Order](https://docs.fcc.gov/public/attachments/FCC-15-72A1.pdf) (¶¶ 23-24): - ❌ **CANNOT be pre-checked** - ❌ **CANNOT be required** for form submission - ✅ **MUST be separate** from email consent - ✅ **MUST be explicit** for SMS only ### Complete Web Form Example ```html
``` ### Technical Implementation #### Frontend JavaScript ```javascript document.addEventListener('DOMContentLoaded', function() { const smsOptInCheckbox = document.getElementById('sms-opt-in'); const checkoutForm = document.getElementById('checkout-form'); // Track opt-in interaction for analytics smsOptInCheckbox.addEventListener('change', function() { if (this.checked) { // Track engagement if (typeof gtag !== 'undefined') { gtag('event', 'sms_consent_checked', { 'event_category': 'checkout', 'event_label': 'sms_opt_in' }); } } }); // Form submission handler checkoutForm.addEventListener('submit', function(e) { const phoneInput = document.getElementById('phone'); const smsOptIn = smsOptInCheckbox.checked; if (smsOptIn) { // Basic validation if (!phoneInput.value || phoneInput.value.length < 10) { e.preventDefault(); alert('Please provide a valid phone number for SMS notifications.'); phoneInput.focus(); return false; } // Add timestamp for consent tracking const timestamp = document.createElement('input'); timestamp.type = 'hidden'; timestamp.name = 'sms_opt_in_timestamp'; timestamp.value = new Date().toISOString(); this.appendChild(timestamp); } }); }); ``` For complete phone validation and E164 formatting, see the [SMS API Integration guide](/docs/sms/sms-opt-in-api#phone-number-formatting). #### A/B Testing Opt-in Language Test different opt-in text to optimize conversion: ```javascript const optInVariants = { A: "Get exclusive deals and updates via text. Msg & data rates apply.", B: "Join our VIP text club for special offers! Standard rates apply.", C: "Text me booking confirmations and special offers. Msg frequency varies." }; // Randomly assign variant const variant = Object.keys(optInVariants)[Math.floor(Math.random() * 3)]; document.querySelector('.opt-in-text').textContent = optInVariants[variant]; // Track which variant was shown if (typeof gtag !== 'undefined') { gtag('event', 'sms_opt_in_variant', { 'variant': variant }); } ``` ### Implementation Tips 1. **Visibility**: All disclosures above the fold when possible 2. **Clarity**: Use plain language, avoid legal jargon 3. **Separation**: Keep SMS consent separate from other consents 4. **Documentation**: Screenshot your form for registration 5. **Testing**: Always test form submission and data capture ## Mobile/Keyword Opt-in Requirements Mobile opt-ins allow customers to text a keyword to subscribe. Requirements per [CTIA § 2.1.2](https://www.ctia.org/the-wireless-industry/industry-commitments/messaging-principles-and-best-practices) and [TCPA § 64.1200](https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-47/section-64.1200) include: ### Signage/Advertisement Requirements All promotional materials must display (CTIA § 2.1 and TCPA § 64.1200(a)(2)): ``` 📱 Join Our Guest Text Club! Text STAY to 55555 What you'll receive: ✓ Exclusive guest offers & early booking deals ✓ Reservation confirmations & check-in details ✓ Property updates & local area alerts Message frequency varies. Up to 4 msgs/month. Msg & data rates may apply. Reply STOP to cancel, HELP for help. Terms: example.com/terms Privacy: example.com/privacy ``` ### Auto-Response Requirements #### Initial Opt-in Response ``` Welcome to [Resort/Hotel Name] SMS! You'll receive up to 4 msgs/month with booking confirmations, check-in info & exclusive guest offers. Msg & data rates may apply. Reply STOP to cancel, HELP for help. Terms: example.com/terms ``` #### Double Opt-in (If Required) ``` [Resort/Hotel Name]: Reply YES to confirm subscription to our guest SMS program. You'll receive up to 4 msgs/month about your stays and special offers. Msg & data rates may apply. Reply STOP to cancel. ``` ### Keyword Configuration Standard keywords that MUST be configured per [CTIA § 4.0](https://www.ctia.org/the-wireless-industry/industry-commitments/messaging-principles-and-best-practices): - **START/SUBSCRIBE/JOIN**: Opt-in confirmation (CTIA § 4.1) - **STOP/UNSUBSCRIBE/CANCEL**: Opt-out confirmation (CTIA § 4.2) - **HELP/INFO**: Support information (CTIA § 4.3) ## Point-of-Sale Opt-in Requirements For in-person registrations at physical locations per [TCPA § 64.1200(a)(1)](https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-47/section-64.1200): ### Verbal Disclosure Script ``` "Would you like to receive text messages from [Hotel/Resort Name] with reservation confirmations, check-in information, and exclusive guest offers? You'll receive up to 4 messages per month. Message and data rates may apply. You can opt-out anytime by texting STOP." ``` ### Written Requirements - Display terms and conditions visibly - Provide privacy policy access - Document consent method - Train staff on requirements ### Documentation Best Practices - Use tablet/digital forms when possible - Include timestamp and location - Store consent records securely - Maintain for minimum 4 years ## Paper Form Opt-in Requirements Physical forms must include all web form requirements: ### Paper Form Template ``` GUEST SMS PROGRAM SIGNUP □ YES, I want to receive text messages from [Hotel/Resort Name] Mobile Number: _________________________ By providing your mobile number and checking the box above, you consent to receive recurring automated reservation confirmations, check-in details, and promotional text messages from [Hotel/Resort Name]. • Message types: Booking confirmations, check-in info, special offers • Message frequency: Up to 4 messages per month • Message and data rates may apply • Text STOP to cancel anytime • Text HELP for assistance • Consent is not a condition of booking Privacy Policy: www.example.com/privacy Terms of Service: www.example.com/terms Signature: ______________________ Date: __________ ``` ## Phone Call Opt-in Requirements Verbal consent requires specific disclosures per [TCPA § 64.1200(a)(1)](https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-47/section-64.1200) for non-marketing and § 64.1200(a)(2) for marketing: ### IVR Script Template ``` "To receive text messages about your reservations, check-in details, and exclusive guest offers from [Hotel/Resort Name], press 1. You'll receive up to 4 messages per month. Message and data rates may apply. You can opt-out anytime by texting STOP. For our privacy policy, visit example.com/privacy. Press 1 to confirm or 2 to decline." ``` ### Live Agent Script ``` "I can also sign you up for text message updates about your stay, including check-in details, property information, and exclusive guest offers. You'd receive up to 4 messages per month, and message and data rates may apply. You can opt-out anytime by texting STOP. Would you like to receive these guest text messages?" ``` ### Documentation Requirements - Record verbal consent (where legal) - Log timestamp and agent ID - Send confirmation text immediately - Store records for 4+ years ## Privacy Policy Requirements :::warning Critical Compliance Element Missing or non-compliant privacy policies are the #1 cause of 10DLC registration rejections per TCR and CTIA guidelines. ### Required SMS Section Your privacy policy MUST include per [TCPA § 64.1200(a)(2)](https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-47/section-64.1200) and [CTIA Guidelines](https://www.ctia.org/the-wireless-industry/industry-commitments/messaging-principles-and-best-practices): ```markdown ## SMS/Text Messaging When you opt-in to receive text messages from [Company Name], we collect your mobile phone number and consent preferences. ### Information We Collect - Mobile phone number - Opt-in source and timestamp - Message interaction history - Opt-out preferences ### How We Use Your Mobile Information - Send reservation confirmations and updates - Send check-in and checkout reminders - Send exclusive guest offers (with consent) - Provide property support and assistance - Emergency or weather-related property notifications ### CRITICAL REQUIRED STATEMENT: "Mobile information will not be shared with third parties/affiliates for marketing/promotional purposes. All the above categories exclude text messaging originator opt-in data and consent; this information will not be shared with any third parties." *Required by CTIA Messaging Principles § 5.1.3 and TCR registration guidelines* ### Your Rights - Opt-out anytime by texting STOP - Request data deletion - Update communication preferences - Access your information ### Message Frequency & Charges - Frequency: [Specify, e.g., "Up to 4 messages per month"] - Message and data rates may apply - Contact your carrier for rate details ``` ### Privacy Policy Generators Free tools to create compliant policies: - [TermsFeed Generator](https://www.termsfeed.com/privacy-policy-generator/) - [Termly Generator](https://termly.io/products/privacy-policy-generator/) - [FreePrivacyPolicy.com](https://www.freeprivacypolicy.com/) **Important**: Always have legal counsel review generated policies. ## Terms of Service Requirements ### SMS-Specific Terms Section ```markdown ## SMS Terms and Conditions ### Service Description [Hotel/Resort Name] SMS service provides reservation confirmations, check-in/checkout reminders, property updates, and exclusive guest offers via text message. ### Enrollment By opting in via our website, texting a keyword, or other method, you agree to receive recurring automated text messages. ### Message Types - Transactional: Reservation confirmations, check-in details, checkout reminders - Promotional: Special rates, package deals, seasonal offers - Service: Property updates, weather alerts, local area notifications ### Message Frequency - Varies based on account activity - Maximum: [X] messages per [time period] - You control frequency through preferences ### Costs - Message and data rates may apply - Check with your wireless carrier - [Company] does not charge for messages ### Opt-Out - Text STOP to any message - Call [phone number] - Email [email address] - Opt-out is immediate ### Help - Text HELP for assistance - Email: support@example.com - Phone: [phone number] ### Supported Carriers - Compatible with major US carriers - Not liable for carrier delays - Delivery not guaranteed ``` ## CTIA Compliance Guidelines The Cellular Telecommunications Industry Association (CTIA) sets industry standards enforced through [CTIA's Messaging Principles and Best Practices](https://www.ctia.org/the-wireless-industry/industry-commitments/messaging-principles-and-best-practices): ### Core Requirements 1. **Clear & Conspicuous Consent** (CTIA § 2.1) - Explicit opt-in required - Clear program description - No deceptive practices 2. **Message Content Rules** (CTIA § 3.0) - Identify sender clearly - Include program name - Regular opt-out reminders (monthly minimum) 3. **Prohibited Content (SHAFT)** (CTIA § 6.0) - **S**ex/adult content - **H**ate speech - **A**lcohol (restricted) - **F**irearms - **T**obacco/vaping 4. **Frequency Compliance** (CTIA § 2.1.4) - State frequency clearly - Adhere to stated frequency - Update if frequency changes 5. **Age Requirements** (CTIA § 2.1.5) - Minimum age 13 (18 for certain content) - Parental consent for minors ([COPPA compliance](https://www.ftc.gov/legal-library/browse/rules/childrens-online-privacy-protection-rule-coppa)) - Age verification when required ## Compliance Best Practices ### Documentation Requirements #### What to Document (per TCPA § 64.1200(a)(2) and FCC guidelines) - Opt-in source and method - Timestamp of consent - IP address (for web forms) - Version of terms accepted - Opt-out requests and timestamps #### How Long to Keep Records - **Minimum**: 4 years ([FCC statute of limitations](https://www.fcc.gov/consumers/guides/stop-unwanted-robocalls-and-texts)) - **Recommended**: 6 years (some state statutes) - **Best Practice**: Indefinitely (for defense against claims) ### Opt-out Management #### Immediate Processing (CTIA § 4.0 and TCPA § 64.1200(a)(3)) - Process within 24 hours maximum (CTIA requirement) - Send confirmation message - Remove from all SMS lists - Document opt-out #### Opt-out Confirmation Message ``` You have been unsubscribed from [Hotel/Resort Name] SMS messages. No further messages will be sent. Reply START to resubscribe. ``` ### Quiet Hours - Respect 8am-9pm local time - Account for time zones - Allow exceptions only with explicit consent - Consider local regulations ## Compliance Checklist ### Pre-Launch Requirements - [ ] Privacy policy includes SMS section with required statement - [ ] Terms of service includes SMS terms - [ ] Web forms have all required elements - [ ] Consent checkboxes are NOT pre-checked - [ ] Opt-out instructions are clear and visible - [ ] Message frequency is disclosed - [ ] "Msg & data rates may apply" disclosure present - [ ] Links to legal documents are functional - [ ] Keyword auto-replies configured - [ ] Documentation system in place ### Ongoing Compliance - [ ] Process opt-outs within 24 hours - [ ] Include opt-out instructions regularly - [ ] Maintain consent records - [ ] Monitor compliance metrics - [ ] Regular staff training - [ ] Update policies as needed - [ ] Audit consent practices - [ ] Review message content - [ ] Track frequency compliance - [ ] Handle complaints promptly ## Best Practices for Legally Building Your SMS List ### Converting Inquiries to Opt-ins When someone inquires about your property or services, you have a golden opportunity to gain consent: #### The Right Way: 1. **Inquiry Form**: "Interested in Ocean View Villa?" 2. **Follow-up Call/Email**: "Thanks for your interest! Would you like to receive text updates about availability and special offers?" 3. **Consent Capture**: Use compliant web form or verbal consent script 4. **Welcome Text**: Send immediate confirmation of opt-in 5. **Result**: Legally opted-in contact you can market to #### The Wrong Way: - ❌ Adding inquiry phone numbers directly to SMS campaigns - ❌ Assuming interest equals consent - ❌ Texting without explicit opt-in ### Strategic Opt-in Opportunities #### For Hotels & Resorts: - **Booking Process**: Add SMS opt-in checkbox to reservation forms - **Check-in**: Tablet-based consent during registration - **Concierge Desk**: Train staff to offer SMS updates for amenities - **WiFi Landing Page**: Exchange WiFi access for SMS consent - **Loyalty Programs**: Include SMS as a benefit with clear opt-in #### For Vacation Rentals: - **Property Inquiry Forms**: Separate checkbox for SMS updates - **Owner Onboarding**: Include SMS consent in management agreements - **Guest Booking**: Add opt-in to rental agreements - **Property Tours**: Capture consent during showings - **Owner Referral Programs**: Text updates about referral rewards ### Building Compliant Campaigns #### High-Converting Keyword Campaigns: ``` Text BEACH to 55555 Get exclusive last-minute deals on beachfront properties! Plus instant alerts when your favorite properties become available. ``` **Why This Works:** - Clear value proposition - Specific benefits - Easy action step - All required disclosures included #### Web Form Best Practices: **DO:** - ✅ Place opt-in near valuable content (availability calendars, pricing) - ✅ Offer exclusive SMS-only benefits - ✅ Use clear, benefit-focused language - ✅ Make the checkbox prominent but not required **DON'T:** - ❌ Hide the opt-in in lengthy terms - ❌ Bundle with other permissions - ❌ Use vague language like "updates" - ❌ Make opt-in mandatory for booking ### Maximizing Opt-in Rates While Staying Compliant 1. **Timing is Everything** - Best time: During positive interactions (booking confirmation, check-in) - Worst time: After complaints or service issues 2. **Value Exchange** - Offer exclusive SMS-only discounts - Provide early access to availability - Send local area insider tips - Give priority booking status 3. **Staff Training** - Create laminated script cards - Role-play consent conversations - Track opt-in rates by staff member - Reward compliant high performers 4. **Multiple Touchpoints** - Website forms - Email signatures with keyword - Business cards with text-to-join - QR codes in lobbies/properties - Social media campaigns ## Common Violations & Penalties ### TCPA Violations ([47 U.S.C. § 227(b)(3)](https://www.law.cornell.edu/uscode/text/47/227)) - **Penalty**: $500 per violation (negligent), $1,500 per violation (willful) - **Common Causes**: - No consent documentation (violates § 64.1200(a)(2)) - Pre-checked boxes ([FCC 2015 Order](https://docs.fcc.gov/public/attachments/FCC-15-72A1.pdf) ¶ 23) - Required consent for purchase (violates § 64.1200(a)(2)) - Ignoring opt-outs (violates § 64.1200(a)(3)) ### Carrier Violations (CTIA enforcement) - **Penalty**: Service suspension/termination via TCR - **Common Causes**: - High complaint rates (CTIA § 7.0) - Prohibited content (CTIA § 6.0) - Frequency violations (CTIA § 2.1.4) - Missing disclosures (CTIA § 2.1) ## Frequently Asked Questions **Q: Can I use one checkbox for both email and SMS consent?** A: No, SMS consent must be separate and explicit per [FCC 2015 TCPA Order](https://docs.fcc.gov/public/attachments/FCC-15-72A1.pdf) ¶ 24. **Q: What if someone says they didn't opt-in?** A: Immediately honor their opt-out request and provide consent documentation if available. **Q: Can I require SMS opt-in for bookings?** A: No, consent cannot be a condition of booking or reservation. **Q: How often should I include opt-out instructions?** A: At minimum monthly for active users, and in every promotional message. **Q: Can I import an existing SMS list?** A: Only if you have documented proof of compliant consent for each number. **Q: Do transactional messages need consent?** A: Yes, all automated SMS messages require prior express consent per [TCPA § 227(b)(1)](https://www.law.cornell.edu/uscode/text/47/227), including transactional messages. **Q: What's the minimum age for SMS consent?** A: 13 years old, or 18 for certain content types. Parental consent required for minors. **Q: Can I text guests who gave their number for other purposes?** A: No, you need explicit consent specifically for SMS messaging per [TCPA § 64.1200(a)(2)](https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-47/section-64.1200) - consent must be for the specific purpose. ## Related Resources - [10DLC Registration Guide](10dlc-registration.md) - Complete registration process - [SMS Editor Overview](sms-editor-overview.md) - Creating and sending messages - [SMS Campaign Setup](sms-campaign-setup.md) - Campaign configuration ## Getting Support For compliance questions or assistance: - Email: support@sendsquared.com - Include specific scenarios for guidance - Request compliance review if needed --- ### SMS Web Chat Widget Complete guide to implementing SendSquared's SMS Web Chat widget on your website for instant guest engagement and lead capture URL: /docs/sms/sms-web-chat # SMS Web Chat Widget Transform your website visitors into engaged leads with SendSquared's SMS Web Chat widget - a powerful tool that bridges the gap between web browsing and instant text messaging communication. ## Overview The SMS Web Chat widget appears as an unobtrusive chat bubble on your website that, when clicked, opens a beautifully designed interface titled **"We'll text you"**. This allows website visitors to instantly connect with your team via SMS without leaving your site or downloading any apps. :::tip Why SMS Web Chat? - **95% open rate** for SMS vs 20% for email - **Instant engagement** with prospects while they're actively browsing - **Mobile-friendly** communication that follows guests beyond your website - **Compliant opt-in** collection built into every interaction ## Key Features ### Real-Time Guest Engagement - Instant SMS connection with website visitors - Seamless transition from web browsing to text conversation - No app downloads or account creation required - Works on all devices and browsers ### Smart Call Plans - Different templates for business hours vs after-hours - Day-specific messaging strategies - Timezone-aware scheduling - Automatic routing to appropriate team members ### Complete Customization - Match your brand colors and style - Custom greeting messages - Position anywhere on your page - Multiple campaigns for different purposes ### Compliance Built-In - TCPA-compliant opt-in collection - Automated consent documentation - Clear disclosure of messaging terms - One-click opt-out handling ## Getting Started ### Step 1: Access Chat Campaigns 1. Log into your SendSquared dashboard 2. Navigate to **Campaigns** → **Chat Campaigns** 3. Click **"Add new SMS Chat Campaign"** ### Step 2: Configure Basic Settings #### Campaign Name Choose a descriptive name for internal reference (e.g., "Website - General Inquiries", "Booking Page - Support") #### Phone Number Selection Select which phone number will send/receive messages: - Choose from your provisioned 10DLC numbers - Consider using different numbers for different campaigns - Ensure the number has appropriate messaging capacity #### Widget Appearance - **Color**: Select a color that complements your website (#F79D65 in example) - **Position**: Choose from: - bottom-left - bottom-right - top-left - top-right #### Template Selection Choose from pre-built templates or create custom ones: - Template 1-10: Various styles and messaging approaches - Custom templates can be created in the Template editor ### Step 3: Set Up Call Plans Call Plans allow you to display different messages and route to different teams based on time of day and day of week. #### Business Hours Configuration Configure separate schedules for each day: ``` Sunday: 8:00 AM - 6:00 PM Monday: 7:00 AM - 9:00 PM Tuesday: 7:00 AM - 9:00 PM Wednesday: 7:00 AM - 9:00 PM Thursday: 7:00 AM - 9:00 PM Friday: 7:00 AM - 10:00 PM Saturday: 8:00 AM - 10:00 PM ``` #### Template Assignment by Time For each time period, you can assign: - **Different SMS templates**: Vary your messaging approach - **Routing values**: Send to different team members - "Standard" - Regular support team - "After Hours" - On-call team - "VIP" - Specialized agents #### Every Day Hours Override Set universal hours that apply to all days unless specifically overridden. ### Step 4: Get Your Install Code Once configured, click **"Get Install Code"** to generate your unique JavaScript snippet: ```html ``` ## Installation Guide ### Basic Installation #### For Standard Websites Add the code just before the closing `` tag: ```html Your Website ``` #### For WordPress 1. **Using a Plugin** (Recommended): - Install "Insert Headers and Footers" plugin - Go to Settings → Insert Headers and Footers - Paste the code in the "Scripts in Footer" section - Save changes 2. **Theme Editor Method**: - Go to Appearance → Theme Editor - Select `footer.php` - Add code before `` tag - Save changes #### For Wix 1. Go to Settings → Custom Code 2. Click "+ Add Custom Code" 3. Paste the SendSquared code 4. Set placement to "Body - End" 5. Apply to "All Pages" or specific pages 6. Save and publish #### For Squarespace 1. Go to Settings → Advanced → Code Injection 2. Paste code in the "Footer" section 3. Save changes ### Advanced Installation #### Conditional Loading Load the chat widget only on specific pages: ```javascript ``` #### Multiple Campaigns Run different campaigns on different pages: ```javascript ``` ## For Developers ### API Methods #### Initialize Chat ```javascript S2SmsChat.init(campaignId, templateId); ``` #### Show/Hide Widget Programmatically ```javascript // Show the widget S2SmsChat.show(); // Hide the widget S2SmsChat.hide(); // Toggle visibility S2SmsChat.toggle(); ``` #### Open Chat Window ```javascript // Programmatically open the chat S2SmsChat.open(); ``` #### Destroy Instance ```javascript // Remove the widget completely S2SmsChat.destroy(); ``` ### Event Handling Listen for chat events: ```javascript // Widget opened window.addEventListener('s2-chat-opened', function(e) { console.log('Chat opened'); // Track in analytics gtag('event', 'chat_opened', { 'event_category': 'engagement' }); }); // Message sent window.addEventListener('s2-chat-message-sent', function(e) { console.log('Message sent:', e.detail); // Track conversion fbq('track', 'Lead'); }); // Widget closed window.addEventListener('s2-chat-closed', function(e) { console.log('Chat closed'); }); ``` ### Custom Triggers Create custom buttons to open chat: ```html Have a question? Text us!
Text Us
``` ### Dynamic Configuration Adjust configuration based on user behavior: ```javascript // Show chat after user scrolls 50% window.addEventListener('scroll', function() { const scrollPercent = (window.scrollY / document.body.scrollHeight) * 100; if (scrollPercent > 50 && !window.chatShown) { S2SmsChat.show(); window.chatShown = true; } }); // Show chat on exit intent document.addEventListener('mouseout', function(e) { if (e.clientY < 10 && !window.chatShown) { S2SmsChat.open(); window.chatShown = true; } }); ``` ## Integration Best Practices ### Page Placement Strategy #### High-Converting Locations 1. **Property Detail Pages** - Visitors are actively interested - Questions about specific properties - Booking assistance needed 2. **Pricing/Rates Pages** - Cost questions are common - Opportunity for special offers - Payment plan discussions 3. **Contact Pages** - Visitors explicitly seeking communication - Alternative to forms - Immediate response expected 4. **Checkout/Booking Flow** - Reduce cart abandonment - Answer last-minute questions - Provide reassurance #### Pages to Avoid - Privacy policy / Terms of service - Unsubscribe pages - Error pages (404, 500) - Admin/login areas ### Performance Optimization #### Lazy Loading Only load the widget when needed: ```javascript // Load after 3 seconds on page setTimeout(function() { loadSendSquaredChat(); }, 3000); // Load on scroll let chatLoaded = false; window.addEventListener('scroll', function() { if (!chatLoaded && window.scrollY > 100) { loadSendSquaredChat(); chatLoaded = true; } }); ``` #### Async Loading Ensure the widget doesn't block page rendering: ```javascript ``` ### Mobile Optimization #### Responsive Positioning ```css /* Adjust position on mobile */ @media (max-width: 768px) { .s2-sms-chat-widget { bottom: 10px !important; right: 10px !important; } } ``` #### Mobile-Specific Messaging ```javascript // Different config for mobile users const isMobile = /iPhone|iPad|iPod|Android/i.test(navigator.userAgent); if (isMobile) { S2SmsChat.init('MOBILE-CAMPAIGN-ID', 'MOBILE-TEMPLATE-ID'); } else { S2SmsChat.init('DESKTOP-CAMPAIGN-ID', 'DESKTOP-TEMPLATE-ID'); } ``` ## Customization Options ### Widget Styling While the widget comes pre-styled, you can override certain elements: ```css /* Custom widget button */ .s2-sms-chat-button { box-shadow: 0 4px 12px rgba(0,0,0,0.15) !important; transform: scale(1.1) !important; } /* Pulse animation for attention */ @keyframes pulse { 0% { transform: scale(1); } 50% { transform: scale(1.05); } 100% { transform: scale(1); } } .s2-sms-chat-button { animation: pulse 2s infinite; } ``` ### Custom Templates Create different message templates for various scenarios: #### General Inquiry Template ``` "Hi! Thanks for visiting [Property Name]. I'm here to answer any questions about availability, rates, or amenities. How can I help you today?" ``` #### After-Hours Template ``` "Thanks for reaching out! Our office is currently closed, but I can still help! Leave your message and we'll respond first thing in the morning. For emergencies, call [emergency number]." ``` #### Booking Assistance Template ``` "Hi! I see you're browsing our properties. I can help you find the perfect vacation rental and even offer exclusive discounts. What dates are you looking to book?" ``` ## Troubleshooting ### Widget Not Appearing #### Check Installation ```javascript // Verify scripts are loaded console.log('Analytics loaded:', typeof S2Analytics !== 'undefined'); console.log('Chat loaded:', typeof S2SmsChat !== 'undefined'); ``` #### Common Issues: 1. **Script conflicts**: Check browser console for errors 2. **Ad blockers**: Some block tracking scripts 3. **CSP headers**: Ensure sendsquared.com is whitelisted 4. **Invalid IDs**: Verify campaign and template IDs ### Widget Appears But Doesn't Work 1. **Check phone number configuration** - Ensure number is active in SendSquared - Verify 10DLC registration is complete 2. **Verify template settings** - Template must be active - Check business hours in Call Plan 3. **Test opt-in flow** - Ensure TCPA compliance messages appear - Verify consent is being captured ### Performance Issues #### Reduce Load Time ```javascript // Preconnect to API domain ``` #### Monitor Performance ```javascript // Track load time const startTime = performance.now(); S2SmsChat.init('CAMPAIGN-ID', 'TEMPLATE-ID'); const loadTime = performance.now() - startTime; console.log(`Chat widget loaded in ${loadTime}ms`); ``` ## Analytics & Tracking ### Built-in Analytics The SMS Web Chat widget automatically tracks: - Widget impressions - Open rate - Message sent rate - Conversion rate - Response time View analytics in SendSquared dashboard under **Analytics** → **Chat Performance**. ### Custom Event Tracking #### Google Analytics 4 ```javascript // Track chat interactions window.addEventListener('s2-chat-opened', function() { gtag('event', 'chat_opened', { 'event_category': 'SMS Chat', 'event_label': window.location.pathname }); }); window.addEventListener('s2-chat-message-sent', function() { gtag('event', 'generate_lead', { 'value': 10, 'currency': 'USD' }); }); ``` #### Facebook Pixel ```javascript window.addEventListener('s2-chat-message-sent', function() { fbq('track', 'Lead', { content_name: 'SMS Chat', content_category: 'Website Chat' }); }); ``` ## Compliance Considerations ### TCPA Requirements The SMS Web Chat widget automatically handles TCPA compliance by: 1. Displaying clear opt-in language 2. Including "Message and data rates may apply" 3. Showing message frequency 4. Providing STOP instructions 5. Capturing and storing consent ### Privacy Policy Updates Add to your privacy policy: ```markdown ## SMS Web Chat When you use our website chat feature, you may choose to provide your phone number to receive text messages. By doing so, you consent to receive automated text messages from us. Message frequency varies. Message and data rates may apply. You can opt out at any time by texting STOP. ``` ### International Considerations - Widget works for US/Canada numbers only - International visitors can engage but need US/Canada phone - Consider geographic restrictions if needed ## Best Practices ### Response Time Expectations Set clear expectations for response times: - **Business hours**: "We typically respond within 5 minutes" - **After hours**: "We'll respond first thing in the morning" - **Holidays**: Configure special holiday messages ### Conversation Starters Effective opening messages: 1. "👋 Hi! Looking for your perfect vacation rental? I can help!" 2. "Questions about [Property Name]? I have answers!" 3. "Text me for an exclusive 10% discount on your next stay!" ### Lead Qualification Use initial questions to qualify leads: 1. "What dates are you looking to travel?" 2. "How many guests will be staying?" 3. "What's your ideal vacation rental like?" ### Follow-up Strategy After initial chat: 1. Send property recommendations within 1 hour 2. Follow up next day if no response 3. Add to nurture campaign if qualified 4. Request feedback after stay ## Advanced Use Cases ### A/B Testing Test different approaches: ```javascript // 50/50 split test const variant = Math.random() < 0.5 ? 'A' : 'B'; const config = variant === 'A' ? configA : configB; // Track variant window.addEventListener('s2-chat-opened', function() { gtag('event', 'experiment_impression', { 'experiment_id': 'chat_widget_test', 'variant_id': variant }); }); ``` ### Seasonal Campaigns Automatically switch campaigns based on season: ```javascript const month = new Date().getMonth(); let campaignId; if (month >= 5 && month <= 8) { campaignId = 'SUMMER-CAMPAIGN-ID'; // Summer season } else if (month >= 11 || month <= 1) { campaignId = 'WINTER-CAMPAIGN-ID'; // Winter season } else { campaignId = 'STANDARD-CAMPAIGN-ID'; // Shoulder season } S2SmsChat.init(campaignId, 'TEMPLATE-ID'); ``` ### Multi-Property Support Different widgets for different properties: ```javascript // Get property ID from page const propertyId = document.querySelector('[data-property-id]').dataset.propertyId; // Map properties to campaigns const campaignMap = { 'beachhouse': 'BEACH-CAMPAIGN-ID', 'mountaincabin': 'MOUNTAIN-CAMPAIGN-ID', 'cityapt': 'CITY-CAMPAIGN-ID' }; S2SmsChat.init(campaignMap[propertyId], 'TEMPLATE-ID'); ``` ## Frequently Asked Questions **Q: Can I run multiple chat campaigns simultaneously?** A: Yes, you can create multiple campaigns and deploy them on different pages or for different purposes. **Q: How are conversations routed to team members?** A: Messages are routed based on your Call Plan settings and can be distributed to different phone numbers or team members. **Q: What happens if someone texts outside business hours?** A: The system uses your After Hours template and routing rules, ensuring guests always receive appropriate responses. **Q: Can I customize the "We'll text you" title?** A: The title is standardized for clarity, but the message content and overall appearance can be customized. **Q: Is there a limit on messages?** A: Message limits depend on your SendSquared plan and 10DLC registration throughput. **Q: How quickly do messages deliver?** A: Messages typically deliver within 1-3 seconds using carrier-approved routes. **Q: Can I use this for customer support?** A: Yes, many clients use SMS Web Chat for sales, support, and general inquiries. **Q: Does this work on mobile devices?** A: Yes, the widget is fully responsive and optimized for mobile devices. ## Related Resources - [SMS Opt-in Requirements](sms-opt-in-requirements.md) - Compliance guidelines - [10DLC Registration](10dlc-registration.md) - Required for SMS messaging - [SMS Editor Overview](sms-editor-overview.md) - Creating message templates ## Getting Support For assistance with SMS Web Chat: - Email: support@sendsquared.com - Include your Campaign ID and website URL - Share any error messages from browser console - Provide screenshots of the issue --- ### Quick SMS - Send Instant Messages Send instant SMS messages directly from reservations, segments, groups, and contact profiles without creating campaigns URL: /docs/sms/quick-sms # Quick SMS - Send Instant Messages Quick SMS allows you to send immediate text messages to guests and contacts without setting up a full campaign. Perfect for urgent communications, one-off messages, or rapid responses to guest inquiries. ## Overview Quick SMS is available throughout SendSquared, enabling you to send messages from wherever you're working: - **Reservation Lists** - Message guests about specific bookings - **Groups & Segments** - Send bulk messages to targeted audiences - **Contact Profiles** - Direct messaging to individual contacts - **Contact Reservations** - Message about specific stays :::tip When to Use Quick SMS - **Urgent Updates**: Weather alerts, property access changes, maintenance notifications - **Personal Touch**: Welcome messages, special offers, birthday greetings - **Quick Responses**: Answer questions, provide information, handle requests - **Testing**: Test message templates and content before campaigns ## Sending Quick SMS from Different Locations ### From Reservation Lists Send SMS to guests with upcoming or current reservations. 1. Navigate to **Reservations** from the main menu 2. Filter to find your target reservations (by date, property, status, etc.) 3. Click the **SMS** button for the filtered results 4. Compose and send your message to all filtered reservations **Use Cases:** - Notify about check-in time changes - Send property access codes - Weather or emergency alerts - Maintenance notifications - Special offers for current guests ### From Groups & Segments Send bulk SMS to entire groups or segments with a single action. 1. Go to **Audience** → **Segments** or **Groups** 2. Find your target segment/group in the list 3. Click the **SMS** button on the right side of the row 4. The SMS compose modal will show recipient count 5. Compose and send to all members **Segment Column Guide:** - **Total**: All contacts in segment - **Verified**: Contacts with verified numbers - **Opted in SMS**: Gave SMS consent - **Subscribed SMS**: Active SMS subscribers - **Sendable SMS**: Ready to receive (opted-in + valid number) **Use Cases:** - Seasonal promotions to past guests - Area event notifications - Last-minute availability alerts - Loyalty program updates - Market-specific offers ### From Contact Profile - Direct Message Send a personal SMS directly to an individual contact. 1. Open any contact profile 2. Click the **Text Message** button in the action bar 3. Compose your personal message 4. Select sending phone number if multiple available 5. Send immediately **Features Available:** - View conversation history - See previous messages - Upload media attachments - Use SMS templates - Track delivery status **Use Cases:** - Personal responses to inquiries - VIP guest communications - Owner updates - Follow-up on issues - Thank you messages ### From Contact Profile - Reservation Tab Message a contact about a specific reservation. 1. Open the contact profile 2. Navigate to the **Reservations** tab 3. Find the specific reservation 4. Click the **SMS** icon for that reservation 5. Message will be contextualized to that booking **Contextual Information:** - Reservation dates - Property details - Booking status - Guest count - Special requests **Use Cases:** - Booking confirmations - Pre-arrival instructions - During-stay check-ins - Checkout reminders - Post-stay follow-ups ## SMS Compose Modal The SMS compose interface provides all the tools needed for effective messaging. ### Message Composition Features #### Text Message Field - **Character Counter**: Shows remaining characters (160 for single SMS) - **Message Segments**: Indicates if message will split into multiple parts - **Unicode Support**: Handles emojis and special characters - **Token Support**: Insert merge fields for personalization #### From Number Selection - Choose from your available phone numbers - Different numbers for different purposes: - Main office line - Booking support - Property-specific numbers - Marketing campaigns #### Media Attachments - **Upload Asset**: Attach images or documents - Supported formats: JPG, PNG, GIF, PDF - Automatic MMS conversion when media attached - Size limits apply (varies by carrier) #### Templates and Content Blocks - **Content Block**: Pre-written responses for common scenarios (formerly called Quick Replies) - **SMS Template**: Load saved message templates - Templates can include: - Personalization tokens - Standard disclosures - Compliance language - Brand messaging ### Best Practices for Quick SMS #### Message Content 1. **Start with Context**: "Hi [Name], this is [Your Company]..." 2. **Be Concise**: Get to the point quickly 3. **Clear CTA**: What should they do next? 4. **Include Options**: "Reply YES to confirm" or "Call us at..." 5. **Professional Tone**: Friendly but business-appropriate #### Timing Considerations - **Respect Time Zones**: Send during waking hours (8am-9pm) - **Urgency Matters**: Immediate for urgent, schedule for routine - **Guest Journey**: Right message at the right time - **Avoid Overwhelming**: Space out multiple messages #### Compliance Requirements - **Opt-in Status**: Only message opted-in contacts - **Include Opt-out**: "Reply STOP to unsubscribe" for marketing - **Identify Yourself**: Always include your business name - **Purpose Limitation**: Stay within consent scope ## Advanced Features ### Bulk SMS Sending When sending to segments or groups: 1. **Filter First**: Narrow down your audience using filters 2. **Click SMS Button**: Click the SMS button for that segment/group 3. **Review Count**: Verify recipient number in the compose modal before sending ### Personalization Tokens Use merge fields to personalize at scale: ``` Hi {{guest.first_name}}, your check-in at {{property.name}} is tomorrow at {{reservation.checkin_time}}. Door code: {{property.door_code}} ``` Common tokens: - `{{guest.first_name}}` - Guest's first name - `{{property.name}}` - Property name - `{{reservation.arrival_date}}` - Arrival date - `{{reservation.confirmation_code}}` - Confirmation number - `{{property.door_code}}` - Access code ### Message Scheduling Quick SMS is designed for immediate sending. For scheduled messages: - Use SMS Campaigns for scheduled delivery - Set up Automations for recurring scenarios - Create Workflows for complex timing logic ### Response Handling After sending Quick SMS: 1. **Monitor Inbox**: Responses appear in Conversations 2. **Auto-Assignment**: Replies route to sender 3. **Conversation Threading**: Maintains context 4. **Quick Follow-up**: Continue conversation naturally ## Use Case Scenarios ### Scenario 1: Weather Emergency **Situation**: Hurricane warning for coastal properties **Action**: 1. Create segment: "Guests arriving next 3 days" 2. Send Quick SMS with evacuation info 3. Include rebooking options 4. Monitor responses for assistance needs **Message Example**: ``` URGENT: [Hotel Name] - Due to Hurricane Warning, we're evacuating 9/5. Your reservation has been cancelled with full refund. Reply or call (555) 234-5678 for rebooking assistance. ``` ### Scenario 2: VIP Guest Arrival **Situation**: Returning VIP guest checking in today **Action**: 1. Open contact profile 2. Review past preferences 3. Send personalized welcome 4. Include upgrade offer **Message Example**: ``` Welcome back Mr. Johnson! Your ocean-view suite is ready. We've stocked your favorite wine as requested. Text me directly if you need anything. - Sarah, GM ``` ### Scenario 3: Group Event Notification **Situation**: Local festival affecting all weekend guests **Action**: 1. Filter reservations for weekend 2. Select all affected bookings 3. Send traffic/parking advisory 4. Include shuttle schedule **Message Example**: ``` [Hotel]: Seafood Festival this weekend! Expect traffic delays. Free shuttle to fest every 30min from lobby. Reserve spots: reply SHUTTLE with preferred time. ``` ## Troubleshooting ### Message Not Sending **Check:** - Contact has valid mobile number - Contact is opted-in for SMS - Sufficient SMS credits available - Phone number is properly configured ### Low Delivery Rate **Possible Causes:** - Invalid or landline numbers - Carrier filtering (content issues) - Opt-out status not updated - International numbers without proper format ### No Responses Received **Verify:** - Reply number is configured correctly - Inbox routing rules are active - Staff assigned to monitor responses - Conversation filters not hiding messages ## Reporting and Analytics Track your Quick SMS performance: ### Metrics to Monitor - **Sent Count**: Total messages sent - **Delivery Rate**: Successfully delivered percentage - **Response Rate**: Percentage who replied - **Opt-out Rate**: Unsubscribe percentage ### Where to Find Reports 1. **Analytics** → **SMS Reports** 2. Filter by date range 3. Group by user, template, or segment 4. Export for deeper analysis ## Quick SMS vs Campaigns ### Use Quick SMS When: - ✅ Urgent, time-sensitive messages - ✅ One-off communications - ✅ Personal responses needed - ✅ Small, specific audiences - ✅ Testing message content ### Use SMS Campaigns When: - ✅ Scheduled, recurring messages - ✅ Complex automation needed - ✅ A/B testing required - ✅ Detailed analytics needed - ✅ Multi-step workflows ## Compliance Reminders :::warning Legal Requirements - Always respect opt-in status - Include opt-out instructions for marketing - Maintain consent documentation - Follow TCPA guidelines - Respect quiet hours (8am-9pm local) ## Tips for Success ### Response Time - **Immediate**: Service issues, booking problems - **Within 1 hour**: General inquiries, requests - **Same day**: Non-urgent questions, feedback ### Message Frequency - **Reservation Cycle**: 3-5 messages max - **Marketing**: 4-6 per month maximum - **Service**: As needed, but sparingly - **Emergency**: As required ### Content Strategy 1. **Value First**: Every message should provide value 2. **Action-Oriented**: Clear next steps 3. **Mobile-Optimized**: Short, scannable messages 4. **Test First**: Send to yourself before bulk sends ## Related Resources - [SMS Editor Overview](sms-editor-overview.md) - Create message templates - [SMS Campaigns](/docs/campaigns/send-sms-campaign) - Set up automated campaigns - [SMS Opt-in Requirements](sms-opt-in-requirements.md) - Compliance guidelines - [Contact Segmentation](/docs/segments/segment-overview) - Build targeted lists - [Inbox Overview](/docs/inbox/inbox-overview) - Handle responses and conversations ## Getting Support Need help with Quick SMS? - Email: support@sendsquared.com - Include screenshots of any errors - Provide message examples if delivery issues - Note recipient counts for bulk send problems --- ### SMS Campaign Setup Guide A step-by-step guide to setting up SMS campaigns in SendSquared URL: /docs/sms/sms-campaign-setup Tags: sms-campaigns, sms, setup, configuration, opt-in, compliance, 10dlc, registration # SMS Campaign Setup Guide This guide walks you through the process of setting up SMS campaigns in SendSquared, from choosing phone numbers to implementing opt-in strategies. ## Step 1: Select Your SMS Numbers Before launching SMS campaigns, you need to determine which phone numbers to use: - Decide which number(s) you want to use for sending and receiving SMS messages - Consider whether you'll use existing numbers or set up new ones - SendSquared will enable texting capabilities for your selected numbers Using local area codes that match your business location can improve response rates. ## Step 2: Register Your Brand and Campaign To ensure high deliverability rates and prevent your messages from being flagged as spam, you'll need to register a brand and campaign with mobile carriers: ### Registration Requirements You'll need to provide the following information: - Legal Business Name - Legal Business Address - EIN or registered tax ID - Type of Incorporation: - Private Company - Non-Profit - Government - Sole Proprietorship - Other (specify) - Contact information for the registered entity (email, phone, etc.) ### Registration Costs - One-time setup fee: $100 for brand registration - Monthly fee: $10/month to keep the campaign active ### Campaign Volume The standard campaign supports sending up to 2,000 messages per day. If you anticipate higher volume, you'll need to upgrade to a higher-level campaign. ## Step 3: Plan Your SMS Workflow Before launching, establish your operational SMS strategy: - Determine who will be responsible for answering incoming texts - Establish business hours for SMS communications - Set target response time expectations - Decide which platforms will be used for managing SMS: - Desktop version of SendSquared - SendSquared Inbox mobile app (available for Android and iOS) ### SMS Pricing - Inbound & outbound SMS: $0.024 per message - MMS (multimedia messages): $0.045 per message ## Step 4: Implement Opt-In Strategies Each contact must message your number first to opt in before you can send them marketing messages. SendSquared provides an automatic response template for opt-ins. ### Recommended Opt-In Strategies Consider the following approaches to encourage opt-ins: - **Email Integration**: Include opt-in instructions in all emails, such as: "If you would like to receive text messages about your upcoming stay, please text START to [your number]." - **On-Property Materials**: Place collateral in units or common areas with opt-in information, such as framed instructions at the front desk or in each rental unit. - **Website Integration**: Work with your web developer to add messaging on your website, such as: "Please text [your number] if you have any questions or to receive updates about your upcoming stay." The automatic opt-in response message can be customized under Templates → SMS Templates. You can add to the existing message, but do not remove the required compliance language. ## Step 5: Create Web Forms with SMS Opt-In Enhance your opt-in collection by adding SMS consent to your web forms: - Work with your web team and SendSquared to add forms with an opt-in checkbox - Include clear messaging such as: "If you would like to start receiving text messages, please enter your number and select the box to subscribe to SMS." - Ensure the form data syncs properly with SendSquared ## Step 6: Consider SMS Website Chat For additional SMS functionality, consider implementing [SMS Web Chat](sms-web-chat.md): - This feature allows website visitors to initiate text conversations directly from your website - Provides instant engagement with prospects browsing your site - Captures compliant opt-ins automatically - See our complete [SMS Web Chat implementation guide](sms-web-chat.md) ## Best Practices for SMS Campaigns ### Compliance - Always honor opt-out requests immediately - Include clear instructions for opting out in your messages - Keep records of opt-ins and opt-outs ### Content - Keep messages concise and valuable - Personalize messages when possible - Be mindful of timing and frequency - Avoid sending messages during early morning or late evening hours ### Response Management - Set up auto-responses for after-hours inquiries - Train all staff who will be responding to SMS messages - Establish consistent tone and voice guidelines ## Related Resources - [10DLC Registration Guide](10dlc-registration.md) - Complete carrier registration process - [SMS Opt-in Requirements](sms-opt-in-requirements.md) - Compliance and consent requirements - [SMS Editor Overview](sms-editor-overview.md) - Creating message templates - [Quick SMS](quick-sms.md) - Send instant messages without campaigns - [SMS Web Chat](sms-web-chat.md) - Website chat widget implementation - [Sending an SMS Campaign](/docs/campaigns/send-sms-campaign) - Campaign execution guide --- ### SMS Editor Overview Learn how to create and edit SMS templates for your automated messaging in SendSquared URL: /docs/sms/sms-editor-overview # SMS Editor Overview The SMS Editor in SendSquared allows you to create and manage text message templates for your automated messaging. These templates can include personalization tokens, making it easy to send customized messages to your guests. ## Accessing the SMS Editor To access the SMS Editor: 1. Navigate to **Templates** in the main menu 2. Select **SMS Templates** 3. You can either create a new template or edit an existing one ## SMS Editor Interface The SMS Editor interface is divided into several sections: ### Template Information - **Name**: Give your template a descriptive name for easy identification (e.g., "Personal Note", "Check-in Reminder") - **SMS/MMS toggle**: Select whether this is a standard SMS or an MMS (Multimedia Message Service) that includes media ### Display Options - **Light/Dark Mode**: Toggle between light and dark mode to preview how your SMS will appear on different device themes - The preview automatically updates to show how your message will look in each mode ### Message Composition - A text editor where you can compose your message - Supports personalization tokens (indicated by curly braces) - Sample tokens include `{{contact.first_name}}`, `{{reservation.arrival_date}}`, etc. ### Mobile Preview - Real-time preview of how your SMS will appear on a mobile device - Shows your message exactly as recipients will see it ### Message Information The right sidebar displays important information about your message: - **Encoding**: The character encoding being used (typically GSM_7BIT_EX) - **Length**: Total character count of your message - **Per Message**: Characters used in the current message segment - **Remaining**: Characters remaining before another segment is required - **Messages**: Number of message segments needed to deliver your content - **Message Cost**: Estimated cost to send this message (per recipient) ## Creating an SMS Template 1. Enter a descriptive name for your template 2. Compose your message in the text editor 3. Include personalization tokens where needed by typing `{` to access the token selector 4. Review your message in the mobile preview 5. Monitor the message metrics to ensure efficient delivery 6. Click **Save Template** when finished ## Personalization Tokens Personalization tokens allow you to dynamically insert contact information into your messages. Common tokens include: - `{{contact.first_name}}` - Inserts the recipient's first name - `{{reservation.arrival_date}}` - Inserts the guest's arrival date - `{{unit.description}}` - Inserts the unit description - `{{company.name}}` - Inserts your property or brand name [All Personalization Tokens](../reference-guides/token-table) ## SMS Best Practices ### Message Length - Keep messages concise to avoid splitting into multiple segments - Each segment incurs additional costs - The standard SMS limit is 160 characters, but using certain special characters may reduce this limit ### Content Guidelines - Always identify your business at the beginning of the message - Include a clear call-to-action when appropriate - Provide opt-out instructions for marketing messages - Avoid abbreviations that might be confusing to recipients ### Timing Considerations - Schedule SMS messages during appropriate hours (typically 8am-8pm in the recipient's time zone) - For check-in information, send messages a few hours before arrival - Consider time zones when scheduling automated messages ## Testing Your Template Before using a template in a campaign: 1. Click the **Send test message** button 2. Enter a mobile number to receive the test 3. Review the message on an actual mobile device 4. Check that all personalization tokens resolve correctly 5. Verify links are working properly if included ## Related Features - [SMS Campaign Setup Guide](sms-campaign-setup.md) - [Sending an SMS Campaign](../campaigns/send-sms-campaign) - [Contact Validation](../contacts/contact-validation) --- ## Editor Email ### Email Editor Overview Learn how to use the new SendSquared Email Editor to create professional email templates URL: /docs/editor-email/email-editor-overview # Using the New Email Editor This guide provides a walkthrough of the new SendSquared Email Editor, helping you create professional and branded email templates quickly and efficiently. ## Accessing Email Templates To get started with the new Email Editor: 1. Navigate to **Templates** in the main menu 2. Select **Email Templates** This is where all your email templates are stored. You can organize them into folders for easy access and management. ## Template Options When creating a new email template, you have several options: - Start with a **blank template** - Choose a **pre-designed template** from the gallery - **Duplicate** an existing template you've already created ### Understanding Template Icons - **Red email icon**: Templates created in the old email editor - If duplicated, will create a copy in the old editor - **Green email icon**: Templates created in the new email editor - Indicates you're using the new editor's features ## Starting with a Blank Template When you create a blank template, it loads with basic block structures. You can then: - Change these blocks - Remove unwanted elements - Edit content to match your needs ## Customizing Email Appearance ### Global Appearance Settings 1. Select **Appearance** to modify the overall template design 2. Adjust settings for: - Background color (behind all blocks) - Email padding and structure - Default font family - Background images To add a background image: 1. Toggle on the background image option 2. Select or import your desired image 3. The image will be saved in your library for future use ### Setting Brand Standards The appearance section includes categories for different elements: - Headings - Buttons - Text - Links Setting these global appearance options creates a consistent brand experience across all emails. While you can override these settings for individual blocks, establishing default styles saves time when adding new content. ## Editing Content Blocks ### Modifying Existing Blocks To edit content in existing blocks: 1. Click directly on the content you want to change 2. Edit text, images, or links as needed 3. For buttons, you can modify the appearance and add your link under "Content-Blocks" ### Adding New Content To add new content to your template: 1. Go to the **Blocks** section 2. Select the type of content you want to add 3. Drag it into the template where you want it to appear 4. Click on the new block to edit its content and appearance ## Managing Blocks When working with blocks, you have several management options: ### Deleting Blocks - Hover over an entire row and select the trash icon to delete the whole row - Hover over a specific content element to delete just that piece ### Other Block Actions - **Duplicate**: Create a copy of the block - **Move**: Reposition the block within the template - **Convert to Module**: Save a block for reuse across multiple templates ## Creating and Using Modules Modules allow you to save and reuse sections of your templates, such as headers or footers. To create a module: 1. Hover over a block you want to save 2. Click the download button 3. In the module section, give your module a memorable name 4. Click **Save** at the bottom To use a saved module: 1. Navigate to the modules section 2. Select your saved module 3. Drag and drop it into your email template ## Additional Editor Features ### Undo/Redo - Use the undo and redo buttons to step backward or forward through your changes - Note that each individual change will be undone/redone ### HTML Editing - Select the HTML option to directly edit your template's code ### Email Settings To configure your email settings: 1. Click the **Settings** button 2. Add your template name 3. Set your subject line 4. Create your preview text ### Testing Your Email Before finalizing your template: 1. Click the paper airplane icon 2. Add your email address and select **Add to test list** 3. Click **Quick send** or **Send to all** You can also use the preview button to see how your email will appear on both desktop and mobile devices. ### Saving Your Work Always click the **Save** button to preserve your template changes. ## Next Steps Once you've created your email template, you can use it to send a campaign. For guidance on this process, please reference "Sending a Campaign: A Comprehensive Training Video." For any questions or assistance with the Email Editor, please contact [support@sendsquared.com](mailto:support@sendsquared.com). --- ### Sending Test Emails Learn how to send test emails before launching your campaigns URL: /docs/editor-email/email-editor-sending-tests # Sending Test Emails Before launching an email campaign, it's important to send test emails to verify your template appears correctly. This guide will walk you through the process of sending test emails and troubleshooting common issues. ## Sending a Test Email To send a test email of your template: 1. Navigate to **Templates → Email Templates** 2. Select the email template you want to test 3. Once in the email editor, click the **Send test email** button in the upper right corner 4. A test email panel will appear ## Adding Test Recipients After opening the test email panel: 1. Enter your email address in the **To Email** field 2. Click **Add to list** 3. Your email will appear in the recipient list below You can add multiple email addresses to test with different email clients and devices. ## Sending Options You have two options for sending your test: ### Quick Send - Click the **Quick send** button next to an individual email address - This sends the test email only to that specific recipient ### Send to All - Check the box next to one or more email addresses - Click **Send to all above** - This sends the test email to all selected recipients simultaneously After clicking send, you'll receive a notification saying "Message is being queued for delivery." The email should arrive in your inbox within a few minutes. ## Troubleshooting Missing Test Emails If you don't receive your test email, there are several potential issues to check: ### 1. Verify Email Opt-In Status Check that your email address is in your dashboard and is opted in to receive email messages: 1. Go to **Audience** in the dashboard on the left-hand side 2. Enter your email in the search field and click **Search** Alternatively: 1. Click the magnifying glass icon in the upper right corner 2. Enter your email address 3. Select your email address from the results to access your contact profile Once on your contact profile: 1. Look at the right-hand side panel 2. Select **Send Settings** 3. Verify that the **Send email** toggle is turned ON ### 2. Check Email Logs You can verify if the test email was sent and delivered by checking the email logs: 1. Navigate to **Analytics → Email Logs** 2. Search for your email address 3. Check the status of your test email: - **Sent**: The email was successfully sent from SendSquared - **Delivered**: The email was successfully delivered to the recipient's mail server - **Opened**: The recipient has opened the email - **Bounced**: The email couldn't be delivered - **Failed**: There was an issue sending the email ### 3. Add Your Contact to the Database If your email or name doesn't appear in the search results, you'll need to add yourself as a contact: 1. Go to **Audience → Groups** 2. Select the appropriate group (or create a new one) 3. Click **Add Contact to this Group** 4. Fill out your contact information 5. Click **Save Contact** For detailed instructions on adding contacts, please see the [Adding Contacts](../contacts/contact-add) guide. ## Best Practices for Test Emails ### Test with Multiple Email Clients - Send tests to addresses using different email services (Gmail, Outlook, Yahoo, etc.) - View on both desktop and mobile devices ### Check All Interactive Elements - Verify all links are working correctly - Ensure buttons are properly styled and functional - Confirm that images display correctly ### Review Personalization Tokens - Test emails with personalization tokens to ensure they resolve correctly - Include test contacts with different field values to verify dynamic content ### Preview Text - Verify that your preview text appears correctly in the inbox view - Ensure subject line displays as intended ## Next Steps After successfully testing your email: 1. Make any necessary adjustments based on your test results 2. Save the final version of your template 3. Proceed to [creating an email campaign](../campaigns/send-email-campaign) --- ### Using Handlebars Conditionals Learn how to use Handlebars if and unless clauses in email templates for dynamic content URL: /docs/editor-email/email-editor-handlebars-conditionals # Using Handlebars Conditionals in Email Templates Handlebars conditionals allow you to show or hide content in your email templates based on specific conditions. This guide covers how to use `{{#if}}` and `{{#unless}}` statements to create dynamic, personalized emails. ## Basic If Statements The `{{#if}}` helper allows you to conditionally display content when a value exists or is truthy. ### Syntax ```handlebars {{#if variable}} This content shows when variable exists and is truthy {{/if}} ``` ### Example: Show Content Based on Reservation Type ```handlebars {{#if reservation.reservation_type}} Reservation Type: {{reservation.reservation_type}} **Total Price**: {{format-currency reservation.total_revenue "$"}} **Amount Paid**: {{format-currency reservation.total_paid "$"}} **Balance:** {{format-currency (basic-math reservation.total_revenue "-" reservation.total_paid) "$"}} {{/if}} ``` ## Unless Statements The `{{#unless}}` helper is the opposite of `{{#if}}` - it shows content when a condition is false or when a value doesn't exist. ### Syntax ```handlebars {{#unless variable}} This content shows when variable is false or doesn't exist {{/unless}} ``` ### Example: Hide Content for Specific Reservation Types ```handlebars {{#unless (eq reservation.reservation_type 'OWN')}} {{reservation.reservation_type}} Below is your receipt and transaction information: **Total Price**: {{format-currency reservation.total_revenue "$"}} **Amount Paid**: {{format-currency reservation.total_paid "$"}} **Balance:** {{format-currency (basic-math reservation.total_revenue "-" reservation.total_paid) "$"}} {{/unless}} ``` This example shows the receipt information for all reservation types except 'OWN'. ## If-Else Statements You can use `{{else}}` to provide alternative content when a condition is not met. ### Syntax ```handlebars {{#if condition}} Content when condition is true {{else}} Content when condition is false {{/if}} ``` ### Example: Different Messages Based on Payment Status ```handlebars {{#if reservation.total_paid}} Thank you for your payment of {{format-currency reservation.total_paid "$"}} {{else}} No payment has been received yet {{/if}} ``` ## Nested Conditionals You can nest conditional statements to create more complex logic. ### Example: Multiple Condition Checks ```handlebars {{#if reservation.reservation_type}} {{#if reservation.total_revenue}} Reservation Type: {{reservation.reservation_type}} Total: {{format-currency reservation.total_revenue "$"}} {{#if reservation.total_paid}} Payment Received: {{format-currency reservation.total_paid "$"}} {{else}} No payment received yet {{/if}} {{else}} Reservation type exists but no pricing information available {{/if}} {{else}} No reservation information available {{/if}} ``` ## Common Use Cases ### 1. Personalized Greetings ```handlebars {{#if contact.first_name}} Hello {{contact.first_name}}, {{else}} Hello, {{/if}} ``` ### 2. Conditional Content Based on Guest History ```handlebars {{#if contact.total_reservations}} {{#if (gt contact.total_reservations 5)}} As a frequent guest, you've earned VIP status! {{else}} Thank you for being a returning guest! {{/if}} {{else}} Welcome! We're excited to host you for the first time. {{/if}} {{#if reservation.has_future}} We look forward to your upcoming reservations! {{/if}} ``` ### 3. Dynamic Reservation Details ```handlebars {{#if reservation.deposit}} **Deposit Required: {{format-currency reservation.deposit "$"}}** {{#if reservation.total_paid}} ✓ Deposit paid {{else}} ⚠ Deposit pending {{/if}} {{/if}} {{#if reservation.cancelled_at}} **This reservation was cancelled on {{format-date reservation.cancelled_at "MMM DD, YYYY"}}** {{else}} **Status: {{reservation.status}}** {{/if}} ``` ### 4. Conditional Unit Information ```handlebars {{#if units.0.wifi_ssid}} ## WiFi Information Network: {{units.0.wifi_ssid}} Password: {{units.0.wifi_code}} {{/if}} {{#if units.0.door_code}} ## Access Codes Door Code: {{units.0.door_code}} {{#if units.0.gate_code}} Gate Code: {{units.0.gate_code}} {{/if}} {{/if}} ``` ### 5. Contact Communication Preferences ```handlebars {{#unless contact.dont_send_email}}

You're receiving this email because you've opted in to our communications.

{{/unless}} {{#if contact.birthday}} {{#if (eq (format-date contact.birthday "MM") (format-date "now" "MM"))}} 🎉 Happy Birthday Month! Enjoy a special discount on your next stay. {{/if}} {{/if}} ``` ## Best Practices 1. **Keep Logic Simple**: Complex conditional logic can be hard to maintain. Consider simplifying your conditions or handling complex logic before the email is sent. 2. **Test Thoroughly**: Always test your templates with different data scenarios to ensure conditionals work as expected. 3. **Provide Fallbacks**: Use `{{else}}` blocks to provide default content when conditions aren't met. 4. **Check for Empty Values**: Remember that empty strings, zero, and false are considered falsy in Handlebars. 5. **Use Descriptive Variable Names**: Make your templates easier to understand by using clear, descriptive variable names. 6. **Handle Date Comparisons**: When comparing dates, use format helpers to ensure consistent comparisons. 7. **Consider Locale**: For international guests, use `{{contact.locale}}` to conditionally show content in different languages. ## Limitations - Handlebars conditionals only support simple boolean logic - You cannot use complex expressions directly in `{{#if}}` statements without helpers - For equality checks and other comparisons, you'll need to use helpers like `(eq)` as shown in the examples ## Related Topics - [Email Editor Overview](./email-editor-overview.md) - [Token Table Reference Guide](/docs/reference-guides/token-table) - [Email Template Best Practices](/docs/campaigns/send-email-campaign#best-practices-for-email-campaigns) --- ### Dynamic AMP Emails Learn how to create interactive, dynamic emails using AMP technology in SendSquared URL: /docs/editor-email/email-editor-amp # Dynamic AMP Emails SendSquared allows you to create dynamic, interactive emails powered by AMP (Accelerated Mobile Pages) technology. These cutting-edge emails enable real-time content updates, interactive elements, and in-email actions that were previously impossible with traditional HTML emails. ## What Are AMP Emails? AMP for Email is a technology that allows you to include interactive, dynamic components in your emails. Unlike traditional static emails, AMP emails can: - Update content in real-time after sending - Include interactive elements like carousels, accordions, and forms - Allow recipients to take actions directly within the email - Deliver personalized, up-to-date information each time the email is opened ## Benefits of Using AMP Emails ### Higher Engagement Interactive elements naturally invite interaction, which can lead to: - Increased open and click-through rates - Longer time spent engaging with your content - More effective calls-to-action - In some cases, up to 5x higher conversion rates ### Enhanced User Experience AMP emails create a more app-like experience: - Recipients can interact without leaving their inbox - Forms can be completed directly within the email - Real-time information is always current and relevant - Reduced friction leads to higher completion rates for desired actions ### Competitive Advantage As an emerging technology, AMP emails help your brand: - Stand out in crowded inboxes - Showcase innovation and technical prowess - Deliver a premium communication experience - Collect valuable feedback directly through emails ## When to Use AMP Emails AMP emails are particularly effective for: ### Booking and Reservations Allow guests to: - View real-time availability - Select dates and options - Complete bookings directly in email ### Feedback Collection Gather valuable insights: - NPS and satisfaction surveys - Quick post-stay feedback - Preference collection ### Pre-Arrival Information Deliver dynamic guest information: - Weather forecasts that update in real-time - Current property amenity availability - Local events happening during their stay ### Property Showcases Create engaging property presentations: - Image carousels showing multiple property views - Expandable sections for detailed amenity information - Interactive maps of the property and surrounding area ## AMP Email Components in SendSquared SendSquared's email editor includes several ready-to-use AMP components: ### Image Carousel Present multiple images in a single, interactive element: - Perfect for showcasing properties or amenities - Save space while showing more visual content - Encourage engagement through interaction ### Accordion Create expandable/collapsible content sections: - Organize information logically without overwhelming recipients - Allow recipients to focus on their areas of interest - Reduce scrolling while providing comprehensive information ### Dynamic Forms Collect information directly within the email: - Feedback surveys with multiple question types - Registration or preference forms - Contact information updates ### Real-Time Content Display information that updates each time the email is opened: - Current pricing and availability - Weather forecasts - Countdown timers ## Creating AMP Emails in SendSquared ### Method 1: Using Pre-built AMP Blocks The easiest way to create AMP emails: 1. Navigate to **Templates → Email Templates** 2. Create a new template or edit an existing one 3. In the editor, locate the AMP blocks section 4. Drag the desired AMP component into your template 5. Configure the component settings 6. Create a fallback for email clients that don't support AMP ### Method 2: Using Pre-designed AMP Templates Start with a complete template designed for AMP: 1. Navigate to **Templates → Email Templates** 2. Click **New Template** 3. Select the **Prepared Templates** tab 4. Filter for AMP templates 5. Choose a template that fits your needs 6. Customize content and design as needed ### Method 3: Connect to Dynamic Data Sources For advanced real-time content: 1. Create and format your data in Google Sheets or another data source 2. Connect your email to the data source 3. Configure how and when the data should update 4. Set up appropriate fallbacks for non-AMP clients ## Important Considerations ### Email Client Support Currently, AMP email support is limited to specific email clients. According to [Can I Email](https://www.caniemail.com/features/amp/), AMP for Email is "supported in Yahoo! Mail. Partially supported in Gmail. Not supported in Apple Mail, Outlook." Support for rendering emails in the AMP format. As of 2025, the main email clients that support AMP emails are: - Gmail (web and mobile apps) - Yahoo Mail (web and mobile apps) - Mail.ru (popular in Russia) - FairEmail While this may seem limited, these supported clients account for approximately 40% of global email opens, with Gmail alone representing 36.5% of that share according to market analysis. In North America, where Gmail usage is higher, nearly 60% of email recipients can view AMP content. For all other email clients, you'll need to provide a fallback HTML version. ### Whitelisting Requirements To send AMP emails, you need to: 1. Get whitelisted with supporting email providers (Gmail, Yahoo) 2. Maintain a good sender reputation 3. Follow technical requirements for AMP email markup SendSquared can assist with the whitelisting process. ### Fallback Content Always create a traditional HTML version of your email as a fallback: - For email clients that don't support AMP - For forwarded emails (AMP content doesn't forward) - For situations where AMP content fails to load ## Testing AMP Emails Before sending, thoroughly test your AMP emails: 1. Send test emails to your own address 2. Verify that all interactive elements work properly 3. Check the fallback version in non-supporting email clients 4. Test on both desktop and mobile devices 5. Have team members review and test functionality ## Best Practices ### Keep it Simple - Start with one AMP component per email - Ensure your AMP elements have clear instructions - Don't overwhelm recipients with too many interactive elements ### Focus on Value - Use AMP to solve problems or add genuine value - Don't use interactive elements just for novelty - Consider the recipient's context and needs ### Ensure Performance - Optimize images and content for quick loading - Test thoroughly before sending - Monitor metrics to see which AMP elements perform best ## Getting Started To begin creating AMP emails in SendSquared: 1. Ensure you have the appropriate permissions 2. Start with a simple component like an image carousel 3. Test thoroughly before sending to your audience 4. Gradually incorporate more complex components as you gain experience For assistance with AMP emails, contact your SendSquared representative or reach out to [support@sendsquared.com](mailto:support@sendsquared.com). --- ### Content Blocks Create and manage reusable content components for emails, landing pages, and campaigns with centralized updates and version control for consistent branding. URL: /docs/editor-email/content-blocks Tags: editor-email, content-blocks, reusable-content, templates, email-marketing, branding, content-management # Content Blocks Content Blocks are reusable pieces of content that can be shared across multiple campaigns, emails, and landing pages. They help maintain consistency and save time by allowing you to update content in one place. ## Overview Content Blocks enable you to: - Create reusable content components - Maintain brand consistency across campaigns - Update content globally from one location - Build a library of approved content - Reduce content creation time ## Types of Content Blocks ### Text Blocks - Headers and footers - Legal disclaimers - Company descriptions - Product information - Terms and conditions ### Image Blocks - Logos and branding elements - Product images - Team photos - Banners and headers - Social media icons ### HTML Blocks - Complex layouts - Interactive elements - Custom styled content - Embedded forms - Dynamic content ### Mixed Content Blocks - Image with text overlays - Call-to-action sections - Feature highlights - Testimonials - Pricing tables ## Creating Content Blocks ### Accessing Content Blocks 1. Navigate to **Content** > **Content Blocks** in the main menu 2. Click **Create New Block** to start ### Content Block Editor The editor provides: - **Visual Editor**: Drag-and-drop interface - **HTML Editor**: Direct code editing - **Preview Mode**: See how it will appear - **Mobile Preview**: Check responsive design ### Creating a New Block 1. Click **Create Content Block** 2. Choose block type: - Text only - Image only - HTML/Mixed content 3. Name your block descriptively 4. Add tags for easy searching 5. Design your content 6. Save and publish ### Editor Features - **Rich Text Formatting**: - Font styles and sizes - Colors and highlighting - Lists and indentation - Links and buttons - **Image Tools**: - Upload or select from library - Resize and crop - Add alt text - Link images - **Layout Options**: - Column structures - Spacing controls - Alignment options - Responsive settings ## Managing Content Blocks ### Content Block List View all content blocks with: - Thumbnail previews - Usage count - Last modified date - Created by - Tags and categories ### Searching and Filtering - **Search Bar**: Find blocks by name or content - **Filter by Type**: Text, Image, HTML - **Filter by Tag**: Custom categories - **Filter by Usage**: Most/least used - **Filter by Date**: Recently modified ### Organizing Blocks - **Categories**: Group related blocks - **Tags**: Add multiple tags for filtering - **Favorites**: Star frequently used blocks - **Archive**: Hide outdated blocks without deleting ## Using Content Blocks ### In Email Campaigns 1. While editing an email, click **Add Content Block** 2. Browse or search for the desired block 3. Drag into position or click to insert 4. The block appears with all formatting intact ### In Landing Pages 1. Access the landing page editor 2. Select **Content Blocks** from the elements panel 3. Choose and position your block 4. Resize or adjust as needed ### In SMS Templates 1. Create or edit an SMS template 2. Click **Insert Content Block** 3. Select text-only blocks 4. Content is automatically formatted for SMS ### Dynamic Content Blocks Use merge tags within blocks: - `{{FirstName}}` - Recipient's first name - `{{CompanyName}}` - Company information - `{{CustomField}}` - Any custom field data - Conditional content based on segments ## Editing Content Blocks ### Making Changes 1. Navigate to the Content Blocks list 2. Click the block you want to edit 3. Make your changes in the editor 4. Choose update option: - **Update Everywhere**: Changes apply to all uses - **Save as New**: Create a variation ### Version Control - View revision history - Compare versions - Restore previous versions - Track who made changes ### Global Updates When updating a content block: - All campaigns using it update automatically - See list of affected campaigns before saving - Option to exclude specific campaigns - Schedule updates for specific times ## Content Block Permissions ### Access Levels - **View Only**: Can use but not edit - **Editor**: Can create and modify own blocks - **Manager**: Can edit all blocks - **Admin**: Full permissions including delete ### Approval Workflow 1. Creator submits block for review 2. Approver receives notification 3. Review and feedback process 4. Approved blocks marked as "Verified" 5. Only verified blocks available to all users ## Best Practices ### Naming Conventions - Use descriptive names - Include version numbers if needed - Indicate purpose (e.g., "Footer-Legal-2024") - Avoid special characters ### Design Guidelines - Keep blocks modular and flexible - Test across different email clients - Ensure mobile responsiveness - Maintain brand consistency - Use web-safe fonts ### Performance Tips - Optimize images before uploading - Keep HTML code clean - Avoid excessive inline CSS - Test loading times - Monitor block performance ## Advanced Features ### A/B Testing Blocks - Create variations of content blocks - Test different versions in campaigns - Track performance metrics - Automatically adopt winning versions ### Personalization - Create dynamic blocks with merge fields - Show different content based on: - Customer segments - Geographic location - Purchase history - Engagement level ### Integration with Assets - Link to Asset Library images - Automatic image optimization - CDN delivery for fast loading - Centralized asset management ## Content Block Analytics ### Usage Tracking - See which campaigns use each block - Track engagement metrics - Identify top-performing blocks - Monitor click rates on CTAs ### Performance Reports - Engagement by block type - A/B test results - Device-specific performance - Geographic performance data ## Troubleshooting ### Common Issues - **Block Not Displaying**: Check HTML validity - **Formatting Issues**: Review CSS conflicts - **Image Problems**: Verify image URLs - **Mobile Display**: Test responsive settings ### Block Recovery - Deleted blocks in trash for 30 days - Restore from version history - Contact support for older versions ## Tips for Success ### Content Strategy - Plan your block library structure - Create templates for common needs - Regular content audits - Update seasonal content proactively ### Team Collaboration - Share best-performing blocks - Document block purposes - Regular team training - Establish content standards --- ### Dark Mode for Email Templates URL: /docs/editor-email/email-editor-dark-mode # Dark Mode for Email Templates Dark mode has become increasingly popular across email clients, with many users preferring the reduced eye strain and battery savings it provides. Creating email templates that look great in both light and dark modes requires careful consideration of colors, images, and CSS techniques. ## Understanding Dark Mode in Email When dark mode is enabled, email clients attempt to automatically adjust your email's colors to provide a dark background with light text. However, different email clients handle this transformation differently, which can lead to unexpected results if not properly managed. ### How Email Clients Apply Dark Mode Email clients use three main approaches to apply dark mode: 1. **Full Color Inversion**: Some clients invert all colors completely 2. **Partial Color Adjustment**: Others selectively adjust certain colors while leaving others unchanged 3. **No Changes**: Some clients respect your original design and don't apply any dark mode transformations ## CSS Media Queries for Dark Mode The most reliable way to control how your emails appear in dark mode is by using the `prefers-color-scheme` media query. This allows you to define specific styles that only apply when dark mode is active. ### Basic Dark Mode Media Query ```css @media (prefers-color-scheme: dark) { /* Dark mode styles go here */ .email-container { background-color: #1a1a1a !important; color: #ffffff !important; } .text-primary { color: #b3d9ff !important; } .button { background-color: #4a90e2 !important; color: #ffffff !important; } } ``` ### Targeting Both Light and Dark Modes ```css /* Light mode (default) */ .email-container { background-color: #ffffff; color: #333333; } /* Dark mode override */ @media (prefers-color-scheme: dark) { .email-container { background-color: #1a1a1a !important; color: #f0f0f0 !important; } } ``` ## Mail User Agent (MUA) Specific CSS Different email clients require specific approaches to ensure consistent dark mode rendering. Here's how to handle the most popular email clients: ### Apple Mail (iOS & macOS) Apple Mail provides excellent support for the `prefers-color-scheme` media query and respects most dark mode CSS. ```css @media (prefers-color-scheme: dark) { /* Apple Mail specific dark mode styles */ .apple-mail-container { background-color: #000000 !important; color: #ffffff !important; } /* Fix for transparent images */ .logo-image { background-color: #ffffff; border-radius: 8px; padding: 10px; } } ``` ### Gmail (Web & Mobile) Gmail has limited support for dark mode CSS and often applies its own color transformations. Use these techniques: ```css /* Gmail-specific dark mode meta tag (add to ) */ /* CSS for Gmail dark mode */ u + .body .gmail-hide-dark { display: none !important; } u + .body .gmail-show-dark { display: block !important; } /* Prevent Gmail from inverting certain elements */ .gmail-no-invert { background-color: #ffffff !important; color: #000000 !important; } ``` ### Outlook (Desktop & Web) Outlook has varying levels of dark mode support across versions. Use these approaches: ```css /* Outlook.com and new Outlook */ [data-ogsc] .outlook-container { background-color: #1a1a1a !important; color: #ffffff !important; } /* Outlook desktop (Windows) */ @media (prefers-color-scheme: dark) { .outlook-desktop-dark { background-color: #111111 !important; color: #ffffff !important; } /* Force white background for certain elements */ .outlook-light-bg { background-color: #ffffff !important; color: #000000 !important; } } ``` ### Yahoo Mail Yahoo Mail requires specific attribute selectors for dark mode: ```css /* Yahoo Mail dark mode */ @media (prefers-color-scheme: dark) { .yahoo-container { background-color: #2d2d2d !important; color: #ffffff !important; } } /* Yahoo-specific attribute selector */ [class*="yahoo"] .content-block { background-color: #1a1a1a !important; color: #e0e0e0 !important; } ``` ### Samsung Mail Samsung Mail on Android devices has its own dark mode implementation: ```css @media (prefers-color-scheme: dark) { /* Samsung Mail specific */ .samsung-dark-mode { background-color: #000000 !important; color: #ffffff !important; } /* Prevent color inversion on images */ .samsung-image-fix { opacity: 0.99; } } ``` ## Advanced Dark Mode Techniques ### Using CSS Custom Properties CSS custom properties (variables) can make dark mode implementation more maintainable: ```css :root { --bg-primary: #ffffff; --text-primary: #333333; --text-secondary: #666666; --accent-color: #007bff; --border-color: #dddddd; } @media (prefers-color-scheme: dark) { :root { --bg-primary: #1a1a1a; --text-primary: #f0f0f0; --text-secondary: #b0b0b0; --accent-color: #4da3ff; --border-color: #444444; } } /* Use the variables throughout your styles */ .email-body { background-color: var(--bg-primary); color: var(--text-primary); border-color: var(--border-color); } ``` ### Handling Images in Dark Mode Images can be problematic in dark mode, especially logos with transparent backgrounds: ```css /* Add white background to transparent logos */ @media (prefers-color-scheme: dark) { .logo-container { background-color: #ffffff; padding: 15px; border-radius: 8px; display: inline-block; } /* Use different images for dark mode */ .light-mode-only { display: none !important; } .dark-mode-only { display: block !important; } } /* Hide dark mode images in light mode */ @media (prefers-color-scheme: light) { .dark-mode-only { display: none !important; } } ``` ### Dark Mode Color Considerations When choosing colors for dark mode, consider these guidelines: ```css @media (prefers-color-scheme: dark) { /* Background colors */ .bg-primary { background-color: #121212 !important; } /* Pure black can be harsh */ .bg-secondary { background-color: #1e1e1e !important; } .bg-tertiary { background-color: #2a2a2a !important; } /* Text colors */ .text-primary { color: #ffffff !important; } /* Full white for primary text */ .text-secondary { color: #b3b3b3 !important; } /* Slightly dimmed for secondary */ .text-muted { color: #808080 !important; } /* Muted text */ /* Accent colors - increase brightness */ .text-link { color: #4da3ff !important; } /* Brighter blue for links */ .text-success { color: #4caf50 !important; } /* Adjusted green */ .text-warning { color: #ff9800 !important; } /* Adjusted orange */ .text-danger { color: #f44336 !important; } /* Adjusted red */ /* Border colors */ .border { border-color: #404040 !important; } } ``` ## Testing Dark Mode ### Email Client Testing Matrix To ensure your dark mode styles work correctly, test across these email clients: 1. **Apple Mail** (iOS 13+, macOS 10.15+) - Test on iPhone and Mac - Check both light and dark system settings 2. **Gmail** (Web and Mobile) - Test Gmail web with browser dark mode - Test Gmail mobile app dark mode 3. **Outlook** (Various versions) - Outlook.com web - Outlook desktop (Windows) - Outlook mobile (iOS/Android) 4. **Yahoo Mail** - Web version with dark theme - Mobile app 5. **Samsung Mail** - Android devices with dark mode enabled ### Preview Testing Tips 1. **Use System Settings**: Toggle your device's dark mode to test 2. **Browser Extensions**: Use dark mode simulators for web testing 3. **Email Testing Tools**: Services like Litmus or Email on Acid provide dark mode previews 4. **Real Device Testing**: Always test on actual devices when possible ## Best Practices ### 1. Always Provide Fallbacks ```css /* Default light mode styles */ .content-block { background-color: #ffffff; color: #333333; } /* Dark mode override with !important */ @media (prefers-color-scheme: dark) { .content-block { background-color: #1a1a1a !important; color: #ffffff !important; } } ``` ### 2. Use Semantic Color Names Instead of using color-specific class names, use semantic names that make sense in both modes: ```css /* Good */ .text-primary { color: #333333; } .bg-surface { background-color: #ffffff; } /* Avoid */ .text-black { color: #000000; } .bg-white { background-color: #ffffff; } ``` ### 3. Test Contrast Ratios Ensure your dark mode colors meet WCAG accessibility standards: - Normal text: 4.5:1 contrast ratio minimum - Large text: 3:1 contrast ratio minimum - Use tools like [WebAIM's contrast checker](https://webaim.org/resources/contrastchecker/) ### 4. Consider Partial Dark Mode Support Some email clients only partially support dark mode. Design with this in mind: ```css /* Base styles that work in both modes */ .universal-block { background-color: #f0f0f0; color: #333333; border: 1px solid #cccccc; } /* Enhanced dark mode for clients that support it */ @media (prefers-color-scheme: dark) { .universal-block { background-color: #2a2a2a !important; color: #f0f0f0 !important; border-color: #555555 !important; } } ``` ### 5. Document Your Dark Mode Strategy Include comments in your templates to help maintain consistency: ```css /* Dark Mode Color Palette: - Primary BG: #1a1a1a - Secondary BG: #2a2a2a - Primary Text: #ffffff - Secondary Text: #b3b3b3 - Accent: #4da3ff - Borders: #404040 */ ``` ## Troubleshooting Common Issues ### Images Appearing Inverted ```css @media (prefers-color-scheme: dark) { /* Prevent image inversion */ img { opacity: 0.999; /* Tricks some clients into not inverting */ } /* Or force white background */ .image-container { background-color: #ffffff !important; padding: 10px; } } ``` ### Text Becoming Invisible ```css /* Ensure text remains visible in all modes */ .safe-text { color: #333333; } @media (prefers-color-scheme: dark) { .safe-text { color: #ffffff !important; /* Force white in dark mode */ } } ``` ### Buttons Losing Contrast ```css /* Button with good contrast in both modes */ .cta-button { background-color: #007bff; color: #ffffff; border: 2px solid #007bff; } @media (prefers-color-scheme: dark) { .cta-button { background-color: #4da3ff !important; color: #000000 !important; /* Dark text on light button */ border-color: #4da3ff !important; } } ``` ## Summary Creating effective dark mode email templates requires understanding how different email clients handle dark mode, implementing appropriate CSS media queries, and thoroughly testing across platforms. By following these guidelines and using MUA-specific CSS when needed, you can ensure your emails look professional and remain readable regardless of the user's color scheme preference. Remember to always test your templates in actual email clients, as rendering can vary significantly between platforms. With careful planning and implementation, your emails can provide an excellent experience for all users, whether they prefer light or dark mode. --- ### Template Gallery Browse and customize professional pre-built templates for emails, landing pages, forms, and SMS campaigns with industry-specific designs and mobile optimization. URL: /docs/editor-email/template-gallery Tags: editor-email, templates, template-gallery, email-design, landing-pages, forms, marketing-templates # Template Gallery The Template Gallery provides a comprehensive library of pre-built templates for emails, landing pages, forms, and other marketing materials. Access professional designs and customize them for your campaigns. ## Overview The Template Gallery helps you: - Access professional pre-built templates - Save time with ready-to-use designs - Maintain brand consistency - Customize templates to your needs - Share templates across teams - Create your own template library ## Template Categories ### Email Templates Professional email designs for: - **Welcome Series**: Onboarding new subscribers - **Newsletters**: Regular updates and content - **Promotional**: Sales and special offers - **Transactional**: Order confirmations, receipts - **Event Invitations**: Webinars, conferences - **Re-engagement**: Win back inactive contacts ### Landing Page Templates Conversion-optimized pages for: - **Lead Generation**: Capture contact information - **Product Launch**: Introduce new offerings - **Event Registration**: Sign-ups and RSVPs - **Coming Soon**: Pre-launch pages - **Thank You**: Post-conversion pages - **Sales Pages**: Product/service promotion ### Form Templates Data collection forms for: - **Contact Forms**: Basic information capture - **Survey Forms**: Feedback collection - **Registration Forms**: Event sign-ups - **Application Forms**: Detailed submissions - **Quiz Forms**: Interactive assessments - **Order Forms**: Purchase information ### SMS Templates Text message templates for: - **Alerts**: Time-sensitive notifications - **Reminders**: Appointment confirmations - **Promotions**: Special offers - **Updates**: Status changes - **Follow-ups**: Post-interaction messages ## Accessing the Gallery ### Gallery Navigation 1. Navigate to **Templates** > **Gallery** 2. Browse by category 3. Use search function 4. Filter by: - Industry - Use case - Design style - Features - Popularity ### Template Preview - Thumbnail view - Full preview mode - Mobile/desktop views - Interactive preview - Feature highlights ## Template Features ### Design Elements Each template includes: - **Professional Layouts**: Tested designs - **Responsive Design**: Mobile-optimized - **Brand Areas**: Logo and color placement - **Content Blocks**: Modular sections - **Call-to-Actions**: Conversion elements ### Customization Options - **Colors**: Match brand palette - **Fonts**: Typography selection - **Images**: Replace with your assets - **Content**: Edit all text - **Layout**: Rearrange sections ### Technical Features - **Cross-client Compatible**: Works everywhere - **Load Time Optimized**: Fast performance - **Accessibility**: WCAG compliant - **SEO Friendly**: Search optimized - **Analytics Ready**: Tracking enabled ## Using Templates ### Selecting a Template 1. Browse or search gallery 2. Click template to preview 3. Check features and compatibility 4. Click **Use This Template** 5. Template opens in editor ### Customizing Templates #### Visual Editor - Drag-and-drop interface - Inline editing - Real-time preview - Undo/redo support - Auto-save feature #### Content Editing - Click to edit text - Replace placeholder content - Add dynamic fields - Insert merge tags - Update links #### Design Modifications - Change color schemes - Update fonts - Replace images - Adjust spacing - Modify layouts ### Saving Templates - **Save as Draft**: Continue editing later - **Save as Template**: Add to personal library - **Save Version**: Create variations - **Export**: Download for external use ## Creating Custom Templates ### Template Builder Build templates from scratch: 1. Click **Create New Template** 2. Choose template type 3. Select base layout 4. Add components 5. Customize design ### Template Components - Headers - Hero sections - Content blocks - Feature lists - Testimonials - Footers - CTAs ### Best Practices - Start with proven layouts - Maintain consistency - Test across devices - Optimize for conversion - Keep it simple ## Template Library Management ### Personal Library Organize your templates: - **Favorites**: Star frequently used - **Categories**: Create custom groups - **Tags**: Add searchable labels - **Versions**: Track iterations - **Archives**: Store old versions ### Team Sharing - Share with team members - Set permissions - Collaborative editing - Version control - Approval workflows ### Template Import/Export - Import external templates - Export for backup - Share between accounts - Migrate templates - Format conversion ## Industry Templates ### Real Estate - Property listings - Open house invitations - Market reports - Agent introductions - Neighborhood guides ### E-commerce - Product launches - Cart abandonment - Order confirmations - Shipping updates - Review requests ### SaaS - Trial offers - Feature announcements - Onboarding sequences - Renewal reminders - Usage reports ### Healthcare - Appointment reminders - Health tips - Patient surveys - Service introductions - Follow-up care ### Education - Course announcements - Student newsletters - Event invitations - Alumni updates - Enrollment campaigns ## Template Analytics ### Performance Tracking Monitor template success: - Open rates - Click rates - Conversion rates - Engagement metrics - A/B test results ### Template Insights - Most used templates - Best performers - User ratings - Modification patterns - Success metrics ## Advanced Features ### Dynamic Templates - Conditional content - Personalization rules - Behavioral triggers - Segment-specific sections - A/B test variants ### Multi-language Templates - Language variations - RTL support - Localized content - Cultural adaptations - Translation management ### Integration Features - CRM field mapping - Asset library connection - Brand kit integration - Analytics platforms - Third-party tools ## Template Marketplace ### Premium Templates - Designer collections - Industry exclusives - Advanced features - Priority support - Regular updates ### Community Templates - User submissions - Free templates - Ratings and reviews - Comments and feedback - Sharing rewards ## Mobile Optimization ### Mobile-First Design All templates feature: - Responsive layouts - Touch-friendly buttons - Readable fonts - Optimized images - Fast loading ### Mobile Preview - Device simulation - Orientation testing - Email client preview - SMS preview - App preview ## Compliance Features ### Legal Compliance Templates include: - Unsubscribe links - Privacy policy links - Terms of service - GDPR compliance - CAN-SPAM compliance ### Accessibility - Alt text for images - Proper heading structure - Color contrast - Keyboard navigation - Screen reader support ## Best Practices ### Template Selection - Match your brand - Consider audience - Check mobile view - Test functionality - Review analytics ### Customization Tips - Keep brand consistent - Don't over-design - Focus on message - Test variations - Monitor performance ### Template Maintenance - Regular updates - Performance reviews - Design refreshes - Compliance checks - User feedback ## Troubleshooting ### Common Issues - **Display problems**: Check compatibility - **Broken layouts**: Verify HTML - **Missing images**: Update links - **Font issues**: Use web-safe fonts - **Loading slowly**: Optimize assets ### Support Resources - Template documentation - Video tutorials - Community forum - Design guidelines - Technical support --- ## Automations ### Automation Overview & Basics Introduction to SendSquared's automation system URL: /docs/automations/automation-overview Tags: automations, overview, workflow, getting started # Automation Overview & Basics ## Introduction to Automations Automations in SendSquared are workflow sequences that trigger specific actions based on predefined events or conditions. They allow you to send the right message, to the right person, at the right time—without manual intervention. ### Key Benefits - **Save time**: Set up once and let the system handle routine communications - **Improve consistency**: Ensure all guests receive the same high-quality communications - **Increase engagement**: Connect with guests at critical moments in their journey - **Boost revenue**: Promote additional services or encourage repeat bookings - **Reduce manual errors**: Automate repetitive tasks for greater accuracy ## Getting Started with Automations ### Creating New Automations #### Method 1: Using Templates 1. Navigate to **Automations** in your dashboard 2. Click **+ Create New Automation** 3. Browse the template library and select a template that matches your needs 4. Click **Use Template** to create a copy of the template in your account 5. Customize the automation Actions and content to fit your specific requirements 6. Give your automation a descriptive name 7. Click **Save** and then **Activate** when ready #### Method 2: Building from Scratch 1. Navigate to **Automations** in your dashboard 2. Click **+ Create New Automation** 3. Select **Start from Scratch** 4. Add a trigger Action to define when the automation should start 5. Add subsequent Actions (wait, conditions, actions) to build your workflow 6. Connect the Actions in a logical sequence 7. Configure each Action with the appropriate settings 8. Give your automation a descriptive name 9. Click **Save** and then **Activate** when ready ### Automation Canvas Navigation The automation canvas is where you build and edit your workflows: Actions are items that fire when the trigger is true. The Action that doesn't have any flow lines is called the root Action. You can only have one root Action, and all following must have flow lines identifying how they are connected. - **Zoom**: Use the controls in the bottom-right corner to zoom in/out or fit to screen - **Pan**: Click and hold anywhere on the canvas to move around - **Select**: Click on an Action to select it and view its properties - **Connect**: Click and drag from one Action's connection point to another to create a link - **Add Action**: Click the "Add Action" button that appears when hovering over connection points - **Delete Action**: Select an Action and press delete or use the "X" icon in the properties panel As shown in the screenshot, the automation canvas visually displays the flow of Actions in your automation. Blue boxes represent email Actions, green boxes represent SMS Actions, and yellow boxes represent wait Actions. ## Action Types and Configuration ### Wait Actions Wait Actions create delays in your automation flow: - **Fixed Time**: Wait for a specific number of minutes, hours, or days - **Until Specific Date**: Wait until a calendar date is reached - **Until Specific Time**: Wait until a particular time of day - **Relative to Date Field**: Wait until a date stored in a contact or reservation field In the screenshot, you can see yellow wait Action boxes like "21 Days before Arrival", "Check-in Date", and "2 Days" that create the appropriate timing between communications. ### Conditional Logic Conditions allow your automation to take different paths based on specific criteria: #### Available Operators - **Equal to / Not Equal to**: Exact matches - **Contains / Does Not Contain**: Partial text matches - **Greater Than / Less Than**: Numerical comparisons - **Is Empty / Is Not Empty**: Check for null values - **Starts With / Ends With**: Text pattern matching - **Before / After**: Date comparisons #### Condition Types - **Contact Properties**: Filter based on contact information - **Reservation Properties**: Filter based on reservation details - **Lead Properties**: Filter based on lead information - **Segment Membership**: Filter based on segment inclusion/exclusion - **Tag Presence**: Filter based on whether specific tags are applied - **Custom Field Values**: Filter based on values in custom fields ### Action Configuration Actions are the operations your automation performs. In the screenshot, you can see how Actions are configured in the right panel. - **Send Email**: Deliver an email using a selected template (blue boxes in the screenshot) - **Send SMS**: Send a text message to the contact's phone number (green boxes in the screenshot) - **Add/Remove Tag**: Apply or remove tags from contacts - **Add to Segment**: Include the contact in a specific segment - **Remove from Segment**: Remove the contact from a specific segment - **Update Contact Field**: Change values in contact record fields - **Create Task**: Generate a task for your team in the CRM - **HTTP Request**: Send data to an external system via webhook - **Assign Lead**: Allocate a lead to a specific team member ## Managing and Optimizing Automations ### Enabling/Disabling Automations 1. Navigate to **Automations** in your dashboard 2. Find the automation you want to manage 3. Toggle the status switch to enable or disable the automation - Enabled automations will process new triggers - Disabled automations will not process new triggers, but in-progress workflows will continue ### Testing Automations 1. Create your automation flow 2. Click the **Test** button in the top-right corner 3. Select a sample contact, reservation, or lead to test with 4. Choose whether to send actual messages or just simulate them 5. View the test results to verify the automation functions as expected ### Auditing Automations SendSquared provides tools to monitor and audit your automations: - **Automation History**: View a log of all automation runs 1. Navigate to **Automations > History** 2. Filter by automation name, date range, or status 3. Click on any entry to see detailed execution information - **Performance Metrics**: Analyze effectiveness 1. Navigate to **Automations > Analytics** 2. View completion rates, action success rates, and timing statistics 3. Identify bottlenecks or issues in your automation workflows - **Contact Journey View**: See a contact's automation history 1. Open a contact record 2. Navigate to the **Automations** tab 3. View all automations that have included this contact ### Troubleshooting Common Issues - **Automation Not Triggering** - Verify the automation is enabled - Check that contacts/reservations meet all condition criteria - Ensure date calculations are correct - Verify that triggers have the correct configuration - **Email Deliverability Issues** - Check spam score of email templates - Verify sender reputation and authentication settings - Review bounce logs for specific delivery problems - **SMS Delivery Problems** - Confirm phone numbers are in the correct format with country code - Verify opt-in status for all recipients - Check character count to ensure messages aren't being split - **Performance Concerns** - Review execution times for complex automations - Consider splitting very large automations into smaller, linked workflows - Check for redundant conditions or unused paths ### Advanced Automation Techniques - **A/B Testing**: Create parallel automations with different content or timing to test effectiveness - **Progressive Profiling**: Use automations to gradually gather more information about contacts - **Cross-Channel Coordination**: Synchronize messaging across email, SMS, and other channels - **Dynamic Content**: Use conditional logic to display different content based on customer attributes - **Segmentation Integration**: Combine automation workflows with dynamic segments - **Behavioral Triggers**: Create automations that respond to website or app interactions - **Automation Chaining**: Use the completion of one automation to trigger another ## Need Help? If you need assistance setting up or customizing your automations, our support team is ready to help. Contact us at [support@sendsquared.com](mailto:support@sendsquared.com) or call +1.855.340.7363. --- ### Lead Follow-up (General) Standard follow-up workflow for all new leads within 24 hours URL: /docs/automations/lead-management/lead-follow-up Tags: automations, lead management, follow-up, general, workflow # Lead Follow-up (General) Automation The General Lead Follow-up automation ensures timely first contact with all new leads regardless of source. This automation establishes initial communication and begins the conversion process for all incoming inquiries. ## Overview **Purpose**: Provide immediate response to all new leads and begin the qualification and conversion process. **Trigger**: New lead created in system (all sources). **Channels**: Email (immediate) and task assignment for phone follow-up. ## Setup Instructions 1. Navigate to **Automations** in your SendSquared dashboard 2. Click **+ Create New Automation** 3. Select **Lead Follow-up** from the template library or start from scratch 4. Configure the automation with the following nodes: ### Step 1: Configure Trigger 1. Select the **New Lead** trigger 2. Set conditions: - **All Lead Sources**: Web forms, phone, chat, direct, partner referrals - **Exclude**: Spam flags or previously contacted ### Step 2: Add Lead Scoring 1. Add a **Lead Scoring** node 2. Configure scoring criteria: - **High Priority**: Specific dates, budget mentioned, immediate need - **Medium Priority**: Flexible dates, researching phase - **Low Priority**: General inquiries, distant travel dates ### Step 3: Create Immediate Response 1. Add an **Email** action for auto-response 2. Customize based on lead source 3. Include relevant property suggestions ### Step 4: Schedule Personal Follow-up 1. Create **Internal Task** for sales team 2. Set task priority based on lead score 3. Include context and suggested talking points ## Email Template (Standard) ``` Subject: Thank you for your inquiry about [Property/Location] Dear [Guest Name], Thank you for contacting us about your upcoming stay! We appreciate your interest in [Property Name/Location]. Based on your inquiry: • Dates of Interest: [Dates if provided] • Property Type: [Type if specified] • Guests: [Number if provided] I'm excited to help you find the perfect accommodation. Here's what happens next: 1. I'll review our available properties for your dates 2. Call you within [Timeframe] to discuss options 3. Send personalized property recommendations 4. Answer any questions you have In the meantime: • Browse our properties: [Property Link] • Check out our reviews: [Review Link] • Call us directly: [Phone Number] Looking forward to helping you plan your perfect stay! Best regards, [Sales Agent] [Property Management Company] ``` ## Email Template (Website Inquiry) ``` Subject: Your Property Search - [Location] Vacation Rentals Hi [Guest Name], Thanks for using our website to search for properties in [Location]! We noticed you were looking at: [Last Property Viewed] - [Dates] I have several other recommendations that might interest you: 1. [Property 1] - Starting at $[Rate]/night • [Key Feature] • [Key Feature] • [Key Feature] 2. [Property 2] - Starting at $[Rate]/night • [Key Feature] • [Key Feature] • [Key Feature] Would you like to: • Schedule a virtual tour? • Discuss specific requirements? • Get a custom quote? I'm happy to help narrow down the perfect property for your needs. Regards, [Sales Agent] ``` ## Phone Call Task Template ``` [LEAD FOLLOW-UP: New Inquiry] Lead Information: - Source: [Source] - Priority: [High/Medium/Low] - Response SLA: [Timeframe] Contact Details: - Name: [Guest Name] - Phone: [Phone] - Email: [Email] - Preferred Contact: [Method] Inquiry Summary: - Dates: [Dates] - Destination: [Location] - Property Type: [Type] - Budget: [If provided] - Special Requests: [Notes] Call Script Highlights: □ Confirm dates and flexibility □ Understand property preferences □ Discuss budget parameters □ Identify decision timeline □ Offer property recommendations □ Schedule follow-up Follow-up Actions: □ Send property recommendations □ Email pricing details □ Schedule property tour □ Add to appropriate nurture track ``` ## Source-Specific Templates ### Partner Referral Follow-up ``` Subject: Your referral from [Partner Name] Dear [Guest Name], Thank you for contacting us through [Partner Name]. They speak highly of our service, and we're honored to assist you. [Partner Name] has shared: • Your travel dates: [Dates] • Property preferences: [Details] • Their recommendation: [Property/Location] Special Partner Benefits: • Priority property access • Preferred rates • Dedicated concierge service I'll follow up with specific recommendations within [Timeframe]. Best regards, [Sales Manager] ``` ### Phone Inquiry Follow-up ``` Subject: Following up on your call about [Property/Location] Hi [Guest Name], Thanks for calling today! I appreciate you taking the time to discuss your upcoming stay. To recap our conversation: • You're looking for [Property Type] • Dates: [Dates] • Guests: [Number] • Budget: [Range] As discussed, I'll: 1. Check availability for your dates 2. Prepare a list of suitable properties 3. Include pricing and special offers 4. Send this information by [Date] Please call me directly at [Phone] with any immediate questions. Looking forward to helping you! [Sales Agent] ``` ## Best Practices - Respond to all leads within 1 business hour (email) - Call within 4 business hours for high-priority leads - Personalize based on inquiry details - Include specific property suggestions when possible - Set clear expectations for next steps - Track response and conversion rates ## Lead Source Handling **Website Forms:** - Immediate auto-response with property suggestions - Include link to instant booking if available **Phone Calls:** - Log call details immediately - Send follow-up email summarizing discussion **Chat Inquiries:** - Transfer to email for detailed follow-up - Include chat transcript in internal notes **Partner Referrals:** - Acknowledge referral source prominently - Highlight special partner benefits ## Measuring Success Track these key metrics: - First response time by source - Lead-to-booking conversion rate - Revenue per lead source - Agent response effectiveness - Customer satisfaction scores ## Related Automations - [Not Booked Lead Follow-up](not-booked-lead.md) - [Phone Lead Abandonment](phone-abandonment.md) - [CVB Lead Follow-up](cvb-lead.md) --- ### Automation Triggers Understanding and configuring triggers for your automations URL: /docs/automations/automation-triggers Tags: automations, triggers, events, configuration # Automation Triggers ## Understanding Triggers Triggers are the starting points of your automation. They define when an automation should run and for which contacts or reservations. A well-configured trigger ensures your automation activates at exactly the right moment in the customer journey. ## Setting Up Triggers Click on the background to load the Triggers on the right. When you click on the background, you are deselecting any given Action that is on the screen. The trigger configuration panel (shown in the screenshot) allows you to set up sophisticated trigger rules with multiple conditions. You can define: 1. **Trigger Type**: What event or condition will start the automation 2. **Conditions**: Additional criteria that must be met for the trigger to fire 3. **Logical Operators**: AND/OR conditions to create complex trigger rules ## Available Trigger Types SendSquared offers a comprehensive set of trigger types that can activate your automation workflows based on specific events or conditions. ### Reservation-Based Triggers - **Reservation Created**: Activates when a new reservation is made in your system - **Reservation Modified**: Activates when any reservation details are changed - **Reservation Cancelled**: Activates when a reservation is canceled - **Reservation Status Changed**: Activates when the status of a reservation changes - **Reservation Type Changed**: Activates when the type of reservation is modified - **Time-Based Reservation Triggers**: - **Days Before/After Arrival Date**: Activates a specified number of days before or after the guest's arrival - **Days Before/After Departure Date**: Activates a specified number of days before or after the guest's departure - **Days Before/After Contract Date**: Activates a specified number of days before or after the contract date ### Lead Management Triggers - **New Lead**: Activates when a new lead is added to the system - **Lead Updated**: Activates when lead details are changed - **Lead Assigned**: Activates when a lead is assigned to a team member - **Lead Won**: Activates when a lead is marked as won - **Lead Closed**: Activates when a lead is closed (regardless of outcome) - **Lead Reopened**: Activates when a previously closed lead is reopened - **Lead Lost Reason**: Activates when a lost reason is assigned to a lead - **Lead Followup Date**: Activates at a specified time relative to the lead followup date ### Contact-Based Triggers - **Contact Property Changed**: Activates when specific contact properties change, including: - First Name - Last Name - Email - Last Email Open - **Contact Tag Added**: Activates when a specific tag is added to a contact - **Contact Tag Removed**: Activates when a specific tag is removed from a contact - **Contact Email Verified**: Activates when a contact verifies their email address - **Contact Email Verification Sent**: Activates when a verification email is sent to a contact ### Segment/Group Triggers - **Join Segment**: Activates when a contact is added to a segment or group - **Leave Segment**: Activates when a contact is removed from a segment or group ### Communication Triggers - **SMS Incoming**: Activates when an SMS message is received from a contact - **SMS Opt-In**: Activates when a contact opts in to receive SMS messages - **SMS Opt-Out**: Activates when a contact opts out of SMS messages - **SMS Incoming from Chat**: Activates when an SMS is received through the chat interface - **WhatsApp Incoming**: Activates when a WhatsApp message is received ### E-commerce Triggers - **Cart Abandonment**: Activates when a customer abandons their shopping cart ### Channel-Specific Triggers - **Airbnb Incoming Message**: Activates when an Airbnb message is received - **Airbnb New Thread**: Activates when a new Airbnb message thread is created ### Salesroom Triggers - **Salesroom Loaded**: Activates when a salesroom is loaded - **Salesroom Updated**: Activates when a salesroom is updated - **Salesroom Proforma Change**: Activates when there's a change to a salesroom proforma ### Digital Experience Triggers - **WiFi Login**: Activates when a guest logs in to your WiFi - **Guidebook Loaded**: Activates when a guest opens your digital guidebook ## Trigger Conditions Each trigger can be refined with conditions to make your automations more targeted. Looking at the screenshot, you can see how conditions are set up in blocks with logical operators (AND/OR) and specific criteria. Triggers can have several conditions, while Actions are limited to one condition. ### Condition Types Depending on the trigger type, different condition types are available: - **Property Conditions**: For property and contact-based triggers - **Segment Conditions**: For group/segment triggers - **Connector Conditions**: For reservation triggers - **SMS Conditions**: For SMS triggers - **Reservation Conditions**: For lead triggers ### Condition Operators When creating conditions, you can use various operators: - **Equal to / Not Equal to**: Exact matches - **Contains / Does Not Contain**: Partial text matches - **Greater Than / Less Than**: Numerical comparisons - **Is Empty / Is Not Empty**: Check for null values - **Starts With / Ends With**: Text pattern matching - **Before / After**: Date comparisons ## Time-Based Triggers Time-based triggers are particularly powerful for creating guest journey automations. You can set these to activate: - At a specific time (e.g., 2:00 PM on check-in day) - A specific number of days before or after a key date - At recurring intervals When setting up time-based triggers related to reservations, you'll need to specify: 1. The date field to reference (arrival date, departure date, or contract date) 2. The time offset (number of days before or after the date) 3. Any additional conditions to filter the relevant reservations ## Advanced Trigger Configuration For more complex scenarios, you can create combinations of triggers and conditions. As shown in the screenshot, you can set up conditions like "Reservation Total Revenue is greater than or equal to 4" to target specific types of reservations. ### Condition Blocks Conditions can be grouped into blocks, with logical operators (AND/OR) connecting them. This allows for sophisticated targeting, such as: - Guests staying at specific properties AND with reservations above a certain value - Leads with specific status OR from particular sources - Contacts who have opened recent emails AND are in a specific segment ### Testing Triggers To ensure your triggers are configured correctly: 1. Use the test function to verify the trigger will fire as expected 2. Check the condition logic carefully, especially when using multiple condition blocks 3. Set up a small test segment before deploying to your entire contact base ## Best Practices for Triggers - **Be specific**: Define triggers precisely to avoid sending irrelevant communications - **Consider timing**: Ensure time-based triggers account for time zones and appropriate delivery windows - **Start simple**: Begin with straightforward triggers before implementing complex condition logic - **Document your logic**: Add notes explaining why certain triggers and conditions were chosen - **Review regularly**: Audit your triggers periodically to ensure they're still relevant and effective ## Common Trigger Scenarios ### Booking Journey Triggers - New reservation created → Send confirmation email - 7 days before arrival → Send pre-arrival information - Day of arrival → Send welcome message - Day before departure → Send checkout instructions ### Lead Nurturing Triggers - New lead created → Send initial follow-up - Lead status changes to "Interested" → Begin nurturing sequence - 5 days with no contact → Send re-engagement message ### Re-engagement Triggers - 180 days after departure → Send "We miss you" email - 1 year after booking → Send booking anniversary offer By mastering trigger configuration, you can create highly targeted automations that deliver the right message at precisely the right moment in the guest journey. --- ### Automation Library Pre-built automations to streamline your guest communications URL: /docs/automations/automation-library Tags: automations, library, templates, pre-built # Automation Library ## Introduction to the Automation Library SendSquared's automation library provides a collection of pre-built templates to help you engage with your guests throughout their journey. These automations can be customized to match your brand voice and specific operational needs. As shown in the screenshot, a complete guest journey automation might include multiple touchpoints from booking confirmation through post-stay follow-up. ## Key Benefits of the Library - **Save time**: Use pre-built templates instead of starting from scratch - **Follow best practices**: Templates incorporate industry-proven communication strategies - **Maintain consistency**: Ensure all guest communications follow your brand standards - **Cover the entire journey**: Templates are available for every stage of the guest experience - **Easy customization**: Modify any template to meet your specific needs ## Automation Library Categories We've organized our automation library into the following categories based on different stages of the guest journey and common business needs. ### Booking Journey The Booking Journey category includes automations that guide guests from their initial reservation through departure. These automations help set expectations, provide important information, and enhance the guest experience. #### [Reservation Confirmation](/docs/automations/booking-journey/reservation-confirmation) This automation sends immediate confirmation after a booking is created. As shown in the screenshot, it typically includes: - Email confirmation (blue box) - Optional SMS confirmation (green box) - Both are sent immediately upon booking creation **Key features:** - Confirms booking details - Provides payment receipt - Sets expectations for next communications - Includes property contact information #### [Pre-Arrival](/docs/automations/booking-journey/pre-arrival) Sent 7-21 days before check-in (as shown in the "21 Days before Arrival" wait Action in the screenshot), this automation prepares guests for their upcoming stay. **Key features:** - Property details and amenities - Check-in procedures - Local area information - Weather forecasts - Optional add-on services #### [Day Before Arrival](/docs/automations/booking-journey/day-before-arrival) This automation sends final instructions 24 hours before check-in. **Key features:** - Detailed check-in instructions - Door/lockbox codes - Property manager contact information - Parking details - Wi-Fi passwords #### [Post Arrival](/docs/automations/booking-journey/post-arrival) Triggered on the day of arrival (shown as "Day of Arrival Text" in the screenshot), this automation welcomes guests and ensures they've settled in comfortably. **Key features:** - Welcome message - Check-in confirmation - Support contact information - Local recommendations #### [Mid-Stay](/docs/automations/booking-journey/mid-stay) This automation checks in with guests during their stay (shown as "Mid-Stay Email" after the "2 Days" wait Action in the screenshot). **Key features:** - Satisfaction check - Additional service offerings - Local activity suggestions - Support contact details #### [Pre-Departure](/docs/automations/booking-journey/pre-departure) Sent the day before checkout (shown as "Check-out Date" wait Action in the screenshot), this automation provides departure instructions. **Key features:** - Checkout procedures - Departure time reminders - Cleaning expectations - Return instructions for keys/passes #### [Post-Departure](/docs/automations/booking-journey/post-departure) This automation follows up after the guest has checked out (triggered after the "Check-out Text" in the screenshot). **Key features:** - Thank you message - Review requests - Return visit incentives - Referral programs ### Follow-Up Journey The Follow-Up Journey category includes automations that re-engage guests after their stay, encouraging repeat bookings and referrals. #### [Booking Anniversary](/docs/automations/follow-up-journey/booking-anniversary) This automation is triggered on the anniversary of a guest's booking (shown as the "Booking Anniversary" email after the "8 Months" wait Action in the screenshot). **Key features:** - Personalized anniversary message - Special return guest offer - Seasonal updates about the property - New amenity announcements #### [Lapsed Guest](/docs/automations/follow-up-journey/lapsed-guest) This automation targets guests who haven't returned within a specific timeframe. **Key features:** - "We miss you" messaging - Special incentives for returning - Updates about property improvements - Destination highlights ### Payment Automations The Payment Automations category includes workflows related to payment collection and processing. #### [Balance Due](/docs/automations/payment-automations/balance-due) This automation reminds guests about upcoming balance payments. **Key features:** - Payment amount details - Due date reminder - Payment method instructions - Consequences of non-payment #### [Final Payment](/docs/automations/payment-automations/final-payment) This automation confirms when final payments have been processed. **Key features:** - Payment confirmation - Booking confirmation - Next steps in the guest journey - Receipt attachment ### Lead Management The Lead Management category includes automations for nurturing potential guests who haven't yet booked. #### [Lead Follow-Up](/docs/automations/lead-management/lead-follow-up) This automation provides a sequence of communications for new leads. **Key features:** - Initial inquiry response - Property highlights - Availability information - Special offers - Booking assistance #### [Not Booked Lead](/docs/automations/lead-management/not-booked-lead) This automation targets leads who showed interest but didn't complete a booking. **Key features:** - Booking incentives - Property highlights - Alternative property suggestions - Flexible date options #### [CVB Lead](/docs/automations/lead-management/cvb-lead) This automation is designed for leads from Convention & Visitors Bureaus. **Key features:** - Destination highlights - Group accommodation information - Special event facilities - Local partnership opportunities ### Marketing Campaigns The Marketing Campaigns category includes automations for general marketing activities. #### [Welcome Opt-In](/docs/automations/marketing-campaigns/welcome-opt-in) This automation welcomes new subscribers to your marketing communications. **Key features:** - Welcome message - Subscription confirmation - What to expect - Initial offer #### [SMS Opt-In](/docs/automations/marketing-campaigns/sms-opt-in) This automation confirms SMS subscriptions and sets expectations. **Key features:** - Opt-in confirmation - Frequency expectations - STOP instructions - Initial offer or welcome ## Customizing Library Automations All library automations can be customized to meet your specific needs: 1. Select the template that most closely matches your requirements 2. Click **Use Template** to create a copy 3. Modify the trigger conditions to match your business rules 4. Edit the email and SMS content to match your brand voice 5. Adjust timing to fit your specific guest journey 6. Add or remove Actions as needed 7. Test thoroughly before activating ## Best Practices for Using Library Automations ### Timing and Frequency - **Stagger communications**: Avoid sending multiple messages on the same day - **Consider time zones**: Schedule messages at appropriate times for your guests' locations - **Respect quiet hours**: Schedule SMS messages only during business hours ### Content and Personalization - **Use tokens**: Insert guest-specific information using tokens - **Maintain brand voice**: Edit templates to match your communication style - **Be concise**: Keep messages clear and to the point, especially SMS - **Test thoroughly**: Send test messages to verify formatting and personalization ### Measurement and Optimization - **Track performance**: Monitor open rates, click-through rates, and conversions - **A/B test**: Try variations of subject lines or content to improve performance - **Gather feedback**: Ask guests about their communication experience - **Iterate**: Continuously improve your automations based on performance data ## Getting Started with Library Automations To begin using the automation library: 1. Navigate to **Automations** in your dashboard 2. Click **+ Create New Automation** 3. Browse the template categories 4. Select a template that matches your needs 5. Review and customize as needed 6. Activate when ready Start with the most critical automations, such as reservation confirmations and pre-arrival information, before implementing the full suite of guest journey communications. ## Need Help? If you need assistance setting up or customizing your automations, our support team is ready to help. Contact us at [support@sendsquared.com](mailto:support@sendsquared.com) or call +1.855.340.7363. --- ### Abandoned Cart Recovery Win back potential bookings with targeted cart abandonment emails URL: /docs/automations/marketing-campaigns/abandoned # Abandoned Cart Recovery Automation The Abandoned Cart Recovery automation targets potential guests who start the booking process but don't complete their reservation, using strategic reminders and incentives to convert lost sales. ## Overview **Purpose**: Recover abandoned bookings through timely, personalized follow-up emails. **Trigger**: User abandons checkout process without completing payment. **Channels**: Email (primary), optional SMS for high-value bookings. ## Setup Instructions 1. Navigate to **Automations** in your SendSquared dashboard 2. Click **+ Create New Automation** 3. Select **Abandoned Cart** from the template library 4. Configure the automation with the following nodes: ### Step 1: Configure Abandonment Detection 1. Set up **Cart Abandonment** triggers: - Time threshold: 30+ minutes no activity - Page exit without completion - Payment form abandoned - Application closed/tab left ### Step 2: Create Email Sequence 1. Design **Three-Touch Series**: - Reminder email (1 hour after) - Incentive email (6 hours after) - Last chance email (24 hours after) ### Step 3: Add Personalization 1. Configure **Dynamic Elements**: - Property details - Search dates - Guest count - Previous browsing history ## Email Templates ### Abandoned Cart Email #1 (1 hour after) ``` Subject: You left something behind... Hi [Guest Name], We noticed you were planning a trip to [Property Name] for [Dates]. Your cart details: • [Property Name] • Check-in: [Arrival Date] • Check-out: [Departure Date] • Guests: [X] adults, [X] children • Total: $[Amount] Quick reminder: This property is currently available for your dates, but our inventory changes rapidly. Continue where you left off: [Complete Booking Button] Need assistance? Our team is here to help: • Call: [Phone Number] • Email: [Email] • Live chat available now Best regards, [Guest Relations Team] P.S. Properties in [Location] for your dates are booking up fast! ``` ### Abandoned Cart Email #2 (6 hours after) ``` Subject: Save 5% on your [Location] getaway [Guest Name], We'd hate for you to miss out on this amazing property! [Property Name] - [Location] $[Original Price] → $[Discounted Price] per night Your exclusive offer: • 5% off total stay • Free early check-in • Flexible cancellation policy • Limited time: Next 12 hours Booking summary: [Image of property] [Property Name] ✓ [X] bedrooms, [X] bathrooms ✓ [Notable amenity 1] ✓ [Notable amenity 2] ✓ Only [X] similar properties still available [Book Now & Save 5%] Time-sensitive offer expires in 12 hours! Why book with us: • Price match guarantee • 24/7 customer support • Professional cleaning standards • Secure payment processing Questions? Reply to this email or call [Phone]. Looking forward to hosting you! [Sales Team] ``` ### Abandoned Cart Email #3 (24 hours after) ``` Subject: Final notice: Your [Property] booking expires soon Dear [Guest Name], This is your final reminder about the property you were interested in: [Property Name] [Dates] Total: $[Amount] ⚠️ Your shopping cart expires in 6 hours Alternative options nearby: 1. [Similar property] - $[Price]/night 2. [Another option] - $[Price]/night 3. [Third option] - $[Price]/night Not ready to book yet? Here's what's happening: • Your search showed [X] properties available • In the last 24 hours, [X] have been booked • Very few options remain for peak dates Still interested in [Original Property]? [Finish Booking Now] Or explore alternatives: [Browse Similar Properties] Need help? We're here for you: [Phone] - Available until 10 PM EST Best regards, [Customer Care Team] P.S. Booking with [Company] guarantees you're getting the best published rates. ``` ## High-Value Cart SMS Follow-up ``` Hi [Name], just 1 click to book [Property] for [Dates]. Save 5% - complete now: [Link]. Questions? Text or call [Phone]. ``` ## Email Variations by Cart Value ### High-Value Abandonment ($1000+) ``` Subject: Personal assistance with your $[Amount] vacation booking Dear [Guest Name], I'm personally reaching out about your recent search for [Property Name] - a premium property I know well. Your travel dates: [Dates] Estimated value: $[Amount] Let me help: • Personal property tour (virtual or in-person) • Flexible payment plan available • Complimentary concierge services • Guaranteed best rate I can also discuss: - Nearby activities and events - Airport transportation - Chef or grocery delivery services - Special occasion arrangements Call me directly at [Phone] or reply to schedule a call. Best regards, [Vacation Specialist] [Direct email] ``` ### Repeat Guest Abandonment ``` Subject: Welcome back [Guest Name] - we missed you! Hi [Guest Name], We noticed you were looking at [Property] for your next trip - great choice! As a returning guest, we'd like to offer: • 5% returning guest discount • Guaranteed room upgrade availability • Early check-in priority • Your previous favorite amenities noted Last year you stayed at [Previous Property] and rated us [Rating] stars. We hope to exceed your expectations again! [Complete Your Booking] Can't complete right now? Call me directly at [Phone] to hold your dates. Looking forward to welcoming you back! [Loyalty Program Manager] ``` ## Recovery Incentives by Segment ### Budget-Conscious Travelers ``` Money-Saving Offers: • 5% cart recovery discount • Free cleaning fee waiver • Extended cancellation window • Price protection guarantee "Book now, pay later" options available ``` ### Luxury Travelers ``` VIP Perks: • Complimentary upgrade request • Private check-in service • Welcome amenity package • Priority communication channel Exclusive experiences available ``` ### Group Bookings ``` Group Benefits: • Additional 3% group discount • Free event planning consultation • Group activity coordination • Shared amenity bookings Perfect for [Family Reunions/Corporate Retreats/Wedding Parties] ``` ## Technical Implementation ### Cart Recovery Triggers ``` TRIGGER CONDITIONS: • Shopping cart created • Property selected and dated chosen • Guest information entered • At checkout page >30 seconds • No completion in X minutes • Page closed or navigated away ``` ### Dynamic Content Variables ``` {property_name} {check_in_date} {check_out_date} {total_price} {discounted_price} {nights_count} {guest_count} {previously_viewed_properties} {similar_available_properties} {competitor_pricing} ``` ## Seasonal Campaign Adjustments ### High Season (June-August) ``` Urgency Elements: • "Only [X] properties left for your dates" • "90% of summer inventory booked" • "Price may increase without notice" • "Waitlist forming for this property" ``` ### Off-Season (Winter months) ``` Value Propositions: • "Book now, travel later - lock winter rates" • "Flexible cancellation through [Date]" • "Extra night free on extended stays" • "Off-season special activities included" ``` ### Holiday Periods ``` Holiday Features: • "New Year's festivities nearby" • "Holiday decorations included" • "Family gathering perfect property" • "Christmas markets within walking distance" ``` ## A/B Testing Framework ### Email Elements to Test 1. **Subject Lines**: - Question vs. statement - Urgency vs. benefit-focused - Personalization level 2. **Send Timing**: - 30 min vs. 1 hour first email - 6 hour vs. 12 hour second email - 24 hour vs. 48 hour final 3. **Discount Offers**: - 5% vs. 10% discount - Dollar amount vs. percentage - Limited time vs. extended offer 4. **Call-to-Action**: - Button text variations - Single vs. multiple CTAs - Phone vs. email contact ## Success Metrics to Track - Cart abandonment rate by channel - Email open rates by sequence position - Click-through rates per email - Conversion rates by offer type - Average order value recovery - Revenue recovered per campaign - Time to conversion after email ## Best Practices - Send first email within 1 hour - Personalize with specific property details - Use progressive discounting carefully - Include property images in emails - Offer multiple completion options - Provide easy customer support access - Test different discount thresholds - Monitor inventory levels ## Related Automations - [Reservation Confirmation](../booking-journey/reservation-confirmation.md) --- ### Balance Due Follow-up Automated reminders for outstanding balance payments URL: /docs/automations/payment-automations/balance-due # Balance Due Follow-up Automation The Balance Due automation handles follow-up communications for guests with outstanding balance payments, ensuring timely collection while maintaining positive relationships. ## Overview **Purpose**: Collect outstanding balances through gentle reminders and proactive follow-up. **Trigger**: 7, 3, and 1 day before balance due date. **Channels**: Email (primary), SMS (for last reminders), phone calls if necessary. ## Setup Instructions 1. Navigate to **Automations** in your SendSquared dashboard 2. Click **+ Create New Automation** 3. Select **Balance Due Reminder** from the template library 4. Configure the automation with the following nodes: ### Step 1: Configure Payment Schedule Triggers 1. Select the **Date-Based Trigger** 2. Set multiple reminder points: - First notice: 7 days before due date - Second notice: 3 days before due date - Final notice: 24 hours before due date - Overdue follow-up: Day of/after due date ### Step 2: Add Payment Status Checks 1. Add **Conditional Logic** to skip paid accounts: - `BalanceAmount > 0` - `PaymentStatus <> 'Paid'` - `ReservationStatus = 'Confirmed'` ### Step 3: Create Progressive Messaging 1. Design **Escalating Reminders**: - Friendly reminder → Urgent notice → Final notice - Email → Email + SMS → Phone call ## Email Templates ### First Reminder (7 Days Before) ``` Subject: Friendly reminder: Balance due for your [Location] stay Dear [Guest Name], Just a friendly reminder that your balance for [Property Name] is due soon! Reservation Details: • Arrival date: [Arrival Date] • Departure date: [Departure Date] • Property: [Property Name] • Confirmation #: [Reference Number] Payment Information: • Balance due: $[Amount] • Due date: [Due Date] • Payment methods: Credit card, ACH, check To make your payment: 1. Online: [Payment Link] 2. By phone: [Phone Number] 3. Mail a check: [Address] Your payment ensures your reservation remains confirmed. We're looking forward to welcoming you! Questions about your reservation? Just reply to this email. Best regards, [Payment Team] [Company Name] ``` ### Second Reminder (3 Days Before) ``` Subject: Payment reminder: Due in 3 days for [Property Name] Hi [Guest Name], This is a reminder that your balance payment for [Property Name] is due in 3 days ([Due Date]). Payment Details: • Amount due: $[Amount] • Due date: [Due Date] • Last 4 digits of card on file: [XXXX] Quick Payment Options: • Pay online now: [Payment Link] • Update card on file: [Update Link] • Call to pay by phone: [Phone Number] Why pay on time? ✓ Secure your reservation ✓ Avoid late payment fees ✓ Ensure early check-in eligibility Need a different payment schedule? Contact us about our flexible options. Thank you for choosing [Company Name]! [Guest Services Team] ``` ### Final Reminder (24 Hours Before) ``` Subject: URGENT: Final payment due tomorrow Dear [Guest Name], FINAL REMINDER: Your payment of $[Amount] is due tomorrow ([Due Date]) for your stay at [Property Name]. IMPORTANT: • Amount: $[Amount] • Due: Tomorrow, [Due Date] • Status: Payment pending TO AVOID CANCELLATION: 1. Pay now: [Payment Link] 2. Call immediately: [Phone Number] 3. Email to arrange alternative: [Email] Without payment by [Due Date]: - Your reservation may be canceled - Alternative dates may be required - Different rates may apply for rebooking We want to ensure your stay is confirmed. Please act today. Sincerely, [Accounting Manager] [Phone] | [Email] ``` ## SMS Templates ### Priority Reminder (24 hours before) ``` URGENT: $[Amount] due tomorrow for [Property] stay! Pay now at [Link] or call [Phone] today to secure booking - [Company] ``` ### Day of Due Date ``` Final notice: $[Amount] for [Property] due TODAY. Pay at [Link] or call [Phone] to avoid cancellation - [Company] ``` ## Phone Script for Overdue Accounts ``` [OVERDUE PAYMENT SCRIPT] Opening: "Hi [Name], this is [Agent] from [Company] calling about your upcoming stay at [Property]. We haven't received your payment of $[Amount] that was due [Date]." Situation Check: 1. "Did you receive our payment reminders?" 2. "Is there a reason the payment hasn't been processed?" 3. "How would you like to proceed?" Solutions Offered: → Payment plans: "We can split this into 2 payments if that helps" → Card update: "Maybe the card expired? Let's update it now" → Alternative payments: "We accept bank transfer, Zelle, or check" Urgency Note: "To keep your reservation, I need to process payment today. The property has other inquiries for your dates." Resolution: "Can I process your payment now while I have you on the phone?" ``` ## Payment Plan Options ### Split Payment Offer ``` FLEXIBLE PAYMENT SOLUTION: Original Balance: $[Amount] Due: [Date] Split Option: • Payment 1: $[50%] - Due now • Payment 2: $[50%] - Due 7 days later • No additional fees • Reservation secured Accept split payment: [Link] Questions: Call [Phone] ``` ### Extended Payment Terms ``` PAYMENT EXTENSION REQUEST APPROVED: Original due date: [Date] New due date: [Extended Date] Amount: $[Total] This one-time extension ensures: ✓ Your reservation is protected ✓ No cancellation fees ✓ Original rate honored Accept new terms: [Link] ``` ## Automated Payment Processing ### Auto-charge Notification ``` Subject: Automatic payment scheduled for [Date] Dear [Guest Name], We'll process your balance payment automatically: Scheduled Payment: • Date: [Date] • Amount: $[Amount] • Card: **** [Last 4 digits] • For: [Property Name] stay If you need to: • Update payment method: [Link] • Cancel auto-payment: [Link] • Speak with us: [Phone] Thank you for choosing [Company]! Best regards, [Billing Team] ``` ## Late Payment Handling ### Late Fee Notice ``` Subject: Late payment fee applied to your account [Guest Name], We applied a late payment fee to your account: Original amount due: $[Amount] Late fee (7%): $[Fee] Total now due: $[New Total] To avoid additional fees, please pay immediately: • Online: [Payment Link] • Phone: [Phone Number] Late fee may be waived if paid within 24 hours. Call to discuss: [Phone] ``` ### Cancellation Warning ``` Subject: NOTICE OF CANCELLATION - Action Required Dear [Guest Name], Your reservation is scheduled for cancellation due to non-payment. Account Status: • Balance: $[Amount] overdue • Originally due: [Date] • Cancellation date: [Tomorrow's Date] TO SAVE YOUR RESERVATION: 1. Pay immediately: [Link] 2. Call now: [Phone] 3. Last chance ends: Today at 5 PM After cancellation: • No refund of deposit • New booking at current rates • No guarantee of availability Please contact us today to resolve this. [Manager Name] [Title] ``` ## Best Practices - Start reminders early, keep them friendly - Escalate tone gradually - Offer payment flexibility - Multiple payment options - Make payment process easy - Track successful reminder timing - Maintain professional tone - Document all communications ## Common Issues and Solutions 1. **Expired Cards**: - Proactive card update requests - Auto-update card information - Multiple card collection at booking 2. **Communication Gaps**: - Confirm email addresses - Update contact preferences - Multi-channel reminders 3. **Payment Plan Requests**: - Standard split payment options - Automatic approval thresholds - Manager approval needed amounts ## Measuring Success Track these metrics: - On-time payment rate - Average days to payment - Late fee avoidance rate - Successful payment recovery - Customer satisfaction scores ## Related Automations - [Final Payment Reminders](final-payment.md) - [Reservation Confirmation](../booking-journey/reservation-confirmation.md) --- ### Booking Anniversary Re-engage past guests on the anniversary of their reservation with personalized offers URL: /docs/automations/follow-up-journey/booking-anniversary Tags: automations, follow-up journey, booking anniversary, repeat bookings, guest retention # Booking Anniversary Automation The Booking Anniversary automation re-engages past guests on the anniversary of when they made their last booking. This automation leverages the emotional connection guests have with specific dates and encourages repeat bookings. ## Overview **Purpose**: Re-engage past guests, encourage repeat bookings, and build long-term guest relationships. **Trigger**: Anniversary date of when the guest first booked their stay. **Channels**: Email (primary) with optional SMS for VIP guests. ## Setup Instructions 1. Navigate to **Automations** in your SendSquared dashboard 2. Click **+ Create New Automation** 3. Select **Booking Anniversary** from the template library or start from scratch 4. Configure the automation with the following nodes: ### Step 1: Configure Trigger 1. Select the **Anniversary Date** trigger 2. Set to trigger on: - **Date Field**: Reservation.BookingDate - **Frequency**: Yearly - **Look-back Period**: 1 year (catches guests who booked 1 year ago) ### Step 2: Add Conditional Logic 1. Add a **Condition** node to ensure guest hasn't booked recently - **Condition**: `LastStayEnd > 180 days ago` - Focuses on guests who haven't stayed recently 2. Add another condition to exclude problem guests - **Condition**: `GuestRating >= 3 AND NoUnresolvedDisputes = True` ### Step 3: Add Email Action 1. Add an **Email** action 2. Create a personalized anniversary message 3. Configure email settings: - **From name**: Host/Manager name - **Subject**: "Happy Anniversary! It's Been a Year Since..." - **Content**: Memory recall, appreciation, and special offer ### Step 4: Add VIP Guest Treatment (Optional) 1. Add a **Condition** for VIP guests - **Condition**: `TotalBookings >= 3 OR TotalRevenue >= $1000` 2. Add an **SMS** action for VIP recognition ## Email Template Example --- ### Cancellation Re-engagement Win back guests who cancel with alternative dates and incentives URL: /docs/automations/lead-management/cancellation-re-engagement Tags: automations, lead management, cancellation, recovery, retention, rebooking # Cancellation Re-engagement Automation The Cancellation Re-engagement automation attempts to salvage canceled bookings by offering alternative dates, flexible options, and incentives to rebook. ## Overview **Purpose**: Convert cancellations into rebookings with flexible alternatives. **Trigger**: Booking cancellation confirmed within destination travel window. **Channels**: Immediate email, followed by phone call within 24 hours. ## Setup Instructions 1. Navigate to **Automations** in your SendSquared dashboard 2. Click **+ Create New Automation** 3. Select **Cancellation Recovery** from the template library 4. Configure the automation with the following nodes: ### Step 1: Configure Cancellation Detection 1. Select the **Status Change** trigger 2. Set conditions: - Status changed to "Canceled" - Within 90 days of arrival date - Not force majeure cancellation - Guest has cancellation flexibility ### Step 2: Analyze Cancellation Reason 1. Add **Reason Classification**: - Date conflict - Budget constraints - Property concerns - Travel restrictions - Personal circumstances ### Step 3: Create Recovery Strategy 1. Design **Immediate Response** 2. Prepare **Alternative Offers** 3. Schedule **Personal Outreach** ## Email Template (Immediate Response) ``` Subject: We're sorry to see you go - Can we help you rebook? Dear [Guest Name], I'm sorry to hear your trip to [Location] didn't work out for [Original Dates]. Before you completely cancel your plans: NEW OPPORTUNITIES FOR YOU: 🔄 REBOOK DIFFERENT DATES: • [Date Option 1]: Save 20% off original rate • [Date Option 2]: Same price + free upgrade • [Date Option 3]: Extended stay discounts 💫 SAME DATES, BETTER DEAL: • [Alternative Property] - Only $[Amount]/night • Includes [Additional Features] • [Distance] from your preferred location • [Rating] star rating with [X] reviews 🎁 EXCLUSIVE COMEBACK OFFER: • Book any future date, get 25% off • Valid for 6 months • Same property or alternatives • Share with family/friends WHY REBOOK WITH US: ✓ Flexible cancellation policy ✓ Price protection guarantee ✓ Dedicated support team ✓ Local emergency assistance Reply to this email or call me at [Phone] within 48 hours to: • Hold different dates at current rates • Discuss alternative properties • Explore payment flexibility Your original rate was $[Amount]/night. I can match or beat this for alternate dates. Looking forward to welcoming you to [Location] soon! Best regards, [Guest Relations Manager] [Phone] | [Email] P.S. Worried about canceling again? Ask about our "Book with Confidence" protection. ``` ## Alternative Offer Templates ### Date Flexibility Offers ``` CHANGE YOUR DATES, KEEP YOUR VACATION: Original: [Original Dates] - SOLD Alternative Options: Option 1: One Week Earlier • [New Dates] • 15% lower price • Better pool weather • Less crowded attractions Option 2: One Week Later • [New Dates] • Same price + free nights • Ideal for [Event/Season] • Bonus: Festival weekend Option 3: Off-Season Special • [New Dates] • 30% savings • Fewer tourists • More local experience Which interests you most? ``` ### Property Alternatives ``` SIMILAR PROPERTIES AVAILABLE: [Property 1]: Same Neighborhood • [Amenities] • $[Amount] less per night • Available same dates • [Additional feature] [Property 2]: Better Location • Walking distance to [Attraction] • Pool + beach access • Only $[X] more total • [Unique benefit] [Property 3]: Longer Stay Value • Book 7+ nights • Get rate: $[Amount]/night • Same property type • [Extra amenity] ``` ## Phone Call Script ``` [CANCELLATION RECOVERY SCRIPT] Opening: "Hi [Name], I wanted to personally reach out about your recent cancellation. I understand [Date] didn't work out, but I might have some solutions for you." Discovery: 1. "Can I ask what caused the cancellation?" 2. "Are you still planning to visit [Location]?" 3. "Would different dates work for you?" 4. "Any flexibility with property type?" Solutions by Reason: → Date conflict: "I have open dates [Before/After]..." → Price concern: "Let me offer some package deals..." → Property issue: "Have you seen our newer listings?" → Travel restrictions: "Our flexible policies allow..." Incentives: "For rebooking today, I can offer: • [Discount]% off any future date • Free upgrade to [Better Unit] • Waived fees for future bookings • Priority availability guarantee" Closing: "Can I hold a specific date for you while you think about it? No commitment for 48 hours." ``` ## Retention Offers by Guest Value ### First-Time Guests ``` Welcome Back Incentive: • Save 15% on rebooking • No deposit required • Free cancellation insurance • Local experience credit: $50 "Don't let one cancellation ruin your vacation plans" ``` ### Repeat Guests ``` VIP Loyalty Recovery: • 25% off any future booking • Guaranteed room upgrade • Early check-in/late checkout • Dedicated concierge services "We value our relationship and want to make this right" ``` ### High-Value Guests ``` Premium Retention: • Cash credit: $[Amount] • Annual discount rate: 30% • Book multiple properties • Priority support access "Let's turn this setback into an upgrade" ``` ## Exit Survey Template ``` Subject: Quick Feedback: Your Cancellation Dear [Guest Name], To serve you better in the future, could you please take 2 minutes to let us know: 1. Why did you need to cancel? □ Date change needed □ Budget concerns □ Found better option □ Travel restrictions □ Personal circumstances 2. Would you book with us again? □ Yes, definitely □ Yes, with different dates □ Maybe in the future □ Looking elsewhere 3. What would bring you back? □ Different property □ Lower prices □ Better cancellation policy □ Other: ___________ Complete survey = $50 credit future booking [Survey Link] Thank you for your feedback! ``` ## Recovery Package Examples ### 1. Date Swap Package ``` WORRY-FREE DATE CHANGE: • Switch dates 3x for free • Lock in current rates • No rebooking fees • Valid 12 months Perfect for uncertain travelers! ``` ### 2. Upgrade Incentive ``` COMFORT UPGRADE OFFER: Original: Standard Villa New: Premium Villa with Pool Price: Same rate Location: [Better Area] Extras: Beach chairs, snorkel gear Why settle? Upgrade for free! ``` ### 3. Extended Stay Deal ``` MORE DAYS, LESS PER DAY: • Original: 5 nights • New offer: 7 nights • Price per night: [Lower] • Total savings: $[Amount] • Same location/amenities Make it a real vacation! ``` ## Best Practices - Respond within 1 hour of cancellation - Personalize recovery offers - Address specific cancellation reasons - Provide multiple alternatives - Create urgency without pressure - Offer "try before you rebuy" options - Follow up multiple times - Track successful recovery patterns ## Measuring Success Key metrics to track: - Cancellation recovery rate - Time to recovery offer - Most effective incentives - Recovered booking value - Customer satisfaction post-recovery - Repeat booking rate after recovery ## Related Automations - [Booking Anniversary](../follow-up-journey/booking-anniversary.md) --- ### Competitor Mention Follow-up Address competitor comparisons while highlighting unique advantages URL: /docs/automations/lead-management/competitor-mention Tags: automations, lead management, competitor, comparison, positioning, sales # Competitor Mention Follow-up Automation The Competitor Mention automation detects when leads reference specific competitor properties and responds with strategic positioning that highlights your unique value proposition. ## Overview **Purpose**: Win business when guests are comparison shopping with competitors. **Trigger**: Competitor name mentioned in inquiry or conversation. **Channels**: Personalized email with direct agent follow-up call. ## Setup Instructions 1. Navigate to **Automations** in your SendSquared dashboard 2. Click **+ Create New Automation** 3. Select **Competitor Response** from the template library 4. Configure the automation with the following nodes: ### Step 1: Configure Competitor Detection 1. Select the **Keyword Trigger** 2. Set up competitor name monitoring: - Direct property names - Competitor brand names - Common misspellings - Related search terms ### Step 2: Identify Competitor Context 1. Add **Sentiment Analysis**: - Positive mention ("I liked X but...") - Price comparison inquiry - Feature comparison - Availability comparison ### Step 3: Create Strategic Response 1. Design response based on competitor: - Premium competitors → Value emphasis - Budget competitors → Quality focus - Similar tier → Unique differentiators ## Email Template (General Competitor Mention) ``` Subject: Why choose [Your Property] over [Competitor]? Dear [Guest Name], Thank you for your inquiry. I understand you're also considering [Competitor Property]. Having studied both properties extensively (as we often get this question), here's what makes [Your Property] the better choice for your [Date] vacation: EXCLUSIVE ADVANTAGES: 🏆 Our Property: [Your Property] • Recent renovation: 2023 (full remodel) • Location: [Specific advantage] - only [X] minutes to [Attraction] • Rating: 4.9/5.0 ([X] reviews) vs 4.3/5.0 • Response time: < 1 hour vs average 24 hours • Special amenities: [unique features they don't have] REAL GUEST COMPARISON: "We stayed at [Competitor] last year and [Your Property] this year. The difference was night and day! The [specific feature] alone made our trip so much better." - Sarah K., verified guest WHAT GUESTS DON'T NOTICE IMMEDIATELY: • Professional property management vs. individual owners • 24/7 local support (not just office hours) • Stricter cleaning standards ([Certification/Process]) • Better wifi/tech infrastructure • Complimentary services we include CURRENT AVAILABILITY: [Your Property] - $[Rate]/night (Book by [Date] for [X]% off) [Competitor] - $[Rate]/night (Standard pricing) When factoring in our included amenities, you actually save $[Amount] with us. Would you like me to: □ Show you a virtual tour comparison □ Connect you with a recent guest □ Offer a trial stay discount □ Review specific feature comparisons I'm confident once you see the details, you'll understand why savvy travelers choose us. Best regards, [Sales Manager] [Phone] | [Direct Email] P.S. Booking directly with us also means no platform fees - save another [X]% ``` ## Competitor-Specific Templates ### Airbnb Comparison ``` Subject: Vacation Rentals: Airbnb vs Professional Management Hi [Guest Name], I see you're comparing our professionally managed property with Airbnb listings. Here's what the difference means for your vacation: PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT VS. AMATEUR HOSTS: ✓ 24/7 maintenance response ✓ Consistent quality standards ✓ Professional photography (accurate representation) ✓ Immediate issue resolution ✓ Backup accommodation guarantee ✓ Verified identity/background checks ✓ Licensed and insured HIDDEN COSTS COMPARISON: Airbnb charges: • Service fee: 12-20% • Cleaning fee: $50-150 • Extra guest fees • Booking fee Our pricing: • Cleaning included • No service fees • Free cancellation • Price match guarantee GUEST PROTECTION: • Licensed by [Authority] • Commercial insurance coverage • Damage protection included • Dispute resolution process Ready to see the difference? [Book Now] ``` ### VRBO Comparison ``` Subject: VRBO vs [Your Company] - The Smart Choice Dear [Guest Name], I noticed you're looking at us on VRBO. Booking direct with us saves you money and gets you more: DIRECT BOOKING BENEFITS: 💰 Save 8-12% (no VRBO fees) 🎁 Exclusive upgrades available ⏰ Faster customer service 🔄 Flexible policies WHY GUESTS BOOK DIRECT: "I spent hours on VRBO comparing properties. When I called [Your Company] direct, I got a better rate AND better service." - Michael R. OUR GUARANTEE: • Match any legitimate advertised rate • Free cancellation up to [Days] • Immediate booking confirmation • No hidden fees Current special: Save additional 5% by booking direct today [Direct Booking Link] Questions? Call me directly: [Phone] ``` ## Agent Call Script ``` [COMPETITOR COMPARISON SCRIPT] Opening: "This is [Agent] returning your inquiry. I understand you're comparing us with [Competitor]." Key Talking Points: 1. "What attracted you to their property?" 2. "Let me share what sets us apart..." 3. "Have you considered [specific advantage]?" 4. "Our guests who've stayed at both say..." Objection Responses: → Price concern: "When you factor in [X], we're actually [X]% less expensive" → Location: "Our location actually provides easier access to [Y]" → Amenities: "We also include [Z] at no extra cost" Closing: "I'd like to offer you [specific incentive] to book today. This helps us maintain our high occupancy and superior service levels." ``` ## Conversion Strategies ### Price Objection ``` "While [Competitor] may seem cheaper initially, our all-inclusive rate often results in [X]% savings when you factor in: • Free parking ($[Amount]/day value) • Included amenities • No surprise fees • Better cancellation policy" ``` ### Location Concerns ``` "Actually, our location provides unique advantages: • [X] minutes to [Major Attraction] • Walking distance to [Local Feature] • Away from tourist crowds • Better parking availability • Quieter neighborhood for relaxation" ``` ### Amenity Gaps ``` "I notice [Competitor] doesn't offer: • [Essential Amenity 1] • [Essential Amenity 2] • [Convenience Feature] Would these be important for your stay?" ``` ## Best Practices - Never disparage competitors directly - Focus on unique strengths - Use facts and verifiable data - Highlight exclusive offerings - Create value through comparison - Offer immediate incentives - Build trust with transparency - Track which comparisons work best ## Response Timing - Within 1 hour of competitor mention - Call within 4 hours for price comparisons - Daily rate checks on mentioned competitors - Weekly competitive analysis review ## Measuring Success Track metrics: - Conversion rate from competitor mentions - Most effective counterarguments - Price sensitivity by competitor - Features that win bookings - ROI of competitive responses ## Related Automations --- ### CVB Lead Follow-up Automated workflow for Convention & Visitors Bureau group booking inquiries URL: /docs/automations/lead-management/cvb-lead Tags: automations, lead management, CVB, convention, group bookings, tourism # CVB Lead Follow-up Automation The CVB Lead automation handles group booking inquiries received from Convention & Visitors Bureaus (CVBs). This automation is designed to nurture high-value group bookings while navigating the unique requirements of CVB partnerships. ## Overview **Purpose**: Convert CVB referrals into confirmed group bookings while meeting CVB reporting requirements. **Trigger**: New lead receives CVB source tag or meets group booking criteria. **Channels**: Email (primary), with phone call tasks assigned to sales team. ## Setup Instructions 1. Navigate to **Automations** in your SendSquared dashboard 2. Click **+ Create New Automation** 3. Select **CVB Lead** from the template library or start from scratch 4. Configure the automation with the following nodes: ### Step 1: Configure Trigger 1. Select the **Lead Source** trigger 2. Set conditions: - **Source**: Contains "CVB" OR - **Tags**: Contains "convention", "group", or specific CVB names - **Group Size**: >= 5 rooms/units ### Step 2: Add Lead Qualification 1. Add a **Condition** node to qualify the lead - **Required Info**: Event dates, group size, decision timeline - **Budget Indicator**: Budget range or rate expectation - **Decision Maker**: Contact is authorized decision maker ### Step 3: Create Immediate Response 1. Add an **Email** action for instant acknowledgment 2. Create a tailored CVB response template 3. Include CVB-specific information and requirements ### Step 4: Schedule Follow-up Tasks 1. Create **Internal Task** for sales team 2. Set priority level based on group size and dates 3. Include CVB reporting checklist ## Email Template Example ``` Subject: Thank you for your group booking inquiry - [CVB Name] Partner Dear [Lead Name], Thank you for considering our properties for your upcoming [Event Type] through [CVB Name]. We appreciate their partnership and trust in referring quality events like yours to our portfolio. Based on your inquiry: - Dates: [Requested Dates] - Group Size: [Number] rooms/units - Property Type: [Requirements] Our team will: 1. Review availability across our suitable properties 2. Prepare a customized group proposal 3. Include special CVB partner rates and amenities 4. Ensure all [CVB Name] reporting requirements are met I'll personally follow up within [Timeframe] with: - Available properties and room blocks - Special group rates and concessions - Complimentary services for your group - Attrition and cancellation terms In the meantime, you can: - Review our property portfolio: [Link] - Schedule a virtual tour: [Booking Link] - Call me directly at [Phone] for immediate assistance We're committed to making your event successful and maintaining our strong partnership with [CVB Name]. Best regards, [Sales Manager] [Title] [Property Management Company] [CVB Partner ID/Reference] ``` ## Internal Task Template ``` [URGENT: CVB Lead - Action Required] Lead Details: - CVB Source: [Name] - Group Size: [Number] rooms - Dates: [Requested Dates] - Contact: [Lead Name] / [Phone] / [Email] - Budget: [If provided] - Special Requirements: [Accessibility, meeting space, etc.] Action Items: □ Check availability for all dates □ Prepare rate comparison sheet □ Review CVB contract terms □ Calculate commission structure □ Prepare value-add proposal □ Schedule call back within 24 hours □ Send detailed proposal within 48 hours CVB Reporting Requirements: □ Log inquiry in CVB portal □ Track conversion metrics □ Document decision outcome □ Report booking confirmation ``` ## Follow-up Sequence ### Day 1: Initial Response (Automated) - Immediate email acknowledgment - Request additional information if needed - Set expectations for follow-up timeline ### Day 3: Proposal Preparation - Create customized property options - Calculate group rates and concessions - Prepare value-added services package ### Day 5: Proposal Delivery - Send comprehensive proposal - Request feedback on property preferences - Schedule consultation call ### Day 8: Decision Follow-up - Check decision timeline progress - Address any concerns or questions - Offer property tours if needed ### Day 12: Commitment Push - Review urgency of booking - Highlight limited-date availability - Provide final incentives for commitment ## Best Practices - Respond to CVB leads within 4 business hours - Understand specific CVB partnership requirements - Track conversion rates by CVB partner - Maintain CVB reporting templates for easy completion - Align communications with CVB's event goals - Consider CVB fee structure in pricing strategy ## CVB-Specific Considerations - **Reporting Requirements**: Document all interactions for CVB metrics - **Commission Structure**: Clarify CVB vs. property commissions - **Brand Alignment**: Match messaging to CVB's destination marketing - **Event Support**: Understand required event coordination - **Contract Terms**: Review CVB master agreement terms ## Common Issues and Troubleshooting - **Competing properties**: Ensure your response stands out without undercutting rates - **CVB timeline pressure**: Clarify real booking windows vs. false urgency - **Group dynamics**: Understand decision-making structure early - **Documentation gaps**: Maintain complete records for disputes ## Measuring Success Track these CVB-specific metrics: - Lead response time - Proposal-to-booking conversion rate - Average group revenue per CVB - CVB partner satisfaction scores - Return referral rate from CVBs ## Related Automations - [Lead Follow-up for Non-booked Leads](not-booked-lead.md) --- ### Day Before Arrival Send final reminders and last-minute check-in information 24 hours before arrival URL: /docs/automations/booking-journey/day-before-arrival Tags: automations, booking journey, day before arrival, guest communication, check-in reminders, arrival preparation # Day Before Arrival Automation The Day Before Arrival automation provides guests with final preparation reminders and time-sensitive information 24 hours before their scheduled arrival. This automation serves as a last touch point to ensure guests have everything they need for a smooth arrival. ## Overview **Purpose**: Confirm arrival details, provide last-minute information, and offer final assistance before check-in. **Trigger**: 24 hours before the guest's arrival date. **Channels**: Email or SMS, with preference for SMS due to timing sensitivity. ## Setup Instructions 1. Navigate to **Automations** in your SendSquared dashboard 2. Click **+ Create New Automation** 3. Select **Day Before Arrival** from the template library or start from scratch 4. Configure the automation with the following nodes: ### Step 1: Configure Trigger 1. Select the **Hours Before Arrival Date** trigger 2. Set the value to 24 hours 3. (Optional) Add filter conditions to exclude canceled reservations ### Step 2: Add Conditional Logic (Optional) 1. Add a **Condition** node to check reservation status - **Condition**: `Reservation.CancelledAt is Null AND Reservation.Status is 'Confirmed'` - Ensures automation only runs for valid, active reservations ### Step 3: Add Communication Action 1. Add an **SMS** or **Email** action (SMS recommended for time-sensitive reminders) 2. Create a concise reminder message with essential arrival information 3. Configure messaging settings: - **From name**: Your property/company name - **Content**: Brief arrival reminder with key details and contact information ### Step 4: Add Weather/Special Alerts (Optional) 1. Add conditional alerts for: - Severe weather warnings - Local events affecting traffic/parking - Last-minute property condition updates ## SMS Template Example --- ### Final Payment Reminders Pre-arrival final payment automation system URL: /docs/automations/payment-automations/final-payment # Final Payment Reminders Automation The Final Payment automation ensures all remaining balances are collected before guest arrival, protecting both the property owner and guest experience. ## Overview **Purpose**: Collect final payments before arrival to prevent payment issues during stay. **Trigger**: 30, 14, 7, and 3 days before arrival. **Channels**: Email (primary), SMS for urgent reminders, phone calls for unresponsive guests. ## Setup Instructions 1. Navigate to **Automations** in your SendSquared dashboard 2. Click **+ Create New Automation** 3. Select **Final Payment** from the template library 4. Configure the automation with the following nodes: ### Step 1: Configure Payment Timeline 1. Select the **Date-Based Trigger** 2. Set payment timeline checkpoints: - 30 days before: Initial notification - 14 days before: Payment reminder - 7 days before: Urgent reminder - 3 days before: Final notice ### Step 2: Add Balance Verification 1. Add **Payment Status Check**: - `BalanceAmount > 0` - `ArrivalDate within X days` - `ReservationStatus = 'Confirmed'` ### Step 3: Create Payment Urgency Flow 1. Design **Progressive Messaging** 2. Configure **Auto-charge Options** 3. Set up **Manager Escalation** ## Email Templates ### 30 Days Before Arrival ``` Subject: Secure your stay - Final payment due in 30 days Dear [Guest Name], Your exciting vacation to [Location] is getting closer! Here's a friendly reminder about your final payment. Reservation Summary: • Property: [Property Name] • Dates: [Arrival Date] - [Departure Date] • Total Cost: $[Total Amount] • Amount Paid: $[Paid Amount] • Final Balance: $[Balance Amount] Payment Due: [Due Date] (30 days before arrival) Secure Payment Methods: 1. Auto-pay (recommended): [Set up Link] 2. Pay online: [Payment Link] 3. Pay by phone: [Phone Number] Setting up auto-pay ensures: ✓ No last-minute payment stress ✓ Secure your vacation plans ✓ Priority status for special requests Questions? We're here to help! Best regards, [Payment Team] [Company Name] ``` ### 14 Days Before Arrival ``` Subject: Payment reminder: Your [Location] vacation is 14 days away! Hi [Guest Name], We're looking forward to welcoming you to [Property Name] in just 2 weeks! Payment Due Soon: • Amount: $[Balance Amount] • Due date: [Due Date] • Booking #: [Reference Number] Quick Payment Options: → Pay now: [Payment Link] → Update card: [Update Link] → Schedule auto-pay: [Setup Link] Why pay on time? • Avoid potential cancellation • Lock in your current rate • Qualify for early check-in • Ensure smooth arrival experience We recommend setting up auto-pay to avoid any last-minute concerns. Looking forward to your stay! [Guest Services] ``` ### 7 Days Before (Urgent) ``` Subject: ACTION NEEDED: Final payment due in 7 days Dear [Guest Name], IMPORTANT: Your final payment is due in 7 days to secure your reservation. Payment Details: • Amount due: $[Balance Amount] • Due by: [Due Date] • Property: [Property Name] TO SECURE YOUR RESERVATION: 1. Pay immediately: [Payment Link] 2. Call to arrange payment: [Phone Number] 3. Set up auto-payment: [Link] Without payment by [Due Date]: - Reservation may be canceled - Full deposit refund may take 7-10 days - Alternative booking at current rates - No guarantee of availability Please act today to secure your vacation plans. Sincerely, [Accounting Manager] [Direct Phone] ``` ### 3 Days Before (Critical) ``` Subject: FINAL NOTICE: Payment required in 3 days [Guest Name], This is your FINAL NOTICE regarding payment for your upcoming stay. CRITICAL INFORMATION: • Balance due: $[Amount] • Due date: [Due Date] • Days remaining: 3 IMMEDIATE ACTION REQUIRED: • Pay now: [Payment Link] • Call immediately: [Phone] • Last chance: [Time] today Without payment, your reservation will be: 1. Automatically canceled at [Time] 2. Full refund issued in 7-10 business days 3. Property released to other guests Contact me directly to resolve: [Manager Name] [Direct Phone] [Email] ``` ## SMS Templates ### 7 Days Reminder ``` Final payment of $[Amount] for [Property] due [Date]. Pay now at [Link] to secure your stay - [Company] ``` ### 48 Hours Critical ``` URGENT: $[Amount] due in 48 hours for [Property]. Pay today at [Link] or call [Phone] to avoid cancellation - [Company] ``` ### 24 Hours Last Chance ``` FINAL NOTICE: $[Amount] for [Property] due tomorrow. Pay at [Link] or call [Phone] by 5PM - [Company] ``` ## Phone Script for Non-Responsive Guests ``` [FINAL PAYMENT FOLLOW-UP SCRIPT] Opening: "Hi [Name], this is [Agent] from [Company]. I'm calling about the final payment for your upcoming stay at [Property] on [Date]." Urgent Assessment: 1. "Have you received our payment reminders?" 2. "The balance of $[Amount] is due [Date/Days]." 3. "How would you like to handle this payment?" Resolution Options: → Take payment: "I can process your card right now over the phone" → Payment plan: "We can split this into two smaller payments" → Alternative dates: "Would different dates work better financially?" Cancellation Warning: "Without payment by [Date], we'll have to cancel your reservation. I really don't want that to happen. How can we solve this today?" Manager Escalation: "Let me connect you with my manager who might have additional solutions." ``` ## Auto-Payment Setup ### Auto-Pay Enrollment Email ``` Subject: Set up auto-pay for your [Location] stay Dear [Guest Name], Make your vacation stress-free with automatic payment! Benefits of Auto-Pay: ✓ Never miss a payment deadline ✓ Lock in your reservation immediately ✓ Automatic payment on [Due Date] ✓ Update or cancel anytime before due date How it works: 1. Click to enroll: [Setup Link] 2. Confirm payment details 3. Relax - we'll handle the rest Amount to be charged: $[Balance Amount] Scheduled for: [Due Date] Questions? Call [Phone] or reply to this email. Best regards, [Payment Team] ``` ## Post-Payment Confirmation ### Successful Payment Confirmation ``` Subject: Payment received - Your vacation is confirmed! Dear [Guest Name], Thank you! We've successfully received your final payment. Payment Details: • Amount: $[Amount] • Date: [Date] • Payment method: [Card ending in XXXX] • Confirmation #: [Reference] Your Reservation is Now: ✓ Fully paid ✓ 100% confirmed ✓ Ready for check-in Next Steps: 1. Detailed check-in info arriving [X] days before stay 2. Request special services any time 3. Download our mobile app for 24/7 support We're excited to welcome you in [X] days! Thank you for choosing [Company]! [Guest Services Team] ``` ## Failed Payment Handling ### Failed Payment Notice ``` Subject: Payment declined - Immediate action required Dear [Guest Name], Unfortunately, your payment was declined today. Failed Transaction: • Amount: $[Amount] • Card ending: [XXXX] • Reason: [Insufficient funds/Card expired] • Retry attempts: [X] To prevent cancellation: 1. Update card info: [Link] 2. Try alternative payment: [Link] 3. Call for assistance: [Phone] Your reservation will be held until: Tomorrow at [Time] After this, your booking may be canceled. Please act immediately. [Payment Security Team] ``` ### Alternative Payment Methods ``` PAYMENT OPTIONS AVAILABLE: 1. ACH Bank Transfer • No credit card fees • Direct bank payment • 2-3 business days 2. PayPal/Venmo • Instant processing • Secure payment • Easy for international guests 3. Wire Transfer • Large payments • Immediate processing • Bank-to-bank secure 4. Payment Plan • Split into 2-3 payments • No extra fees • Automatic scheduling Contact us to set up: [Phone] ``` ## Pre-arrival Payment Checklist ``` FINAL PAYMENT AUTOMATION FLOW: 30 Days Before: □ Initial reminder sent □ Auto-pay option offered □ Payment link generated 14 Days Before: □ 2nd reminder sent □ Card expiration checked □ Manager notified of outstanding 7 Days Before: □ Urgent reminder sent □ SMS notification added □ Cancel/rebook options prepared 3 Days Before: □ Final notice sent □ Daily monitoring starts □ Alternative properties listed □ Manager approval for holds 24 Hours Before: □ Multiple reminders □ Phone follow-up scheduled □ Cancellation process ready ``` ## Best Practices - Start gentle, escalate gradually - Offer auto-pay prominently - Multiple payment method options - Clear cancellation warnings - Flexible payment solutions - Document all communications - Manager review for large balances - Immediate payment confirmations ## Measuring Success Track these metrics: - Final payment collection rate - Auto-payment enrollment rate - Late payment reduction - Cancellation due to non-payment - Guest satisfaction scores ## Related Automations - [Balance Due Follow-up](balance-due.md) --- ### Incomplete Inquiry Follow-up Attempt to complete lead profiles missing essential contact information URL: /docs/automations/lead-management/incomplete-inquiry Tags: automations, lead management, incomplete, data collection, follow-up # Incomplete Inquiry Follow-up Automation The Incomplete Inquiry automation handles form submissions that lack essential contact information, attempting to complete the lead profile through available channels. ## Overview **Purpose**: Complete missing lead information to enable proper follow-up. **Trigger**: Form submission with incomplete required fields. **Channels**: Email (if available), remarketing, live chat prompts. ## Setup Instructions 1. Navigate to **Automations** in your SendSquared dashboard 2. Click **+ Create New Automation** 3. Select **Incomplete Submission** from the template library 4. Configure the automation with the following nodes: ### Step 1: Configure Missing Field Detection 1. Select the **Form Submission** trigger 2. Set conditions for missing fields: - No phone number - No email address - Invalid email format - Missing arrival/departure dates ### Step 2: Determine Available Contact Methods 1. Add **Conditional** branching: - **Has Email**: Send completion request - **Has Phone**: Send SMS prompt - **No Contact**: Use remarketing/cookies - **Return Visitor**: Use chat popup ### Step 3: Create Progressive Requests 1. Add multi-step approach: - Immediate automated response - 24-hour follow-up - Alternative form/method offer ## Email Template (When Email Available) ``` Subject: Quick question about your vacation rental inquiry Hi there, Thanks for your interest in staying with us! I noticed your inquiry form was missing some information I need to help you: Missing Information: - Phone number (for quick questions) - Specific travel dates - Number of guests Could you reply to this email with: 1. Your phone number (optional but helpful) 2. When you're looking to travel 3. How many people will be staying This will help me find the perfect property for your needs and provide an accurate quote. Can't reply? You can also: • Complete your request here: [Form Link] • Text your details to: [Number] • Call me directly: [Phone] Looking forward to helping you plan your stay! Best regards, [Agent Name] ``` ## SMS Template (When Phone Available) ``` Hi! You started a property inquiry but we need a few details. Reply with your email & travel dates or call [Phone] to finish booking - [Company Name] ``` ## Live Chat Popup Script ``` [Triggered after 30 seconds on return visit] "Hi! I see you inquired about our rentals earlier but missed some info. Quick assistance? Just let me know your: • Email or phone • Travel dates • Guest count Or click here to complete: [Link]" ``` ## Exit Intent Popup ``` Wait! Before you go... Complete your rental search: • Enter your email • Get instant property matches • Receive special offers [Quick Form: Email, Dates, Guests] [Submit Button] No spam, just vacation properties ``` ## Follow-up Sequence ### Day 1: Initial Attempt ``` Email (if available): "We need just a few more details..." SMS (if available): "Complete your rental inquiry..." Website: Exit intent popup on return ``` ### Day 2: Persistence Check ``` Email: "Last chance to complete your inquiry" Remarketing: Property ads with "Complete Your Search" CTA Alternative: Simplified one-field form ``` ### Day 3: Final Outreach ``` Email: "Here's an alternative way to reach us..." Offer: • Direct agent call • SMS conversation • Social media DM • Live chat ``` ## Alternative Collection Methods ### Simplified Forms ``` One-Step Form: "Just your email - we'll call you about the rest" [Email field only] [Submit] ``` ### Social Proof Prompt ``` "Join [X] satisfied guests - complete your inquiry" • [X]% response rate within 4 hours • [X] properties matched daily • [X] satisfied guests [Complete Form] ``` ## Best Practices - Keep requests simple and specific - Offer multiple ways to provide information - Use progressive profiling (start with minimum) - Respect privacy boundaries - Set limits on follow-up attempts - Track which completion methods work best - Maintain positive, helpful tone ## Data Completion Priority 1. **Essential Fields**: - Email or phone (at least one) - Travel dates (even approximate) - Guest count 2. **Secondary Fields**: - Specific property preferences - Budget range - Special requirements 3. **Nice-to-Have**: - Full itinerary details - Activity interests - Previous travel experience ## Common Issues and Troubleshooting - **Spam filters**: Use personal, conversational tone - **Privacy concerns**: Explain why information is needed - **Form abandonment**: Simplify required fields - **Contact fatigue**: Limit to 3 attempts max ## Measuring Success Track these metrics: - Completion rate by missing field type - Most effective completion channel - Time to completion - Conversion rate after completion - ROI of completion efforts ## Related Automations - [Lead Follow-up General](lead-follow-up.md) - [Website Behavior Triggers](website-behavior.md) --- ### International Guest Follow-up Address language, currency, and logistics for international travelers URL: /docs/automations/lead-management/international-guest Tags: automations, lead management, international, multilingual, travel support, currency # International Guest Follow-up Automation The International Guest automation provides specialized support for guests traveling from abroad, addressing language barriers, currency concerns, travel logistics, and cultural considerations. ## Overview **Purpose**: Facilitate international bookings by addressing specific travel needs and requirements. **Trigger**: International phone code, foreign IP address, or non-English inquiry. **Channels**: Email (with translation options), multilingual support assignment. ## Setup Instructions 1. Navigate to **Automations** in your SendSquared dashboard 2. Click **+ Create New Automation** 3. Select **International Guest** from the template library 4. Configure the automation with the following nodes: ### Step 1: Configure Detection Triggers 1. Select multiple **Identification** triggers: - Phone numbers with international codes - IP geolocation outside country - Browser language settings - Currency conversion requests - Visa-related keywords in inquiry ### Step 2: Detect Language Preference 1. Add **Language Detection** based on: - Browser language - Inquiry content - Phone area codes - Google Translate usage ### Step 3: Assign Appropriate Agent 1. Create **Routing Logic**: - Spanish speakers → Juan/Maria - Mandarin speakers → Wei/Li - French speakers → Pierre/Sophie - Default → Multilingual team ## Email Template (English with Translation Offer) ``` Subject: Welcome to [Location] - International Travel Assistance Dear [Guest Name], Welcome! We're excited to help plan your visit to [Location]. I understand you're traveling from [Country] and want to ensure everything is smooth for your trip. TRAVEL REQUIREMENTS CHECKLIST: □ Valid passport □ Travel authorization/visa (if required) □ Travel insurance recommended □ COVID-19 entry requirements BOOKING INFORMATION: • Dates: [Arrival] - [Departure] • Property: [Property Name] • Rate: $[USD Amount] (≈ [Local Currency] [Amount]*) • Deposit: $[Amount] (due within 48 hours) *Currency conversion rates may vary WE CAN HELP WITH: ✓ Airport transportation ($[Price]) ✓ SIM card/WiFi arrangements ✓ Restaurant reservations ✓ Local tours and activities ✓ Currency exchange locations ✓ Translation services PAYMENT OPTIONS: • International credit cards (Visa, Mastercard) • Wire transfer • PayPal • Local bank transfer (if available) IMPORTANT DOCUMENTS TO BRING: • Booking confirmation • Passport/ID • Travel insurance documentation • Emergency contact information 24/7 SUPPORT: • WhatsApp: [Number] • Email: [Email] • Emergency phone: [Number] ¿Necesita ayuda en español? / Besoin d'aide en français? / 需要中文帮助吗? Click here: [Translation Service Link] We look forward to welcoming you! Sincerely, [Agent Name] International Guest Services ``` ## Country-Specific Templates ### UK/European Guests ``` Subject: Your [Location] Holiday - All the Details Dear [Guest Name], Brilliant! You're coming to [Location] from the UK/Europe. ARRIVAL INFORMATION: • Airport: [Name] - approximately [Distance] from property • Transport options: - Taxi: £[Amount] / €[Amount] - Shuttle: £[Amount] / €[Amount] - Uber/Lyft available PROPERTY DETAILS: • Address: [UK Format Address] • Check-in: [Time] (Flexible for international arrivals) • Self-catering facilities included • 240V electrical outlets (UK/EU compatible) LOCAL TIPS: • Currency: USD (Credit cards widely accepted) • Tipping: 15-20% at restaurants • Driving: Right-hand side, international license accepted • Emergency number: 911 Need assistance with: • Restaurant bookings • Theatre tickets • Day trips • Car hire Cheers, [Agent Name] ``` ### Asian Guests ``` Subject: Welcome to [Location] - Asian Guest Services Dear [Guest Name], 感谢您的预订 / 予約ありがとうございます / 예약해 주셔서 감사합니다 ARRIVAL ASSISTANCE: • Airport pickup available: $[Price] • Asian grocery stores nearby • Asian restaurants list included ACCOMMODATION INFO: • Property address (in multiple languages) • Check-in time: [Flexible for long-haul flights] • Facilities: Washer/dryer, full kitchen SPECIAL SERVICES: ✓ Translation app recommendations ✓ Local SIM cards: $[Price] ✓ Currency exchange nearby ✓ Halal/Kosher food options (if applicable) CULTURAL CONSIDERATIONS: • Shoes indoors: Optional (slippers provided) • Quiet hours: 10 PM - 8 AM • Garbage collection: [Days/Instructions] WeChat/Line/KakaoTalk Support: [ID] Best regards, [Agent Name] ``` ## Pre-Arrival Checklist ``` INTERNATIONAL GUEST CHECKLIST 30 Days Before: □ Visa status confirmed □ Travel insurance purchased □ Deposit received □ Transportation booked 14 Days Before: □ Airport transfer arranged □ SIM card pre-ordered □ Special dietary needs noted □ Welcome packet prepared 7 Days Before: □ Weather forecast shared □ Local events information sent □ Important phone numbers provided □ Currency conversion rates shared 24 Hours Before: □ Flight tracking activated □ Pickup time confirmed □ Emergency contacts exchanged □ Check-in instructions sent ``` ## Language-Specific Resources ### Spanish Communications ``` RECURSOS EN ESPAÑOL: • Guía de la propiedad • Instrucciones de emergencia • Restaurantes recomendados • Información médica local ``` ### Mandarin Resources ``` 中文资源: • 物业指南 • 紧急情况说明 • 推荐餐厅 • 本地医疗信息 ``` ## Common International Guest Concerns 1. **Payment Methods**: - "We accept international cards with no foreign transaction fees" - "Wire transfer instructions available in multiple currencies" 2. **Communication**: - "24/7 support with translation services" - "Property guidebook available in [Languages]" 3. **Emergency Situations**: - "Emergency services number: 911" - "Nearest hospital: [Name] - [Distance]" - "24/7 guest support line" ## Best Practices - Detect language preference early - Provide multi-currency pricing - Address visa/travel requirements - Offer translation resources - Consider cultural sensitivities - Provide local orientation guides - Monitor flight schedules - Prepare for delayed arrivals - Offer international payment options ## Related Automations - [Pre-Arrival Information](../booking-journey/pre-arrival.md) - [Day Before Arrival](../booking-journey/day-before-arrival.md) --- ### Lapsed Guest Re-engagement Win back guests who haven't booked in over 12 months with targeted campaigns URL: /docs/automations/follow-up-journey/lapsed-guest Tags: automations, follow-up journey, lapsed guest, re-engagement, guest retention # Lapsed Guest Re-engagement Automation The Lapsed Guest automation targets previous guests who haven't made a booking in over 12 months. This automation uses strategic messaging and incentives to re-activate dormant guest relationships and drive repeat bookings. ## Overview **Purpose**: Re-activate past guests, understand booking barriers, and encourage return visits. **Trigger**: 12 months since the guest's last departure date. **Channels**: Email (primary), SMS for high-value guests, with optional retargeting pixel integration. ## Setup Instructions 1. Navigate to **Automations** in your SendSquared dashboard 2. Click **+ Create New Automation** 3. Select **Lapsed Guest** from the template library or start from scratch 4. Configure the automation with the following nodes: ### Step 1: Configure Trigger 1. Select the **Date-Based** trigger 2. Set conditions: - **Reference Date**: LastStayDepartureDate - **Time Period**: 12 months after - **Filter**: Guests with at least 1 completed stay ### Step 2: Add Guest Segmentation 1. Add a **Condition** node to segment by guest value - **High Value**: `TotalRevenue >= $1500 OR TotalBookings >= 4` - **Medium Value**: `TotalRevenue >= $750 OR TotalBookings >= 2` - **Low Value**: `TotalRevenue < $750 AND TotalBookings = 1` ### Step 3: Create Multi-Stage Campaign 1. **First Touch**: Nostalgic re-connection email (Day 1) 2. **Second Touch**: Feedback request and survey (Day 7) 3. **Third Touch**: Incentive offer (Day 14) 4. **Final Touch**: Last-chance promotion (Day 30) ### Step 4: Add Value-Based Messaging 1. Customize messaging by segment 2. Configure different incentive levels 3. Set up tracking pixels for retargeting ## Email Template Examples ### Initial Re-connection Email --- ### Last-Minute Lead Follow-up Urgent response for bookings within 7 days of arrival URL: /docs/automations/lead-management/last-minute-lead Tags: automations, lead management, last-minute, urgent, same-day, priority # Last-Minute Lead Follow-up Automation The Last-Minute Lead automation handles inquiries for stays beginning within 7 days, treating them with maximum urgency to capture these time-sensitive bookings. ## Overview **Purpose**: Convert urgent last-minute bookings with rapid response and immediate solutions. **Trigger**: Inquiry for arrival within 7 days. **Channels**: Immediate phone call, instant SMS, rapid email response. ## Setup Instructions 1. Navigate to **Automations** in your SendSquared dashboard 2. Click **+ Create New Automation** 3. Select **Last-Minute Booking** from the template library 4. Configure the automation with the following nodes: ### Step 1: Configure Urgency Detection 1. Select the **Time-Sensitive** trigger 2. Set conditions: - Inquiry date within 7 days of arrival - Availability still exists - Business hours: Immediate response - After hours: Morning priority flag ### Step 2: Prioritize Response 1. Add **Urgency Level**: - CRITICAL: Same-day arrival - HIGH: 1-3 days out - URGENT: 4-7 days out ### Step 3: Create Rapid Response Flow 1. Design **Instant Communications** 2. Prepare **Immediate Booking Path** 3. Configure **Real-time Availability** ## SMS Template (Instant Response) ``` URGENT: Your [Location] inquiry for [Dates]! I have last-minute availability. Can I call you now to confirm? Reply YES or call [Phone] - [Agent Name] ``` ## Email Template (Sent immediately with SMS) ``` Subject: URGENT: Last-minute booking for [Property] available now Dear [Guest Name], Your inquiry for [Property] arriving [Date] requires immediate attention! AVAILABILITY ALERT: • Last vacancy for your dates: [Property Name] • Other similar properties: [X] available • Price: $[Amount]/night • This inventory won't last the day TO BOOK IMMEDIATELY: 1. Call/text me now: [Phone] 2. Click instant booking: [Direct Link] 3. Reply to hold for 1 hour TIME-SENSITIVE INFO: • Check-in can be as early as [Time] • Full refund if canceled today • Instant confirmation possible • Same-day key pickup available LAST-MINUTE BONUSES: ✓ No booking fees ✓ Free early check-in ✓ Digital keys today ✓ Priority treatment THIS MESSAGE EXPIRES IN: 1 HOUR I'm standing by to help now. [Agent Name] [Phone] | [Email] [WhatsApp] | [Text] ``` ## Phone Script (Immediate Call) ``` [LAST-MINUTE URGENCY SCRIPT] Opening: "Hi [Name], this is [Agent] calling about your last-minute inquiry for [Dates]. Do you have 2 minutes? This is time-sensitive." Rapid Assessment: 1. "Confirm dates: [Dates]?" 2. "How many guests?" 3. "Book by phone now?" Availability Script: "Good news! I have: • [Property 1]: Available now for $[Rate] • [Property 2]: Limited availability, $[Rate] • [Property 3]: Last unit, $[Rate] These won't last past today. Which interests you?" Objection Handling: → "Need to discuss": "I'll hold it while you decide - 30 minutes?" → "Checking price": "This is our lowest available rate" → "Property concerns": "All have instant booking, what worries you?" Urgency Close: "To secure this, I need to book now. Ready with a card? We guarantee satisfaction or full refund if you cancel today." ``` ## Follow-up Automation (If no immediate response) ### 1-Hour Follow-up SMS ``` Last chance! [Property] for tomorrow is getting inquiries. Hold it now? Call/text [Phone] or book: [Link] - [Agent] ``` ### 4-Hour Follow-up Email ``` Subject: Final availability notice for tomorrow's stay [Guest Name], Your opportunity for last-minute accommodation is expiring: STILL AVAILABLE: • 1 property matching your dates • Others booking fast • Rate holds until 5 PM ACT NOW: • Call: [Phone] • Book: [Link] • Text: "HOLD" After 5 PM, we'll release to other guests. Best regards, [Last-Minute Coordinator] ``` ## Last-Minute Availability Matrix ``` SAME-DAY AVAILABILITY PROTOCOL: 1-2 HOURS OUT: • Must confirm by phone • Instant digital keys • Welcome packet emailed • Local contact number 3-6 HOURS OUT: • Quick online booking • Automated instructions • Self check-in options • 24/7 support line 6+ HOURS OUT: • Standard booking flow • Property prep confirmed • Welcome guide sent • Personal greeting arranged ``` ## Special Last-Minute Packages ### Same-Day Arrival Package ``` TONIGHT'S SPECIAL: • 20% off standard rate • Free late check-in • Welcome amenity package • Tomorrow breakfast delivery Book by [Time] today only! ``` ### Emergency Booking Package ``` STRESS-FREE ARRIVAL: ✓ Instant confirmation ✓ Mobile check-in ✓ Concierge assistance ✓ Grocery pre-stock ($50 credit) ✓ Airport transfer option Premium rate: $[Amount]/night ``` ## Property Preparation Checklist ``` RAPID READINESS CHECKLIST: Immediate Tasks: □ Confirm cleaning complete □ Verify key access system □ Test all utilities □ Stock essentials □ Program digital locks □ Update guidebook □ Alert neighboring properties Guest Communication: □ Send arrival instructions □ Share emergency contacts □ Provide local recommendations □ Confirm arrival time □ Share parking details ``` ## Best Practices - Answer within 5 minutes maximum - Call before email (faster) - Offer multiple booking methods - Have backup properties ready - Create "instant book" options - Automate check-in process - Prepare properties early - Staff extra support personnel ## Common Last-Minute Scenarios ### Same-Day Arrival ``` TONIGHT'S ARRIVAL: "Good news! I can confirm: • Available: [Property] • Check-in: Anytime after [Time] • Entry: Keypad code sent now • Price: $[Rate] including fees Book now: [Instant Link] Need help? Call: [Phone]" ``` ### Weekend Rush ``` WEEKEND BOOKINGS: "For arriving [Tomorrow]: • Limited units remaining • Best price today only • No minimum stay • Instant online booking Reserve before noon: [Link]" ``` ### Holidays/Events ``` EVENT AVAILABILITY: "For [Event Name] weekend: • SOLD OUT most properties • I have 1 unit: [Property] • Rate: $[Amount] (firm) • Must book TODAY Reserve: [Phone] or [Link]" ``` ## Measuring Success Key metrics to track: - Response time averages - Conversion rate by urgency level - Revenue from last-minute bookings - Customer satisfaction scores - No-show/cancellation rates - Average booking value ## Red Flags to Watch 1. **Scam Indicators**: - Pressure for different payment - Offering to pay extra for urgency - Vague group sizes - Asking about security systems 2. **High-Risk Bookings**: - Local bookings (potential parties) - Cash-only requests - No ID verification - Unreasonable requests ## Related Automations - [Seasonal Holiday Follow-up](seasonal-holiday.md) - [International Guest Follow-up](international-guest.md) --- ### Mid-Stay Automation Check in with guests during their stay to ensure satisfaction and address any issues URL: /docs/automations/booking-journey/mid-stay Tags: automations, booking journey, mid-stay, guest communication, guest satisfaction, feedback collection # Mid-Stay Automation The Mid-Stay automation provides an opportunity to check in with guests during their stay, gather feedback while they can still benefit from improvements, and offer additional services. This automation is particularly valuable for extending guest satisfaction during longer stays. ## Overview **Purpose**: Monitor guest satisfaction, address any ongoing issues, and enhance the guest experience. **Trigger**: 3 days after arrival date (configurable based on average stay length). **Channels**: SMS or Email, with preference for SMS for quicker response rates. ## Setup Instructions 1. Navigate to **Automations** in your SendSquared dashboard 2. Click **+ Create New Automation** 3. Select **Mid-Stay Check-in** from the template library or start from scratch 4. Configure the automation with the following nodes: ### Step 1: Configure Trigger 1. Select the **Days After Arrival Date** trigger 2. Set the value to 3 days (recommended for weekly stays; adjust based on typical booking length) 3. Add condition: - **Condition**: `Reservation.TotalDays > 5` - Ensures automation only runs for stays longer than 5 days ### Step 2: Add Conditional Logic 1. Add a **Condition** node to exclude problematic stays - **Condition**: `Reservation.CancelledAt is Null AND Reservation.AccidentalDamage is False` - Skips automation if reservation cancelled or damage reported ### Step 3: Add Primary Communication 1. Add an **SMS** action for quick engagement 2. Create a friendly check-in message asking about their experience 3. Configure messaging settings: - **From name**: Property Manager name - **Content**: Brief, conversational check-in message ### Step 4: Add Follow-up Actions (Optional) 1. **Positive Response**: Offer additional services or local recommendations 2. **Negative Response**: Create urgent task for staff to address issues 3. **No Response**: Wait 24 hours, then send email follow-up ## SMS Template Example --- ### Multiple Property Inquiry Simplify decision process for guests viewing multiple properties URL: /docs/automations/lead-management/multi-property-inquiry Tags: automations, lead management, multiple properties, comparison, decision support # Multiple Property Inquiry Automation The Multiple Property automation detects when guests are interested in several properties and provides personalized guidance to help them choose the best fit for their needs. ## Overview **Purpose**: Help overwhelmed guests choose between multiple properties while increasing conversion probability. **Trigger**: Inquiry mentions 2+ properties or guest views multiple property pages. **Channels**: Phone call for personal consultation, followed by comparison email. ## Setup Instructions 1. Navigate to **Automations** in your SendSquared dashboard 2. Click **+ Create New Automation** 3. Select **Multiple Property Interest** from the template library 4. Configure the automation with the following nodes: ### Step 1: Configure Multi-Property Detection 1. Select **Multiple Interest** trigger 2. Set conditions: - 2+ properties mentioned in inquiry - Multiple property pages viewed - "Deciding between" keywords - Calendar checked on multiple listings ### Step 2: Identify Guest Priorities 1. Add **Context Analysis**: - Family vs couple vs group - Essential vs nice-to-have features - Budget considerations - Specific dates flexibility ### Step 3: Create Decision Support 1. Design **Comparison Framework** 2. Prepare **Personalized Recommendations** 3. Schedule **Consultation Call** ## Email Template (Initial Response) ``` Subject: Choosing Between Our Properties - Personal Guidance Available Dear [Guest Name], I see you're interested in several of our properties. That's great - we have options for different needs! Properties you've looked at: 1. [Property 1] - $[Rate]/night 2. [Property 2] - $[Rate]/night 3. [Property 3] - $[Rate]/night QUICK DECISION GUIDE: Based on your dates ([Date Range]) and [X] guests: 🏆 BEST VALUE: [Property Name] • [Key benefit] • [Unique feature] • Save $[Amount] vs others ❤️ GUEST FAVORITE: [Property Name] • [Top-rated feature] • [Recent recognition] • [Special amenity] ⭐ PREMIUM CHOICE: [Property Name] • [Luxury feature] • [Exclusive benefit] • [Added value] NOT SURE? Let me help! I'll call you in the next hour to understand your priorities and recommend the perfect property. No pressure - just personalized guidance. Can't take a call? Reply with your top 3 priorities: □ Location convenience □ Modern amenities □ Outdoor space □ Child-friendly □ Pool access □ Ocean view □ Budget-conscious □ Pet-friendly Looking forward to helping you decide! [Sales Consultant] [Phone] | [Email] ``` ## Property Comparison Matrix Template ``` PROPERTY COMPARISON GUIDE [Property 1] [Property 2] [Property 3] Rate/Night: $[X] $[X] $[X] Total Cost: $[X] $[X] $[X] LOCATION: Beach Access: 100 yards 2 blocks Ocean front Downtown: 20 min Walk 5 min 30 min drive Restaurants: 40+ nearby 60+ nearby 10+ nearby FEATURES: Bedrooms: 3 4 3 Bathrooms: 2 3 2.5 Sq Footage: 1,800 2,200 1,600 Pool: Shared Private None Parking: 1 spot 2 spots Garage AMENITIES: WiFi Speed: Gigabit Standard Gigabit TV/Streaming: 75" + apps 2 TVs + apps 60" + apps Kitchen: Full Full + extras Full Outdoor: Balcony Deck + BBQ Patio GUEST RATINGS: Overall: 4.8/5.0 4.9/5.0 4.7/5.0 Cleanliness: 98% 99% 97% Response: Same day < 1 hour Same day BEST FOR: Beach lovers Large groups Budget-conscious Couples Entertainers Downtown access ``` ## Phone Consultation Script ``` [PROPERTY SELECTION CONSULTATION] Introduction: "Hi [Name], I'm calling about your interest in several of our properties. I'd love to help you find the perfect fit. Do you have 5 minutes?" Discovery Questions: 1. "What's most important for your [Date] trip?" 2. "Are you celebrating anything special?" 3. "What did you like best about each property you viewed?" 4. "Any deal-breakers or must-haves?" 5. "Is budget a primary concern?" Recommendation Framework: "Based on what you've shared, I recommend [Property] because: - [Specific match to their need] - [Value proposition] - [Unique advantage] However, we should also consider [Alternative] if [Alternative scenario]." Closing: "I'll email you this comparison right away. To secure the best dates, I recommend booking by [Deadline]. Would you like me to place a courtesy hold for 24 hours?" ``` ## Package Deal Template ``` Subject: SPECIAL: Multi-Property Package Offer Dear [Guest Name], Since you're interested in multiple properties, here's an exclusive opportunity: BOOK BOTH, SAVE MORE: • Interested in [Property 1] & [Property 2]? • Use them for your [X]-day stay • Create your own island-hopping adventure Normally: $[Total Regular Rate] Package Deal: $[Discounted Rate] YOUR SAVINGS: $[Amount] PACKAGE INCLUDES: ✓ Both properties confirmed ✓ Free transportation between ✓ Combined cleaning fee ✓ Extended checkout options ✓ Pooled amenity credits Perfect for: • Larger groups splitting up • Experiencing different areas • Special occasions • Extended families Valid until [Date] - Limited to first 5 bookings Ready to create your perfect vacation? [Book Package Now] [Tourism Director] ``` ## Decision-Making Email Series ### Email 1: Understanding Needs ``` Subject: Help me find your perfect property Hi [Name], I noticed you're looking at multiple properties. Each has unique strengths, and I want to make sure you choose what's truly best for your vacation. Could you help me understand: • Your primary vacation activities? • Any specific property features you need? • Traveling with children or pets? • Beach proximity importance? The more I understand, the better I can guide you. Reply here or call [Phone] anytime. [Consultant] ``` ### Email 2: Personalized Recommendation ``` Subject: After reviewing your needs... Dear [Name], Based on our conversation, I recommend [Property Name]. Here's why it's perfect for you: • [Matches their stated need 1] • [Addresses their concern] • [Provides their desired feature] Plus, for your dates: • Special rate: $[Amount] • Immediate confirmation • Free upgrade available Worried about making the wrong choice? I offer a "Happiness Guarantee" - switch properties within 24 hours if it doesn't feel right. [Consultant] ``` ## Best Practices - Prioritize personal consultation - Create clear comparison tools - Focus on need-based recommendations - Remove analysis paralysis - Offer package deals for indecisive guests - Provide decision-making frameworks - Set gentle deadlines for availability - Follow up persistently but respectfully ## Common Decision Factors 1. **Location Proximity**: - Beach/downtown distance - Shopping/dining access - Attraction convenience 2. **Property Size**: - Guest capacity - Bedroom configuration - Living space 3. **Amenities**: - Pool/fitness facilities - Kitchen requirements - Entertainment options 4. **Price Point**: - Total cost comparison - Value for features - Package opportunities ## Measuring Success Track these metrics: - Time to decision (goal: < 48 hours) - Conversion rate for multi-property inquiries - Average booking value when offering packages - Customer satisfaction with chosen property - Repeat booking rate ## Related Automations - [Website Behavior Triggers](website-behavior.md) --- ### Not Booked Lead Follow-up Re-engage leads who haven't converted after initial contact URL: /docs/automations/lead-management/not-booked-lead Tags: automations, lead management, not booked, conversion, re-engagement # Not Booked Lead Follow-up Automation The Not Booked Lead automation targets leads who have shown interest but haven't made a reservation within 5 days of initial contact. This automation aims to identify and address booking barriers while maintaining engagement. ## Overview **Purpose**: Convert warm leads into bookings by addressing hesitations and offering solutions. **Trigger**: 5 days after initial lead contact with no booking confirmed. **Channels**: Email (primary), SMS for high-value leads, with optional phone task assignment. ## Setup Instructions 1. Navigate to **Automations** in your SendSquared dashboard 2. Click **+ Create New Automation** 3. Select **Not Booked Lead** from the template library or start from scratch 4. Configure the automation with the following nodes: ### Step 1: Configure Trigger 1. Select the **Lead Status** trigger 2. Set conditions: - **Status**: Not 'Booked' or 'Dead' - **Time Period**: 5 days since first contact - **Exclude**: Leads with negative feedback or unsubscribe flags ### Step 2: Add Lead Segmentation 1. Add a **Condition** node to segment by lead value - **High Value**: Stays > 7 days OR Group size > 5 rooms - **Medium Value**: Stays 3-7 days OR Peak season dates - **Standard Value**: All other leads ### Step 3: Create Personalized Follow-up 1. Add an **Email** action for initial re-engagement 2. Include feedback request to understand barriers 3. Offer specific solutions based on likely objections ### Step 4: Schedule Sales Tasks (for high-value leads) 1. Create **Internal Task** for sales team 2. Include lead history and recommended actions 3. Set priority based on potential revenue ## Email Template ``` Subject: Quick Question About Your [Property Type] Search Hi [Guest Name], I noticed we haven't heard back since our last conversation about your stay. I wanted to personally check in and see if I can help with anything that might be holding you back from booking. Common concerns guests mention: • Uncertainty about travel dates • Price comparisons • Property features or amenities • Cancellation policies Here's what I can offer to help: 1. Hold any dates you're considering for 24 hours 2. Provide a detailed property comparison 3. Explain our flexible booking policies 4. Answer any specific questions We genuinely want to find the right fit for your vacation. Even if you decide to go elsewhere, your feedback helps us improve. Would you mind sharing what's on your mind? I'm here to help. Best regards, [Sales Agent] [Phone] | [Email] P.S. If you've already booked elsewhere, just let me know and I'll remove you from any follow-ups. ``` ## SMS Template (High-Value Leads) ``` Hi [Guest Name], [Sales Agent] here. Still considering [Property Name] for [Dates]? Happy to answer questions or offer flexible hold options. Call/text anytime: [Phone] ``` ## Feedback Survey Email (Alternative Approach) ``` Subject: Why Haven't You Booked Yet? (Help Us Improve) Dear [Guest Name], We noticed you haven't completed your reservation yet. We'd love to understand why. Quick 2-minute survey: [Survey Link] Questions include: • Did you find our pricing competitive? • Were our properties suitable for your needs? • Did we respond quickly enough? • What would make you book with us? Complete the survey and receive: - Additional 5% off any future booking - Priority customer service - First access to new properties Your honest feedback helps us serve you better. Thank you, [Management Team] ``` ## Sales Task Template ``` [ACTION REQUIRED: High-Value Lead Follow-up] Lead Details: - Name: [Guest Name] - Last Contact: [Date] - Property Interest: [Property Name] - Dates: [Arrival] - [Departure] - Estimated Value: $[Amount] - Previous Agent: [Name] Next Steps: □ Review full lead history □ Identify last point of contact □ Prepare personalized offer □ Call within 24 hours □ Document outcome Talking Points: - Address pricing concerns - Highlight unique property features - Offer flexible booking terms - Discuss payment options ``` ## Follow-up Sequence ### Day 5: Initial Follow-up (Automated) - Empathetic email checking in - Request feedback on what they need - Offer to answer questions ### Day 7: Value Addition - Provide property comparison - Include guest reviews/testimonials - Share local area highlights ### Day 9: Incentive Offer - Limited-time booking incentive - Flexible cancellation policy - Payment plan options ### Day 12: Personal Outreach - Sales team direct contact - Custom solutions for objections - Final opportunity message ## Best Practices - Focus on understanding, not pushing - Offer genuine value in each follow-up - Respect lead communication preferences - Track which objections are most common - A/B test different approaches - Keep detailed notes on responses ## Common Objections and Responses **1. Price concerns:** - "Let's find dates that work better for your budget" - "I can show you similar properties at different price points" - "We have payment plan options available" **2. Property uncertainty:** - "Would a virtual tour help you decide?" - "I can connect you with recent guests for their feedback" - "Let me send detailed photos and descriptions" **3. Booking hesitation:** - "I can hold your dates while you decide" - "Our cancellation policy is flexible" - "No payment required to reserve" ## Measuring Success Track these metrics: - Conversion rate by lead value segment - Most effective follow-up messages - Common reasons for not booking - Revenue recovered from abandoned leads - Cost per conversion ## Related Automations - [Lead Follow-up General](lead-follow-up.md) - [Phone Lead Abandonment](phone-abandonment.md) --- ### Phone Lead Abandonment Automated follow-up for high-intent leads who called but didn't book URL: /docs/automations/lead-management/phone-abandonment Tags: automations, lead management, phone, abandonment, high-intent, call follow-up # Phone Lead Abandonment Automation The Phone Lead Abandonment automation follows up with callers who expressed booking interest but didn't complete their reservation. This automation targets high-intent leads with immediate, personalized communication to convert abandoned phone inquiries. ## Overview **Purpose**: Convert phone leads who showed interest but haven't booked within 30 minutes of their call. **Trigger**: Phone lead with "New Reservation" or "Hot Lead" status remains unbooked. **Channels**: SMS (immediate) followed by Email (10 minutes later). ## Setup Instructions 1. Navigate to **Automations** in your SendSquared dashboard 2. Click **+ Create New Automation** 3. Select **Phone Lead Abandonment** from the template library or start from scratch 4. Configure the automation with the following nodes: ### Step 1: Configure Trigger 1. Select the **Lead Status** trigger 2. Set conditions: - **Lead Source**: Phone Call - **Status**: New Reservation OR Hot Lead - **Time Condition**: 30 minutes after call ended - **Conditional**: No confirmed booking exists ### Step 2: Add Lead Qualification 1. Add a **Condition** node to verify incomplete status - **Condition**: `Booking.Status is NULL AND Lead.Status in ['New Reservation', 'Hot Lead']` - **Data Available**: Arrival date, departure date, guest count ### Step 3: Send Immediate SMS 1. Add an **SMS** action 2. Use lead information to personalize message 3. Include direct booking link if possible ### Step 4: Follow with Email 1. Add **Delay** node (10 minutes) 2. Add **Email** action with detailed information 3. Include special incentive for quick booking ## SMS Template ``` Hi [Guest Name], I understand you were looking at staying with us [Arrival Date] - [Departure Date] for [Adult Count] adult(s), [Children Count] children, [Pet Count] pet(s). We have availability! Reply YES to hold these dates or call [Phone]. - [Agent Name] ``` ## Email Template ``` Subject: Your Property Inquiry - [Property Name] Available [Arrival Date] - [Departure Date] Dear [Guest Name], Thank you for speaking with us about your upcoming stay! I wanted to confirm we have availability for: • Check-in: [Arrival Date] • Check-out: [Departure Date] • Guests: [Adult Count] adult(s) [If Children Count > 0: • Children: [Children Count]] [If Pet Count > 0: • Pets: [Pet Count]] Property Options: [Property 1 Name] - [Rate] per night [Property 2 Name] - [Rate] per night SPECIAL OFFER: Book within the next 4 hours and receive: - [Discount]% off your stay - Free [Amenity] - Complimentary [Service] Reserve your dates now: [Direct Booking Link] Questions? I'm here to help: 📞 [Phone Number] 📧 [Email Address] Best regards, [Agent Name] [Property Management Company] P.S. These rates and availability may change quickly during peak season. ``` ## Secondary Follow-up (24 hours later) ### SMS Follow-up ``` Hi [Guest Name], just checking in on your [Property Name] inquiry for [Arrival Date]. Still interested? I'd love to help you secure these dates. - [Agent Name] ``` ### Email Follow-up ``` Subject: Last Chance - [Property Name] for [Arrival Date] Hi [Guest Name], I wanted to touch base once more about your stay at [Property Name]. Availability Status: • [Property 1]: [Still Available / Limited / Booked] • [Property 2]: [Still Available / Limited / Booked] Many guests are booking for these dates, so I wanted to make sure you don't miss out. If you'd like to proceed: - Quick booking: [Direct Link] - Call me: [Phone Number] - Ask questions: Reply to this email Looking forward to hosting you! [Agent Name] ``` ## Best Practices - Send SMS within 30 minutes for maximum impact - Personalize with exact dates and guest count - Include urgency without pressure - Provide multiple contact methods - Track which channel gets better response - Monitor time-to-conversion metrics ## Lead Information to Include Always include: - Guest's name - Specific dates (arrival and departure) - Number of adults - Number of children (if applicable) - Number of pets (if applicable) - Property name/type they inquired about - Direct contact information ## Common Issues and Troubleshooting - **Incomplete data**: Ensure all caller information is properly captured - **Double-booking**: Check real-time availability before sending - **Spam concerns**: Limit to 2 follow-ups maximum - **No mobile number**: Skip SMS, proceed directly to email ## Measuring Success Track these metrics: - SMS open/response rates - Email open/click rates - Conversion rate within 24 hours - Revenue generated from abandoned leads - Time from follow-up to booking ## Related Automations - [Not Booked Lead Follow-up](not-booked-lead.md) - [Lead Follow-up General](lead-follow-up.md) --- ### Post-Arrival Automation Welcome guests and confirm everything is in order within 24 hours of arrival URL: /docs/automations/booking-journey/post-arrival Tags: automations, booking journey, post-arrival, guest communication, check-in confirmation, welcome message # Post-Arrival Automation The Post-Arrival automation ensures guests have successfully checked in and can address any immediate concerns. This automation helps identify and resolve issues early in the stay while guests are most excited about providing feedback. ## Overview **Purpose**: Confirm successful check-in, address immediate issues, and welcome guests to the property. **Trigger**: 24 hours after the guest's arrival date. **Channels**: SMS or Email, with optional SMS for urgent matters. ## Setup Instructions 1. Navigate to **Automations** in your SendSquared dashboard 2. Click **+ Create New Automation** 3. Select **Post-Arrival** from the template library or start from scratch 4. Configure the automation with the following nodes: ### Step 1: Configure Trigger 1. Select the **Hours After Arrival Date** trigger 2. Set the value to 24 hours 3. (Optional) Add filter conditions if you want this automation to run only for specific reservation types ### Step 2: Add Conditional Logic (Optional) 1. Add a **Condition** node to check if the guest has checked in - **Condition**: `Reservation.CheckedInAt is Not Null` - This ensures the message only sends after confirmed check-in ### Step 3: Add SMS/Email Action 1. Add an **SMS** or **Email** action (SMS is recommended for immediate response) 2. Create a welcome message requesting confirmation everything is satisfactory 3. Configure messaging settings: - **From name**: Your property/staff name - **Content**: Brief welcome and request for feedback on initial impressions ### Step 4: Add Follow-up Action (Optional) 1. Add a conditional action based on response 2. Configure automated workflows for: - Issues reported: Create task for staff to address - Positive response: Thank guest and offer additional assistance ## SMS Template Example --- ### Post-Departure Automation Request reviews, confirm property condition, and process final billing after checkout URL: /docs/automations/booking-journey/post-departure Tags: automations, booking journey, post-departure, guest communication, review request, checkout follow-up, security deposit # Post-Departure Automation The Post-Departure automation handles the final aspects of a guest's stay, including review requests, security deposit processing, and final communications. This automation helps gather valuable feedback and ensure proper property closure. ## Overview **Purpose**: Request reviews, confirm property condition, process security deposits, and maintain guest relationships. **Trigger**: 24 hours after the guest's departure date. **Channels**: Email (primarily) with optional SMS for urgent matters. ## Setup Instructions 1. Navigate to **Automations** in your SendSquared dashboard 2. Click **+ Create New Automation** 3. Select **Post-Departure** from the template library or start from scratch 4. Configure the automation with the following nodes: ### Step 1: Configure Trigger 1. Select the **Hours After Departure Date** trigger 2. Set the value to 24 hours 3. (Optional) Add filter conditions to exclude problematic stays ### Step 2: Add Conditional Logic (Optional) 1. Add a **Condition** node to check for checkout completion - **Condition**: `Reservation.CheckedOutAt is Not Null` - Ensures message only sends after confirmed checkout ### Step 3: Add Email Action 1. Add an **Email** action 2. Create a post-departure template including: - Thank you message - Review request - Security deposit information - Future stay incentives ### Step 4: Add Secondary Actions (Optional) 1. **Internal Task**: Create property inspection task for staff 2. **SMS Reminder**: Send review request reminder after 3 days (if no response) 3. **Follow-up Email**: Send personalized offer for future stays ## Email Template Suggestions Your post-departure email should include: - Warm thank you for choosing your property - Request for review on preferred platforms (Airbnb, VRBO, Google, TripAdvisor) - Security deposit return timeline and process - Information about any additional charges (if applicable) - Offer for future stays (repeat guest discount) - Request for private feedback for improvements - Links to social media and newsletter subscription ## Email Template Example --- ### Post-Stay Final Folio Automated final billing and receipt delivery after checkout URL: /docs/automations/payment-automations/post-stay-final-folio # Post-Stay Final Folio Automation The Post-Stay Final Folio automation processes final billing, applies any remaining charges, and delivers comprehensive receipts to guests after their stay. ## Overview **Purpose**: Provide detailed final billing statements and process additional charges post-departure. **Trigger**: 48 hours after checkout date. **Channels**: Email (primary), portal access for detailed statements. ## Setup Instructions 1. Navigate to **Automations** in your SendSquared dashboard 2. Click **+ Create New Automation** 3. Select **Final Folio Generation** from the template library 4. Configure the automation with the following nodes: ### Step 1: Configure Post-Stay Timing 1. Select the **Days After Checkout** trigger 2. Set timing parameters: - Initial folio: 48 hours after departure - Final statement: 7 days after departure - Security deposit return: 7-14 days ### Step 2: Add Charge Processing 1. Configure **Bill Reconciliation**: - Check out date verification - Outstanding balance calculation - Additional charge assessment - Security deposit review ### Step 3: Create Receipt Generation 1. Design **Comprehensive Statements** 2. Configure **PDF Generation** 3. Set up **Accounting Integration** ## Email Templates ### Initial Invoice (48 Hours After Checkout) ``` Subject: Thank you for your stay - Final invoice enclosed Dear [Guest Name], We hope you enjoyed your recent stay at [Property Name]. Here's your final billing statement for your visit. Stay Summary: • Property: [Property Name] • Check-in: [Date] • Check-out: [Date] • Nights stayed: [X] • Guests: [X] adults, [X] children Billing Summary: Accommodation Charges: • Nightly rate: $[Amount] x [Nights] = $[Total] • Taxes & fees: $[Amount] • Total accommodation: $[Total] Additional Charges: • [Service]: $[Amount] • [Damage/Missing item]: $[Amount] • Cleaning fee (if applicable): $[Amount] • Subtotal additional: $[Total] TOTAL CHARGES: $[Grand Total] Previous Payments: • Pre-paid amount: $[Amount] • Security deposit collected: $[Amount] Balance Due/Credit: • Amount due: $[Amount] OR • Credit to be refunded: $[Amount] Security Deposit Status: Your security deposit of $[Amount] will be: • Refunded in full on [Date] • Applied to outstanding balance • Held for repairs (see attached details) Your Statement: Detailed PDF invoice attached to this email. View online: [Account Portal Link] Payment Instructions (if balance due): • Pay online: [Payment Link] • By check: [Mailing Address] • Questions: [Phone] or reply to this email Thank you for choosing [Company Name]. We'd love to welcome you back! Best regards, [Accounting Department] [Company Name] ``` ### Damage Assessment Notice ``` Subject: Additional charges - Property inspection report Dear [Guest Name], Following the standard post-stay inspection of [Property Name], we've identified items requiring repair or replacement. INSPECTION FINDINGS: [Item 1]: [Description] • Damage description: [Details] • Repair cost: $[Amount] • Photo evidence: See attached [Item 2]: [Description] • Replacement needed: [Details] • Cost: $[Amount] • Supplier quote: See attached Total Charges: $[Total] Security Deposit Application: • Deposit held: $[Amount] • Applied to damages: $[Amount] • Remaining deposit refund: $[Amount] • Additional amount due: $[Amount] PAYMENT OPTIONS: 1. Card on file: Will auto-charge in 72 hours 2. Pay online: [Payment Link] 3. Dispute: Submit documentation by [Date] Dispute Process: To contest these charges: 1. Email damage@[company].com within 5 days 2. Include supporting evidence/photos 3. Management will review and respond We value your patronage and hope to resolve this promptly. Sincerely, [Property Manager] [Contact Information] ``` ### Final Receipt with Zero Balance ``` Subject: Final receipt - Thank you for your stay Dear [Guest Name], This is your final receipt for your recent stay at [Property Name]. FINAL STATEMENT - PAID IN FULL Accommodation Charges: $[Amount] Taxes & Fees: $[Amount] Total: $[Total Amount] Payment History: • Initial payment: $[Amount] on [Date] • Final payment: $[Amount] on [Date] • Total paid: $[Total] Security Deposit: • Amount collected: $[Amount] • Status: Being refunded • Refund method: [Credit card/ACH] • Expected date: [Date] No further action required. Your booking is complete! Thank you for choosing us. We'd appreciate a review of your stay: [Review Link] Book your next stay: [Booking Link] Use code WELCOME-BACK for 10% off Best regards, [Guest Relations Team] ``` ## Security Deposit Communications ### Deposit Return Notification ``` Subject: Security deposit refund processed Dear [Guest Name], Your security deposit from [Property Name] has been processed. Security Deposit Refund: • Original deposit: $[Amount] • Date collected: [Date] • Inspection completed: [Date] • Refund amount: $[Amount] • Processing date: [Date] • Expected in account: [Date range] Refund Details: • Method: [Same card/ACH/Check] • Reference #: [Transaction ID] • Description: "Security deposit refund - [Property]" Your credit card statement may show: [Company Name] SECURITY REFUND $[Amount] Need assistance? Contact our billing department at [Phone] or [Email]. Thank you for your excellent care of our property! [Accounting Team] ``` ### Security Deposit Dispute Resolution ``` Subject: Security deposit dispute review result Dear [Guest Name], We've carefully reviewed your dispute regarding the charges to your security deposit. Dispute Summary: • Original claim: $[Amount] • Your dispute: [Summary] • Review date: [Date] Our Decision: [Option 1: Dispute approved] We agree with your assessment. The charge has been: • Reduced to: $[New Amount] • Fully reversed: $[Amount] • Additional refund due: $[Amount] [Option 2: Dispute denied] After reviewing your evidence and our documentation, we must uphold the original charge. The damage exceeded normal wear and tear based on: • Photo evidence from move-in/move-out • Third-party vendor assessment • Property inspection report Next Steps: [If approved]: Refund processed within 5 business days [If denied]: Appeal process available at [Email/Phone] Resolution Details: [Specific findings and explanation] We appreciate your understanding and communication throughout this process. Sincerely, [Property Management Team] ``` ## Additional Charges Scenarios ### Late Checkout Fee ``` LATE CHECKOUT CHARGE: Property: [Name] Standard checkout: 10:00 AM Actual checkout: [Time] Late checkout fee: $[Amount] This charge covers: • Delayed cleaning services • Lost rental opportunity • Staff overtime costs Approved by: [Manager name] Charged to card: [Card ending in XXXX] ``` ### Missing Item Charge ``` MISSING ITEMS BILLING: [Item 1]: [Description] • Quantity missing: [X] • Replacement cost: $[Amount] • Source: [Vendor invoice] [Item 2]: [Description] • Quantity missing: [X] • Replacement cost: $[Amount] • Source: [Vendor invoice] Total itemized charges: $[Total] Processing fee: $[Fee] TOTAL CHARGED: $[Final amount] Charged to card on file: [Date] ``` ## Email Series for Outstanding Balances ### Day 3: Initial Follow-up ``` Subject: Outstanding balance from your recent stay Hello [Guest Name], This is a reminder about the outstanding balance from your recent stay at [Property Name]. Amount due: $[Amount] Account #: [Reference] Due date: [Date] Quick payment options: • Pay online: [Link] • Call to pay: [Phone] • Mail check: [Address] Thank you, [Billing Team] ``` ### Day 7: Second Notice ``` Subject: Payment required - Outstanding balance Dear [Guest Name], We haven't received payment for your outstanding balance of $[Amount]. This amount has been outstanding since [Date]. To avoid late fees and account restrictions: • Pay immediately: [Link] • Contact us: [Phone] • Email: billing@[company].com We value your business and want to resolve this promptly. [Accounting Manager] ``` ### Day 14: Final Notice ``` Subject: FINAL NOTICE - Account sent to collections [Guest Name], This is your FINAL notice regarding the unpaid balance of $[Amount]. Without payment by [Date]: • Account referred to collections • Late fees applied: $[Amount] • Credit bureau reporting • Future booking restrictions URGENT ACTION REQUIRED: • Pay now: [Link] • Call: [Phone] • Email: [Email] [Collections Department] ``` ## Best Practices - Process folios promptly after checkout - Itemize all charges clearly - Include supporting documentation - Automate deposit returns when no issues - Provide dispute resolution process - Track payment collection timeline - Maintain detailed damage records - Send receipts for all transactions ## Measuring Success Track these metrics: - Folio processing time - Dispute resolution rate - Additional charge collection rate - Security deposit return timeline - Guest satisfaction with billing - Accounting accuracy rate ## Related Automations - [Final Payment Reminders](final-payment.md) - [Balance Due Follow-up](balance-due.md) - [Post-Departure Survey](../booking-journey/post-departure.md) --- ### Pre-Arrival Automation Send detailed property information and check-in instructions 7 days before arrival URL: /docs/automations/booking-journey/pre-arrival Tags: automations, booking journey, pre-arrival, guest communication, check-in instructions, property information # Pre-Arrival Automation The Pre-Arrival automation provides guests with important information about their upcoming stay approximately one week before their arrival. This automation helps guests prepare for their trip and reduces common pre-arrival questions. ## Overview **Purpose**: Provide detailed property information, check-in instructions, and local recommendations before the guest arrives. **Trigger**: 7 days before the guest's arrival date. **Channels**: Email (primarily) with optional SMS notification. ## Setup Instructions 1. Navigate to **Automations** in your SendSquared dashboard 2. Click **+ Create New Automation** 3. Select **Pre-Arrival** from the template library or start from scratch 4. Configure the automation with the following nodes: ### Step 1: Configure Trigger 1. Select the **Days Before Arrival Date** trigger 2. Set the value to 7 days 3. (Optional) Add filter conditions if you want this automation to run only for specific reservation types ### Step 2: Add Conditional Logic (Optional) 1. Add a **Condition** node to check if the reservation has been canceled - **Condition**: `Reservation.CancelledAt is Null` - This ensures the automation only runs for active reservations ### Step 3: Add Email Action 1. Add an **Email** action 2. Select or create a pre-arrival email template 3. Configure recommended email settings: - **From name**: Your property/company name - **Subject**: "Your Stay at [Property Name] is Coming Soon!" - **Content**: Include detailed check-in instructions, property access information, and local recommendations ### Step 4: Add SMS Reminder (Optional) 1. Add an **SMS** action 2. Create a brief message reminding guests about their upcoming stay 3. Include a link to their digital guidebook or guest portal ## Email Template Suggestions Your pre-arrival email should include: - Personalized greeting using guest's first name - Reminder of stay dates and property address - Detailed check-in instructions and process - Property access information (door codes, key location, etc.) - Important property details (Wi-Fi password, parking information, etc.) - Local recommendations and activities - Weather forecast for their stay dates (if possible) - Contact information for questions or special requests - Links to digital guidebooks or additional resources ## SMS Template Example ``` [Guest Name], your stay at [Property Name] is 7 days away! Check-in details have been emailed. For questions: [Phone Number]. Access your digital guidebook: [Link] ``` ## Best Practices - Keep the email concise yet comprehensive - Use sections and headers to organize information logically - Include photos of key areas (entrance, parking, lockbox, etc.) - Provide a mobile-friendly digital guidebook link - Suggest optional add-on services that may enhance their stay - Consider local events happening during their stay dates ## Common Issues and Troubleshooting - **Timing issues**: Verify that the trigger is correctly set to the arrival date (not check-in date) - **Missing information**: Ensure all property details are accurate and up-to-date - **Delivery problems**: Check that guest email addresses are valid and confirmed ## Related Automations - [Reservation Confirmation Automation](reservation-confirmation.md) - [Day Before Arrival Automation](day-before-arrival.md) --- ### Pre-Departure Automation Send checkout instructions and key return information 2 days before departure URL: /docs/automations/booking-journey/pre-departure Tags: automations, booking journey, pre-departure, guest communication, checkout instructions, key return # Pre-Departure Automation The Pre-Departure automation provides guests with important checkout information and instructions ahead of their departure date. This automation ensures a smooth checkout process and reduces confusion on departure day. ## Overview **Purpose**: Send checkout procedures, key return instructions, and departure reminders. **Trigger**: 2 days before the guest's departure date. **Channels**: Email (primarily) with optional SMS reminder. ## Setup Instructions 1. Navigate to **Automations** in your SendSquared dashboard 2. Click **+ Create New Automation** 3. Select **Pre-Departure** from the template library or start from scratch 4. Configure the automation with the following nodes: ### Step 1: Configure Trigger 1. Select the **Days Before Departure Date** trigger 2. Set the value to 2 days 3. (Optional) Add filter conditions if you want this automation to run only for specific reservation types ### Step 2: Add Conditional Logic (Optional) 1. Add a **Condition** node to check if the reservation has been canceled - **Condition**: `Reservation.CancelledAt is Null` - This ensures the automation only runs for active reservations ### Step 3: Add Email Action 1. Add an **Email** action 2. Select or create a pre-departure email template 3. Configure recommended email settings: - **From name**: Your property/company name - **Subject**: "Checkout Instructions for Your Stay at [Property Name]" - **Content**: Include checkout procedures, key return instructions, and departure reminders ### Step 4: Add SMS Reminder (Optional) 1. Add an **SMS** action 2. Create a brief message reminding guests about checkout 3. Include checkout time and key return instructions ## Email Template Suggestions Your pre-departure email should include: - Personalized goodbye message using guest's first name - Reminder of departure date and checkout time - Detailed checkout procedures - Key return instructions (if applicable) - Cleaning requirements (garbage disposal, dishes, etc.) - Property closure procedures (windows, doors, appliances) - Information about security deposit return timeline - Request for reviews or feedback about their stay - Offer for future stays or repeat booking discount ## SMS Template Example --- ### Price Shopping Follow-up Address price comparisons and highlight value differentiators URL: /docs/automations/lead-management/price-shopping-follow-up Tags: automations, lead management, price shopping, comparison, value proposition # Price Shopping/Comparison Follow-up Automation The Price Shopping automation detects when leads are comparing rates across multiple properties and addresses price concerns proactively while emphasizing value benefits. ## Overview **Purpose**: Convert price-conscious leads by emphasizing value over cost. **Trigger**: Multiple rate inquiries or competitor comparison behavior detected. **Channels**: Email (primary) with optional value comparison document. ## Setup Instructions 1. Navigate to **Automations** in your SendSquared dashboard 2. Click **+ Create New Automation** 3. Select **Price Comparison** from the template library 4. Configure the automation with the following nodes: ### Step 1: Configure Trigger 1. Select the **Behavior Tracking** trigger 2. Set conditions: - Multiple rate requests within 24 hours - Competitor website visits detected - Price comparison keywords in inquiry - Rate calculator used multiple times ### Step 2: Segment by Intent 1. Add a **Condition** node to identify: - **Serious shoppers**: Specific dates, budget mentioned - **Researchers**: Flexible dates, general inquiries - **Price-only seekers**: Focus solely on rates ### Step 3: Create Value-Focused Response 1. Add an **Email** action 2. Include value comparison document 3. Highlight included amenities and services ## Email Template ``` Subject: Beyond the Price Tag - Your Complete [Location] Experience Dear [Guest Name], I noticed you're comparing properties for your [Date] stay in [Location]. While price is important, I want to ensure you're comparing apples to apples. Here's what our rate includes vs. competitors: [Property Name] - $[Rate]/night includes: ✓ Premium location ([Distance] from [Attraction]) ✓ Fully equipped gourmet kitchen ✓ Free Wi-Fi + streaming services ✓ Complimentary parking (value: $25/day) ✓ Guest concierge service ✓ 24/7 local support ✓ Professional cleaning (hospital-grade) Total value: $[Amount] saved over basic rentals Similar properties charge extra for: - Parking ($15-30/day) - Cleaning ($75-150) - Service fees (6-12%) - Resort fees ($25-40/day) Our all-inclusive rate often ends up being the best value when you compare what's actually included. Plus, you get: • [Years] of hospitality experience • [Number] five-star reviews • Price match guarantee • Flexible cancellation policy Would you like me to: □ Show a detailed cost comparison □ Share guest testimonials □ Offer a custom package for your dates Looking forward to earning your business! Best regards, [Sales Manager] ``` ## Value Comparison Document ``` Property Comparison: [Location] [Your Property] Competitor A Competitor B Base Rate: $225/night $199/night $240/night Cleaning Fee: Included $125 $95 Parking: Included $30/day $25/day Wi-Fi: Included Included $15/day Resort Fee: None $20/day $35/day 3-Night Total: $675 $879 $965 Key Differentiators: • Verified professional cleaning protocols • 30-minute emergency response guarantee • Dedicated local host (not call center) • Concierge recommendations and booking • Digital guidebook with insider tips • Guest satisfaction rate: 98% Exclusive Offer: Book within 48 hours and save 5% on total stay ``` ## Price Objection Responses ### Common Scenarios **1. "Your rate is higher than..."** ``` I understand price is important. Our rate includes several amenities that others charge extra for. Let me break down the actual cost comparison... ``` **2. "We found it cheaper on Airbnb..."** ``` When comparing, please check what's included in each listing. Our professional management ensures consistent quality, 24/7 support, and additional services that often make us the better value... ``` **3. "We need something under $X..."** ``` I appreciate your budget consideration. Let me suggest: • Alternative dates with better rates • Slightly smaller property with similar amenities • Package deals that include activities • Extended stay discounts ``` ## Best Practices - Respond quickly to rate inquiries - Never bad-mouth competitors - Focus on added value, not just price - Be transparent about all fees - Offer genuine money-saving alternatives - Include social proof and reviews - Create urgency with limited-time offers ## Common Issues and Troubleshooting - **Over-defending prices**: Focus on value, not justification - **Complex comparisons**: Keep it simple and visual - **Missing information**: Ensure all fees are transparent - **Discount requests**: Have clear pricing policies ## Related Automations - [Lead Follow-up General](lead-follow-up.md) --- ### Referral Program Automated friend referral system to grow customer base organically URL: /docs/automations/marketing-campaigns/referral-program # Referral Program Automation The Referral Program automation incentivizes existing guests to refer friends and family, creating a self-sustaining customer acquisition channel with trackable rewards. ## Overview **Purpose**: Convert satisfied guests into brand ambassadors who drive new bookings. **Trigger**: Post-stay satisfaction metrics, booking confirmations, and manual program enrollment. **Channels**: Email campaigns, in-app notifications, SMS invitations. ## Setup Instructions 1. Navigate to **Automations** in your SendSquared dashboard 2. Click **+ Create New Automation** 3. Select **Referral Program** from the template library 4. Configure the automation with the following nodes: ### Step 1: Configure Referral Triggers 1. Set up **Program Entry Points**: - Post-stay 5-star reviews - Repeat booking confirmation - High NPS score responses - Personal referral invitation - Loyalty tier achievement ### Step 2: Create Reward Structure 1. Design **Incentive System**: - Referrer bonus: $50 credit per booking - Referee bonus: 15% off first booking - Milestone rewards: Extra bonuses at 3, 5, 10 referrals - VIP tier: Special perks for top referrers ### Step 3: Build Tracking System 1. Configure **Referral Attribution**: - Unique referral codes - Tracked referral links - Email/phone matching - Cookie-based attribution ## Email Templates ### Referral Program Invitation ``` Subject: Give $50, Get $50 - Share the travel love Hi [Guest Name], We loved hosting you at [Property Name] and hope you had an amazing stay! Want to share the experience with friends? Introduce them to [Company] and both of you benefit: YOUR REFERRAL REWARDS: 💰 $50 credit for each friend who books 🎁 Extra $100 after 5 successful referrals 👑 VIP status at 10 referrals YOUR FRIENDS GET: 💫 15% off their first booking 🔒 Access to our best properties ⚡ Priority customer support How it works: 1. Share your unique code: FRIEND-[YourID] 2. Friends use code at checkout 3. You both get rewards automatically! Easy sharing options: [Email Invite] [Copy Link] [Share on Social] Your personal referral dashboard: [Link] Start referring today! Your code never expires. Best regards, [Referral Team] [Company Name] P.S. Track your rewards anytime at [Dashboard Link] ``` ### Personal Invite Template ``` Hi there, [Referrer Name] thought you'd love this vacation rental experience! As their friend, you get: • 15% OFF your first stay • Exclusive property access • Priority booking support • Flexible cancellation policy Use code FRIEND-[ID] when booking any property. Top-rated properties from [Referrer]'s trip: 1. [Property Name] - [Location] "The view from the deck is incredible!" - [Referrer] $[Price]/night | [Rating] ⭐ 2. [Property Name] - [Location] "Perfect for families with young kids." - [Referrer] $[Price]/night | [Rating] ⭐ 3. [Property Name] - [Location] "Exactly as described, amazing host." - [Referrer] $[Price]/night | [Rating] ⭐ [Start Planning Your Trip] Need help? Reply to this email or call [Phone]. Happy travels! [Guest Relations] ``` ### Referral Milestone Achievement ``` Subject: 🎉 Congratulations! You've earned VIP status Amazing news, [Guest Name]! You've successfully referred 10 friends to [Company]. You're now a VIP Referrer! YOUR NEW VIP BENEFITS: ✨ $100 bonus added to your account 💎 VIP booking priority forever 🏆 15% personal discount on all stays 🔑 Early access to new properties 👥 Free concierge service 🎁 Annual premium property night Your total referral earnings: $[Amount] Friends who've booked through you: [Count] Your impact on our community: [X] families' vacations made better! Continue referring and unlock even more rewards: • 15 referrals: $250 bonus + free premium membership • 20 referrals: $500 bonus + exclusive property access • 25 referrals: Annual free luxury stay Keep sharing your unique code: FRIEND-[YourID] [View Your Rewards Dashboard] Thank you for being an incredible ambassador! [VIP Relations Team] ``` ## SMS Templates ### Quick Referral Invite ``` Hi [Name], it's [Referrer]! Check out this vacation rental site I love. Get 15% off with code FRIEND-[ID]: [Link] Enjoy! ``` ### Reward Notification ``` Great news! Your friend [Name] booked using your code. $50 credit added to your account. Share more: [Link] ``` ## Social Media Integration ### Facebook Share Template ``` Just had the best vacation! Found amazing rentals through @[CompanyHandle]. My friends can save 15% with my code: FRIEND-[ID] Top property I recommend: [Property Link] #vacationrentals #traveldeals #friendsandfamily ``` ### Instagram Story Template ``` [Background: Property photo] "Found my perfect vacation spot! Save 15% on your next getaway Swipe up to book ⬆️ Code: FRIEND-[ID]" ``` ## Referral Dashboard Email ``` Subject: Your referral dashboard update Hi [Guest Name], Here's your monthly referral report: REFERRAL STATS: • Total referrals: [Count] • Successful bookings: [Count] • Earnings this month: $[Amount] • Total lifetime earnings: $[Amount] RECENT ACTIVITY: • [Date]: [Friend Name] completed stay (Earned: $50) • [Date]: [Friend Name] booked future stay • [Date]: [Friend Name] referred their friend! NEXT MILESTONE: [3] more referrals to unlock VIP Platinum status! Share your code: FRIEND-[YourID] Current conversion rate: [X]% of friends referred book Pro tip: Friends who use social sharing convert 2x higher! [Share Now] [View Full Dashboard] Keep inspiring travel! [Referral Team] ``` ## Double-Sided Rewards Campaign ### Referee Welcome Series ``` Welcome Email (Day 1): Subject: Welcome to [Company] - Your 15% off is ready! Dear [Referee Name], Welcome to [Company]! [Referrer Name] spoke highly of our service. Your exclusive welcome gift: • 15% off code: FRIEND-[ID] • Valid on any property • No expiration date • Stackable with other deals Featured properties in your area: [Property recommendations based on location] [Start Your Search] Questions? We offer concierge assistance: [Phone] Welcome email (Day 3): Subject: [Referrer Name] recommends these properties Hi [Referee Name], Planning your first stay? [Referrer] loves these properties: 1. [Property Name] Why [Referrer] loves it: "[Direct quote]" Your price with code: $[Discounted Price] 2. [Property Name] [Referrer]'s tip: "[Specific amenity highlight]" Your price with code: $[Discounted Price] Booking bonus: Book within 7 days, get additional $20 credit! [Browse Recommended Properties] Local travel expert, [Guest Relations] ``` ## Gamification Elements ### Leaderboard Campaign ``` Subject: You're #[Rank] on our Referral Leaderboard! Hey [Guest Name], See how you rank among top referrers this month: 🏆 TOP REFERRERS: #1: [Name] - 12 referrals #2: [Name] - 10 referrals #3: [Name] - 8 referrals ... #[Your Rank]: YOU - [X] referrals Beat #[Next Rank] and win: [Prize] WEEKLY CHALLENGE: Refer 3 friends this week and get bonus $100! [Share Your Code] [View Full Leaderboard] Let's climb to the top! [Referral Team] ``` ### Achievement Badges ``` NEW ACHIEVEMENT UNLOCKED! 🏅 [Guest Name], you've earned: "Super Connector" Badge For: Referring 5 unique families in one month Your reward: • Exclusive badge on profile • Priority support access • 10% personal booking discount • Featured ambassador highlight Next achievement to unlock: "Travel Guru" - Refer travelers to 3+ destinations [View Your Profile] ``` ## Program Management Tools ### Dashboard Metrics ``` REFERRAL PROGRAM HEALTH CHECK: Week over Week: • Referral sign-ups: +15% • Conversion rate: 23% • Average referee value: $450 • Top referrer growth: 2x Program Adjustments: • Increase first booking discount to 20% • Launch double referral bonus (Sept) • Add seasonal property spotlights • Implement friend group booking Segmentation performance: • Repeat guests: 31% conversion • 5-star reviewers: 45% participation • Social sharers: 2.5x average referrals ``` ### Automated Testing ``` A/B TEST RESULTS: Test 1: Reward Amount • Control: $50 bonus → 18% participation • Variable: $75 bonus → 24% participation Winner: $75 bonus (+32% ROI) Test 2: Referee Discount • Control: 15% off → 23% conversion • Variable: $100 credit → 19% conversion Winner: 15% discount Test 3: Invite Timing • Control: 48hr post-stay → 15% click rate • Variable: 7 days post-stay → 22% click rate Winner: 7-day delay ``` ## Seasonal Campaigns ### Holiday Referral Boost ``` Subject: 🎁 Holiday Bonus: Double Referral Rewards 'Tis the season for giving! HOLIDAY SPECIAL: December 1-31 • Double rewards: $100 per referral • Friends get 20% off holiday stays • Bonus gift card for 3+ referrals Perfect gifts for friends: 1. Ski property credits 2. Beach house Christmas packages 3. New Year's celebration rentals [Share Holiday Savings] Happy holidays! [Referral Team] ``` ### Summer Referral Competition ``` SUMMER SHARECATION CHALLENGE Compete for prizes while sharing amazing rentals! WEEKLY PRIZES: • Week 1: Beach property weekend • Week 2: Lake house getaway • Week 3: Mountain cabin retreat • Week 4: Grand prize package Earn points: • 10 points: Successful referral • 5 points: Social share • 3 points: Email invite sent Current standings: You're at [Points] points! [Join Challenge] ``` ## Best Practices - Personalize referral messages - Make sharing extremely easy - Provide visual sharing assets - Track and reward promptly - Create milestone celebrations - A/B test rewards structure - Gamify the experience - Monitor fraud attempts ## Success Metrics Track these key metrics: - Referral participation rate - Friend conversion rate - Average customer acquisition cost - Viral coefficient - Lifetime value of referred customers - Program ROI - Social sharing engagement ## Related Automations --- ### Reservation Confirmation Send automated confirmation and initial information when a booking is made URL: /docs/automations/booking-journey/reservation-confirmation Tags: automations, booking journey, reservation confirmation, guest communication, booking confirmation, instant booking # Reservation Confirmation Automation The Reservation Confirmation automation sends immediate acknowledgment and important details to guests after they make a booking. This automation establishes communication expectations and provides essential information for their stay. ## Overview **Purpose**: Confirm the reservation details, set communication expectations, and provide initial property information. **Trigger**: Immediately when a new reservation is created. **Channels**: Email (primary) with optional SMS confirmation. ## Setup Instructions 1. Navigate to **Automations** in your SendSquared dashboard 2. Click **+ Create New Automation** 3. Select **Reservation Confirmation** from the template library or start from scratch 4. Configure the automation with the following nodes: ### Step 1: Configure Trigger 1. Select the **Reservation Status Change** trigger 2. Set the conditions: - **From Status**: None (null) - **To Status**: Confirmed - **Filter**: All new reservations ### Step 2: Add Conditional Logic (Optional) 1. Add a **Condition** node for special handling - **Condition**: `Reservation.IsInstantBook = true` - This can trigger different messaging for instant vs. inquiry bookings ### Step 3: Add Email Action 1. Add an **Email** action 2. Select or create a reservation confirmation template 3. Configure email settings: - **From name**: Your property/management company name - **Subject**: "Booking Confirmed: Your Stay at [Property Name]" - **Content**: Include reservation details, payment information, and next steps ### Step 4: Add SMS Confirmation (Optional) 1. Add an **SMS** action 2. Create a brief confirmation message 3. Include direct contact information ## Email Template Example --- ### Review Collection Automated guest review solicitation and reputation management system URL: /docs/automations/marketing-campaigns/review-collection # Review Collection Automation The Review Collection automation strategically requests and manages guest reviews across platforms, building social proof and maintaining high property ratings. ## Overview **Purpose**: Maximize positive review volume while managing potential negative feedback proactively. **Trigger**: 24-72 hours post-checkout with satisfaction indicators. **Channels**: Email (primary), SMS follow-up, in-app notifications. ## Setup Instructions 1. Navigate to **Automations** in your SendSquared dashboard 2. Click **+ Create New Automation** 3. Select **Review Request** from the template library 4. Configure the automation with the following nodes: ### Step 1: Configure Review Triggers 1. Set up **Smart Timing**: - 72 hours post-departure - Only for completed stays - Skip if negative feedback reported - Delay for travel day recovery ### Step 2: Add Satisfaction Filters 1. Configure **Pre-screening Logic**: - Check mid-stay feedback scores - Skip if maintenance issues reported - Delay if hospitalization mentioned - Fast-track 5-star in-stay ratings ### Step 3: Create Personalized Requests 1. Design **Platform-Specific Flows**: - Airbnb review portal integration - VRBO review link generation - Google Business reviews - TripAdvisor solicitation - Internal platform reviews ## Email Templates ### Initial Review Request ``` Subject: How was your stay at [Property Name]? Dear [Guest Name], We hope you enjoyed your recent stay at [Property Name]! Your experience matters greatly to us and future guests. Would you mind sharing your feedback? It helps us maintain our high standards and helps other travelers. Rate your stay: ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ [5-star link] ⭐⭐⭐⭐☆ [4-star link] ⭐⭐⭐☆☆ [3-star link] ⭐⭐☆☆☆ [2-star link] ⭐☆☆☆☆ [1-star link] Or write a detailed review: • [Airbnb Review Link] • [VRBO Review Link] • [Google Review Link] As a thank you, we'll send you a 10% off code for your next stay after your review is published. Best regards, [Property Manager] [Property Name] P.S. Having any concerns? Contact me directly at [Email/Phone] - we're here to help even after your stay. ``` ### 5-Star Guest Follow-up ``` Subject: Thank you for your amazing review! Dear [Guest Name], Thank you so much for your wonderful 5-star review! It truly means a lot to our team. We're thrilled you enjoyed: • [Specific feature mentioned in review] • [Another positive element] • [Third highlighted aspect] As promised, here's your 10% loyalty discount code: THANKYOU10 Valid for any future booking until [Date]. Special invitation: Join our VIP list for: ✓ Early access to new properties ✓ Exclusive member rates ✓ Priority booking support [Join VIP Program] We'd be honored to host you again! Warm regards, [Property Manager] ``` ### Negative Review Prevention ``` Subject: Important: We'd like to address your concerns Dear [Guest Name], We noticed you rated your recent stay below our usual standards at [Property Name]. Your satisfaction is our top priority, and we'd appreciate the opportunity to make things right before you leave feedback online. Please call or email me directly to discuss: • What didn't meet expectations • How we can improve • Possible remedies or compensation Direct contact: [Manager Name] [Phone Number] [Email Address] We value your business and hope to resolve any issues promptly. Sincerely, [Property Management Team] ``` ## Review Request Sequence ### Step 1: Satisfaction Check (Day 1) ``` Subject: Quick question about your stay Hi [Guest Name], We hope you had a great experience at [Property Name]. On a scale of 1-10, how would you rate your stay? [1-3: Immediate manager contact] [4-6: Personal call to discuss] [7-8: Review improvement request] [9-10: Public review invitation] Your feedback helps us improve! [Rate Your Stay] ``` ### Step 2: Strategic Review Request (Day 3) ``` Subject: Share your [Property] experience [For 9-10 ratings from Step 1] Dear [Guest Name], Thank you for rating your stay so highly! We'd love if you'd share your experience with other travelers. Your review would help families like yours find the perfect vacation home. Quick options: → [1-Click 5-Star Review] → [Write Detailed Review] → [Review on Multiple Platforms] Appreciation gift: 10% off + priority booking guarantee Thank you for supporting our small business! [Host Name] ``` ### Step 3: Gentle Reminder (Day 7) ``` Subject: Don't forget your 10% off code Hi [Guest Name], Just a quick reminder - we're still hoping you'll share your experience at [Property Name]. Your review helps other travelers and earns you: • 10% off future stays • Priority booking status • Exclusive early access deals Takes just 2 minutes: [Leave Review Now] No pressure - we appreciate you either way! [Team Member] ``` ## Platform-Specific Integration ### Airbnb Review Flow ``` 1. Auto-detect Airbnb booking 2. Wait 24 hours post-checkout 3. Send Airbnb-specific review invitation 4. Track review completion 5. Send thank you once published Airbnb Message: "Hi [Guest], thank you for staying with us! It would mean a lot if you could share your experience on Airbnb. Here's your direct review link: [Airbnb URL]. Hope to host you again soon!" ``` ### VRBO Review System ``` 1. Monitor VRBO notifications 2. Identify review opportunities 3. Send VRBO review request 4. Follow up once if needed 5. Archive after completion VRBO Template: "Thank you for choosing [Property] through VRBO! Your feedback helps other travelers. Please take a moment to review your stay: [VRBO Link]. We appreciate your business!" ``` ### Google Reviews ``` 1. Identify eligible properties 2. Generate unique Google review links 3. Prioritize properties with few reviews 4. Track Google review metrics 5. Respond to all Google feedback Google Request: "Help future guests discover [Property]! Share your experience on Google Maps: [Review Link]. Your insights make a difference to fellow travelers." ``` ## Review Management Components ### Response Templates #### Positive Review Response ``` Thank you, [Guest Name], for this wonderful 5-star review! We're delighted you enjoyed the [specific amenity] and [location advantage]. We'd be honored to welcome you back for another memorable stay. As a returning guest, you'll receive priority booking and 15% off your next visit. Looking forward to hosting you again soon! Warm regards, [Property Manager] ``` #### Neutral Review Response ``` Thank you for your honest feedback, [Guest Name]. We're glad you enjoyed [positive aspect], and we've taken note of your concerns about [issue mentioned]. We've already addressed [specific fix] and are implementing [improvement plan] for future guests. We'd love the opportunity to exceed your expectations next time. Please contact us directly at [contact info] to discuss a return visit. Best regards, [Management Team] ``` #### Negative Review Response (Public) ``` Thank you for your feedback, [Guest Name]. We're genuinely sorry to hear about [specific issue]. This is not the experience we aim to provide. We take all concerns seriously and have: • Addressed the [issue] immediately • Retrained our staff on [protocol] • Implemented [improvement measure] We'd welcome a conversation to make this right. Please contact our manager directly at [contact info]. We hope you'll give us another chance to earn your trust. Sincerely, [Senior Management] ``` ## Review Incentives ### Tiered Reward System ``` REVIEW REWARDS: Basic Review: • 10% off next booking • Priority support access • Loyalty points: 250 Detailed Review (100+ words): • 15% off + free upgrade • VIP guest status • Loyalty points: 500 Photo/Video Review: • 20% off + $50 credit • Featured guest spotlight • Loyalty points: 1000 Multiple Platform Reviews: • 25% off + free night • Ambassador status • Loyalty points: 2000 ``` ### Contest Integration ``` Monthly Review Contest: PRIZES: • Weekly: Free 2-night stay • Monthly: 7-night luxury property • Quarterly: $500 travel credit Entry Requirements: • Leave 100+ word review • Include 3+ photos • Post within 72 hours • Tag @username on social [Enter Contest] ``` ## Reputation Management Dashboard ### Key Metrics to Track ``` REVIEW PERFORMANCE: Platform Metrics: • Airbnb: 4.9/5.0 (234 reviews) • VRBO: 4.8/5.0 (156 reviews) • Google: 4.7/5.0 (89 reviews) • Overall: 4.8/5.0 (479 reviews) Trends: • Review volume: +15% MoM • Average rating: Stable • Response rate: 98% • Response time: 3.2 hours Issues Monitoring: • Cleanliness mentions: -10% • WiFi complaints: -5% • Value ratings: +8% ``` ### Alert System ``` REVIEW ALERT TRIGGERS: Immediate Alerts: • Any 1-2 star review • Keywords: "dirty," "broken," "unsafe" • Manager mention by name • Fraud/fake review suspected Daily Summary: • Reviews pending response • Review volume tracking • Sentiment analysis results • Competitive benchmarking ``` ## Review Generation Campaigns ### Seasonal Review Push ``` Subject: Help us reach 500 reviews by summer! Dear valued guests, We're close to a milestone - 500 total reviews! Each review helps future guests discover our properties. Summer Review Campaign: • Review now, get 20% off summer booking • Refer a friend who reviews, both get bonus • Top 10 reviewers win free stays Current progress: 479/500 reviews Help us reach this goal: [Leave Review Now] Thank you for being part of our community! [Marketing Team] ``` ### Loyalty Review Program ``` VIP REVIEW REWARDS: For Repeat Guests: • Double loyalty points on reviews • Guaranteed rate matching • Priority check-in/out • Concierge service access Elite Guest Challenge: • Leave 5 reviews = Elite status • Review all properties stayed = Ambassador • Monthly review = Featured guest [View Your Rewards] ``` ## Best Practices - Request reviews at optimal times - Keep requests short and personal - Never ask for only 5-star reviews - Respond to all reviews (good and bad) - Address issues privately first - Incentivize but don't pressure - Monitor review authenticity - Analyze feedback for trends ## Success Metrics Track key indicators: - Review request open rates - Conversion to completed review - Average star rating by property - Review volume growth - Negative review reduction - Review response engagement ## Related Automations - [Post-Departure Follow-up](../booking-journey/post-departure.md) --- ### Same-Day Inquiry Response After-hours instant acknowledgment with next business day follow-up commitment URL: /docs/automations/lead-management/same-day-inquiry Tags: automations, lead management, same-day, after-hours, response time # Same-Day Inquiry Response Automation The Same-Day Inquiry automation acknowledges guest inquiries received outside business hours and commits to prompt follow-up. This automation maintains responsiveness while setting appropriate expectations. ## Overview **Purpose**: Acknowledge after-hours inquiries and schedule morning follow-up. **Trigger**: Inquiry received outside business hours (5 PM - 9 AM, weekends, holidays). **Channels**: Email (immediate) with morning call scheduling. ## Setup Instructions 1. Navigate to **Automations** in your SendSquared dashboard 2. Click **+ Create New Automation** 3. Select **After Hours Response** from the template library 4. Configure the automation with the following nodes: ### Step 1: Configure Time-Based Trigger 1. Select the **Business Hours** trigger 2. Set conditions: - **Outside Hours**: 5:00 PM - 9:00 AM - **Weekends**: Saturday, Sunday - **Holidays**: Company calendar - **Time Zone**: Property local time ### Step 2: Send Immediate Response 1. Add an **Email** action 2. Create friendly acknowledgment template 3. Include estimated callback time ### Step 3: Schedule Morning Task 1. Create **Internal Task** for next business day 2. Set task time: - Morning priority: Before 10 AM - Include guest's local time zone - Assign to appropriate agent ## Email Template ``` Subject: We've received your inquiry - We'll call you tomorrow morning Dear [Guest Name], Thank you for contacting us about [Property/Location]! I received your inquiry at [Time] and want to personally discuss your upcoming stay. Since this came in after hours, I'll call you tomorrow at [Estimated Time] to help with: • Your dates: [Dates if provided] • Property preferences • Any special requirements • Specific questions you have If [Estimated Time] doesn't work for you, please reply with your preferred call time. In the meantime, you can: • Browse our collection: [Link] • Check availability: [Link] • Email additional questions I'm looking forward to speaking with you tomorrow! Best regards, [Agent Name] [Phone] | [Email] P.S. Need immediate assistance? You can: • Text "URGENT" to [Number] for same-night response • Call our after-hours number: [Number] ``` ## Morning Task Template ``` [PRIORITY: After-Hours Inquiry Follow-up] Inquiry Received: [Time/Date] Response Due: Before 10 AM Guest Details: - Name: [Name] - Phone: [Phone] - Email: [Email] - Inquiry Type: [Website/Phone/Chat] Inquiry Summary: - Property Interest: [Property] - Dates: [Dates] - Special Requests: [Notes] - Local Time Zone: [Zone] Action Items: □ Call within first hour of business day □ Reference specific inquiry details □ Address any urgency mentioned □ Send follow-up email after call □ Update lead status promptly ``` ## Best Practices - Acknowledge within 15 minutes of receipt - Be specific about callback time - Consider guest's time zone for scheduling - Prioritize morning calls by urgency - Keep commitment to specified time - Have property information ready for call ## Special Considerations ### Weekend Inquiries - Offer Monday morning callback - Include emergency contact option - Highlight weekend-specific availability ### Holiday Period - Acknowledge holiday delays - Provide extended office hours if available - Offer alternative contact methods ### International Guests - Calculate time zone differences - Suggest mutually convenient times - Offer email communication option ## Common Issues and Troubleshooting - **Time zone confusion**: Clearly state both times (guest's and property's) - **Missed callbacks**: Set internal alerts and have backup agents - **Email deliverability**: Use clear subject lines to avoid spam ## Related Automations - [Lead Follow-up General](lead-follow-up.md) - [International Guest Follow-up](international-guest.md) --- ### Seasonal Holiday Follow-up Prioritize peak season inquiries with urgency and alternative date options URL: /docs/automations/lead-management/seasonal-holiday Tags: automations, lead management, seasonal, holiday, peak season, events # Seasonal/Holiday Lead Follow-up Automation The Seasonal/Holiday automation handles inquiries for peak travel periods with heightened urgency and provides alternative options when availability is limited. ## Overview **Purpose**: Convert high-value peak season inquiries while managing availability constraints. **Trigger**: Inquiry for peak season dates, holidays, or special events. **Channels**: Phone call (immediate), followed by email with alternatives. ## Setup Instructions 1. Navigate to **Automations** in your SendSquared dashboard 2. Click **+ Create New Automation** 3. Select **Peak Season Inquiry** from the template library 4. Configure the automation with the following nodes: ### Step 1: Configure Peak Period Detection 1. Select the **Date-Based** trigger 2. Define peak seasons: - Summer (June-August) - Winter holidays (Dec 20-Jan 5) - Spring break (regional) - Major holidays (Memorial Day, July 4th, Labor Day) - Local events and festivals ### Step 2: Assign Priority Urgency 1. Add **Priority Level** based on: - Dates within 30 days: URGENT - Major holidays: HIGH - School holidays: MEDIUM - Festival dates: EVENT-SPECIFIC ### Step 3: Create Urgency Response 1. Add immediate **Task Creation** for sales team 2. Configure phone call within 1 hour 3. Prepare alternative date scripts ## Phone Call Script Template ``` [URGENT: Peak Season Inquiry - CALL IMMEDIATELY] Lead Priority: HIGH Response SLA: 1 hour Guest Information: - Name: [Name] - Dates Requested: [Dates] - Property Interest: [Property] - Group Size: [Count] - Contact: [Phone] Opening Script: "Hi [Name], this is [Agent] from [Company]. I'm calling about your inquiry for [Date Range]. I wanted to personally assist since these are our busiest dates." If Unavailable for Requested Dates: 1. "While [Property] is booked for those exact dates, I do have excellent alternatives..." 2. Offer date flexibility: - "We have availability the week before/after" - "A longer stay actually saves you money" - "Tuesday-Sunday often works better than Mon-Fri" 3. Suggest similar properties: - Same location, similar amenities - Comparable size and features - Special holiday packages ``` ## Email Template (Follow-up) ``` Subject: URGENT: Limited availability for [Holiday/Season] Dear [Guest Name], Thank you for your inquiry about staying with us during [Holiday/Season]! Your requested dates: [Dates] Status: [Limited/No availability - immediate action needed] Due to high demand for these dates, I want to ensure you secure accommodation: IMMEDIATE AVAILABILITY: Option 1: [Property Name] • Similar amenities to your inquiry • [Dates available] • Rate: $[Amount] (Special holiday rate) • [Unique features] Option 2: [Property Name] • [Dates slightly different] • Rate: $[Amount] (Lower than peak) • [Value proposition] WAITLIST OPTION: • [Original Property] - We can place you first on the waitlist • Cancellations possible up to [Date] • We'll check daily and contact you immediately ALTERNATIVE DATES: If you're flexible, consider: • Week before: [Dates] - Save 20% • Week after: [Dates] - Save 15% • Extended stay: [Longer dates] - Save 25% BOOK NOW to secure your spot: [Direct Booking Link] These properties typically book within hours during peak season. Call me directly: [Phone] for immediate assistance Best regards, [Vacation Specialist] [Management Company] ``` ## Peak Season Strategies ### For Sold-Out Properties 1. **Waitlist Management**: ``` "I can place you first on our cancellation list. We typically see 2-3 cancellations per property within 30 days. No commitment required." ``` 2. **Package Approach**: ``` "While [Property A] is booked, I can combine two smaller units next to each other. This actually gives you more space for less money." ``` 3. **Extended Stay Incentives**: ``` "If you can stay 7+ days, we have a luxury property that requires minimum stay. You'd save $[Amount] over your requested shorter stay." ``` ### Holiday-Specific Messaging #### New Year's Eve ``` Subject: Ring in 2025 with us - Limited NYE Availability Last 3 properties available for NYE: • Ocean view with private deck • Downtown loft with rooftop access • Beach house with outdoor area All include NYE celebration package. Book by midnight to secure. ``` #### Summer Memorial Day Weekend ``` Subject: Memorial Day Weekend - Book Now or Miss Out Pool access fills first. Only 2 properties left with: • Private pool/pool access • Sleeps [X] • Available May 24-27 Act fast - summer bookings typically secured by March. ``` ## Seasonal Communication Cadence ### 90+ Days Before Peak: - "Early bird secured" confirmation - Property upgrade opportunities - Add-on service booking ### 60-89 Days Before: - "Secure your remaining dates" - Upgrade reminders - Local event tickets availability ### 30-59 Days Before: - Final availability check - Upsell opportunities - Pre-arrival concierge services ### Under 30 Days: - Extreme urgency messaging - Last-minute cancellation hunting - Premium pricing for remaining inventory ## Best Practices - Prioritize peak season leads above all others - Have alternative suggestions ready immediately - Create FOMO (Fear of Missing Out) naturally - Offer flexible solutions beyond original ask - Follow up within 1 hour max - Use multiple channels for urgency - Track cancellations constantly ## Common Peak Season Issues 1. **Double Bookings**: - Clear calendar immediately - Offer compensation when errors occur 2. **Rate Shopping**: - "Peak rates are market-driven and consistent" - Emphasize included value during holidays 3. **Minimum Stay Requirements**: - Explain local regulations/policies - Show value of longer stays ## Related Automations - [International Guest Follow-up](international-guest.md) --- ### Seasonal Promotions Automated marketing campaigns for holidays and peak travel seasons URL: /docs/automations/marketing-campaigns/seasonal-promotions # Seasonal Promotions Automation The Seasonal Promotions automation delivers targeted marketing campaigns aligned with holidays, peak seasons, and local events to maximize booking opportunities throughout the year. ## Overview **Purpose**: Drive bookings during key travel periods with timely, relevant promotional campaigns. **Trigger**: Calendar-based scheduling for holidays, seasons, and local events. **Channels**: Email, SMS, social media integration, and website banners. ## Setup Instructions 1. Navigate to **Automations** in your SendSquared dashboard 2. Click **+ Create New Automation** 3. Select **Seasonal Campaign** from the template library 4. Configure the automation with the following nodes: ### Step 1: Configure Calendar Triggers 1. Set up **Seasonal Dates**: - Summer season (May-August) - Winter holidays (December-January) - Spring break (March) - Major holidays (Memorial Day, July 4th, Labor Day) - Local events and festivals - Shoulder seasons ### Step 2: Create Campaign Sequences 1. Design **Multi-touch Campaigns**: - Pre-season announcement (60 days before) - Early bird offers (45 days before) - Main promotion (30 days before) - Last-minute deals (1-2 weeks before) - During-season upsells ### Step 3: Add Dynamic Targeting 1. Configure **Audience Segmentation**: - Past season travelers - Geographic relevance - Search history alignment - Booking window preferences ## Email Templates ### Summer Season Launch (May 1st) ``` Subject: ☀️ Summer 2024 is here - Book early and save 20% Hi [First Name], The early bird gets the best beach house! Our summer properties are now available for booking. EARLY BIRD SPECIAL: • Book by May 31st → Save 20% • Prime dates still available • Best properties, best prices • Free upgrade possibilities 🌊 TRENDING DESTINATIONS: 1. Beachfront Properties - Starting $295/night 2. Mountain Retreats with Pools - Starting $245/night 3. Lakeside Cabins - Starting $175/night TOP DATES FILLING FAST: • July 4th weekend - Only 23% inventory left • July 15-22 (peak family travel) - 35% available • August 1-15 - 50% available [Browse Summer Properties] Limited Time Perks: ✓ Free cancellation until June 15th ✓ Price match guarantee ✓ Lock today's rate for next summer Don't wait - July 4th books out by March! [Sales Team] [Company Name] ``` ### Memorial Day Weekend Campaign ``` Subject: URGENT: Last Memorial Day properties available! [First Name], Memorial Day Weekend Alert: Only 8 properties remaining for May 27-29! BEST VALUES STILL AVAILABLE: 1. [Property 1] - $850/weekend (Value: $1100) • Steps from beach • Pool access included • Sleeps 8 comfortably 2. [Property 2] - $625/weekend (Value: $800) • Mountain views • Hot tub and fire pit • Perfect for families 3. [Property 3] - $475/weekend (Value: $650) • Pet-friendly • Near downtown • Walk to restaurants ⏰ BOOKING DEADLINE: Today at 5 PM These properties won't last the day! Special Holiday Package Includes: • Late checkout Monday (5 PM) • Welcome BBQ package ($100 value) • Local activity guide [Book Immediately] Call direct: [Phone] for instant processing. Best regards, [Holiday Team] ``` ### Winter Holiday Campaign ``` Subject: 🎄 Holiday Magic Awaits - Book Your Winter Escape Dear [First Name], Create magical holiday memories this season! WINTER WONDERLAND DEALS: Early Access Pricing Through Nov 30th: ❄️ SKI PROPERTIES: • Ski-in/Ski-out chalets - 15% off • Mountain view cabins - 10% off • Village center condos - 5% off 🎄 FESTIVE STAYS: • Christmas week specials • New Year's Eve packages • Cozy fireside retreats 🏔️ FEATURED PROPERTIES: 1. Alpine Lodge - [Location] • 6 bedrooms, hot tub • 2 minutes to ski lift • Mountain view dining 2. Winter Haven Cabin - [Location] • Wood fireplace • Game room • Dog-friendly 3. Snowy Peaks Retreat - [Location] • Pool/hot tub • Ski storage room • Gourmet kitchen HOLIDAY BONUS PACKAGE: • Christmas decoration option • Local bakery welcome treats • Concierge event booking [Find Your Holiday Home] Warm regards, [Winter Travel Team] ``` ### Off-Season Deals ``` Subject: Secret Season: Lower Prices, Better Experiences Hi [First Name], Discover why smart travelers love off-season booking: OFF-SEASON ADVANTAGES: • 40% LOWER RATES vs. peak season • Quieter beaches, better service • Local restaurants easier to book • Authentic cultural experiences SHOULDER SEASON SPECIALS: March 15 - April 15 | September 15 - October 15 Featured Destinations: 1. Beach Properties: $165/night (vs. $275 in summer) 2. Mountain Homes: $115/night (vs. $225 in winter) 3. Urban Apartments: $95/night (vs. $195 in peak) EXCLUSIVE OFF-SEASON PERKS: • Free activity credits ($200 value) • Complimentary upgrade requests • Local tour guide consultation • Restaurant reservation assistance Perfect for: → Couples' getaways → Working remotely → Avoiding crowds → Budget-conscious families [Explore Off-Season Deals] Best prices end March 1st! [Off-Season Specialist] ``` ## SMS Campaign Examples ### Summer Flash Sale ``` FLASH ALERT: 24hr Beach House Sale! July 4th from $199/night. Limited inventory. Book now: [Link] Reply BEACH for best deals. ``` ### Last-Minute Holiday ``` HOLIDAY VACANCY: Luxury cabin available Dec 26-31! Was $500/nt, NOW $350. Pet-friendly, hot tub. Reserve ASAP: [Link] ``` ## Local Event Integration ### Special Event Campaign ``` Subject: [Event Name] Weekend - Premium Properties Available [First Name], The [Annual Festival/Event] returns [Date]! EVENT-PERFECT PROPERTIES: 🎪 Walking distance to festival grounds 🚗 Designated parking included 🏨 Hotels charging $300+/night more 🍽️ Restaurant reservations pre-secured FESTIVAL PACKAGE INCLUDES: • Preferred parking pass • Local transportation credits • Restaurant recommendations • Event schedule guide • Noise-canceling earbuds Properties Starting at $[Amount]/night: 1. [Property 1] - 5 min walk to main stage 2. [Property 2] - Rooftop views of fireworks 3. [Property 3] - Private entrance, less noise [Browse Event Properties] Limited availability: Only [X] properties remain! [Event Team] ``` ## Campaign Calendar Framework ### Annual Marketing Schedule ``` JANUARY: • Winter deals continuation • Valentine's getaway launch • Summer early access for loyalty members FEBRUARY: • Spring break announcements • Easter holiday planning • Memorial Day early bird MARCH: • Summer main campaign launch • Graduation weekend promo • Father's Day properties APRIL-MAY: • Summer inventory push • July 4th focus • Fall foliage early access JUNE-JULY: • End of summer deals • Early winter access • Back-to-school getaways AUGUST-SEPTEMBER: • Fall promotions • Winter ski access • Holiday booking incentives OCTOBER-NOVEMBER: • Thanksgiving rush • Holiday main campaign • New Year's availability DECEMBER: • Last-minute deals • Next year planning • Loyalty program renewal ``` ## Dynamic Pricing Integration ### Yield Management Campaigns ``` DYNAMIC PRICING ALERT: Your searched dates: [Dates] Current rate: $[Amount]/night Price trend: [Increasing/Stable/Decreasing] BOOKING RECOMMENDATION: • Book now: Price projected to increase [X]% • Wait: Potential 15% decrease expected • Monitor: Price tracking active [Set Price Alert] | [Book Now to Lock Rate] ``` ## Loyalty Program Seasonal Offers ### VIP Seasonal Preview ``` Subject: VIP Preview: Summer Properties 24 Hours Early Exclusive VIP Access, As a [Gold/Platinum] member, preview summer inventory before public release! VIP EXCLUSIVE BENEFITS: ✓ 24-hour booking advantage ✓ Additional 5% member discount ✓ Free date change once ✓ Priority property selection TOP TIER PROPERTIES: 1. Beachfront Villa [Normal] VIP Rate: $750/night 2. Mountain Estate [New] VIP Rate: $425/night 3. Luxury Lake House [Renovated] VIP Rate: $395/night Your Access Expires: [Tomorrow at Midnight] [View VIP Collection] Platinum Bonus: Book 3+ properties & earn double points! [VIP Concierge] ``` ## Best Practices - Launch campaigns 45-60 days before seasons - Create urgency with countdown timers - Use data to personalize recommendations - Segment by destination preferences - Layer discounts (early bird + repeat guest) - Monitor inventory in real-time - Optimize send times by timezone - Track competitor pricing ## Success Metrics Track key performance indicators: - Campaign open/click rates - Conversion rate by season - Average booking value per campaign - Revenue per email sent - Inventory fill rate by campaign - Year-over-year growth by season ## Related Automations --- ### SMS Opt-in Build your SMS marketing list through automated opt-in campaigns URL: /docs/automations/marketing-campaigns/sms-opt-in # SMS Opt-in Automation The SMS Opt-in automation helps build your SMS marketing database by encouraging guests to opt into text message communications for special offers, updates, and exclusive deals. ## Overview **Purpose**: Grow SMS subscriber list and establish direct communication channel with guests. **Trigger**: Multiple entry points including post-checkout, email opt-in, and website signup. **Channels**: Email, SMS confirmation, website popups. ## Setup Instructions 1. Navigate to **Automations** in your SendSquared dashboard 2. Click **+ Create New Automation** 3. Select **SMS Opt-in** from the template library 4. Configure the automation with the following nodes: ### Step 1: Configure Trigger Options 1. Select multiple **Entry Points**: - Post-stay survey completion - Email opt-in checkbox - Website popup engagement - Booking confirmation page - Check-in WiFi portal ### Step 2: Add Consent Collection 1. Configure **Legal Compliance** rules: - TCPA compliance (US) - GDPR compliance (EU) - Double opt-in verification - Easy opt-out mechanism ### Step 3: Create Value Proposition 1. Design **Incentive Offerings**: - Welcome discount code - Exclusive SMS-only deals - Early access to promotions - Last-minute discounts ## Email Template (SMS Signup Invitation) ``` Subject: Get exclusive deals via text - Sign up now! Dear [Guest Name], Want access to our best deals and last-minute offers? Join our SMS list! SMS SUBSCRIPTION BENEFITS: • 15% welcome discount code • Early access to seasonal promotions • Exclusive SMS-only flash sales • Last-minute availability alerts • VIP member updates Why join our SMS list? ✓ No more than 4 messages per month ✓ Opt out anytime with simple "STOP" reply ✓ Never share your number with third parties ✓ Get deals before they sell out Sign up methods: 1. Reply to this email with your mobile number 2. Text JOIN to [Phone Number] 3. Sign up online: [Link] Upon signup, you'll receive: • Welcome discount code: 15% off • First exclusive offer within 48 hours • Access to members-only promotions Limited time: Next 50 subscribers get an extra 5% off! Best regards, [Marketing Team] [Company Name] P.S. By subscribing, you agree to our [Terms & Conditions] and [Privacy Policy] ``` ## Website Popup Template ``` 🎯 EXCLUSIVE OFFER: Join our SMS VIP Club Get 15% OFF your next stay INSTANTLY! 📱 Join thousands of savvy travelers who save with our text message deals. Benefits: • Flash sales alerts • Last-minute deals • Seasonal promotions • Local event discounts ⏰ One-time offer: +15% off for first 50 signups [Phone Number Field] [Submit Button] No spam, just savings. Max 4 texts/month. Unsubscribe anytime. [Privacy Policy] | [Terms of Service] ``` ## Double Opt-in SMS Confirmation ``` Welcome to [Company] SMS! Reply Y to confirm your subscription and receive: • Instant 15% discount code • Exclusive member offers • Early access to deals Reply STOP to cancel. Msg frequency: max 4/month. Rates may apply. ``` ## Welcome SMS Sequence ### Welcome SMS (Immediate) ``` Welcome to [Company] SMS VIP Club! Your 15% discount code: SMSV15. Use online by [Date]. View our newest properties: [Link] Reply DEALS for current offers. ``` ### 3 Days Later ``` VIP Alert: [Property Name] just reduced for [Dates]! Was $[Original], now $[New price]. Book before it's gone: [Link] . ``` ### 7 Days Later ``` Exclusive SMS offer: Book any stay in [Month] and get: • Free upgrade to premium unit • Late checkout included Use code: SMS7DAY. Valid 48hrs only. ``` ## Opt-in Incentive Variations ### Seasonal Offers ``` 🌴 Summer Preview: Join SMS for early access • 25% off summer bookings • Pool-view upgrades • Free beach gear rental Text JOIN to [Number] by 5/31 ``` ### Loyalty Program Integration ``` LOYALTY BOOST: Text subscribers earn 2X points! Current points: [X] With SMS: Double on every stay Bonus: 500 points upon signup Join now: Text LOYALTY to [Number] ``` ### Last-Minute Deals ``` 🚨 URGENT DEALS: Last-minute availability alerts Stay in the loop for: • Tonight's empty vacation homes • Weekend drop-out discounts • Travel disruption solutions Text LASTMIN to [Number] for instant alerts ``` ## Compliance Templates ### Opt-out Instructions ``` To unsubscribe from [Company] SMS: • Reply STOP to any message • Text STOP to [Number] • Click unsubscribe: [Link] You'll receive a confirmation and no future texts. ``` ### Consent Confirmation Email ``` Subject: SMS Subscription Confirmed Dear [Guest Name], Thank you for joining our SMS program! Confirmed Details: • Phone number: [Number] • Subscription date: [Date] • Welcome discount: SMSV15 (15% off) What to expect: • Maximum 4 messages per month • Exclusive deals and offers • Early access to promotions • Last-minute availability Managing your subscription: • Reply STOP to any message to unsubscribe • Update preferences: [Link] • Contact us: [Phone] or [Email] Your privacy is protected according to our [Privacy Policy]. Welcome to exclusive savings! [Marketing Team] ``` ## Best Practices - Always provide clear value proposition - Keep frequency modest (max 4 messages/month) - Make opt-out process simple and obvious - Use welcome incentives immediately - Segment lists by preferences and behavior - Personalize messages when possible - Monitor opt-out rates and feedback - Test different signup incentives ## Legal Compliance Checklist - [ ] Include clear opt-in consent language - [ ] Provide double opt-in verification - [ ] Enable simple opt-out mechanism - [ ] Never share subscriber data - [ ] Maintain opt-out records - [ ] Age-verify subscribers (13+) - [ ] Provide clear privacy policy - [ ] Honor marketing preferences ## Measuring Success Track these metrics: - Opt-in conversion rate by source - Welcome offer redemption rate - Unsubscribe rate per campaign - Revenue per SMS subscriber - Message engagement rates - ROI on SMS promotions ## Related Automations - [Welcome Email Campaign](welcome-opt-in.md) --- ### Website Behaviors Re-engage based on specific browsing patterns and interests URL: /docs/automations/lead-management/website-behavior Tags: automations, lead management, website behavior, tracking, remarketing, browsing # Website Behavior Triggers Automation The Website Behavior automation tracks guest interactions on your website and responds with personalized follow-ups based on their interests and actions. ## Overview **Purpose**: Convert website visitors into leads by responding to their browsing behavior. **Trigger**: Specific website actions indicating strong interest. **Channels**: Email (primary), remarketing ads, SMS for abandoned carts. ## Setup Instructions 1. Navigate to **Automations** in your SendSquared dashboard 2. Click **+ Create New Automation** 3. Select **Website Behavior** from the template library 4. Configure the automation with the following nodes: ### Step 1: Configure Behavior Triggers 1. Select the **Website Tracking** trigger 2. Set tracking conditions: - Property viewed multiple times - Rate calculator used - Abandoned booking cart - Time spent > 5 minutes - Returned visitor detection ### Step 2: Segment by Interest Level 1. Add a **Scoring** node: - **High Intent**: Used rate calculator + viewed calendar - **Medium Intent**: Viewed 3+ properties - **Low Intent**: General browsing < 2 minutes ### Step 3: Create Personalized Follow-up 1. Add **Email** action with dynamic content 2. Include specific properties viewed 3. Offer relevant incentives ## Email Templates by Behavior ### Multiple Property Views ``` Subject: Still looking at [Property Names]? Hi there, I noticed you've been viewing several of our properties. Looks like you're interested in: 1. [Property 1] - [Dates Available] 2. [Property 2] - [Dates Available] 3. [Property 3] - [Dates Available] Need help deciding? Here's a quick comparison: [Property 1]: Best for [Feature] - Starting at $[Rate] • [Key Benefit] • [Unique Feature] [Property 2]: Perfect for [Feature] - Starting at $[Rate] • [Key Benefit] • [Unique Feature] Which property matches your needs best? I'd be happy to provide more details or answer any questions. Click here to check availability: [Direct Link] Cheers, [Agent Name] ``` ### Rate Calculator Usage ``` Subject: I can help with those dates - Special rate inside Hello, I see you were checking rates for [Dates] in [Location]. Great timing - we have special availability for those dates! Based on what you were looking at: • [Property Type] for [Guest Count] guests • Dates: [Arrival] - [Departure] • Location preference: [Area] Here's an exclusive offer just for you: [Property Name] - $[Rate]/night (10% off webrate) This rate includes: ✓ Free cancellation up to 14 days ✓ Price match guarantee ✓ Immediate confirmation Ready to book? Your dates won't stay available forever. [Book Now Button] Questions? I'm here to help. [Agent Name] ``` ### Abandoned Cart ``` Subject: Complete your booking - Your property is waiting Hi [Guest Name], You were so close to securing [Property Name] for your stay! We're holding these details for you: • Property: [Property Name] • Dates: [Arrival] - [Departure] • Guests: [Count] • Rate: $[Amount] total To complete your booking: [Resume Booking Link] Having second thoughts? Let's chat about: • Cancellation policies • Payment options • Property features Note: This property has [X] other inquiries for your dates. Looking forward to hosting you! [Property Manager] ``` ### Return Visitor ``` Subject: Welcome back - Something special for you Hi there, Welcome back! I noticed you've visited us [X] times looking at properties in [Location]. As a thank you for your interest, here's an exclusive offer: [Property Name] - Save 15% off any stay • Use code: RETURN15 • Valid for 48 hours only • No blackout dates What you liked last time: • [Top viewed property] • [Location preference] • [Date range searched] Ready to book your perfect vacation? [Start Booking] Best regards, [Team] ``` ## SMS Templates (For Abandoned Carts) ``` Hi! You left [Property Name] in your cart. Complete booking in 24hrs & get 5% off. Use code: QUICK5 [Link] ``` ## Remarketing Ad Copy ### High Intent Viewers ``` "[Property Name] - Available [Your Dates] Book Now and Save 10% Limited Time Offer" ``` ### Property Comparison Browsers ``` "Compare Our Top [Location] Properties Free Cancellation • Best Price Guarantee View Collection →" ``` ## Best Practices - Track behavior across sessions - Personalize based on specific interests - Set appropriate timing delays (not immediate) - Offer relevant incentives - Use progressive profiling - Respect privacy preferences - A/B test messaging approaches ## Tracking Setup Required tracking elements: - Property view tracking - Calculator usage events - Cart abandonment detection - Time on page metrics - Scroll depth tracking - Return visitor cookies ## Common Issues and Troubleshooting - **Over-targeting**: Limit to 2-3 contacts per behavior - **Privacy concerns**: Clear opt-out options - **Technical glitches**: Regular tracking verification - **Mismatched offers**: Ensure offer alignment with interest ## Related Automations - [Lead Follow-up General](lead-follow-up.md) --- ### Welcome Opt-in Automated welcome series for new email subscribers and marketing database URL: /docs/automations/marketing-campaigns/welcome-opt-in # Welcome Opt-in Automation The Welcome Opt-in automation creates engaging welcome sequences for new email subscribers, building relationships and driving initial conversions. ## Overview **Purpose**: Welcome new email subscribers with valuable content and incentivize first bookings. **Trigger**: Email opt-in submission from website forms, popups, or lead magnets. **Channels**: Email series, optional SMS follow-up. ## Setup Instructions 1. Navigate to **Automations** in your SendSquared dashboard 2. Click **+ Create New Automation** 3. Select **Welcome Email Series** from the template library 4. Configure the automation with the following nodes: ### Step 1: Configure Subscription Triggers 1. Select the **Email Opt-in** trigger 2. Set up source tracking: - Website popup forms - Landing page signups - Lead magnet downloads - Waitlist applications - Checkout email capture ### Step 2: Create Welcome Sequence 1. Design **Multi-touch Campaign**: - Welcome email (immediate) - Value email (Day 2) - Offer email (Day 5) - Educational content (Day 7) - Review request (Day 14) ### Step 3: Add Personalization 1. Configure **Dynamic Content**: - Source-specific messaging - Interest-based recommendations - Geographic personalization - Previous website behavior ## Email Templates ### Welcome Email #1 (Immediate) ``` Subject: Welcome to [Company] - Your 10% off code inside Dear [First Name], Welcome to the [Company] family! We're thrilled you've joined our community of savvy travelers. Your Welcome Gift: • Discount code: WELCOME10 (10% off any stay) • Valid for 30 days • No minimum booking required Getting Started: 1. Browse our curated properties: [Link] 2. Download our mobile app for exclusive deals 3. Follow us on social for daily inspiration What to Expect: • Weekly property spotlights • Seasonal travel deals • Insider tips from local hosts • Exclusive subscriber-only promotions Explore Now: 🏖️ Beach houses starting at $199/night 🏔️ Mountain retreats with hot tubs 🌆 Urban getaways with skyline views Questions? Reply to this email or call [Phone]. Happy planning! [Your Name] Guest Experience Team [Company Name] P.S. Download our app today and get an additional 5% off: [App Store Link] | [Play Store Link] ``` ### Welcome Email #2 (Day 2) ``` Subject: 🌟 Discover why travelers choose [Company] Hi [First Name], Thanks for joining us yesterday! Here's why smart travelers book with [Company]: Why Choose Us: ✓ 98% guest satisfaction rate ✓ 24/7 local support in every market ✓ Price match guarantee ✓ Professional cleaning standards ✓ Instant booking confirmation Featured This Week: [Property 1 Image] [Property Name] - [Location] $[Price]/night | ⭐ [Rating] | 🏊 Pool [Book Now Button] Travel Inspiration: • Trending destinations this season • Pet-friendly properties guide • Family reunion perfect spots Your WELCOME10 code expires in 28 days - browse properties now! Best regards, [Marketing Team] Browse All Properties: [Link] ``` ### Welcome Email #3 (Day 5) ``` Subject: Special offer: Book by [Date] and save extra Dear [First Name], Your travel plans deserve extra savings! Limited-Time Offer: • Your WELCOME10 code: 10% off • Plus: Book by [Date] for extra 5% off • Total savings: 15% off any property Why Book Soon: 1. Summer dates filling up fast 2. Early bird pricing ends [Date] 3. Best selection available now Popular for Your Area: [Based on their location] • [Property 1] - $[Price] after discount • [Property 2] - $[Price] after discount • [Property 3] - $[Price] after discount Pro Tip: Weekday stays (Sun-Thu) offer best rates! Ready to Plan Your Escape? [Browse Properties] Happy travels, [Team Member] ``` ### Welcome Email #4 (Day 7) ``` Subject: Your vacation planning checklist Hi [First Name], Planning your perfect getaway? We've got you covered! Your Vacation Checklist: □ Choose accommodation (use WELCOME10) □ Check local events calendar □ Book activities in advance □ Understand cancellation policies □ Download arrival instructions Local Insider Tips: • [Destination] restaurant reservations book 2-3 weeks out • Airport transfers: We can arrange for $[Price] • Grocery delivery: Pre-order for arrival • Activities: Book popular tours early Helpful Resources: 📱 Mobile app (booking on-the-go) 📚 Destination guides 🗺️ Interactive property maps 📞 24/7 guest support: [Phone] Still have your 10% discount ready? [Use Code Now] See you soon! [Concierge Team] ``` ### Welcome Email #5 (Day 14) ``` Subject: We'd love your feedback about [Company] Hello [First Name], We hope you're enjoying being part of our community! Quick Question: How has your experience been so far with [Company]? • [Amazing - Tell Us More] • [Good - What could be better?] • [Not what I expected - Let's chat] In the meantime, here's what's new: • Summer properties now open for booking • New pet-friendly locations added • Referral program: Refer friends, earn $50 Haven't booked yet? Your WELCOME10 code is still active! Best properties booking fastest: 1. [Property] - [Location] - [Price] 2. [Property] - [Location] - [Price] 3. [Property] - [Location] - [Price] Thank you for being part of our community! Warm regards, [Customer Success Team] ``` ## Signup Form Examples ### Website Popup ``` 🎉 Welcome Offer: Join 50,000+ Smart Travelers Get 10% off your first vacation rental booking! Benefits: • Exclusive member rates • Early access to new properties • Weekly travel inspiration • Members-only flash sales [Email Address Field] [Subscribe Button] No spam, unsubscribe anytime. Privacy Policy. ``` ### Landing Page Form ``` Start Planning Your Dream Vacation Join our travel community and get: ✓ 10% off first booking ✓ Weekly property spotlights ✓ Insider travel tips ✓ Exclusive member deals [First Name] [Email Address] [Interested in? Dropdown] • Beach Properties • Mountain Retreats • Urban Escapes • Pet-Friendly Only [Get My 10% Off Code] Trusted by 50,000+ travelers ``` ## Lead Magnet Variations ### Destination Guide Offer ``` FREE Download: [Destination] Vacation Guide Get your comprehensive 25-page guide including: • Top 20 hidden gems • Best restaurants locals love • Money-saving secrets • Perfect itineraries by type • Bonus: 10% off any property [Download My Free Guide] ``` ### Property Comparison Tool ``` Find Your Perfect Vacation Rental Answer 5 quick questions to discover your ideal property: 1. Travel dates 2. Group size 3. Budget range 4. Must-have amenities 5. Location preference [Start Property Matcher] Plus: Get 10% off when you book through our tool! ``` ## Automation Flow Management ### Engagement Tracking ``` ENGAGEMENT SCORING: • Email opens: +1 point • Link clicks: +2 points • Property views: +3 points • Cart creation: +5 points • Booking: +10 points Trigger special offers at 15+ points ``` ### Behavioral Triggers ``` IF subscriber: - Views same property 3x → Send targeted offer - Searches specific dates → Send availability alert - Downloads app → Send app-exclusive deal - Reads 5+ emails → Upgrade to VIP list ``` ## Testing & Optimization ### A/B Test Components 1. Subject lines: - Emoji vs. no emoji - Question vs. statement - Discount mention vs. benefit focus 2. Send times: - Morning vs. afternoon - Weekday vs. weekend - Immediate vs. delayed (6 hours) 3. Content variations: - Property images vs. lifestyle images - Single CTA vs. multiple options - Long-form vs. brief content ## Best Practices - Welcome immediately upon signup - Space emails 2-3 days apart - Include clear value proposition - Use progressive profiling - Maintain consistent branding - Monitor engagement metrics - Personalize based on behavior - Always provide unsubscribe option ## Measuring Success Track these metrics: - Welcome email series open rates - Click-through rates by email - Discount code redemption rate - Time from signup to first booking - Subscriber lifetime value - Unsubscribe rate by email ## Related Automations - [SMS Opt-in Campaign](sms-opt-in.md) --- ## Call Center ### Call Center User Overview Learn how to use the voice system for inbound and outbound calls in SendSquared URL: /docs/call-center/call-center-overview Tags: Voice, Call Center, Inbound Calls, Outbound Calls, Agent Status, Queue Dashboard, Call Routing, Call Wrap-Up # Call Center Overview This guide provides an overview of the SendSquared voice system for handling inbound and outbound calls. ## Two-Step Login Process To begin using the voice system: 1. Log in to the main SendSquared dashboard 2. Log in to the real-time system by clicking the profile icon in the upper right corner and selecting **Login** Once logged in, you'll see green notification icons alerting you to outstanding items like emails, texts, and voicemails that need attention. ## Calls and Queue Dashboard The Queue Dashboard is your main command center for call management: - Shows all agents currently logged into the system - Displays each agent's status and how long they've been in that status - Lists all active calls in the system ## Agent Status Management To manage your availability for calls: 1. Locate the status selector at the top of the screen 2. Select the appropriate status: - **Pending**: Default status when you first log in (cannot receive calls) - **Active**: Available to receive calls - **Break**: Unavailable for calls but still logged in Agent statuses are customizable during implementation. Contact your representative if you need additional status options. ## Call Routing Logic SendSquared routes calls using intelligent logic: ### Engagement-Based Routing - Calls are first routed to the agent who last spoke with the caller (if that agent is active) - If that agent is unavailable, the call defaults to the next available agent ### Priority-Based Routing - If all agents have the same priority level, calls route based on recency (agents who haven't recently had a call get priority) - If agents have different priority levels, higher-priority agents receive calls first - If no agents are active in the queue, calls go to voicemail ## Handling Inbound Calls When a call comes in: 1. You'll see the caller's information if they exist in your system 2. If they have an upcoming reservation, that information will also display 3. The queue the call is coming from will be indicated ### Answering Calls - **Using a softphone (computer)**: Click the green answer button - **Using a physical phone**: Answer the incoming call on your device ### During the Call Once you answer, the screen changes to a wrap-up/disposition screen and your status changes to "On Call": - Contact information will be displayed if available - The incoming phone number will be shown - Any current reservations will be visible - A lead form will appear partially filled with available information ### Call Control Panel For detailed information about each call control button and its function, see the [Call Control Panel documentation](/docs/dashboard/navigation-notifications#call-control-panel-active-calls-only). During the call, you have access to several functions: - **Hold**: Places the caller on hold with wait music - **Mute**: Mutes your microphone (caller can still hear themselves) - **Transfer**: Moves the call to another queue, agent, or direct number - **Dial Pad**: Allows you to enter digits during the call - **Call Recording**: Controls recording functions (see note below) If you're taking payment information, click the record button to pause recording to comply with PCI requirements. Click again to resume recording after collecting sensitive information. ### Ending Calls - Click the **End Call** button to disconnect - If the caller hangs up first, the call will automatically end ## Call Wrap-Up After a call ends: 1. Your status changes to "Wrap-Up" (you won't receive new calls during this time) 2. Complete any necessary information (arrival dates, notes, etc.) 3. Select the appropriate **Call Result** to categorize the purpose of the call 4. Click **Complete** when finished Upon completion: - You're taken to the contact profile of the caller - Your status returns to "Active" - If calls were waiting, the next one will be routed to you After wrap-up, consider sending a follow-up email or text (if they're opted in) summarizing your conversation or providing links to properties you discussed. ## Making Outbound Calls You can make outbound calls in several ways: ### From a Contact Profile 1. Navigate to the contact's profile 2. Click the **Call Mobile** button (or whichever number is their primary) ### Finding a Contact If you need to find a contact first: 1. Click the magnifying glass at the top of the screen, or 2. Go to **Search** under the **Audience** menu 3. Search for the contact 4. Navigate to their profile and place the call ### Dialing a Number Directly 1. Click the phone symbol at the top of the screen 2. Enter the number you wish to call 3. Initiate the call ### Outbound Call Process 1. The system will call you (the agent) first 2. Answer the call (click the green button on softphone or answer your phone) 3. The system will then call the contact 4. The same lead form will appear as with inbound calls ## Additional Resources For more information on voice features, please refer to the Voice Extension training video. --- ### Call Center Administrative Learn about advanced features of the SendSquared voice system including leads, call logs, and voicemail management URL: /docs/call-center/call-center-voice-extended Tags: Voice, Call Center, Administrative, Agents, Leads, Call Logs, Voicemail, Queue Dashboard, Recordings, Training # Call Center Administrative Overview This guide covers the extended features of the SendSquared voice system, including managing agents, leads, call logs, and voicemails. ## Queue Dashboard Administrative Features While the Queue Dashboard shows agents and active calls, agent administrators have additional capabilities: ### Managing Agents As an agent administrator, you can: - Monitor agent status and session duration - Remove agents who are stuck in the system by clicking the **X** button - This is useful when agents forget to log out or get stuck in a specific status ### Call Management Controls Agent administrators have special call control options for active calls: - **Ghost**: Join a call and let the agent know you are listening - **Spy**: Listen to a call without the agent knowing (for training/quality purposes) - **Barge**: Take over a call completely (useful for handling difficult callers or assisting agents) ## Leads Management The Leads page provides a complete view of all leads in the system: - View all leads that have been created from calls - Edit leads when guests book or provide additional information - Access notes made on leads during previous conversations - Find the same information in individual contact profiles ## Call Log The call log maintains records of all calls in the system: ### Call Log Features - Lists all calls with details on who answered and call duration - Provides access to call recordings - Shows call results and outcomes - Defaults to displaying calls from the last 24 hours (can be adjusted) ### Filtering Options Filter the call log by: - Call result - Agent - Call status (including "Hang Up" - callers who disconnected before speaking to an agent) ### Best Practices - Check the call log first thing in the morning and at the end of the day - Follow up on missed calls and voicemails - Mark calls as "Complete" after following up to prevent duplicate follow-ups - Verify outbound calls were made by checking the outbound call log ## Contact-Specific Communication History To view communication history for a specific contact: 1. Click on the contact's name from any list 2. Go to their profile 3. Access their individual call log showing both inbound and outbound calls 4. Listen to call recordings associated with the contact 5. Review their leads and voicemails ### Listening to Recordings When listening to call recordings or voicemails: - Use the arrow keys on your keyboard to skip ahead or rewind - Adjust playback speed if needed ## Voicemail Management Access the voicemail system by clicking **Voicemail** under the **Calls** menu. ### Voicemail Workflow States Voicemails have two primary states: - **Read**: Indicates you have listened to the voicemail but haven't taken action - **Complete**: Indicates you have followed up on the voicemail ### Assigning Voicemails The typical workflow for voicemails: 1. In the morning, voicemails are assigned to specific agents 2. Assigned agents receive notifications at the top of their screen 3. Agents listen to their assigned voicemails and follow up with callers 4. Once resolved, voicemails are marked as complete ### Filtering Voicemails Filter the voicemail view by: - Unread/unlistened - Agent assigned - Incomplete voicemails - Date received ## Additional Resources For more information on using the voice system, please refer to the [Call Center Overview](call-center-overview.md) guide. --- ### Blocking Unwanted Calls Learn how to block spam calls and manage unwanted callers in SendSquared URL: /docs/call-center/blocking-calls Tags: call center, call blocking, spam prevention, voice system, security # Blocking Unwanted Calls SendSquared provides multiple ways to block unwanted calls and manage your blocked numbers list. This guide covers both methods for blocking calls and managing your blocked numbers. ## Method 1: Block Calls from Call Log The quickest way to block a number is directly from your call history. ### Steps to Block from Call Log 1. Navigate to **Calls** in the left sidebar 2. Click on **Call Log** 3. Find the call you want to block in your call history 4. Scroll to the right side of the call entry 5. Click the **Block** button This immediately adds the number to your blocked list. ## Method 2: Manage Blocked Numbers in Global Settings For more comprehensive control over blocked numbers, use the Global Settings interface. ### Access Blocked Number Settings 1. Go to **Global Settings** 2. Find the section labeled **"Blocked Number Settings"** - This section is described as: "Add Numbers that are rejected immediately when dialing into your account" ### Add a New Blocked Number 1. In the Blocked Number Settings section, click **"Add New Blocked Number"** 2. Enter the phone number you want to block 3. Save your changes ### Remove Blocked Numbers You can also unblock numbers from this same interface: 1. Navigate to the Blocked Number Settings in Global Settings 2. Find the number you want to unblock in your list 3. Click the remove or delete option next to the number ## How Blocked Numbers Work When a number is added to your blocked list: - Calls from that number are automatically rejected - The caller will not reach your voicemail - The call will appear in your call log marked as blocked - You can unblock the number at any time ## Understanding the Current Spam Landscape SPAM calls and texts are on the rise significantly in recent months across the entire telecommunications industry. Most experts attribute this surge to how AI makes it much easier and cheaper to set up robocall and robotext operations. This trend extends beyond just calls—we're also seeing a significant rise in SPAM emails stemming from the same ease of AI-powered automation. Industry-wide spam is reaching record levels. According to recent reports, the telecommunications industry is pushing for new regulations to help providers restrict unwanted messages, as delivery regulations that were previously strict have been exploited by spammers. Read more about this trend: [CBS News - Robocalls on the Rise](https://www.cbsnews.com/news/robocalls-on-the-rise-heres-why/) ## Effective Spam Mitigation Strategies ### For Voice Calls: IVR Menu Protection The most effective method to combat robocalls is implementing an **IVR (Interactive Voice Response) menu**. Here's why this works: - **Most robocalls cannot navigate IVR menus** because they don't know how to press buttons - Calls will still appear in your call log, but they **won't consume agent time** - This provides automatic filtering without blocking legitimate calls - Works as a first line of defense against automated spam operations ### For Voice Calls: Attestation Level Adjustment Call attestation is a system that verifies caller authenticity: **Default Setting (Recommended):** - Accepts calls with attestation levels of **C or higher** (A, B, and C) - Provides balance between spam protection and legitimate call acceptance **Stricter Setting (Use with Caution):** - Can be configured to accept only **B or higher** attestation - **Warning:** Many older phone providers haven't updated their configurations - May block legitimate calls from customers using older telecom networks - Ironically, spam callers often have better attestation registration than some legitimate older phone networks ### For SMS: Reporting to Carriers SMS spam mitigation is more challenging due to regulatory requirements: **Why SMS is Harder to Block:** - Carriers must deliver SMS messages per regulation - Traditional "blocking" doesn't exist in the same way as voice calls - By the time a spam number is investigated and blocked, spammers have often moved to new numbers **What You Can Do:** - **Forward spam messages to 7726 (SPAM)** - This special number allows you to report spam to carriers - Carriers will investigate and potentially block the sending number - Helps build industry-wide spam detection patterns - **Note:** This is reactive rather than proactive, but contributes to broader spam reduction efforts ### Manual Number Blocking While blocking individual numbers can provide some relief: - **Effectiveness is limited** because spammers frequently rotate numbers - Best used for persistent spam from specific numbers - Should be combined with other mitigation strategies for best results ## Best Practices - **Implement an IVR menu** as your primary defense against robocalls - Regularly review your blocked numbers list - Forward SMS spam to 7726 (SPAM) to help carriers identify spam patterns - Use the call log method for quick blocking of recent unwanted calls - Use Global Settings for bulk management of blocked numbers - Consider attestation level adjustments only if spam is severe and you understand the trade-offs ## Frequently Asked Questions ### Which is worse: SMS or call spam? Both are problematic, but they have different solutions: - **Call spam** is easier to mitigate using IVR menus and attestation filtering - **SMS spam** is harder to block due to delivery regulations and lacks effective pre-delivery filtering The best approach depends on which channel is causing the most disruption to your operations. ### Will blocking numbers stop spam? Blocking individual numbers provides limited long-term protection because: - Spammers rotate through different phone numbers constantly - A new spam operation might use hundreds or thousands of numbers - It's more effective to use systemic protections like IVR menus ### Why can't you just block all spam automatically? Several factors make automatic spam blocking challenging: - Legitimate calls from older phone networks may have poor attestation - SMS delivery is regulated and must be completed - False positives could block important customer communications - Spam operations evolve faster than blocking systems can adapt ### How quickly will spam decrease with an IVR menu? Most robocalls will be filtered immediately once an IVR menu is implemented. However: - You'll still see the calls in your call log - They simply won't reach your agents - Human spammers may still get through, but these are much rarer than automated calls ### Can spam filtering affect legitimate calls? Yes, if configured too aggressively: - Stricter attestation levels (B or higher) may block legitimate calls - Always test changes with a small subset first - Monitor call logs for missed legitimate calls after implementing changes ## Troubleshooting ### A blocked number is still getting through If a blocked number continues to reach your system: - Verify the number is correctly formatted in your blocked list - Check if the caller is using different variations of their number (different area codes, etc.) - Ensure your blocked number settings are saved properly - Consider that the spammer may be using multiple numbers that appear similar ### Legitimate calls are being blocked If customers report being unable to reach you: - Check your attestation level settings (ensure it's set to C or higher, not B or higher) - Review your blocked numbers list for any patterns that might catch legitimate numbers - Verify your IVR menu isn't too complex or confusing for real callers - Test the customer experience by calling your own number from different phones ### Spam is overwhelming our agents If spam is consuming significant agent time: - **Priority action:** Implement an IVR menu if you don't have one - Review your attestation settings with support team assistance - Document spam patterns and contact support for additional filtering options - Consider whether the majority of spam is coming via calls or SMS to focus mitigation efforts ### Need More Help? Identify your biggest pain point (call spam vs. SMS spam) and contact our support team. We can help implement the most effective mitigation strategies for your specific situation and provide additional custom filtering options where available. --- ### Setting Up Call Plans Learn how to configure call plans for routing incoming calls in SendSquared URL: /docs/call-center/setting-up-call-plans Tags: call center, call plans, routing, IVR, configuration # Setting Up Call Plans Call Plans in the SendSquared voice platform control the initial routing when a call is received and define your hours of operation. This guide will walk you through configuring Call Plans, which determine what callers hear when they first call in and how their calls are handled. ## Understanding Call Plans Call Plans are a critical component of your voice communication system as they determine: - How incoming calls are initially routed - When your system accepts calls (hours of operation) - What greeting or message callers hear when they connect - Which voicemail boxes are used when calls go unanswered ## Accessing Call Plan Settings To begin setting up call plans: 1. Click on the profile icon in the upper right corner 2. Select **Global Settings** from the dropdown menu 3. Click on **Queue Settings** in the settings menu ## Creating a New Queue Once you're in the Queue Settings section: 1. Click on the **Add New Queue** button in the upper right corner 2. Start by giving your queue a descriptive name The queue name should clearly identify its purpose, such as: - Main Reception - Reservations - Technical Support - After Hours ## Configuring Voicemail Association For each queue, you'll need to configure associated voicemail settings: 1. Select the queue from the dropdown you want the voicemail to be associated with - This can be linked to standard queues or agent direct queues 2. Determine agent access permissions: - If you want the voicemail to be accessible only to specific agents, select each one individually - If no agents are selected, all agents will have access to that specific voicemail box Queues must be created before setting up voicemail boxes that will be associated with them. ## Completing Setup After configuring your call plan and voicemail settings: 1. Review all settings to ensure they're correct 2. Click the **Save Mailbox** button to finalize your configuration ## Call Routing Options SendSquared offers various routing options for incoming calls that you can configure in your Call Plans: ### Time-Based Routing - Configure different handling based on time of day - Set distinct experiences for business hours vs. after-hours ### Queue-Based Routing - Distribute calls among available agents - Set priority levels for different types of callers ### Interactive Voice Response (IVR) - Create menu options for callers (e.g., "Press 1 for reservations") - Allow callers to self-direct to the appropriate department ## Managing Welcome Messages The initial recording callers hear is an important element of your Call Plan: 1. Prepare a professional greeting script 2. Record the audio in a quiet environment 3. Upload the recording in your Call Plan configuration 4. Test by calling your number to ensure proper playback ## Best Practices ### Queue Configuration - Create logical queue structures based on your business needs - Use clear, consistent naming conventions - Consider creating specialized queues for VIP callers or high-volume periods ### Voicemail Setup - Record professional voicemail greetings - Configure notification settings for new voicemails - Establish processes for timely voicemail response ### Testing - Test your call flows regularly - Call your system from an external line to experience what customers hear - Verify that calls route correctly during and after business hours ## Troubleshooting If calls aren't being routed as expected: - Verify that your call plan configuration is correctly saved - Check that agents assigned to receive calls are available - Ensure that your business hours settings are accurate - Test your voicemail setup by leaving yourself a test message --- ### Setting Up Call Queues Learn how to configure call queues for routing incoming calls to agents URL: /docs/call-center/setting-up-call-queues Tags: call center, call queues, routing, agents, configuration # Setting Up Call Queues Call queues are an essential component of the voice features in SendSquared. They must be configured before any calls can be properly routed through the platform. This guide will walk you through the process of setting up queues to manage incoming calls. ## Understanding Call Queues Queues serve as the routing mechanism for incoming calls, directing them to available agents according to your configuration. Agents must be assigned to queues in order to receive calls from those queues. ## Accessing Queue Settings To begin setting up call queues: 1. Click on the user icon in the upper right corner of the screen 2. Select **Global Settings** from the dropdown menu 3. Click on **Queue Settings** in the settings menu ## Creating a New Queue Once you're in the Queue Settings section: 1. Click on the **Add New Queue** button in the upper right corner 2. Fill out the queue configuration form ### Queue Configuration Options When setting up a new queue, you'll need to configure the following: - **Queue Name**: Give your queue a descriptive name that identifies its purpose - **Associated Voicemail**: Select which voicemail box should be used when calls to this queue go unanswered - **Queue Type**: - Standard Queue: For general call distribution - Agent Direct Queue: For routing calls to specific agents ### Agent Assignment If you want the queue to be accessible only to specific agents: 1. Select each agent who should have access to the queue 2. If no agents are selected, all agents will have access to the queue Agents must be created in the system before they can be assigned to queues. ## Saving Your Queue Configuration After configuring your queue settings: 1. Review all settings to ensure they're correct 2. Click the **Save Queue** button to create the queue ## Queue Management Best Practices ### Queue Organization - Create logical queue structures based on departments or functions - Use clear, consistent naming conventions for queues - Consider creating specialized queues for high-priority callers ### Agent Assignment - Assign agents to queues based on their skills and availability - Ensure adequate coverage across all queues during business hours - Consider creating overflow queues for peak call times ### Queue Monitoring - Regularly review queue performance metrics - Adjust agent assignments based on call volume patterns - Monitor abandoned call rates to optimize queue settings ## Related Setup Tasks After setting up your queues, you'll also want to: 1. **Configure voicemail boxes** for each queue 2. **Set up call flows** to direct incoming calls to the appropriate queues 3. **Train agents** on how to join and leave queues during their shifts ## Troubleshooting If calls aren't being routed to the correct agents: - Verify that agents are properly assigned to the queue - Ensure agents have the "Receive Calls" permission enabled - Check that agents are logged in and have set their status to available --- ### Queue Dashboard Learn how to use the Queue Dashboard to monitor agent status and active calls in real-time URL: /docs/call-center/queue-dashboard Tags: call center, queue dashboard, monitoring, agent status, real-time # Queue Dashboard The Queue Dashboard is the central command center for your call center operations in SendSquared. This interface provides real-time visibility into agent status and active calls, allowing managers to effectively monitor and manage call center activities. ## Accessing the Queue Dashboard To access the Queue Dashboard: 1. Log in to your SendSquared account 2. Navigate to **Call Dashboard** in the left hand side navigation menu under **Calls** ## Dashboard Overview The Queue Dashboard is divided into two main sections: 1. **Agent Status** - Shows all agents currently logged into the system 2. **Active Calls** - Displays all ongoing calls in the system ## Agent Status Section The Agent Status section provides a real-time view of all agents in the system: | Column | Description | |--------|-------------| | Agent | Name of the agent | | State | Current state (away, active, etc.) | | Status | Specific status (break, pending, on call, etc.) | | Duration | How long the agent has been in that status | | Actions | Administrative actions available for that agent | ### Common Agent States - **Away**: Agent is logged in but not available to take calls - **Active**: Agent is available and ready to receive calls - **On Call**: Agent is currently handling a call ### Administrative Actions If you have administrator privileges, you can: - Click the **X** button to remove an agent who may be stuck in the system - This is particularly useful when agents forget to log out or their session becomes unresponsive ## Active Calls Section The Active Calls section shows all calls currently in progress: | Column | Description | |--------|-------------| | Name | Caller name (if available in the system) | | Created | When the call was initiated | | Status | Current call status | | Duration | Length of the current call | | User | Agent handling the call | | Queue | Which queue the call came through | | Queued | How long the call was in queue before being answered | | Direction | Inbound or outbound call | | Source | Source of the call | | Last Action | Most recent action taken on the call | | Actions | Available actions for the call | ### Call Filtering The "Show Queue Calls Only" checkbox allows you to filter the display to show only calls that are currently in queue and have not yet been assigned to an agent. ### Administrative Call Controls For administrators, additional call control options are available in the Actions column: - **Ghost**: Join a call and let the agent know you are listening - **Spy**: Listen to a call without the agent knowing - **Barge**: Take over a call completely ## View Options At the bottom of the dashboard, you have several view options: - **Detailed View**: Shows comprehensive information about each call - **Switch To Big Board**: Changes to a large-format display suitable for wall monitors - **Swap Panels**: Toggles the position of the Agent Status and Active Calls panels ## Best Practices ### For Managers - Regularly check the Agent Status panel to ensure appropriate staffing levels - Monitor call durations to identify potential training opportunities - Keep an eye on agents who may be in "Break" or "Away" status for extended periods ### For Agents - Remember to update your status when stepping away from your desk - Be aware that your call duration and status are visible to managers - Always properly log out at the end of your shift to avoid remaining in the system ## Related Features - [Call Center Overview](call-center-overview.md) - [Setting Up Call Queues](setting-up-call-queues.md) --- ### Download & Manage Recordings Learn how to access, review, and download call recordings in SendSquared URL: /docs/call-center/call-recordings Tags: call center, recordings, quality assurance, training, voice # Download Recorded Calls Call recordings are an essential tool for training, quality assurance, and record-keeping. This guide explains how to locate, play, and download recorded calls in the SendSquared system. ## Accessing Call Recordings There are two primary ways to access call recordings in SendSquared: 1. **From the Call Log** - Access all call recordings across your system 2. **From Contact Profiles** - View recordings for a specific contact ### Method 1: Accessing from the Call Log To access recordings from the main Call Log: 1. Log in to your SendSquared account 2. Navigate to **Call Log** in the left-hand side navigation menu under **Calls** 3. Locate the call you want to review in the list 4. Find the **Recording** column for that call ### Method 2: Accessing from Contact Profiles To access recordings for a specific contact: 1. Navigate to the contact's profile page 2. On the bottom channel bar, click on **Call Log** 3. Review the list of calls associated with this contact 4. Find the **Recording** column for the call you want to review ## Playing Call Recordings Depending on how you access the recordings, the playback method differs slightly: ### From the Call Log 1. In the **Recording** column, hover over the "Processed" label 2. A popup window will appear with audio playback controls 3. Press the play button to listen to the recording ### From Contact Profiles 1. In the **Recording** column, click on the Music icon 2. A modal window will open with audio playback controls 3. Press the play button to listen to the recording ## Downloading Call Recordings Follow these steps to download a recording to your local device: 1. Access the recording using either method described above 2. Once the playback window or modal is open: - Look for the three dots menu (⋮) in the player - Right-click (Windows) or Control-click (Mac) on the three dots - A dropdown menu will appear - Select **Save audio as** 3. Choose a location on your computer to save the audio file 4. Enter a filename that will help you identify the recording later 5. Click **Save** ## Managing Call Recordings ### Deleting Recordings If you need to delete a recording (for privacy or compliance reasons): 1. Access the recording using either method 2. Look for the delete button (usually a trash icon) next to the playback controls 3. Click the delete button and confirm your decision 4. The recording will be permanently removed from the system ### Best Practices for Call Recordings - **Naming Convention**: When saving recordings, use a consistent naming format such as "Date_CallerName_AgentName" - **Organization**: Create dedicated folders on your system for different types of calls or time periods - **Retention Policy**: Establish and follow a clear retention policy for call recordings based on your compliance requirements - **Security**: Store downloaded recordings securely, especially if they contain sensitive customer information - **Training**: Use noteworthy recordings for training purposes, highlighting both excellent service examples and areas for improvement ## Legal Considerations - Always ensure your call recording practices comply with relevant laws and regulations - Depending on your jurisdiction, you may need to inform callers that calls are being recorded - Consult with legal counsel regarding proper retention and handling of recorded calls ## Related Features - [Queue Dashboard](queue-dashboard.md) - [Call Center Overview](call-center-overview.md) --- ### Advanced Telephony Features Enterprise telephony system with IVR menus, intelligent call routing, transfers, recording, conference calling, and comprehensive call center management capabilities. URL: /docs/call-center/telephony-advanced Tags: call-center, telephony, ivr, call-routing, call-recording, transfers, queue-management, voip # Advanced Telephony Features The Advanced Telephony system provides enterprise-grade phone capabilities including IVR menus, call routing, transfers, recording, and sophisticated call management features. ## Overview Advanced Telephony features enable: - Interactive Voice Response (IVR) systems - Intelligent call routing and distribution - Call transfers and conferencing - Call recording and monitoring - Direct dial and extension management - Advanced queue management ## IVR Menu System ### Understanding IVR Interactive Voice Response allows callers to navigate through menu options using their phone keypad, directing them to the appropriate department or information. ### Creating IVR Menus #### Menu Builder 1. Navigate to **Phone** > **IVR Menus** 2. Click **Create New Menu** 3. Design your call flow: - Welcome message - Menu options - Actions for each option - Error handling #### Menu Components **Welcome Greeting**: - Professional recording - Text-to-speech option - Multiple language support - Business hours check **Menu Options**: - Press 1 for Sales - Press 2 for Support - Press 3 for Billing - Press 0 for Operator - Custom options (4-9) **Actions**: - Route to queue/agent - Play message - Transfer to external number - Go to submenu - Voicemail ### Multi-level IVR #### Creating Submenus - Design hierarchical menu structure - Limit to 3 levels deep - Provide "back" options - Include "repeat menu" choice #### Example Structure ``` Main Menu ├── 1. Sales │ ├── 1. New Customer │ ├── 2. Existing Customer │ └── 3. Partner Inquiry ├── 2. Support │ ├── 1. Technical Issue │ ├── 2. Billing Question │ └── 3. General Inquiry └── 3. Company Directory ``` ### IVR Best Practices - Keep menus simple (3-5 options) - Most common options first - Clear, concise instructions - Offer operator option - Test with real users ## Call Routing ### Routing Methods #### Skill-Based Routing - Define agent skills - Match caller needs - Priority levels - Fallback options - Performance tracking #### Geographic Routing - Route by caller area code - Time zone considerations - Regional teams - Language preferences - Local presence #### Time-Based Routing - Business hours routing - Holiday schedules - After-hours handling - Weekend coverage - Emergency overrides ### Advanced Routing Rules #### Priority Routing - VIP customer lists - Account tier levels - Issue severity - SLA requirements - Executive escalation #### Intelligent Routing - Previous agent - Call history analysis - Customer preference - Best match algorithm - Load balancing ### Queue Management #### Queue Configuration - Maximum wait time - Queue capacity - Overflow handling - Priority levels - Music on hold #### Callback Options - Offer callback - Maintain position - Scheduled callbacks - SMS notifications - Callback confirmation ## Direct Dial System ### Direct Dial Numbers Assign direct phone numbers to: - Individual agents - Departments - Campaigns - VIP support lines ### DID Management - Number inventory - Assignment rules - Porting requests - Number pooling - Cost optimization ### Extension System - 3-4 digit extensions - Direct dial mapping - Extension directory - Speed dial setup - Remote access ## Call Transfer Features ### Transfer Types #### Blind Transfer - Immediate transfer - No introduction - Quick handoff - Department transfers #### Warm Transfer - Speak with recipient first - Introduce caller - Context sharing - Smooth transition #### Supervised Transfer - Full conversation before transfer - Three-way introduction - Complete handoff - Follow-up option ### Transfer Management - Transfer history - Failed transfer handling - Callback on failed transfer - Transfer analytics - Quality monitoring ## Call Recording ### Recording Options #### Automatic Recording - All calls recorded - Selective recording rules - Compliance settings - Storage management #### On-Demand Recording - Agent-initiated - Supervisor start/stop - Important calls only - Training purposes ### Recording Management #### Storage and Retention - Cloud storage - Retention policies - Automatic deletion - Archive options - Compliance requirements #### Access Controls - Role-based access - Playback permissions - Download restrictions - Audit trails - Legal holds ### Recording Features - Pause/resume recording - Dual-channel recording - Screen recording sync - Transcription services - Search capabilities ## Conference Calling ### Conference Bridge - Dedicated conference numbers - PIN protection - Host controls - Participant management - Recording options ### Conference Features - Mute all participants - Roll call - Entry/exit tones - Participant count - Q&A mode ### Web Integration - Click-to-join links - Calendar integration - Screen sharing - Virtual backgrounds - Meeting recordings ## Call Monitoring ### Monitoring Methods #### Silent Monitoring - Listen without detection - Real-time coaching - Quality assurance - Training purposes #### Whisper Coaching - Coach agent privately - Caller cannot hear - Real-time guidance - Performance improvement #### Barge-In - Join active call - Three-way conversation - Emergency intervention - Escalation handling ### Monitoring Controls - Permission levels - Monitoring notifications - Compliance settings - Recording during monitoring - Activity logs ## Advanced Queue Features ### Queue Strategies #### Ring Strategies - Ring all agents - Round robin - Least recent - Fewest calls - Random #### Overflow Handling - Secondary queues - Voicemail options - External transfers - Callback offers - Custom messages ### Queue Analytics - Average wait time - Abandon rates - Service levels - Agent utilization - Peak hour analysis ## Phone System Integration ### CRM Integration - Screen pop - Click-to-dial - Call logging - Contact sync - Activity tracking ### Helpdesk Integration - Ticket creation - Call association - Screen recording - Follow-up automation - SLA tracking ### Calendar Integration - Availability sync - Meeting dial-in - Appointment reminders - Schedule-based routing - Out-of-office handling ## Advanced Analytics ### Call Analytics - Call volume trends - Duration analysis - Cost per call - ROI tracking - Quality scores ### Agent Analytics - Performance metrics - Talk time analysis - After-call work - Transfer rates - Customer satisfaction ### System Analytics - Trunk utilization - Concurrent call capacity - System availability - Error rates - Quality metrics ## Disaster Recovery ### Failover Systems - Automatic failover - Geographic redundancy - Cloud backup - Mobile app fallback - Emergency routing ### Business Continuity - Remote agent support - Call forwarding - Emergency messages - Status page - Communication plan ## Advanced Features ### Voice Analytics - Sentiment analysis - Keyword spotting - Compliance monitoring - Trend identification - Automated alerts ### AI Integration - Virtual assistants - Automated responses - Intent recognition - Predictive routing - Call summarization ### Custom Development - API access - Webhook integration - Custom applications - Third-party tools - Workflow automation ## Best Practices ### System Design - Scalability planning - Redundancy setup - Performance optimization - Security hardening - Regular updates ### User Training - Agent training programs - Feature documentation - Best practice guides - Refresher sessions - New feature rollouts ### Quality Management - Regular monitoring - Performance reviews - Customer feedback - System audits - Continuous improvement ## Troubleshooting ### Common Issues - Poor call quality - Dropped calls - Routing failures - Recording issues - Integration problems ### Diagnostic Tools - Call quality reports - Network analysis - System logs - Error tracking - Performance monitoring --- ### Voicemail System Comprehensive voicemail management with custom greetings, transcription services, mailbox routing, and CRM integration for efficient message handling and response. URL: /docs/call-center/voicemail Tags: call-center, voicemail, messaging, transcription, greetings, mailbox, voice-messages, communication # Voicemail System The Voicemail System provides comprehensive voice message management, allowing you to efficiently handle missed calls, create custom greetings, and integrate voicemail with your communication workflows. ## Overview The Voicemail System enables you to: - Manage multiple mailboxes for different purposes - Create professional custom greetings - Receive voicemail transcriptions - Route messages to appropriate team members - Integrate voicemail with CRM activities - Set up advanced call handling rules ## Mailbox Management ### Creating Mailboxes 1. Navigate to **Phone** > **Voicemail** > **Mailboxes** 2. Click **Create New Mailbox** 3. Configure mailbox settings: - **Mailbox Name**: Descriptive identifier - **Extension**: Unique mailbox number - **PIN**: Security access code - **Email**: Notification destination - **Owner**: Assigned team member ### Mailbox Types - **Personal Mailboxes**: Individual user voicemail - **Department Mailboxes**: Shared team boxes - **After-Hours Mailbox**: Non-business hours - **Language-Specific**: Multilingual support - **Campaign Mailboxes**: Marketing-specific ### Mailbox Settings #### Basic Configuration - **Mailbox Capacity**: Message storage limits - **Message Length**: Maximum recording time - **Retention Period**: Auto-delete old messages - **Access Methods**: Phone, web, mobile - **Timezone**: Localized timestamps #### Advanced Options - **Transcription**: Convert voice to text - **Language Detection**: Auto-detect caller language - **Spam Filtering**: Block unwanted calls - **Call Screening**: Caller identification - **Priority Routing**: VIP caller handling ## Greeting Management ### Types of Greetings - **Standard Greeting**: Default message - **Busy Greeting**: When on another call - **Unavailable**: Out of office - **Holiday Greeting**: Special occasions - **Emergency**: Urgent situations - **Name Recording**: Caller directory ### Recording Greetings #### Recording Methods 1. **Phone Recording**: - Dial mailbox number - Enter PIN - Follow prompts to record - Listen and re-record if needed 2. **Web Upload**: - Upload pre-recorded audio - Supported formats: MP3, WAV - Professional recordings - Edit and trim online 3. **Text-to-Speech**: - Type greeting text - Choose voice and language - Adjust speed and tone - Preview before saving ### Greeting Schedules - **Business Hours**: Weekday greetings - **After Hours**: Evening/weekend messages - **Holiday Calendar**: Automatic holiday greetings - **Custom Schedules**: Special events - **Temporary Overrides**: Vacation messages ### Professional Tips - Keep greetings concise (20-30 seconds) - Include callback information - Mention expected response time - Offer alternative contact methods - Update regularly ## Message Management ### Accessing Messages #### Web Portal - Visual voicemail interface - Play messages in browser - See caller information - Read transcriptions - Bulk actions #### Mobile App - Push notifications - Offline playback - Quick response options - Share messages - Voice notes #### Phone Access - Dial-in number - Navigate with keypad - Remote access - Message forwarding - Speed dial setup ### Message Features #### Playback Controls - Variable speed playback - Skip silence - Repeat sections - Volume adjustment - Download messages #### Message Information - Caller ID/Number - Call timestamp - Message duration - Transcription accuracy - Caller location #### Message Actions - **Reply**: Call back directly - **Forward**: Send to colleague - **Save**: Archive important messages - **Delete**: Remove messages - **Export**: Download for records - **Share**: Email or messaging apps ## Voicemail Transcription ### Transcription Features - Real-time processing - 95%+ accuracy rate - Speaker identification - Punctuation detection - Number formatting ### Language Support - English (multiple accents) - Spanish - French - German - Custom language packs ### Transcription Settings - Enable/disable per mailbox - Confidence indicators - Keyword highlighting - Searchable text - Export transcripts ## Integration Features ### CRM Integration - Auto-log voicemails to contacts - Create follow-up tasks - Update contact timeline - Trigger workflows - Link to opportunities ### Email Integration - Voicemail-to-email delivery - Audio file attachments - Transcription in body - Reply via email - Mobile notifications ### Team Collaboration - Share voicemails internally - Add notes and tags - Assign to team members - Track response status - Collaborative playback ## Advanced Features ### Call Routing Rules #### Pre-Voicemail Options - Ring duration before voicemail - Simultaneous ring groups - Sequential forwarding - Find me/Follow me - Presence-based routing #### Caller Options - Press 0 for operator - Directory by name - Department selection - Language choice - Callback request ### Voicemail Groups - Shared mailbox access - Round-robin distribution - Skill-based routing - Load balancing - Escalation rules ### Visual Voicemail - Message preview - Visual timeline - Waveform display - Quick scan - Priority indicators ## Notifications and Alerts ### Notification Channels - **Email**: Detailed message info - **SMS**: New message alerts - **Push**: Mobile app notifications - **Desktop**: Browser notifications - **Slack/Teams**: Integration alerts ### Notification Settings - Immediate vs. digest - Priority sender alerts - Quiet hours - Escalation rules - Custom ringtones ### Alert Conditions - New message received - Mailbox full warning - Missed priority caller - Long hold times - System issues ## Analytics and Reporting ### Voicemail Metrics - Total messages received - Average message length - Response time analytics - Missed call patterns - Peak voicemail hours ### Caller Analytics - Frequent callers - Geographic distribution - Call-back rates - Message sentiment - Language preferences ### Performance Reports - Mailbox utilization - Response time SLAs - Team performance - Transcription accuracy - System availability ## Security and Compliance ### Access Security - PIN requirements - Failed attempt lockout - IP restrictions - Two-factor authentication - Access logs ### Message Security - Encryption at rest - Secure transmission - Retention policies - Audit trails - Compliance archiving ### Privacy Features - Caller anonymity - Message redaction - GDPR compliance - HIPAA compatibility - Legal hold support ## Best Practices ### Mailbox Organization - Clear naming conventions - Regular message cleanup - Organized folder structure - Consistent PIN policies - Documentation ### Response Management - Timely callbacks - Priority handling - Clear follow-up process - Team coordination - Customer satisfaction ### System Optimization - Monitor storage usage - Update greetings regularly - Test call flows - Review analytics - User training ## Troubleshooting ### Common Issues #### No Messages Received - Check mailbox settings - Verify call routing - Test phone numbers - Review spam filters #### Transcription Problems - Check audio quality - Verify language settings - Review background noise - Update system #### Access Issues - Reset PIN - Check permissions - Verify network connection - Clear cache ### Maintenance Tasks - Regular greeting updates - Message archive/deletion - Storage monitoring - Security audits - Performance optimization ## Mobile Voicemail ### Mobile App Features - Visual voicemail interface - Offline message access - Quick actions - Contact integration - Share capabilities ### Mobile-Specific Settings - Download preferences - Notification customization - Data usage controls - Sync settings - Battery optimization --- ### Porting Guide Best practices and information about phone number porting (LNP) with SendSquared URL: /docs/call-center/porting-process Tags: Porting, LNP, Phone Numbers, Voice # SendSquared Comprehensive Porting Guide This guide contains SendSquared porting best practices and should not be used as a reference for company or industry policy. Phone number porting, also known as LNP (Local Number Portability), is an important service offering at SendSquared. Depending on the carrier, the porting process can be simple and easy, or lengthy and complex. Our mission is to provide the best porting experience, but it requires cooperation from all parties involved. ## Understanding Number Porting Number portability is required to be performed by local exchange carriers (LECs) and Interconnected VoIP providers in accordance with rules and procedures established by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC). However, within the structure of the FCC requirements, carriers may have individualized systems and processes for handling porting activity. Here are some basic rules of thumb to follow that work for the vast majority of all port requests: ### Don't Disconnect Services with Your Current Carrier The authorized end user of a number should never disconnect services with their current carrier prior to submitting a port request. Disconnected or inactive numbers can't be ported. In fact, in order for porting to occur most smoothly, end users generally should not inform their current provider that they intend to transfer their service to a new carrier. The end user may, however, contact their carrier to attempt to obtain documentation of their account or the Customer Service Record (CSR). The end user will also want to make sure there are no freezes that would prevent porting activity on the current account, and be sure to have any applicable PINs, passwords, and account numbers ready for use when making a request to port numbers to a new carrier. ### Provide Accurate Porting Information Address information for wireline and VoIP LNP requests (excluding toll-free and wireless porting) should be provided as the service address, not a billing address. Often the billing address isn't representative of where the number that is being ported is actually in service, and it's the service location that matters most for LNP processes. Additionally, the authorized end user should be sure that any and all additional information pertaining to their account (e.g. full port/partial port, passcodes, account numbers, etc.) is provided and accurate. ## Porting Types and Time Frames SendSquared abides by applicable FCC standards, requirements, and recommendations for number porting. Because the type of port request submitted can affect porting time frames - some of which are recommended and others required – this guide should provide a better idea of what to expect. All time intervals below are contingent upon the authorized end user's information provided to SendSquared being correct so that it matches the current/losing carrier's applicable records. If the requisite information doesn't match, the time interval for porting will be longer. | Port Type | Estimated Porting Interval | |-----------|----------------------------| | Standard or off-net port | 3-7 business days | | Simple port | 1-2 business days | | Complex or non-simple port | 3-4 weeks | | Project port | 3-4 weeks | | Toll-free port | 3-7 business days | ### Standard Porting SendSquared considers any port request presented as a single order containing 99 or fewer numbers, a single Billing Telephone Number (BTN), a single address, a single losing carrier, and a single rate center to be a "standard port". All standard port requests must be entered into the SendSquared portal, and most will begin processing immediately upon submission. A standard port request will typically be completed within 7 business days, if a first available date is requested, and if there are no rejections on the order. SendSquared utilizes an application programming interface (API) on the back-end of its portal that allows for quicker porting times and responses. Once a standard port request is submitted to the portal, and isn't considered off-net, the order automatically starts processing. **Example of a standard port:** Wegener's Vacation Rentals is porting 5 phone numbers for their office to SendSquared from their current carrier. All 5 numbers are located in the Phoenix, Arizona rate center, and share the same BTN, end user name, and address. Also, all 5 numbers are currently serviced by the same LEC. ### Simple Porting The FCC requires wireline, wireless and interconnected VoIP providers to complete "simple ports" within one business day, unless the requesting provider asks for more time. A "simple port" depends very specifically on the criteria listed below. The criteria for simple porting are those ports for a single TN that exclude: - Unbundled network elements - Multiple lines - Complex switch translations (e.g., Centrex, ISDN, AIN Services, Remote Call Forwarding (RCF), or multiple services on the loop) - Resellers A proper simple port must be submitted and received by the current/losing carrier by 1 p.m. local time (of the losing carrier) on a business day for it to be eligible for activation at midnight on the same day. Any simple port request received after 1 p.m. on a business day local time will be considered the next day's business. **Example of a simple port:** Wegener's Vacation Rentals is porting their basic residential phone number from their current carrier to SendSquared. Their phone number doesn't have any extra features on it, like call forwarding, and isn't part of a bundled package. ### Complex or Non-Simple Porting SendSquared considers any port request containing complex properties such as multiple rate centers, multiple BTNs, and/or multiple addresses to be a "complex port". Complex porting may also involve the losing carrier's identification of complex porting, due to legacy properties on the account that require special handling. The SendSquared LNP Projects team aims to complete complex ports as quickly as possible but no longer than 6 weeks. **Example of a complex port:** Wegener's Vacation Rentals are porting 10 of their phone numbers. The 10 numbers are located in the same state of Colorado but in 3 different rate centers (Denver, Grand Junction, and Colorado Springs). Three of the phone numbers currently belong to one LEC, while the remaining 7 belong to another LEC. Thus, the order has 2 different BTNs and 3 different addresses. ### Project Porting SendSquared considers port requests presented as a single order containing 100 or more numbers, a single BTN, a single losing carrier, and a single address to be "project ports." Project porting requires manual handling, and generally can be completed within 3-4 weeks of submission. Please contact the project porting team for questions on project porting, including how to submit a project port, more specific timelines for completion, what is required to provide, etc. **Example of a project port:** Wegener's Vacation Rentals are porting all of their store numbers in a single rate center and state. The company has 4 locations in the same rate center, and there are 245 numbers that will be porting. The numbers are all with the same carrier but have multiple addresses and BTNs. ### Toll-Free/8YY Porting Toll-free porting is defined as the porting of any toll-free or "8YY" number (800, 844, 855, 866, 877, and 888 exchanges). It's a slightly different process throughout the industry and isn't subject to the same mandates as LNP by the FCC. Toll-free ports are handled manually but must be entered into the portal similar to a standard port request. Toll-free port requests should preferably be submitted within 2 weeks of when number activation is desired. Toll-free numbers are at risk of being disconnected if not activated within 1-2 weeks after the provider that is designated to manage the toll-free number (also known as a RespOrg) has released it. ### Off-Net Porting Occasionally SendSquared provides services in rate centers that are not covered under its own interconnected CLEC footprint by partnering with other LECs. Such numbering arrangements are considered to be "off-net" because they are not supported under the SendSquared CLEC, and are identified as off-net ports (Tiers 1-5). For the most part, these flow through just like any other standard port request, however the control and administrative duties of porting are left up to SendSquared's partner. ## Carrier-Specific Porting Requirements Different phone carriers have unique requirements and processes for porting out numbers. Below are specific instructions for the most common carriers to ensure a smooth transition to SendSquared Voice. ### Navis Navis is commonly used by property management companies for reservation systems. #### Documentation Requirements - Standard Letter of Authorization (LOA) should be completed - Navis will always be listed as the carrier - If porting more numbers than can fit on the standard form, include an attachment with all numbers listed #### Billing Statement - Navis does not normally invoice for number usage - For the required billing statement, you will need to create a mock invoice with all numbers listed - Your SendSquared representative can provide a template for this document #### Timeline - Typically 5-7 business days to receive a port date after submission ### Google Voice Many small businesses use Google Voice before moving to a more comprehensive system like SendSquared. #### Documentation Requirements - Standard LOA should be completed - List "Google Voice" as the losing carrier - Include Google account email address associated with the numbers #### Billing Statement - SendSquared requires a screenshot of the Google Voice settings page - The screenshot must show both the phone number and the email address associated with the account #### Pre-Porting Steps - Before initiating the port, unlock all numbers you want to port away from Google Voice - Unlocking does not release the numbers; it only authorizes them to be ported away - Follow the instructions in [Google's support article](https://support.google.com/voice/answer/1065667#xferout) #### Common Issues - Google Voice numbers that were originally ported into Google Voice may have different requirements - Personal Google Voice numbers may have different requirements than business numbers - Some Google Voice numbers may not be eligible for porting ### CenturyLink CenturyLink is a major telecommunications provider serving many businesses. #### Documentation Requirements - Standard LOA with all account details matching CenturyLink records exactly - Business name, address, and authorized contact must match CenturyLink records - Include CenturyLink account number and PIN if applicable #### Billing Statement - Most recent CenturyLink invoice showing all numbers to be ported - Account information on LOA must exactly match the billing statement #### Timeline - CenturyLink ports typically take 7-14 business days - Complex ports with multiple lines may take longer #### Additional Notes - CenturyLink may contact the authorized account representative to verify the port request - Numbers on business accounts may require additional verification ### RingCentral RingCentral is a popular unified communications provider. #### Documentation Requirements - Standard LOA with RingCentral listed as the current service provider - RingCentral account number must be included - Authorized signature must match the account administrator in RingCentral #### Billing Statement - Screenshot of the RingCentral admin portal showing account information and numbers - Recent RingCentral invoice showing the numbers to be ported #### Pre-Porting Steps - Ensure all numbers are not in a locked state in RingCentral - Verify there are no outstanding balances on the account - Confirm your RingCentral contract terms regarding number portability #### Timeline - RingCentral ports typically take 5-10 business days - Expedited porting may be available in some cases ### Twilio Twilio is a cloud communications platform that provides programmable voice services. #### Between Twilio Accounts If a number is being ported between two separate Twilio accounts: - LOA port request form is NOT required - A support ticket will need to be opened in the Twilio Console - Include all required details as specified in [Twilio's support article](https://support.twilio.com/hc/en-us/articles/223135327-Moving-Twilio-Phone-Numbers-to-another-Twilio-project) #### Important Notes - If the losing and gaining projects have different owners, approval from each side is required - It's best if both owners submit identical support requests - If porting away from TRACK (which uses Twilio), the client will need to submit a ticket to TRACK support with details provided by SendSquared #### Timeline - Transfers between Twilio accounts typically take 1-3 business days - Transfers from Twilio to other carriers may take 5-7 business days ### Other Major Carriers #### AT&T - Requires complete and accurate LOA - Recent bill (within 30 days) - Account PIN or passcode - Timeline: 7-10 business days #### Verizon - Standard LOA with exact match to Verizon records - Most recent invoice - Account owner verification may be required - Timeline: 5-7 business days #### Comcast/Xfinity - Standard LOA - Recent billing statement - Account verification details - Timeline: 7-14 business days #### Vonage - Standard LOA - Account number and PIN required - Screenshots of account dashboard showing numbers - Timeline: 7-10 business days ## LOA and Documentation Policy There are specific instances when SendSquared will require certain pieces of documentation, like a Letter of Agency/Authorization (LOA) or Copy of Bill (COB), before initiating LNP orders. Follow these simple guidelines to make sure the proper documentation is submitted at the time of the order to prevent costly delays: | Type of Port Request | LOA Required | COB Required | LOA Conditional | COB Conditional | |---------------------|--------------|--------------|-----------------|-----------------| | Porting on-net to SendSquared CLEC | | | X | X | | Porting off-net to a SendSquared vendor | X | | | X | | Toll-free porting | X* | | | | | Project/complex porting | X | | | X | *A specific LOA format may be required for some carriers. ### Conditional LOA Policy As a wholesale provider, SendSquared may not require its customer to produce the required LOA up front, however, customers must be prepared to produce the LOA at any point before, during, or after the porting process. An example of when SendSquared may need the LOA is during an inadvertent porting situation. In this case, the valid LOA should be provided to SendSquared immediately upon request. If the LOA isn't provided immediately upon request, a number could be removed from the customer account and returned to the former carrier or customer. ### Customer Service Record Policy A Customer Service Record (CSR) is often used by carriers to help determine that a port request is authorized. However, some carriers have policies that limit the production of the CSR only to the end user of record, while others will provide the CSR only to a winning carrier. There are also carriers that won't provide a CSR at all. All reseller customers are responsible for advising their end users that accurate service address and end user information is required to port numbers, and then providing this information to SendSquared with the port request. It's not SendSquared's policy to request a CSR on every order, regardless of the status of the order. A CSR will be provided at SendSquared's discretion only, and the cost to retrieve the CSR may be passed along to the customer. ## Common Rejections The most common port rejections are those that indicate the information submitted doesn't match what the losing carrier has on file. Examples include things like: name mismatch, address mismatch, zip-code mismatch, and partial/full porting migration errors. | Rejection Type | Description | Resolution | |----------------|-------------|------------| | Number Disconnected / Not Active | The TN or the account holding the TN is considered disconnected or inactive. | End user will need to re-activate the service with their provider to continue. | | Pending Order | A pending order can be anything from another port request that has been submitted with this same number, a feature add or disconnect, address change, etc. | The end user will need to contact the carrier to get the order close out or canceled in order to proceed. | | BTN Mismatch / ATN Mismatch | The BTN provided on the order doesn't match the BTN on the carrier's records (CSR). | The end user will need to contact the carrier to obtain the correct BTN. | | Partial Port / Migration Indicator | A partial port indicates the customer is porting away only some of the numbers they have with the current carrier. | Fixing this generally requires the customer / end user to review their inventory/services/CSR with the current carrier and then advise the LNP team on how the customer wishes to proceed with the port. | | Carrier Freeze | Customer has requested a freeze to be placed on the account that prevents the numbers from being ported. | The end user will need to submit an order to the current carrier to remove the freeze. This process can take 1-3 weeks depending on the carrier. | | DSL / Dryloop | DSL is an internet service. If DSL exists, unless the DSL provider allows Dryloop, an associated phone number is probably needed for that connection. | Check with the DSL provider before attempting to port a DSL number. Generally, the end user will need to disconnect it prior to port, make new arrangements with the carrier for the DSL, or provide instruction to SendSquared to disconnect the DSL in order to proceed. | | Distinctive Ring or Other Feature | This is a feature most carriers won't port while active. | The end user will need to disconnect it directly with the carrier. | | Name Mismatch | The business or residential name on the order doesn't match that of the carrier's records (CSR). | The end user will need to contact their provider to pull the current name on the CSR. | ## Troubleshooting Common Porting Issues ### Rejected Port Requests Common reasons for rejection include: - Information mismatch between LOA and carrier records - Account not eligible for porting (e.g., in contract, unpaid balance) - Numbers not eligible for porting (e.g., recently ported, virtual numbers) ### Delays in Porting - Complex ports with many numbers may take longer - Carrier verification processes can add time - Discrepancies in documentation often cause delays ### Port Date Rescheduling If you need to reschedule a confirmed port date: - Contact your SendSquared representative immediately - Be aware that rescheduling may add significant time to the process - A new FOC (Firm Order Commitment) date will need to be established ## Order Activation (Day of FOC) All non-project on-net porting requests are currently activated at 11:30 a.m. ET by default. Most off-net porting requests are also activated at this time, but please contact a member of the SendSquared LNP team to confirm the time any specific order will be activated if this is a critical need. | Type of LNP Order | Set Activation Time | Other Activation Time | |-------------------|---------------------|------------------------| | On-net/CLEC porting | 11:30 am ET | Customer may select customer activation for times outside of that window | | Domestic off-net porting | 6 am – 10 pm ET | For more information, see how to manage U.S. off-net ports. | | Non-domestic off-net porting | 11:30 am ET | | | Toll-free porting | 11:30 am ET | | | Project porting | | Customer-specific, unless noted by the Project Manager | | Complex porting | 11:30 am ET | Customer may select customer activation for times outside of that window | ## SUPP Requests SUPP (short for supplemental) is an additional request sent on an LNP order to the losing carrier, that generally makes a change to the order in some fashion. A SUPP can be anything from changing the due date (most common) to correcting something on the order due to a rejection. SendSquared allows up to three (3) SUPP requests on any order after FOC is received. Once FOC is received a SUPP request is only sent in an attempt to change the desired due date. Any SUPP request submitted less than 48 hours before the FOC date is considered "best effort", meaning there is the possibility that the numbers may still port on their original FOC date. There may be costs associated with SUPP transactions. If SendSquared incurs additional costs as a result of customer-requested SUPPs, these costs will be passed along to the customer. ## Order Cancellation Requests A port request can be canceled at any time up to 48 hours (2 business days) prior to the established FOC date on the port. However, cancellation requests within this 48-hour window may trigger an expedited cancel charge. Cancellation can't be guaranteed, so it's always best to find a way to accept a port request when it's within 48 hours of the FOC date to avoid an accidental outage on the phone number(s). ## Short Notice FOC There are times that the current carrier doesn't provide a FOC date that matches what has been requested. Typically a FOC mismatch means the FOC date given is later than the requested date but there are times when the FOC date provided by the current carrier is within a very short window (e.g. 0-48 hours from the date/time submitted). SendSquared will immediately notify its customers (via portal notification) of the shortened FOC window in an attempt to confirm the FOC can be accepted, or if a SUPP request needs to be sent to the carrier to change the date. ## Expedite Requests An expedite request is a customer-initiated request aimed to shorten the time frame of a specific LNP request, such as a FOC or a cancellation request. Any attempt to expedite an LNP request is considered "best effort". Additionally, these types of requests require cooperation from the other carrier, some of whom may not readily support it. Please contact the SendSquared LNP team for assistance with all expedite requests. Any additional costs associated with the expedite transactions will be passed along to the customer. ## Porting Away from SendSquared If a customer or end user wishes to port their number(s) away from SendSquared, there's nothing that needs to be done from the end user perspective, other than providing the correct porting information to the new carrier, which can be found in the customer portal. SendSquared doesn't utilize passwords, freezes, PINs, or any other similar features at this time. The responsibility of initiating the port request and following the proper port-out procedure is on the new/winning carrier. However, SendSquared understands that assistance may be needed in ensuring that the port-out occurs without incident. All winning carriers should be directed to SendSquared's business rules online at [http://sendsquared.com/terms-of-use/](http://sendsquared.com/terms-of-use/). If further assistance is needed, the carrier may contact the port-out team at 855-340-7363. Keep in mind that the SendSquared port-out team works solely with other carriers (LECs), and not with end users directly. The numbers associated with disconnected services won't be eligible to port. ## Unauthorized Porting An unauthorized port is also known as a "slam". Slamming occurs when a number is ported out to a new carrier without proper authorization from the end user. FCC rules, guidelines, and policies establish that it's the new carrier's responsibility to ensure that the port requests it submits are authorized. SendSquared can provide port-out notifications so that customers are able to review and validate phone numbers that have been ported out by end users. If a customer believes a number has been ported without valid authorization, the SendSquared LNP team will work hard with the other carrier to make a determination of the validity of the request and if the port was not authorized, return the number as quickly as possible. It's critical to report these types of incidents within 24 hours of the porting activity. The following process is required in order for the LNP team to process a "snapback" of a number that has been ported without authorization: 1. Report the potential unauthorized port to the LNP team by opening a support ticket. 2. An LOA signed by the end user of record identifying the end user's choice of the carrier may be required. If so, it should be attached to the ticket. 3. The LNP team will immediately begin working with the other carrier in an attempt to return the number if the port wasn't properly requested. This may require further cooperation or input from the customer or end user. Things to keep in mind with unauthorized ports: - Numbers are authorized based on the new or "winning" carrier's criteria. - An unpaid bill by an end user doesn't constitute an invalid port. In fact, the FCC has made clear that carriers can't delay or prevent porting due to a billing dispute or unpaid. - Despite validation efforts taken by carriers, mistaken or unauthorized porting may still occur. If there's any belief that a number was intentionally slammed, end users may report such claims directly to the FCC via their website. Any unauthorized ports shall be reported to SendSquared within 24 hours of the occurrence, but no more than 1 week after. Any unauthorized port request brought to SendSquared's attention more than a week after the day it ported away is considered a "winback", to which standard porting time frames and policies apply. ## SendSquared Service Levels in the Porting Process - Submit port request within 2 business days of receipt of the end user information. - Provide an update on each order as it progresses. - Process the necessary supplemental and cancellation requests on orders within 1 business day. ## Customer Responsibilities in the Porting Process - Provide correct porting information. - Keep the end user letter of authorization (LOA) on file, and be able to present a copy immediately upon request. - Provide toll-free LOAs upon port. - Rectify the basis for an insufficient port request that results in a port request rejection within 10 business days. - Provide a new LOA if the initial LOA and request become more than 30 days old during the course of porting. ## Need Help? If you don't receive assistance via the tools and resources available, or if there's an expedite request, an inadvertent porting incident, or any other reason where a ticket may be appropriate, please open one! The SendSquared Porting Team processes tickets in the First In First Out (FIFO) order but prioritizes tickets that have high priority. Opening a ticket is the fastest way to get your questions answered. For assistance with specific carrier requirements or troubleshooting porting issues: - Contact your SendSquared onboarding specialist - Email [support@sendsquared.com](mailto:support@sendsquared.com) with "Porting Request" in the subject line - Have your account information and list of numbers ready when requesting help We make every effort to address concerns as quickly as possible once brought to our attention, and aim to have service-impacting issues resolved within the same business day and all other requests resolved within 48 hours. Please note if our team has to escalate to the losing carrier (such as to confirm latent translations have been removed or to request an update on an order once SLA has been exceeded), the losing carriers' turnaround times may extend this timeline, but we will provide regular updates on the ticket until resolution. --- ## Salesrooms ### Salesroom Overview Transform your property owner acquisition with our comprehensive Salesroom solution URL: /docs/salesrooms/salesrooms-overview # Salesroom Overview :::warning Owner System Required Sales Rooms functionality is only available with the Owner System upgrade. This feature is specifically designed for property owner acquisition and requires the Owner System to be enabled on your account. Contact your account manager to enable the Owner System. The SendSquared Salesroom is a powerful tool designed specifically for vacation rental management companies to streamline and enhance the property owner acquisition process. By creating dynamic, data-driven presentations for each potential property, you can demonstrate value and build trust from the first interaction. ## What is the Salesroom? The Salesroom is a customizable digital space where vacation rental management companies can showcase their services, provide property-specific projections, and engage potential property owners with compelling, data-backed presentations. This tool bridges the gap between initial property owner interest and signed management agreements. ## Key Features and Benefits ### Individual Salesroom Per Property Each property receives its own dedicated Salesroom: - Customized with property-specific information - Unique URL for easy sharing with property owners - Branded with your company's visual identity - Secured with optional access controls - Tailored content based on property characteristics ### Interactive Property Visualization Give property owners a clear view of their property's potential: - Google Maps integration showing exact property location - Satellite view option for comprehensive property perspective - Street view capability to showcase neighborhood appeal - Interactive zoom functionality to highlight proximity to attractions - Area highlights including beaches, restaurants, and local amenities ### Data-Driven Revenue Projections Present compelling, realistic financial projections: - Estimation proforma customized to each property - Anticipated earnings based on assessor valuation - Seasonal rate modeling with occupancy projections - Comparative analysis with similar properties in your portfolio - Transparent fee structure and owner payment schedules - Interactive calculators showing various management scenarios ### Responsive Design Ensure a perfect presentation regardless of device: - Mobile-friendly interface for on-the-go property owners - Desktop optimized views for detailed exploration - Tablet compatibility for in-person presentations - Consistent experience across all platforms - Interactive elements designed for both touch and mouse navigation ### Automation Integration Leverage the power of SendSquared's automation system: - Automated follow-up communications based on owner engagement - Triggered notifications when owners view specific content - Scheduled reminders for your sales team based on owner activity - Automated document delivery for interested prospects - Integration with your CRM to track the entire sales journey ## Strategic Applications ### Pre-Meeting Preparation Send the Salesroom link prior to meetings: - Allow owners to review information at their convenience - Set expectations and answer initial questions - Demonstrate professionalism and technological capabilities - Reduce meeting time spent on basics - Focus in-person discussions on relationship building ### During Owner Acquisition Meetings Use the Salesroom as an interactive presentation tool: - Walk through projections together - Adjust variables in real-time to address specific questions - Highlight your competitive advantages - Show actual performance data from similar properties - Address concerns with data-backed responses ### Post-Meeting Follow-up Keep the conversation going after initial meetings: - Reference specific Salesroom sections in follow-up communications - Track which content owners engage with most - Send updated projections based on continued discussions - Provide access to additional resources as needed - Streamline the contract signing process ## Implementation Best Practices ### Content Customization Tailor each Salesroom to maximize impact: - Include professional photos when available - Highlight neighborhood-specific advantages - Customize financial projections based on property specifics - Adjust comparable properties based on relevant factors - Feature testimonials from owners of similar properties ### Engagement Optimization Design your Salesroom to drive conversion: - Place clear calls-to-action throughout - Include easy contact options on every page - Highlight your unique value proposition - Address common concerns proactively - Include case studies demonstrating success stories ### Monitoring and Iteration Continuously improve your Salesroom effectiveness: - Track engagement metrics to see which sections resonate - Analyze conversion rates to optimize content - A/B test different approaches for different property types - Gather feedback from both converted and lost prospects - Regularly update content to reflect market changes ## Getting Started To set up your first Salesroom: Email a zipped copy of the sales-room over to support@sendsquared.com, a team specialist will work with you to get it installed and configured. By effectively utilizing the Salesroom feature, vacation rental management companies can significantly improve their owner acquisition process, provide transparent and compelling property projections, and demonstrate their professional approach to property management. --- ### Property Proforma Generate accurate revenue projections for potential vacation rental properties URL: /docs/salesrooms/salesrooms-proforma # Property Proforma The Property Proforma tool provides vacation rental management companies with a powerful way to create data-driven revenue projections for potential property owners. By leveraging market data, property assessments, and your company's performance metrics, you can deliver compelling and realistic financial forecasts that demonstrate your value proposition. ## Understanding the Property Proforma The Property Proforma is a comprehensive financial projection tool that: - Estimates potential rental income based on property characteristics - Provides transparency into the revenue management process - Helps property owners make informed decisions about vacation rental management - Differentiates your management services with professional, data-backed projections - Builds trust through realistic and achievable financial forecasts ## Key Components ### Revenue Projection Engine At the core of the Property Proforma is a sophisticated revenue projection engine: - Leverages public assessor data to establish baseline property values - Integrates with market pricing data from your existing portfolio - Factors in seasonality patterns specific to your market - Applies occupancy projections based on similar properties - Calculates expected gross revenue across multiple timeframes ### Customization Parameters Fine-tune projections based on property-specific factors: - Bedroom and bathroom count - Maximum occupancy - Property amenities (pool, hot tub, waterfront, etc.) - Proximity to attractions - Property age and condition - Comparable properties in your portfolio - Market positioning (luxury, mid-range, economy) ### Expense Modeling Provide transparency with comprehensive expense modeling: - Management fee structure - Cleaning and turnover costs - Maintenance reserves - Utility estimates - Insurance recommendations - Tax implications - Marketing expenses - Booking platform fees ### Multi-Scenario Forecasting Present multiple scenarios to show different possibilities: - Conservative, moderate, and optimistic projections - Seasonal variation analysis - Year-over-year growth modeling - Comparison with traditional long-term rental - Return on investment calculations - Cash flow timelines ## Implementation in the Salesroom ### Automatic Generation The Property Proforma seamlessly integrates with the Salesroom: - Automatically generates when a new Salesroom is created - Updates in real-time as property details are refined - Rebuilds projections when market conditions change - Syncs with your current portfolio performance metrics - Maintains historical versions for comparison ### Interactive Presentation Engage property owners with interactive elements: - Adjustable parameters for what-if scenarios - Toggle between different projection models - Expandable sections for additional detail - Downloadable PDF reports for offline review - Comparison visualizations with similar properties ### Visual Impact Present complex financial data in accessible formats: - Monthly revenue charts highlighting seasonality - Year-over-year projection graphs - Expense breakdown pie charts - Occupancy heat maps - Comparative bar charts for different scenarios - Return on investment visualizations ## Data Sources and Accuracy ### Property Valuation Data The system leverages multiple data sources: - County assessor property records - Public tax information - Recent property sales in the area - Property size and features - Location-specific market trends - Historical rental performance of similar properties ### Market Performance Metrics Improve accuracy with comprehensive market data: - Your company's portfolio performance averages - Seasonal rate fluctuations in your market - Local events calendar impact on rates - Year-over-year growth patterns - Competitor rate analysis (when available) - Third-party market research integration ### Confidence Indicators Provide context for your projections: - Confidence rating for each projection - Data quality indicators - Factors that could influence performance - Market volatility considerations - Sample size of comparable properties - Historical accuracy of similar projections ## Best Practices for Effective Proformas ### Setting Realistic Expectations Build trust through honesty and transparency: - Avoid overly optimistic projections - Include both high and low-season performance - Factor in vacancy periods and maintenance downtime - Account for first-year ramp-up periods - Include all relevant expenses - Distinguish between gross and net revenue ### Customization Strategies Tailor each proforma for maximum impact: - Adjust projections based on owner's goals - Highlight specific advantages of the property - Address unique market positioning opportunities - Consider property improvement recommendations - Factor in the owner's preferred involvement level - Align with the owner's financial objectives ### Presentation Techniques Effectively communicate the value proposition: - Begin with executive summary highlights - Provide progressive disclosure of detailed information - Include explanations of methodology - Define industry-specific terminology - Compare with other investment options when appropriate - Include testimonials from similar property owners ## Getting Started To create your first Property Proforma: 1. Navigate to the Salesroom section in your SendSquared dashboard 2. Click on the "Property Proforma" tab 3. Enter the property address for automatic valuation data 4. Adjust property details as needed 5. Select comparable properties from your portfolio 6. Customize expense assumptions 7. Review and refine the generated projections 8. Publish the proforma to the Salesroom By leveraging the Property Proforma tool, vacation rental management companies can provide potential clients with compelling, data-driven revenue projections that demonstrate value and build confidence in your management services. --- ### Salesroom Automation Triggers Enhance your owner acquisition process with powerful automation workflows URL: /docs/salesrooms/salesrooms-triggers # Salesroom Automation Triggers Salesroom Automation Triggers allow vacation rental management companies to create sophisticated, responsive workflows that enhance the property owner acquisition process. By leveraging SendSquared's automation system, you can deliver timely, relevant communications based on prospect behavior and engagement within your Salesroom. ## Understanding Automation Triggers Automation Triggers are specific events or actions that initiate predetermined responses or workflows: - They monitor prospect interactions with your Salesroom - They launch appropriate follow-up actions based on engagement - They ensure consistent, timely communication - They allow your team to focus on high-value interactions - They provide valuable insights into prospect interest levels ## Available Trigger Types ### Engagement-Based Triggers Initiate workflows based on how prospects interact with your Salesroom: - **Initial Visit**: Triggered when a prospect first accesses the Salesroom - **Return Visit**: Activated when a prospect returns to the Salesroom - **Time Spent**: Based on duration of engagement with specific content - **Scroll Depth**: Triggered when prospects view certain sections of the page - **Click Activity**: Activated when prospects interact with specific elements - **Document Download**: Triggered when materials are downloaded ### Content-Specific Triggers Launch automations based on interest in particular content areas: - **Proforma View**: When prospects engage with financial projections - **Amenities Interest**: Based on time spent reviewing property features - **Service Overview**: When management services sections are viewed - **Testimonial Engagement**: When prospect reviews owner testimonials - **Contract Review**: When legal documents or agreements are accessed - **FAQ Interaction**: When specific questions are explored ### Time-Based Triggers Create workflows based on timing patterns: - **Visit Frequency**: Triggered by number of visits in a given timeframe - **Time Since Last Visit**: Activated after a defined period of inactivity - **Business Hours**: Specialized workflows during or after office hours - **Weekend Activity**: Different approaches for weekend engagement - **Seasonal Timing**: Context-aware workflows based on time of year - **Follow-up Intervals**: Sequential communications on a timed schedule ## Automation Workflow Examples ### Prospect Nurturing Sequence Create a comprehensive follow-up strategy: 1. **Welcome Email**: Sent immediately after first Salesroom visit 2. **Educational Content**: Delivered 2 days after initial engagement 3. **Case Study**: Shared 5 days after initial visit 4. **Booking Projection Update**: Sent after proforma engagement 5. **Personal Follow-up Prompt**: Notification to sales team after multiple visits 6. **Meeting Request**: Offered after sustained engagement ### Interest-Based Workflows Tailor communications based on demonstrated interests: - **Amenity Focus**: If prospect shows interest in specific features, send relevant information about your management approach - **Financial Priority**: When proforma sections receive attention, follow up with additional financial scenarios - **Service Questions**: If FAQs are heavily engaged with, provide more detailed service information - **Competitive Concerns**: When comparing management companies section is viewed, highlight your unique advantages - **Local Market Interest**: When area information is reviewed, share market performance data ### Sales Team Notifications Keep your team informed and ready to engage: - **Hot Prospect Alert**: Immediate notification when high engagement is detected - **Follow-up Reminders**: Scheduled prompts based on prospect activity - **Interest Summary**: Detailed report of prospect's content engagement - **Question Preparation**: Insights on which topics might require addressing - **Meeting Recommendations**: Suggested timing for personal outreach - **Re-engagement Opportunities**: Alerts when previously quiet prospects return ## Implementation Strategies ### Mapping the Owner Journey Create triggers aligned with the decision-making process: - Identify key touchpoints in the owner acquisition journey - Map content engagement to specific owner concerns - Create logical progression of information delivery - Anticipate questions at different decision stages - Develop targeted content for each journey phase ### Personalization Techniques Enhance effectiveness with customized approaches: - Use prospect name and property address in communications - Reference specific Salesroom sections they've engaged with - Tailor follow-up content based on demonstrated interests - Adapt tone and detail level to prospect engagement patterns - Personalize sender based on prospect characteristics ### Testing and Optimization Continuously improve your automation effectiveness: - A/B test different trigger thresholds - Compare various follow-up sequence structures - Analyze response rates to different content types - Monitor conversion rates across workflow variations - Gather feedback on automation timing and relevance ## Technical Implementation ### Setting Up Automations Create your first automation workflow: 1. Navigate to the Automation section in your SendSquared dashboard 2. Select "Create New Automation" 3. Choose "Salesroom" as the trigger source 4. Select your desired trigger type 5. Define trigger conditions (timing, engagement level, etc.) 6. Build your action sequence (emails, notifications, tasks, etc.) 7. Set up conditional branches if needed 8. Activate your automation ### Integration Capabilities Connect your Salesroom automations with other systems: - CRM synchronization for comprehensive prospect profiles - Calendar integration for scheduling follow-up meetings - Document management system connections for contract delivery - Team collaboration tool notifications - SMS delivery options for urgent communications - Task management system integration ### Performance Monitoring Track and optimize your automation performance: - Real-time engagement tracking dashboard - Workflow completion analytics - Communication delivery and open rates - Prospect journey visualization - Conversion attribution reporting - A/B test comparison metrics ## Best Practices ### Communication Cadence Maintain the right balance in your automation frequency: - Respect prospect time with thoughtful communication spacing - Create natural escalation patterns in your sequences - Avoid overwhelming prospects with too many touchpoints - Incorporate strategic pauses to allow for decision consideration - Include easy opt-out options for all automated communications - Build appropriate conclusion points into longer sequences ### Content Strategy Develop effective content for your automated communications: - Create modular content pieces that address specific concerns - Ensure each communication delivers genuine value - Maintain consistent branding and voice across all touchpoints - Develop content for different stages of decision readiness - Test different content formats (text, video, interactive elements) - Balance educational content with direct calls to action ### Human Touch Points Blend automation with personal interaction: - Create automation triggers that prompt human follow-up - Include personalized sales team introductions - Incorporate genuine personal messages within automated sequences - Establish clear handoff points from automation to sales team - Use automation to enhance, not replace, personal relationships - Gather behavioral insights to inform personal interactions By effectively implementing Salesroom Automation Triggers, vacation rental management companies can create responsive, personalized experiences for potential property owners while maximizing team efficiency and improving conversion rates throughout the owner acquisition process. --- ### Custom Sales Room Template Technical guide for developers to create custom sales room templates URL: /docs/salesrooms/custom-template-development # Custom Sales Room Template Development This guide provides technical documentation for developers looking to create custom sales room templates. It covers the template structure, available variables, and best practices for building secure, functional templates. :::tip Code Examples All code snippets and blocks in this guide are examples to demonstrate possibilities. Your sales room templates can include any features and functionality you need - these are not limitations, just starting points. :::info Example Implementation For a complete, working example of a sales room template with detailed documentation, see the [Example Sales Room Documentation](./example-sales-room-documentation.md). The example includes Lead With Contact API integration, proforma calculator implementation, and responsive design patterns. ## Template Architecture SendSquared sales rooms use a Pug (formerly Jade) template engine with Tailwind CSS for styling. Templates are server-side rendered with dynamic data interpolation. All styling is implemented inline to ensure complete template portability. ### Core Template Structure ```pug doctype html html(lang="en") head meta(charset='utf-8') meta(name='viewport' content='width=device-width, initial-scale=1') title #{contact.first_name} #{contact.last_name} - #{company.name} // Tailwind CSS script(src="https://cdn.tailwindcss.com") // Font imports link(rel="preconnect" href="https://fonts.googleapis.com") link(rel="preconnect" href="https://fonts.gstatic.com" crossorigin) link(rel="stylesheet" href="https://fonts.googleapis.com/css2?family=Open+Sans:wght@300;400;600;700&display=swap") // Inline styles for custom theming style. body { font-family: 'Open Sans', sans-serif; } :root { --primary-color: #{company.primary_color || '#1E40AF'}; --secondary-color: #{company.secondary_color || '#6366F1'}; --accent-color: #{company.accent_color || '#F59E0B'}; } .bg-primary { background-color: var(--primary-color); } .text-primary { color: var(--primary-color); } .border-primary { border-color: var(--primary-color); } .bg-secondary { background-color: var(--secondary-color); } .text-secondary { color: var(--secondary-color); } .bg-accent { background-color: var(--accent-color); } .text-accent { color: var(--accent-color); } // Maps API - SendSquared will provide the API key script(src="https://maps.googleapis.com/maps/api/js?key=API_KEY") body.bg-gray-50 nav // Navigation structure main // Content sections footer // Footer content ``` ## Image Handling ### Inline Base64 Encoded Images Since all CSS must be inline, the recommended approach for images is to embed them directly in the HTML using Base64 encoding. This creates completely self-contained templates with no external dependencies. #### How Base64 Image Encoding Works Base64 encoding converts binary image data into ASCII text that can be embedded directly in HTML. This follows the data URI scheme defined in [RFC 2397](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2397). ```pug // Example: Inline Base64 encoded image img(src='data:image/png;base64,iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAAAEAAAABCAYAAAAfFcSJAAAADUlEQVR42mNkYPhfDwAChwGA60e6kgAAAABJRU5ErkJggg==' alt='1x1 red pixel') // For JPEG images img(src='data:image/jpeg;base64,/9j/4AAQSkZJRgABAQEAYABgAAD...' alt='Company Logo') // For SVG images (can be included as plain text) img(src='data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" viewBox="0 0 100 100"%3E%3Ccircle cx="50" cy="50" r="40" fill="%23ff0000"/%3E%3C/svg%3E' alt='Red Circle') ``` #### Converting Images to Base64 You can convert images to Base64 using: 1. **Online tools** - Search for "image to base64 converter" 2. **Command line** (macOS/Linux): ```bash base64 -i image.png -o encoded.txt ``` 3. **Node.js**: ```javascript const fs = require("fs"); const base64 = fs.readFileSync("image.png", "base64"); console.log(`data:image/png;base64,${base64}`); ``` #### Size Considerations - Base64 encoding increases file size by approximately 33% - Keep images optimized and compressed before encoding - Consider using SVG for logos and icons (smaller file size) - For large images, you may still want to use external hosting ### Alternative: External Image Hosting If Base64 encoding isn't suitable for your use case: 1. **Your own hosting** - Use your company's web hosting or CDN 2. **Third-party services** - Services like Cloudinary, Imgur, or AWS S3 ```pug // Example: Reference externally hosted images img(src='https://your-domain.com/images/hero-image.jpg' alt='Hero Image') img(src='https://cdn.your-company.com/assets/logo.png' alt='Company Logo') ``` ## Available Context Objects The template system provides access to several context objects containing property and contact information: ### `contact` Object Contains information about the prospect/lead: - `contact.first_name` - First name - `contact.last_name` - Last name - `contact.primary_email` - Email address - `contact.mobile_phone` - Mobile phone number - `contact.address_1` - Street address line 1 - `contact.address_2` - Street address line 2 - `contact.locality` - City - `contact.region` - State/Province - `contact.postal` - ZIP/Postal code - `contact.country` - Country ### `unit` Object Contains information about the property being showcased: - `unit.name` - Property name - `unit.address_1` - Property street address - `unit.address_2` - Unit/Suite number - `unit.locality` - City - `unit.region` - State/Province - `unit.postal` - ZIP/Postal code - `unit.country` - Country - `unit.lat` - Latitude coordinate - `unit.lng` - Longitude coordinate - `unit.taxable_value` - Property tax assessment value - `unit.proforma_value_low` - Low revenue projection (in cents) - `unit.proforma_value_high` - High revenue projection (in cents) - `unit.building_name` - Building/complex name ### `company` Object Contains information about your company: - `company.name` - Company name - `company.address_1` - Company street address - `company.address_2` - Company suite/unit - `company.locality` - Company city - `company.region` - Company state/province - `company.postal` - Company ZIP/postal code - `company.country` - Company country ## Map Integration Sales room templates often include interactive maps to showcase property locations: ### Basic Map Implementation ```javascript function initMap() { var location = {lat: #{unit.lat}, lng: #{unit.lng}}; var map = new google.maps.Map(document.getElementById('map'), { center: location, zoom: 18, mapTypeId: google.maps.MapTypeId.SATELLITE }); new google.maps.Marker({ map: map, position: location, title: "#{unit.address_1}, #{unit.address_2} #{unit.locality}, #{unit.region} #{unit.postal}" }); } ``` ### Map Container ```pug #map(style='height: 500px;') ``` ## Revenue Projection Components ### Proforma Calculator Integration For vacation rental management companies, integrate the proforma calculator: :::tip Proforma Coefficients SendSquared will provide the appropriate proforma coefficients for your market area. These coefficients are used to calculate accurate revenue projections based on property characteristics and location. Contact support to get your market-specific coefficients configured. ```pug script(src="https://your-domain.com/js/oa-proforma.bundled.js") // Configure proforma styling with inline styles style. :root { --oa-primary-color: #57c5cf; --oa-block-text-color: #ffffff; --oa-mobile-slide-height: 50vh; } // Add proforma component oa-proforma( position='right' sticky='true' taxValue=unit.taxable_value unitType="house" bedrooms='3' bathrooms='2' accommodates='6' locationQuality="3" propertyQuality="3" viewQuality="3" buttonText='Click here to schedule a consultation' buttonUrl='https://calendly.com/your-link' location='Your Location' chartData='[9.64,12.82,16.64,7.75,7.07,9.48,8.38,4.19,3.53,4.63,6.19,9.67]' ) ``` ### Revenue Display Display revenue projections prominently using Tailwind classes: :::info Revenue Display Gating The revenue display section is optional and will only be shown if revenue gating is configured in your SendSquared account. If no revenue gates are set, this section won't appear. Similarly, the proforma component will respect the same pricing gates if configured. ```pug // Only display if revenue projections are available if unit.proforma_value_low && unit.proforma_value_high .bg-primary.text-white.p-8.rounded-lg.text-center.shadow-lg h2.text-3xl.font-bold.mb-2 #{contact.first_name} #{contact.last_name}, earn between h2.text-4xl.font-bold.text-accent.mb-4 $#{unit.proforma_value_low / 100}k - $#{unit.proforma_value_high / 100}k p.text-lg of income from #{unit.address_1}#{unit.address_2 ? ' ' + unit.address_2 : ''}, #{unit.locality} #{unit.region} #{unit.postal} ``` ## Content Sections ### Hero Section ```pug section.relative.h-screen.flex.items-center.justify-center(style='background:url(https://your-domain.com/images/hero-image.jpg) center center/cover no-repeat;') .absolute.inset-0.bg-black.bg-opacity-50 .container.mx-auto.px-4.relative.z-10 .text-center.text-white h1.text-5xl.font-bold.mb-4 Welcome #{contact.first_name} #{contact.last_name} p.text-xl Your personalized property overview for #{unit.name} ``` ### Feature Sections Create modular content sections using Tailwind's grid system: ```pug section.py-16.bg-white .container.mx-auto.px-4 .grid.grid-cols-1.md-grid-cols-2.gap-8 .text-center.p-6 .w-20.h-20.mx-auto.mb-4 img.w-full.h-full(src='https://your-domain.com/images/feature-icon.png' alt='Feature') h3.text-2xl.font-bold.mb-2 Feature Title p.text-gray-600 Feature description with personalized content for #{contact.first_name} .text-center.p-6 .w-20.h-20.mx-auto.mb-4 img.w-full.h-full(src='https://your-domain.com/images/feature-icon-2.png' alt='Feature 2') h3.text-2xl.font-bold.mb-2 Another Feature p.text-gray-600 More details about your property at #{unit.address_1} ``` ### Call-to-Action Sections ```pug section.py-16.bg-primary.text-white .container.mx-auto.px-4 .text-center h2.text-4xl.font-bold.mb-4 Ready to Get Started? p.text-xl.mb-8 Schedule a personalized consultation .space-x-4 a.inline-block.bg-white.text-primary.px-8.py-3.rounded-lg.font-semibold.hover-bg-gray-100.transition(href='tel:+1234567890') Call Us Today a.inline-block.bg-secondary.text-white.px-8.py-3.rounded-lg.font-semibold.hover-bg-opacity-90.transition(href='https://calendly.com/your-link') Schedule Online ``` ## Form Integration ### Contact Form Example ```pug form#contact-form.max-w-lg.mx-auto(method='post' action='/submit-lead') .mb-6 label.block.text-gray-700.text-sm.font-bold.mb-2(for='name') Full Name input#name.w-full.px-3.py-2.border.border-gray-300.rounded-md.focus-outline-none.focus-ring-2.focus-ring-primary( type='text' name='name' value='#{contact.first_name} #{contact.last_name}' required ) .mb-6 label.block.text-gray-700.text-sm.font-bold.mb-2(for='email') Email input#email.w-full.px-3.py-2.border.border-gray-300.rounded-md.focus-outline-none.focus-ring-2.focus-ring-primary( type='email' name='email' value='#{contact.primary_email}' required ) .mb-6 label.block.text-gray-700.text-sm.font-bold.mb-2(for='phone') Phone input#phone.w-full.px-3.py-2.border.border-gray-300.rounded-md.focus-outline-none.focus-ring-2.focus-ring-primary( type='tel' name='phone' value='#{contact.mobile_phone}' required ) .mb-6 label.block.text-gray-700.text-sm.font-bold.mb-2(for='property') Property Interest input#property.w-full.px-3.py-2.border.border-gray-300.rounded-md.bg-gray-100( type='text' name='property' value='#{unit.name} - #{unit.address_1}' readonly ) button.w-full.bg-primary.text-white.py-3.px-4.rounded-md.font-semibold.hover-bg-opacity-90.transition(type='submit') Submit Interest ``` ## Analytics and Tracking ### SendSquared Analytics ```pug // Analytics tracking script(src='https://api.sendsquared.com/tracking/v1/bse-analytics-es3.js') ``` ### SMS Chat Widget ```pug script(src='https://api.sendsquared.com/sms-chat/v1/s2-sms-chat.min.js') script. document.addEventListener('DOMContentLoaded', async function (event) { S2SmsChat.init( 'YOUR-WIDGET-ID', 'YOUR-COMPANY-ID' ); }); ``` ### Google Analytics ```pug // Google tag (gtag.js) script(async='' src='https://www.googletagmanager.com/gtag/js?id=YOUR-GA-ID') script. window.dataLayer = window.dataLayer || []; function gtag(){dataLayer.push(arguments);} gtag('js', new Date()); gtag('config', 'YOUR-GA-ID'); ``` ## Responsive Design Patterns ### Mobile-First Approach ```pug // Desktop/tablet view .hidden.md-block img(src='https://your-domain.com/images/desktop-image.jpg' alt='Feature') // Mobile view .block.md-hidden img(src='https://your-domain.com/images/mobile-image.jpg' alt='Feature') ``` ### Responsive Grid Layouts ```pug .grid.grid-cols-1.md-grid-cols-2.lg-grid-cols-3.gap-6 .p-4 // Content scales across devices .p-4 // Responsive columns .p-4 // Flexible layouts ``` ## Image and Asset Management ### Image Optimization ```pug // Responsive images with multiple sources picture source(media='(min-width: 768px)' srcset='https://your-domain.com/images/hero-desktop@2x.jpg') source(media='(min-width: 480px)' srcset='https://your-domain.com/images/hero-tablet@2x.jpg') img(src='https://your-domain.com/images/hero-mobile@2x.jpg' alt='Hero Image') ``` ### Lazy Loading ```pug img.w-full.h-auto( data-src='https://your-domain.com/images/image.jpg' alt='Description' loading='lazy' ) ``` ## Custom Styling ### Inline Theme Configuration All styling should be implemented inline within the template's style tag: ```pug style. /* Theme Variables */ :root { --primary-color: #{company.primary_color || '#1E40AF'}; --secondary-color: #{company.secondary_color || '#6366F1'}; --accent-color: #{company.accent_color || '#F59E0B'}; --text-color: #1F2937; --background-color: #F3F4F6; } /* Custom utility classes */ .bg-primary { background-color: var(--primary-color); } .text-primary { color: var(--primary-color); } .border-primary { border-color: var(--primary-color); } .bg-secondary { background-color: var(--secondary-color); } .text-secondary { color: var(--secondary-color); } .bg-accent { background-color: var(--accent-color); } .text-accent { color: var(--accent-color); } /* Hover states */ .hover-bg-primary:hover { background-color: var(--primary-color); } .hover-text-primary:hover { color: var(--primary-color); } .hover-bg-opacity-90:hover { opacity: 0.9; } /* Focus states */ .focus-ring-primary:focus { --tw-ring-color: var(--primary-color); --tw-ring-offset-shadow: var(--tw-ring-inset) 0 0 0 var(--tw-ring-offset-width) var(--tw-ring-offset-color); --tw-ring-shadow: var(--tw-ring-inset) 0 0 0 calc(2px + var(--tw-ring-offset-width)) var(--tw-ring-color); box-shadow: var(--tw-ring-offset-shadow), var(--tw-ring-shadow), var(--tw-shadow, 0 0 #0000); } /* Additional custom styles */ body { font-family: 'Open Sans', sans-serif; } /* Smooth transitions */ .transition { transition-property: background-color, border-color, color, fill, stroke, opacity, box-shadow, transform; transition-timing-function: cubic-bezier(0.4, 0, 0.2, 1); transition-duration: 150ms; } ``` ## Best Practices ### Security Guidelines 1. **Input Sanitization**: Always escape user inputs 2. **HTTPS**: Ensure all resources load over HTTPS 3. **API Key Protection**: Never expose API keys in client-side code 4. **Form Validation**: Implement both client and server-side validation ### Performance Optimization 1. **Asset Compression**: Optimize all images and assets 2. **CDN Usage**: Leverage CDNs for static assets 3. **Minification**: Minify CSS and JavaScript 4. **Caching**: Implement appropriate cache headers ### Accessibility 1. **Alt Text**: Provide descriptive alt text for all images 2. **Form Labels**: Use proper label elements for forms 3. **Color Contrast**: Ensure sufficient color contrast ratios 4. **Keyboard Navigation**: Test keyboard accessibility ### SEO Considerations 1. **Meta Tags**: Include relevant meta descriptions 2. **Structured Data**: Add schema.org markup where appropriate 3. **Mobile Optimization**: Ensure mobile-friendly design 4. **Page Speed**: Optimize for fast loading times ## Testing Guidelines ### Cross-Browser Testing Test templates in: - Google Chrome (latest) - the only supported browser - Chrome on Android (mobile testing) ### Device Testing Verify functionality on: - Desktop (1920x1080, 1366x768) - Tablet (768x1024) - Mobile (375x667, 414x896) ### Variable Testing Test with various data scenarios: - Missing optional fields - Long text values - Special characters in names - Different property types - Various revenue projections ## Deployment Considerations ### Asset Hosting 1. Upload static assets to your own CDN or website 2. Use full URLs for all image references in your template 3. Ensure proper CORS headers for cross-origin resources 4. Implement versioning for cache busting 5. All CSS must remain inline within the template's style tag #### Recommended CDN Services For hosting your template assets (images, scripts, fonts), consider these popular CDN options: **Free/Low-Cost Options:** - **Cloudflare** - Free tier available with generous bandwidth limits - **jsDelivr** - Free for open source projects, works with npm, GitHub, and WordPress - **unpkg** - Free CDN for everything on npm - **cdnjs** - Free CDN for popular JavaScript libraries and CSS frameworks **Premium CDN Services:** - **AWS CloudFront** - Pay-as-you-go pricing, integrates with S3 - **Google Cloud CDN** - Global edge locations, integrates with Cloud Storage - **Bunny CDN** - Affordable pricing starting at $0.01/GB - **Fastly** - Real-time analytics and instant purging capabilities When choosing a CDN, consider: - Geographic coverage for your target audience - SSL/HTTPS support (required for sales room templates) - Bandwidth costs and limits - Ease of integration with your existing workflow - Cache control and purging capabilities ### Template Validation 1. Validate Pug syntax before deployment 2. Test all variable interpolations 3. Verify form submissions work correctly 4. Check analytics tracking implementation This documentation provides the foundation for building effective sales room templates that convert prospects into customers while maintaining security and performance standards. --- ### Example Sales Room Template Complete implementation example of a sales room template with earnings calculator, maps, and lead capture URL: /docs/salesrooms/example-sales-room-documentation # Example Sales Room Page Documentation This document provides a complete example of a sales room page template using Pug, along with explanations of its key components and configuration. :::info Technical Reference For comprehensive technical documentation on building custom sales room templates, including security best practices, image handling, and advanced features, see the [Custom Template Development Guide](./custom-template-development.md). ## Download Resources ### Template File You can download the complete Pug template file here: [example-sales-room.pug](./example-sales-room.pug) ### Required CSS Files The template requires this CSS file from SendSquared's CDN: - [app.css](https://static.sendsquared.com/images/std-landing/app.css) - Base application styles You can either link to this file directly from the CDN (recommended) or download it for local hosting. The template includes custom inline styles for font families and additional styling. ## Complete Example File ```pug //- ============================================ //- SALES ROOM TEMPLATE - Example Implementation //- ============================================ //- This template creates a personalized sales room page for vacation rental properties //- It includes a property map, earnings calculator, and lead capture form //- //- IMPORTANT: DATA PROVIDED BY SENDSQUARED //- The following data objects are automatically provided by SendSquared: //- - contact object: Contains visitor information (first_name, last_name, primary_email, mobile_phone) //- - unit object: Contains property details (address_1, address_2, locality, region, postal, lat, lng, taxable_value, proforma_value_low, proforma_value_high) //- You DO NOT need to define or provide these objects - they are injected by SendSquared //- ============================================ doctype html head //- Page title dynamically includes contact name for personalization title #{contact.first_name} #{contact.last_name} - Example Vacation Rentals //- Essential meta tags for proper rendering across devices meta(charset='UTF-8') meta(name='viewport' content='width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0') //- External CSS resources from CDN //- Base application styles from SendSquared link(href='https://static.sendsquared.com/images/std-landing/app.css' rel='stylesheet') //- Google Fonts preconnect for performance optimization link(rel='preconnect' href='https://fonts.googleapis.com') link(rel='preconnect' href='https://fonts.gstatic.com' crossorigin='') //- Import Dancing Script and Nunito fonts for design consistency link(href='https://fonts.googleapis.com/css2?family=Dancing+Script:wght@400..700&family=Nunito:ital,wght@0,200..1000;1,200..1000&display=swap' rel='stylesheet') //- Custom styles for sales room, modal and form components style. /* Custom styles for this sales room */ body { font-family: "Nunito", sans-serif; } h1, h2, h3 { font-family: "Dancing Script", cursive; } /* Schedule link button styling */ .schedule-link { display: inline-block; padding: 0.5em; margin: 0 auto; text-align: center; background: #0c2340; color: white; text-decoration: none; } /* Modal overlay styles */ .modal { display: none; /* Hidden by default */ position: fixed; z-index: 1; left: 0; top: 0; width: 100%; height: 100%; overflow: auto; background-color: rgba(0,0,0,0.4); /* Semi-transparent backdrop */ } /* Modal content container */ .modal-content { background-color: #fefefe; margin: 15% auto; padding: 20px; border: 1px solid #888; width: 80%; max-width: 500px; } /* Modal close button */ .close { color: #aaa; float: right; font-size: 28px; font-weight: bold; cursor: pointer; } /* Close button hover states */ .close:hover, .close:focus { color: black; text-decoration: none; cursor: pointer; } /* Form layout styling */ form { display: flex; flex-direction: column; } /* Form element spacing */ label, input, button { margin-top: 10px; } //- Load the OA Proforma widget script //- This powers the interactive earnings calculator script(type='module' src='https://static.sendsquared.com/images/std-landing/oa-proforma.bundled.js') //- ============================================ //- HEADER NAVIGATION //- ============================================ header.sticky.top-0(style="z-index:5") nav.bg-white.border-gray-200.px-4(class='lg:px-6 py-2.5 dark:bg-gray-800') .flex.flex-wrap.justify-between.items-center.mx-auto.max-w-screen-xl //- Company logo and home link a.flex.items-center(href='/') img.mr-3.h-16(src='#{CDN}/company-logo.webp' alt='Example Vacation Rentals') //- Mobile menu toggle button (hidden on desktop) .flex.items-center(class='lg:order-2') button.inline-flex.items-center.p-2.ml-1.text-sm.text-primary.rounded-lg(data-collapse-toggle='mobile-menu-2' type='button' class='lg:hidden hover:bg-gray-100 focus:outline-none focus:ring-2 focus:ring-gray-200 dark:text-gray-400 dark:hover:bg-gray-700 dark:focus:ring-gray-600' aria-controls='mobile-menu-2' aria-expanded='false') span.sr-only Open main menu //- Hamburger menu icon svg.w-6.h-6(fill='currentColor' viewbox='0 0 20 20' xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg') path(fill-rule='evenodd' d='M3 5a1 1 0 011-1h12a1 1 0 110 2H4a1 1 0 01-1-1zM3 10a1 1 0 011-1h12a1 1 0 110 2H4a1 1 0 01-1-1zM3 15a1 1 0 011-1h12a1 1 0 110 2H4a1 1 0 01-1-1z' clip-rule='evenodd') //- Close icon (hidden by default) svg.hidden.w-6.h-6(fill='currentColor' viewbox='0 0 20 20' xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg') path(fill-rule='evenodd' d='M4.293 4.293a1 1 0 011.414 0L10 8.586l4.293-4.293a1 1 0 111.414 1.414L11.414 10l4.293 4.293a1 1 0 01-1.414 1.414L10 11.414l-4.293 4.293a1 1 0 01-1.414-1.414L8.586 10 4.293 5.707a1 1 0 010-1.414z' clip-rule='evenodd') //- Mobile menu container #mobile-menu-2.hidden.justify-between.items-center.w-full(class='lg:flex lg:w-auto lg:order-1') //- ============================================ //- ALTERNATIVE HERO SECTION (COMMENTED OUT) //- ============================================ //- This section shows an alternative layout with hero image background //- Uncomment to use a full-width hero section with overlay text //- section.padre-hero-2.bg-center.bg-cover.py-6(style="background-image: url(" + basePath + hero + ")") //- p.p-6.text-lg.text-white //- | Welcome //- span.font-bold #{contact.last_name} #{contact.first_name}, //- | try out our earnings widget below to see how you can maximize your property’s earnings, and let your vacation home be cared for by the best property management team. //- .grid.max-w-screen-xl.mx-auto.grid-cols-12.gap-6.px-6.items-center(class='sm:gap-8') //- .col-span-5.place-self-end //- #map.w-40.h-40.object-cover.object-center //- //- Put map here //- .col-span-7 //- p.text-white //- | #{contact.last_name} #{contact.first_name} //- br //- | #{unit.address_1} //- if unit.address_2 //- br //- | #{unit.address_2} //- br //- | #{unit.locality}, #{unit.region} //- br //- | #{unit.postal} //- .pt-4.text-center //- a.transition.ease-in-out.inline-block(href='#calc' onclick="document.getElementById('calc').scrollIntoView({ behavior: 'smooth' });return false;" class='hover:translate-y-2') //- svg.w-10.h-10.text-white.mx-auto.rounded-full.round.border-2.p-2(aria-hidden='true' xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg' fill='none' viewbox='0 0 14 8') //- path(stroke='currentColor' stroke-linecap='round' stroke-linejoin='round' stroke-width='2' d='m1 1 5.326 5.7a.909.909 0 0 0 1.348 0L13 1') //- ============================================ //- PROPERTY MAP SECTION //- ============================================ //- Interactive Google Maps showing property location section.bg-center.bg-cover(style="") //- Map container - will be populated by JavaScript #map.object-cover.object-center(style="height:300px;") //- ============================================ //- WELCOME MESSAGE SECTION //- ============================================ section.bg-center.bg-cover.py-6 p.p-6.text-lg | Welcome //- Personalized greeting with contact name span.font-bold #{contact.last_name} #{contact.first_name}, | try out our earnings widget below to see how you can maximize your property’s earnings, and let your vacation home be cared for by the best property management team. //- ============================================ //- EARNINGS CALCULATOR SECTION //- ============================================ section#calc.p-0(class='md:p-6') //- Alternative revenue display (commented out) //- Uncomment these lines to show static revenue estimates above the calculator //- h4(style="padding: 0.5em; margin: 0 auto; text-align:center;") //- b Estimated Annual Gross Revenue //- h2(style="padding: 0.5em; margin: 0 auto; text-align:center; background: #0c2340; color: white;") //- if unit.proforma_value_low && unit.proforma_value_high //- | #{(unit.proforma_value_low / 100).toLocaleString('en-US', {style: 'currency', currency: 'USD'})} - #{(unit.proforma_value_high / 100).toLocaleString('en-US', {style: 'currency', currency: 'USD'})} //- else //- | Proforma not yet set //- p(style="padding: 0.5em; margin: 0 auto; text-align:center;") per year //- p(style="padding: 0.5em; margin: 0 auto; text-align:center;") The estimated gross booking revenue (GBR) shown is for rental properties in your area. //- p(style="margin: 0 auto; text-align:center;") //- a.schedule-link(id="scheduleLink" style="padding: 0.5em; margin: 0 auto; text-align:center; background: #0c2340; color: white;" href="#") Click here to schedule a video or phone call for your personalized revenue estimate //- p //- i *All numbers are proforma's and are not a official quote. //- CSS variables for OA Proforma widget theming style. :root { --oa-primary-color: #0c2340; /* Primary brand color */ --oa-block-text-color: #ffffff; /* Text color on colored backgrounds */ --oa-mobile-slide-height: 50vh; /* Height of mobile slider */ } //- OA Proforma Interactive Calculator Widget //- This is the main earnings estimation tool //- //- Widget Attributes: //- position: Widget position on desktop ('right' or 'left') //- sticky: Enable sticky positioning for scrolling //- taxValue: Property tax value from unit data //- unitType: Type of property (house, condo, etc.) //- bedrooms: Number of bedrooms //- bathrooms: Number of bathrooms //- accommodates: Guest capacity //- locationQuality: Location score (1-10) //- propertyQuality: Property condition score (1-10) //- viewQuality: View quality score (1-10) //- noLoft: Whether property has loft space //- buttonText: CTA button text //- buttonUrl: URL or JavaScript action for button //- buttonType: Button behavior type //- normAccommodates: Normalization factor for accommodates //- normBedrooms: Normalization factor for bedrooms //- normBathrooms: Normalization factor for bathrooms //- normTax: Normalization factor for tax value //- normLocation: Normalization factor for location //- normProperty: Normalization factor for property //- normView: Normalization factor for view //- weightTax: Weight for tax in calculations //- weightInputs: Weight for input factors //- location: Display location name //- chartData: Array of 12 monthly revenue distribution percentages //- capLow: Low estimate cap (in cents) //- capHigh: High estimate cap (in cents) //- textAccommodates: Explanation for accommodates factor //- textBathrooms: Explanation for bathrooms factor //- textLocation: Explanation for location factor //- textProperty: Explanation for property quality factor //- textView: Explanation for view quality factor oa-proforma( position='right' sticky='true' taxValue=unit.taxable_value unitType="house" bedrooms='2' bathrooms='2' accommodates='2' locationQuality="7" propertyQuality="7" viewQuality="5" noLoft="true" buttonText='Click here to schedule a video or phone call for your personalized revenue estimate' buttonUrl='javascript:showOverlay()' buttonType="overlay" normAccommodates="3" normBedrooms="9" normBathrooms="1" normTax="8.9" normLocation="4" normProperty="7" normView="5" weightTax="0.4" weightInputs="0.6" location='Example Beach Location' chartData='[9.85,10.81,10.68,6.69,6.37,12.87,13.00,6.95,5.86,4.95,6.63,5.34]' capLow=unit.proforma_value_low capHigh=unit.proforma_value_high textAccommodates="The capacity to accommodate more people in a vacation rental can elevate gross rental income by attracting larger groups, enabling higher rates, and increasing occupancy through broader market appeal. Local regulations may restrict property occupancy." textBathrooms="The number of bathrooms in a vacation rental can influence its gross rental income by enhancing guest convenience." textLocation="Specific locations in our area are considered at a premium. Waterfront locations are prime, but other locations are also desirable, such as distance to the beach, desirable neighborhoods, near a marina or close to shopping and restaurants. These are all factors taken into consideration. Exceptional location amplifies gross earning potential." textProperty="Property Quality is reflected directly by both interior and exterior of a property. The interior of the property itself is prime; are the furnishings and inventory adequate, does it reflect current decorating trends, are the kitchen and bathrooms updated? The exterior may also boast amenities that increase appeal such as pool, tennis courts, fitness center, or hot tub. Property Quality directly correlates to earning premium rental rates." textView="View quality for a vacation rental refers to the appeal and attractiveness of the scenery visible from the property such as water view, mountain view, marina or ocean view. View Quality directly correlates to enhanced gross earning potential." ) //- ============================================ //- CALL-TO-ACTION SECTION //- ============================================ section.bg-padre-orange //- Large CTA button linking to company information a.text-white.flex.items-center.justify-center.py-6.px-8.text-xl.my-6(href="https://join.example-company.com/") About Example Vacation Rentals //- ============================================ //- LEAD CAPTURE MODAL //- ============================================ //- Hidden modal that appears when user clicks schedule button #myModal.modal .modal-content //- Close button span.close × h2 Schedule a Call //- Lead capture form form#scheduleForm //- Form fields with pre-populated values from contact data label(for='firstName') First Name: input#firstName(type='text' name='firstName' value=contact.last_name required='') label(for='lastName') Last Name: input#lastName(type='text' name='lastName' value=contact.first_name required='') label(for='email') Email Address: input#email(type='email' name='email' value=contact.primary_email required='') label(for='phone') Phone Number: input#phone(type='tel' name='phone' value=contact.mobile_phone required='') button(type='submit') Make Inquiry //- ============================================ //- EXTERNAL SCRIPTS //- ============================================ //- Flowbite for UI components (mobile menu functionality) script(src='https://cdnjs.cloudflare.com/ajax/libs/flowbite/2.3.0/flowbite.min.js') //- Google Maps API - IMPORTANT: Replace YOUR_GOOGLE_MAPS_API_KEY with actual API key script(src="https://maps.googleapis.com/maps/api/js?key=YOUR_GOOGLE_MAPS_API_KEY") //- ============================================ //- CUSTOM JAVASCRIPT //- ============================================ //- Keep this at the very end to ensure DOM is loaded script. // Initialize the map when page loads function initMap() { // Get property coordinates from server data const lat = #{unit.lat}; const lng = #{unit.lng}; const address = "#{unit.address_1}, #{unit.locality}, #{unit.region} #{unit.postal}"; // If coordinates are not provided, geocode the address if (!lat || !lng ) { geocodeAddress(address); } else { createMap(lat, lng); } } // Create the Google Map with property marker function createMap(lat, lng) { const location = {lat: lat, lng: lng}; // Initialize map centered on property const map = new google.maps.Map(document.getElementById('map'), { center: location, zoom: 18, // Close zoom for property detail mapTypeId: google.maps.MapTypeId.SATELLITE // Satellite view for better context }); // Add marker at property location new google.maps.Marker({ map: map, position: location, title: "#{unit.address_1}, #{unit.address_2} #{unit.locality}, #{unit.region} #{unit.postal}" }); } // Geocode address if coordinates not available function geocodeAddress(address) { const geocoder = new google.maps.Geocoder(); geocoder.geocode({'address': address}, function(results, status) { if (status === 'OK') { const location = results[0].geometry.location; createMap(location.lat(), location.lng()); } else { console.error('Geocode was not successful for the following reason: ' + status); } }); } // Show overlay function (currently not implemented) function showOverlay() { // This function is called by the OA Proforma widget // but the overlay element doesn't exist in this template document.getElementById('overlay').style.display = 'flex'; } // Initialize map on page load initMap(); //- Modal functionality script script. // Get modal elements const modal = document.getElementById("myModal"); const link = document.getElementById("scheduleLink"); const span = document.getElementsByClassName("close")[0]; const form = document.getElementById("scheduleForm"); // Open modal when schedule link is clicked link.onclick = function(e) { e.preventDefault(); modal.style.display = "block"; } // Close modal when X is clicked span.onclick = function() { modal.style.display = "none"; } // Close modal when clicking outside of it window.onclick = function(event) { if (event.target == modal) { modal.style.display = "none"; } } // Handle form submission with SendSquared Lead With Contact API form.onsubmit = function(e) { e.preventDefault(); // Collect form data const formData = new FormData(form); const data = Object.fromEntries(formData.entries()); console.log('Form submitted:', data); // Prepare data for SendSquared Lead With Contact API // This creates both a contact record and a lead record in a single API call const leadWithContactData = { // Contact information contact: { first_name: data.firstName, last_name: data.lastName, email: data.email, phone: data.phone }, // Lead information lead: { lead_type_id: 116, // Customize based on your lead types lead_status_id: 504, // Customize based on your lead statuses subject: 'Sales Room Inquiry - #{unit.address_1}', interest_start_at: new Date().toISOString(), interest_end_at: new Date().toISOString(), quantity_1: 1, // Adults quantity_2: 0, // Children notes: [ 'Property Interest: #{unit.address_1}, #{unit.locality}, #{unit.region}', 'Source: Sales Room Page', 'Estimated Revenue: $#{(unit.proforma_value_low / 100).toLocaleString()} - $#{(unit.proforma_value_high / 100).toLocaleString()}' ], user_id: 1446, // TODO: Replace with your agent ID source_id: 123, // TODO: Replace with your website source ID // Link to the specific unit unit_id: #{unit.id || 'null'} } }; // TODO: Send data to your server endpoint that connects to SendSquared API // Your server should handle the API authentication and forward this request // to SendSquared's Lead With Contact endpoint /* fetch('/api/sendsquared/lead-with-contact', { method: 'POST', headers: { 'Content-Type': 'application/json', }, body: JSON.stringify(leadWithContactData) }) .then(response => response.json()) .then(result => { console.log('Lead created successfully:', result); alert('Thank you for your inquiry! We will contact you soon.'); }) .catch(error => { console.error('Error creating lead:', error); alert('There was an error submitting your request. Please try again.'); }); */ // For now, just log the data (remove this when implementing the API call) console.log('Lead With Contact Data:', leadWithContactData); alert('Thank you for your inquiry! (Note: API integration needed)'); // Close modal and reset form modal.style.display = "none"; form.reset(); } ``` ## Key Components Explained ### 1. CDN Assets The template uses CDN-hosted assets from `https://static.sendsquared.com/images/std-landing/`: - CSS file: `app.css` (base application styles) - JavaScript: `oa-proforma.bundled.js` - Images: `company-logo.webp` Additional custom styles are included inline in the template. ### 2. Dynamic Data Integration (SendSquared Provided) The template uses Pug variables to inject dynamic data that is **automatically provided by SendSquared**: **Contact Data (from SendSquared):** - `#{contact.first_name}`, `#{contact.last_name}`: Visitor's name - `#{contact.primary_email}`: Visitor's email address - `#{contact.mobile_phone}`: Visitor's phone number **Property Data (from SendSquared):** - `#{unit.address_1}`, `#{unit.address_2}`: Street address - `#{unit.locality}`, `#{unit.region}`, `#{unit.postal}`: City, state, ZIP - `#{unit.lat}`, `#{unit.lng}`: GPS coordinates for mapping - `unit.taxable_value`: Property tax assessment value - `unit.proforma_value_low`, `unit.proforma_value_high`: Revenue estimates You don't need to worry about providing this data - SendSquared handles it automatically. ### 3. OA-Proforma Widget The earnings calculator widget (`oa-proforma`) is the centerpiece with these key attributes: - **position**: Widget placement ('right' sticky) - **Property details**: bedrooms, bathrooms, accommodates - **Quality scores**: locationQuality, propertyQuality, viewQuality (1-10 scale) - **Normalization factors**: Used for revenue calculations - **chartData**: Monthly revenue distribution data - **Text descriptions**: Explanatory text for each factor #### Widget Attributes Explained: - `taxValue`: The property's tax assessment value - `unitType`: Type of property (house, condo, etc.) - `bedrooms`, `bathrooms`, `accommodates`: Property specifications - `locationQuality`: Score 1-10 for how desirable the location is - `propertyQuality`: Score 1-10 for property condition and amenities - `viewQuality`: Score 1-10 for the quality of views from property - `normAccommodates`, `normBedrooms`, etc.: Normalization factors for calculations - `weightTax`, `weightInputs`: Weighting factors for the algorithm - `chartData`: Array of 12 numbers representing monthly revenue distribution percentages - `capLow`, `capHigh`: Minimum and maximum revenue caps ### 4. Google Maps Integration The template includes an interactive map showing the property location: - Automatically geocodes addresses if coordinates aren't provided - Uses satellite view for better property visualization - Requires a Google Maps API key (replace `YOUR_GOOGLE_MAPS_API_KEY`) - Shows a marker at the exact property location ### 5. Contact Form Modal A modal popup collects lead information with fields for: - First and Last Name (pre-populated with contact data) - Email Address (pre-populated) - Phone Number (pre-populated) - All fields are required for form submission ### 6. Styling The template uses: - Tailwind CSS classes for responsive design - Custom CSS for modal and form styling - CSS variables for theming the proforma widget - Mobile-responsive design with hamburger menu ### 7. Alternative Layouts The template includes commented-out sections for alternative layouts: - Hero section with background image - Static revenue display above calculator - Additional property details in hero section ## Required Data Structure (Provided by SendSquared) **IMPORTANT:** The following data objects are automatically provided by SendSquared when the template is rendered. You DO NOT need to define or provide these objects - they are injected by the SendSquared platform based on the visitor and property information. ### Contact Object (Provided by SendSquared) Contains visitor/lead information: ```javascript contact = { first_name: "John", // Visitor's first name last_name: "Doe", // Visitor's last name primary_email: "john.doe@example.com", // Visitor's email mobile_phone: "555-0123" // Visitor's phone number } ``` ### Unit Object (Provided by SendSquared) Contains property details: ```javascript unit = { id: 456, // Unique property ID in SendSquared address_1: "123 Beach Road", // Primary address line address_2: "Suite 100", // Secondary address (optional) locality: "Beach City", // City region: "FL", // State/Province postal: "12345", // ZIP/Postal code lat: 30.1234, // Latitude (optional, will geocode if missing) lng: -81.5678, // Longitude (optional, will geocode if missing) taxable_value: 500000, // Property tax assessment value proforma_value_low: 5000000, // Low revenue estimate (in cents) proforma_value_high: 7500000 // High revenue estimate (in cents) } ``` All references to `#{contact.*}` and `#{unit.*}` in the template will be automatically replaced with actual data by SendSquared when the page is rendered. ## Customization Tips 1. Update the color scheme by modifying CSS variables in the `:root` selector 2. Replace `Example Vacation Rentals` with your company name throughout the template 3. Update the company logo URL to point to your actual logo file 4. Modify the proforma widget parameters to match your market 5. Customize the explanatory text for each quality factor 6. Add your Google Maps API key for map functionality 7. Update the `https://join.example-company.com/` link to your actual company URL 8. Adjust the widget normalization and weighting factors based on your market data 9. Customize the monthly revenue distribution in `chartData` 10. Implement the form submission endpoint to capture leads ## SendSquared Lead With Contact API Integration The form submission is configured to work with SendSquared's Lead With Contact API, which creates both a contact record and a lead record in a single API call. This is useful for: - Capturing new leads from your sales room pages - Tracking interest in specific properties - Automating the lead capture process ### Key Lead Data Fields The template prepares the following data structure for the API: ```javascript { contact: { first_name: "John", last_name: "Doe", email: "john@example.com", phone: "555-0123" }, lead: { lead_type_id: 116, // Your lead type ID lead_status_id: 504, // Your lead status ID subject: "Sales Room Inquiry - 123 Beach Road", interest_start_at: "2024-01-15T10:30:00Z", interest_end_at: "2024-01-15T10:30:00Z", quantity_1: 1, // Adults quantity_2: 0, // Children notes: [ "Property Interest: 123 Beach Road, Beach City, FL", "Source: Sales Room Page", "Estimated Revenue: $50,000 - $75,000" ], user_id: 1446, // Assigned agent ID source_id: 123, // Website source ID unit_id: 456 // Property unit ID } } ``` ### Implementation Requirements 1. **Server-side Endpoint**: You'll need to create a server endpoint that: - Receives the form data - Authenticates with SendSquared API - Forwards the request to SendSquared's Lead With Contact endpoint - Handles the response 2. **Update IDs**: Replace these placeholder values with your actual SendSquared configuration: - `lead_type_id`: Your specific lead type ID - `lead_status_id`: Your specific lead status ID - `user_id`: The ID of the agent who will handle leads - `source_id`: Your website source ID in SendSquared 3. **Security**: Never expose your SendSquared API credentials in client-side code. Always use a server-side proxy. ## Implementation Notes - The template is mobile-responsive with a collapsible navigation menu - The form integrates with SendSquared's Lead With Contact API - The `showOverlay()` function references a non-existent overlay element - implement if needed - Consider adding Google Analytics or other tracking codes - Test thoroughly with different property data scenarios - Ensure GDPR/privacy compliance for lead capture forms - The API integration requires a server-side endpoint to handle authentication --- ### Revenue Widget Installation Install the SendSquared revenue estimation widget on your marketing website URL: /docs/salesrooms/widget-installation # Revenue Widget Installation The SendSquared Revenue Estimation Widget allows you to embed an interactive revenue projection calculator directly on your marketing website. This powerful tool helps potential property owners visualize their earning potential with your vacation rental management company. ## Overview The widget provides: - Interactive revenue projections based on property characteristics - Customizable styling to match your brand - Monthly revenue charts - Call-to-action buttons for lead generation - Mobile-responsive design ## Basic Installation ### Step 1: Add the Script Add the following script tag to your website's HTML, preferably in the `` section: ```html ``` ### Step 2: Add the Widget Element Place the following HTML element where you want the widget to appear: ```html ``` ## Configuration Options :::tip Important: Tax Value Configuration The `taxValue` attribute should be set to your area's **average property tax assessment value**, not individual property values. This ensures accurate revenue calculations across your market. For example, if the average assessed property value in your area is $985,418, use that value. ### Widget Attributes | Attribute | Type | Description | Example | |-----------|------|-------------|---------| | `position` | string | Widget position (`left`, `right`) | `"right"` | | `sticky` | boolean | Make widget sticky on scroll | `"true"` | | `taxValue` | number | Property tax value | `"500000"` | | `unitType` | string | Property type | `"house"` | | `bedrooms` | number | Number of bedrooms | `"3"` | | `bathrooms` | number | Number of bathrooms | `"2"` | | `accommodates` | number | Maximum occupancy | `"6"` | | `locationQuality` | number | Location rating (1-10) | `"7"` | | `propertyQuality` | number | Property rating (1-10) | `"8"` | | `viewQuality` | number | View rating (1-10) | `"6"` | | `buttonText` | string | CTA button text | `"Schedule a Call"` | | `buttonUrl` | string | CTA button link | `"https://..."` | | `buttonType` | string | Button behavior (`link`) | `"link"` | | `location` | string | Property location name | `"Beach Town"` | | `chartData` | array | Monthly revenue data | `"[10,12,15,...]"` | ### Advanced Attributes | Attribute | Type | Description | |-----------|------|-------------| | `noLoft` | boolean | Exclude loft option | | `normAccommodates` | number | Normalization factor for occupancy | | `normBedrooms` | number | Normalization factor for bedrooms | | `normBathrooms` | number | Normalization factor for bathrooms | | `normTax` | number | Normalization factor for tax value | | `normLocation` | number | Normalization factor for location | | `normProperty` | number | Normalization factor for property | | `normView` | number | Normalization factor for view | | `weightTax` | number | Weight for tax in calculations | | `weightInputs` | number | Weight for other inputs | | `textAccommodates` | string | Custom tooltip for accommodates | | `textBathrooms` | string | Custom tooltip for bathrooms | | `textLocation` | string | Custom tooltip for location | | `textProperty` | string | Custom tooltip for property | | `textView` | string | Custom tooltip for view | ### Styling Options Customize the widget appearance using CSS variables: ```css :root { --oa-primary-color: #0c2340; /* Primary brand color */ --oa-block-text-color: #ffffff; /* Text color on colored backgrounds */ --oa-mobile-slide-height: 50vh; /* Height on mobile devices */ } ``` ## Copy-Ready Code const [copied, setCopied] = useState(false); const code = ` `; const handleCopy = () => { navigator.clipboard.writeText(code); setCopied(true); setTimeout(() => setCopied(false), 2000); }; return (
); }; ## Widget Playground Customize the widget parameters below to generate your personalized code: const [config, setConfig] = useState({ position: 'right', sticky: 'true', taxValue: '0', unitType: 'house', bedrooms: '3', bathrooms: '2', accommodates: '6', locationQuality: '5', propertyQuality: '5', viewQuality: '5', buttonText: 'Get Your Revenue Estimate', buttonUrl: 'https://your-website.com/contact', buttonType: 'link', location: 'Your Location', noLoft: 'false', normAccommodates: '1', normBedrooms: '7', normBathrooms: '3', normTax: '8.9', normLocation: '4', normProperty: '7', normView: '5', weightTax: '0.4', weightInputs: '0.6', textAccommodates: '', textBathrooms: '', textLocation: '', textProperty: '', textView: '', primaryColor: '#0c2340', textColor: '#ffffff', mobileHeight: '50vh', chartData: [10, 12, 15, 8, 7, 9, 11, 13, 14, 12, 10, 9] }); const [copied, setCopied] = useState(false); const [showPreview, setShowPreview] = useState(false); const [scriptLoaded, setScriptLoaded] = useState(false); const [showAdvanced, setShowAdvanced] = useState(false); const generateCode = () => { let code = ` `; return code; }; const handleCopy = () => { navigator.clipboard.writeText(generateCode()); setCopied(true); setTimeout(() => setCopied(false), 2000); }; const loadScript = () => { if (!scriptLoaded && typeof window !== 'undefined' && !document.querySelector('script[src*="oa-proforma.bundled.js"]')) { const script = document.createElement('script'); script.src = 'https://static.sendsquared.com/images/oa-proforma.bundled.js'; script.onload = () => setScriptLoaded(true); document.head.appendChild(script); } else { setScriptLoaded(true); } }; const handleRun = () => { loadScript(); setShowPreview(true); }; const handleMonthChange = (index, value) => { const newChartData = [...config.chartData]; newChartData[index] = parseFloat(value) || 0; setConfig({ ...config, chartData: newChartData }); }; const inputStyle = { width: '100%', padding: '8px', border: '1px solid #ddd', borderRadius: '4px', fontSize: '14px', marginTop: '4px' }; const labelStyle = { display: 'block', marginBottom: '12px', fontSize: '14px', fontWeight: 'bold' }; const selectStyle = { ...inputStyle, cursor: 'pointer' }; const rangeStyle = { width: '100%', marginTop: '4px' }; return (
{showAdvanced && (

Normalization Coefficients

These coefficients are used to normalize property attributes for revenue calculations. Adjust them based on your local market analysis.

Calculation Weights

Custom Tooltips

Add custom explanations for each quality metric that will appear as tooltips in the widget.